IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 1.0 \^ 
 
 I.I 
 
 m 112.5 
 
 u^ m 
 
 M 
 
 1.8 
 
 
 1.25 1.4 
 
 1.6 
 
 
 ^ ^// _ 
 
 
 ► 
 
 y} 
 
 m 
 
 w 
 
 /,. 
 
 
 o 
 
 &^ 
 
 / 
 
 /A 
 
 ^ 
 
 Photogi'ciphic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corpordtion 
 
 fv 
 
 4^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 Ll>^ 
 
 :\ 
 
 \ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 33 WIST MAIN STRUT 
 
 WIBSTIRNY 14SS0 
 
 (7)6) >72-4»03 
 
 
 ■^ 
 

 ,% 
 
 .<? 
 
 
 ,0 i^^M'% 
 
 Ua 
 
 fA 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHIVI/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Mlcroraproductlons / Instltut Canadian da mlcroraproductions historl 
 
 ques 
 
Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bibliographiques 
 
 The Institute has attempted to obtain the best 
 . rigi'nal copy available for filming. Features of this 
 copy which may be bibliographically unique, 
 which may alter any of the images in the 
 reproduction, or which may significantly change 
 the usual method of filming, are checked below. 
 
 L'Institut a microfilmd le meilleur exemplaire 
 qu'il lui a 6t6 possible de so procurer. Les details 
 de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-etre uniques du 
 point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier 
 une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une 
 modification dans la m^thode normale de filmage 
 sont indiqu^s ci-dessous. 
 
 D 
 
 n 
 
 n 
 
 D 
 
 Coloured covers/ 
 Couverture de couleur 
 
 □ Covers damaged/ 
 Couvnrture endon 
 
 mmagee 
 
 Covers restored and/or laminated/ 
 Couverture restaurde et/ou pelliculde 
 
 Cover title missing/ 
 
 Le titrd de couverture manque 
 
 □ Coloured maps/ 
 Cart( 
 
 ut: 
 
 rtes gdographiques en couleur 
 
 Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ 
 ere de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) 
 
 I I Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ 
 
 Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur 
 
 Bound with other material/ 
 Relid avec d'autres documents 
 
 Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion 
 along interior margin/ 
 
 Lareliure serr^e peut causer de i'ombre ou de la 
 distortion le long de la marge intdrieure 
 
 Blank leaves added -'uring restoration may 
 appear within the \n'-:. Whenever possible, these 
 have been omitted from filming/ 
 II se peut que certaines pages iilanches ajoutdes 
 lors d'une restauration eoparaissent dans la texte, 
 mais, lorsque cela dtait possible, ces pages n'ont 
 pas H6 film^es, 
 
 Additional comments:/ 
 Commentaires suppl^mentaires; 
 
 □ Coloured pages/ 
 Pages de couleur 
 
 y 
 
 V 
 
 V 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 n 
 
 Pages damaged/ 
 Pages endommagdes 
 
 Pages restored and/or laminated/ 
 Pages restaurdes et/ou pellicul§es 
 
 Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ 
 Pages ddcolor^es, tachetdes ou piqudes 
 
 Pages detached/ 
 Pages ddtach^es 
 
 Showthrough/ 
 Transparence 
 
 Quality of orint varies/ 
 Quality indgale de I'impression 
 
 I I Includes supplementary material/ 
 
 Comprend du material suppl^mentaire 
 
 Only edition available/ 
 Seule Edition disponible 
 
 Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata 
 slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to 
 ensura the best possible image/ 
 Les pages totalement ou partiellement 
 obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure, 
 etc., ont 6t6 filmdes d nouveau de fapon h 
 obtenir la meilleure image possible. 
 
 This item Is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ 
 
 Ce document est filmd au taux de reduction indiqud ci-dessous. 
 
 10X 
 
 
 
 14X 
 
 
 
 
 18X 
 
 
 
 22X 
 
 
 
 
 26X 
 
 
 
 
 30X 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 mjmmtm 
 
 
 
 
 y 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 12X 
 
 16X 
 
 20X 
 
 24X 
 
 28X 
 
 32X 
 
aire 
 
 s details 
 ]ues du 
 t modifier 
 iger une 
 e filmage 
 
 The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks 
 to the generosity of: 
 
 Ha.old Campbell Vaughan Memorial Library 
 Acadia University 
 
 The images appearing here are the best quality 
 possible considering the condition and legibility 
 of the original copy and in keeping with the 
 filming contract specifications. 
 
 L'exemplaire film6 fut reproduit grSce it la 
 g6n6rosit6 de: 
 
 Harold Campbell Vaughan Memorial Library 
 Acadia University 
 
 Les images suivantes ont 6t6 reproduites avec le 
 plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et 
 de la netiotd de l'exemplaire filmd, et en 
 conformity avec les conditions du contrat de 
 filmage. 
 
 1/ 
 udes 
 
 Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed 
 beginning with the front cover and ending on 
 the last page with a pr.nted or illustrated impres- 
 sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All 
 other original copies are filmed beginning on the 
 first page with a printed or illustrated impres- 
 sion, and ending on the last page with a printed 
 or illustrated impression. 
 
 The last recorded frame on each microfiche 
 shall contain the symbol -^ (meaning "CON- 
 TINUED "I, or the symbol V (meaning "END"), 
 whichever applies. 
 
 Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en 
 papier est imprimde sont filmds en commenpant 
 par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la 
 dernidre page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second 
 plat, selon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires 
 originaux sont film6s en commengant pa*- la 
 premidre page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par 
 la dernidre page qui compoile une telle 
 empreinte. 
 
 Un des symboles suivants apparaitra sur la 
 dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le 
 cas: le symbole ■^»- signifie "A SlilVRE", le 
 symbole V signifie "FIN". 
 
 lire 
 
 Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at 
 different reduction ratios. Those too large to be 
 entirely included in one exposure are filmed 
 beginning in the upper left hettrl corner, left to 
 right and top to bottom, as n.i^iny frames as 
 required. The following diagrams illustrate the 
 method: 
 
 Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent dtie 
 film^s d des taux de reduction diffdrents. 
 Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre 
 reproduit en un seul clichd, il est film6 d partir 
 de Tangle sup6rieur gauche, de gauche d droite, 
 et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre 
 d'images n^cessaire. Les diagrammes suivants 
 illustrent la m^fhode. 
 
 by errata 
 led to 
 
 ant 
 
 jne pelure, 
 
 agon d 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 32X 
 

 I 
 
 *- 
 
 LATINE REDDENDA: 
 
 "exercises from 
 The BEGINNER'S UAtlN B00K. 
 
 -♦;< 
 
 T 
 
 THE authors of the " Beginner's Latin Book " are of the 
 opinion that a separate edition of the exercises for 
 turning English into Latin will be a great convenience to 
 teachers. 
 
 After the exercises have been done once with the help 
 of the special vocabularies and under the direction and 
 criticism of the teacher, it will be found useful to review 
 them again and again, sometimes orally, sometimes in 
 writing, with all helps in the way of rules, special vocabu- 
 laries, and model sentences removed. The pupil is thus 
 left to depend entirely upon his previous study and faith- 
 ful attention to his teacher's instructions. 
 
 It is believed also that teachers who use other elemen- 
 tary Latin books will be glad to have, in cheap and con- 
 venient form, a set of exercises which they can use as 
 supplementary to their regular work. For such, an edition 
 is published with an English-Latin vocabulary. 
 
 Both editions have the Glossar'ium Grsmmriticum for 
 the aid of those who wish to conduct recitations in Latin. 
 
 ^'^ 
 
 INTRODUCTION PRICES. 
 Edition with Glossariunn Grammaticum (bound in paper), 20 cents. 
 Edition with Glossarium Grammaticum and English-Latin Vocabulary 
 (bound in cloth), .30 cents. 
 
 -* 
 
.*-,^'ili^x«-/<^'^=^.«^--^/^- 
 
 ' THK 
 
 J J 
 
 
 
 BE({1NNER\S LATIN IJOOK. 
 
 BY 
 
 WILLIAM (\ COLLAR, A.M., 
 
 HkauMastki; 1{oxbiuy I.aiin S( huoi., 
 
 AND 
 
 M. (JI^\NT DANIELL, A.M., 
 
 I'lilNl II'Al. ClIAlNM Y-llAI.r, S( IKlOl., HoslON. 
 
 LiUKjiim itfr est jx r jirarrrpfd, hrr re ft cj/iiuix per exrmpJn. 
 X, C. AJLLJiN ^ CUAU'^.yy. 
 
 JU)STo.N, U.S.A.. AM» London: 
 IMTIUJSIIKD HV (IINN & COMPANY. 
 
Entered at Stationkrs' IIai.l. 
 
 <k)PVRl(iHT, lS8t), UV 
 
 William (!. CoixAU anu M. Grant Daniki.l 
 
 Am, Kiuhth Kkservbi). 
 
 'rYl'OOKAI'HY BY J. S. ClISUINQ * Co., BO8TON, If.H.A, 
 
 pBa88woi»K BY (Jinn & Co., Boston, U.S.A. 
 
li:'-<t<T'^ 
 
 °f 
 
 V 
 
 (V^ rr <i 
 
 ^■* u. 
 
 . ^. 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 THE uim of this book is to servu as a prepamtioii for 
 reiKlins;, writing, and, to a less degree, for speaking 
 Latin. It is designed primarily for bovs and girls who 
 are to begin the sti:dy of J.titin at :ni early age; bnt as 
 all who would get from Latin the best mental diseiplini', 
 or lav a broad and lirm I'oundation for Latin scholarship, 
 must traverse pretty much the same road, and as Latin is 
 beirun in this eountrv bv most learners b^^fore anv other 
 foreign language is studied, a beginner's Latin book for 
 those who take up the study at the age of ten or twelve 
 need not be essentiallv different from one designed f<>r 
 learners of fourteen or fifteen. The most importaTit dif- 
 ference would lie in the knowledge of the terminoloiiv and 
 principles of Knglish grammar that might be deemed an in- 
 dispensable prere(piisite. As a matter of fact, children come 
 to t!ie study of l^atin with all degrees of ignorance of Eng- 
 lish grannnar, and the miniuunn of necessary knowledge for 
 the beginner is uiKiuestionablv very small. What mininnim is 
 considered essential for those who use this ))ook, is indicated 
 on page <). It is hoped, therefore, that the contents of the 
 book will justify its title ; that it does not assume too nmcli, 
 and is not too dillicult for the least mature who are likt^ly U) 
 "use it, and that it will not be found too nuich simplilled, — 
 too juvenile, for those who begin Latin in high schools and 
 academies. Simpli(;ity, clearness, and directness have been 
 studied throughout. The systeu) of inflected forms, which 
 la seldom mastered, but the mastery of which is an indi»- 
 
 ^5 c> ' ( 
 
 V-> 
 
IV 
 
 rilEFACE. 
 
 pensable condition of further pleasant, successful, and profit- 
 able study, is slowly but very fully developed, with the 
 addition of abundanl a id varied exercises. For conven- 
 ience, as well as on educational grounds, the paradigm of 
 the verb is given in one; block, instead of in fragments de- 
 tached id dispersed, aad everywhere the active and passive 
 forms are placed side by side, to be compared, and learned 
 as thev are treated, simultaneouslv. 
 
 The idea underlying and controlling the plan is the maxi- 
 mum of practice with the mininnun ^f theory, on the princi- 
 ple that the thorough acquisition of tlie elements of Latin 
 must be more cf art than science, — n)ore the work of 
 observation, comparison, and imitation, than the mecnanical 
 following of rules, or the exercise of analysis and conscious 
 inductive reasoning. 
 
 The book contains : — 
 
 1. A brief introdnction explaining the Roman and Eng- 
 lish methods of pronunciation . the necessar}- paradigms, an 
 outline of the most important principles of syntax, and a 
 large number of exercises for translation into English and 
 into Latin, accotnpanied by short explanatory notes. 
 
 2. About twenty-five simple Latin dialogues, added to as 
 many chapters. Some of these are on subjects of the 
 lessons, and include a good many grannnatical terms ; some 
 are on various topics of school and holiday li''-; iMid otherii 
 on subiects historical and mythological. 
 
 .'L Easy selections for translation, consisting besides a 
 luunbei- of fables, of extracts from Viri Komae, Nepos, Ovid, 
 Catullus, Cavsar, and Cicero, some interspersed with the 
 lessons, others added at the end of the book. 
 
 Those who seek in a first Latin book a ('<)mi)lete j^resenta- 
 tion of the facts and principles of the Latin language, will 
 not be satisfied with this volume. Ihit, in ^ue opinion of the 
 authors, there is no error m elementary instruction in Latin 
 mere common and more <leplorable tlian that of failing to 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 i<l profit- 
 vvitli the 
 
 conven- 
 Ltligm of 
 lents (le- 
 i passive 
 
 learned 
 
 u' maxi- 
 3 princi- 
 jf Latin 
 vork of 
 pntmieal 
 >nscioiis 
 
 d EnjT. 
 
 ?nis, an 
 and a 
 sli and 
 
 1 to as 
 
 of tlie 
 
 some 
 
 otbenj 
 
 lides a 
 
 , Ovid. 
 
 h tlie 
 
 senta- 
 e, will 
 of the 
 Latin 
 ng' to 
 
 discriminate between the relatively important and unimpor- 
 tant ; between what is sui'ted to the beginning and what to 
 the more advanced staires of the studv. It is not too much 
 to say that a very great part of the barrenness and futility of 
 the teaching and studv of Latin in schools is due to this lack 
 of discrimination, and to a false conception of thoroughness. 
 It is not intended to imply that a iiard and fast line can be 
 drawn, still less is this book offered as a realization in this 
 res[)ect of the ideal. The ideal is never realized. But 
 it has been the constant aim to make just this distinction; 
 to determine evervwherc, in the liuht of much observation 
 and reflection ana of long experience, what should be made 
 the subject of innr.ediate study, and what should be post- 
 poned ; what is entitled to prominence, and what ought to be 
 subordinated. Some excellent teachers think that the sub- 
 junctive mood should have no place In a pre[)aratory Latin 
 book ; and undoubtedly the syntax of the subjunctive does 
 involve too many and too great dilliculties for such a work, 
 if anything more than an outline of some commoner uses is 
 attempted. On the other hand, the learner can hardly read 
 any Latin without encountering forms of the subjunctive. 
 The best wav then seems to be to construct a large number 
 of ver\- short sentences for practice on the fonus, which 
 sliall exhibit, in the briefest compass, some important and 
 most frequently' recurring uses of the mood, more especially 
 because the wavs of translating the sul>iunctive cannot be 
 illustrated from the isolated forms in the paradigms, as 
 in the other moods. This idea has been worked out in 
 part in Chapter LIV., the forms having been previously left 
 uutranslat(?d. 
 
 The coUoquia have been added, not as an integral and 
 necessary part of the lessons, ]>ut to serve as an incentive to 
 the moderate use of Latin orally in recitation, and to afford 
 convenient exercises for training the ear and for enlarging 
 the vocabulary of the learner. The grammatical terms have 
 
VI 
 
 viip:face. 
 
 i ''I 
 
 been drawn chiefly from the Institutiones of RucUmann. 
 The colloquium on page 5 has been borrowed from Dr. H. 
 Meurer's Lateinisches LesehucJi^ and suggestions and parts 
 of the materials for a very few others have been derived 
 from the same source ; also two or three of the pas- 
 sages for translation, and here and there some sentences 
 in the exercises. Whoever examines these colloquia with 
 a critical eve, will find some woids which are confined to 
 the vocabularies of grammarians and commentators, ami 
 a very few others employed m senses for which it would 
 be embarrassing to be recpiired to cite classical authority. 
 For example, tlie word j9eyi.s'a??i is used often in the sense 
 of a schoolboifs task, sometldrKj to he done or learned., 
 a lesson. This word doubtless meaut strictly a sjnnver\'i 
 task. But in classical Latin it liad alreiidy ap[)roached the 
 meaning Ya.s'7c in general, and it is but a very slight extension 
 of its application to employ it as it is in the eoUoqnia. Such 
 a moderate decanting of new wine into old bottles, it is 
 hoped may be excused. Still if any teacher iliinks that the 
 Latinity of his pui)ils will be injured by the use of the collo- 
 quia, it is optional with him to omit them altogether, without 
 losing the continuity of the lessons. 
 
 The complaint is very connnon, and its iustico must 
 be acknowledged, that first Latin books are often exces- 
 sively and needlessly arid and wooden. Accordingly an 
 effort has been made, while following a rigorously scientific 
 method in the development of the successive subjects, to 
 impart something of attractiveness, interest, freshness, and 
 varietv to the study of the elements of Latin by means of 
 the colloquia^ the choice of extracts for translation (intro- 
 duced as earl}' as possible), and the mode of treatment in 
 every part, extending even to the choice of Latin words, 
 and to the construction of many of the exercises. 
 
 Usage is not fixed in respi'ct to the so-called principal 
 parts of verbs, a few of the later school manuals giving the 
 
 I 
 
 SI 
 
 ('4 
 
 u 
 
WPI l lH ' l lilill I . 
 
 ^' 
 
 PRKiACi::. 
 
 vn 
 
 (Uraann. 
 Dr. H. 
 
 id parts 
 derived 
 he pas- 
 .'iiteuces 
 na with 
 fined to 
 Ts, and 
 t would 
 ithoritv. 
 e sense 
 learned^ 
 
 lied the 
 
 :tension 
 
 SiU'li 
 
 it is 
 
 iuit tlie 
 
 coJ/o- 
 
 itliout 
 
 must 
 execs - 
 ly an 
 mtifie 
 ts, to 
 s, and 
 ns of 
 intro- 
 nt in 
 ^ords, 
 
 icipal 
 s: the 
 
 I 
 
 :s 
 
 nominative masculine of the perfect participle, instead of the 
 supine, except in the case of neuter or intransitive verbs. It 
 has been tliought better in this book to follow the prevailing 
 practice, only to treat the form that has been called the 
 supine in this connection, not as the bupine, — winch in most 
 cases it is not and cannot bi', since, as is well known, only 
 about 2^)0 verbs can be proved to have a supine, — but as the 
 neuter of the perfect partici})le.^ Thus the learner is iruarded 
 against errors and is si)ared llu' perplexity of having to 
 memorize now one, now another form. 
 
 It is hoped that this book can be finished and reviewed by 
 the average learner in a vear, and that the transition then 
 to Yiri K(nnae, Nepos, or Csesar will not prove too dillicult. 
 ISIore than two- thirds of the words used belong to the vocab- 
 ulary of Caisar, and only a trille less than two-thirds to that 
 of Nepos. In the case of ycning pu[)ils it may Ix* advisable 
 to omit the translation of the Kngiish exercises into Latin, 
 beginning with Chapter lA'., till afti'r the selections for 
 translation at the end of the book have been read. 
 
 It remains to acknowledge the geiiei-ous assistance of 
 several scholars. Professor George 31. Lane, of Harvard 
 University, Professor George L. Kittredge, of Kxeter 
 Academy, N.II., George F. Forbes, A.M., and 1). O. S. 
 Lowell, A.^r., both of the lloxbury Latin School, and INIar- 
 shall W. Davis, A.I)., of Thayer Academy, r>raintree, read 
 and criticised th'^ work in manuscript. ^h\ Forbes and Mr. 
 Lowell also read the i)roof-sheets and made imi)ortant sug- 
 gestions and corrcv'tions. The authors feel especially m- 
 debted to J<3hn Tetlow, A.M.. llead-^lMster of the Boston 
 Girls* High and Latin Schools and author of Lidiictive Le,s- 
 sotis in Latin, for critically reading the proof-sheets, and for 
 materially contributing to the improvement of the book by 
 
 1 This plan has been followed hy Dr. K. F. Lei^rhton In liis First 
 Steps in Lai in. 
 
VUl 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 the correction of errors, and by the suggestions of his con- 
 scientious and exact scholarship. 
 
 Thanks are due to Mr. J. S. Gushing, under whose per- 
 sonal direction the book has been ])rinted, for the patience, 
 care, and skill whici: ho has constantly exercised to make 
 the work typographically as faultless as possible. 
 
 WM. C. COLLAR. 
 M. GRANT DANIELL. 
 BoaTon, SepU 1, 1886. 
 
 The authors desire to express their grateful acknowledg- 
 ments to Miss Caroline O. Stone, of the Koxbury Latiu 
 School, and to Professor E. M. Wallank, of Fort Worth, 
 Texas, for the correction of errors that had been overlooked 
 in the first editions. 
 
 1889. 
 
 (II 
 
 
 
his con- 
 
 ose per- 
 atience, 
 o make 
 
 lELL. 
 
 owledg- 
 y Latiu 
 Worth, 
 rlooked 
 
 
 COiSTTENTS. 
 
 CHAPTER PAOB 
 
 1. Introductory: Alphabet, Syllables, (Quantity, Ac- 
 cent, Cases, Gender 1-0 
 
 H. First Declension. — Direcu Olject. — Tosse^sive 
 
 Dative. — Indirect Object 7-12 
 
 lir. Second Declension. — Words in f/s and uni. — I're- 
 
 dicate Noun 13-17 
 
 TV. First and Second Declensions. — • Agreement of 
 
 Adjectives. — Colloquium, h^ 17-19 
 
 \. Second Declension. — Words in er. ■ — Ablative of 
 
 Agent 20-21 
 
 Vr. Second Declension. — AVords in er. — Paradigms of 
 
 Adjectives of First and Second Declensions . . 22-21 
 
 VI r. The Verb Sum : Paradigm 25-26 
 
 VI If. The Verb Sum: Present, Imperfect, and Future 
 Indicative; Present Imperative and Infinitive. 
 — Colloquium, 80 27-20 
 
 IX. The Verb Sum : Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future 
 Perfect Indicative; Perfect Infinitive. — Collo- 
 quium, 85 ;{0-;{l 
 
 X. First Conjugation : Paradigm of the Verb Amo . ;'**-;M 
 
 XI. First Conjugation : Present, Imperfect, and Future 
 Indicative; Present Imperative and Infinitive. — 
 Ablative of Means. — Colloquium, U') .... ;)5-:{8 
 
 XII. First Conjugation: Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future 
 
 Perfect Indicative ; Perfect Infinitive ;5(>— 11 
 
 XIII. Third Declension : 'Mute i^iams. — Colloquium. \\l . 41—1;} 
 
 XIV. Second Conjugation : Paradigm of the Verb Moneo 11-46 
 
 XV. Second Conjugation : Present, Imperfect, and I'uture 
 
 Indicative ; Present Imperative and Infinitive . 46-49 
 
rn ArrER 
 XVI. 
 
 XVII. 
 XVIII. 
 
 XIX. 
 
 XX. 
 
 XXI. 
 
 XXII. 
 XNIIl. 
 XXIV. 
 
 il 
 
 XXV. 
 
 XXVI. 
 XXVII. 
 
 XXVIil. 
 
 XXIX. 
 
 XXX. 
 
 XXXI. 
 
 contp:nts. 
 
 PAOE 
 
 Second Conjugation: Perfect, riuperfect, and 
 Future Perfect Indicative; Perfect Infinitive. 
 
 — CoHoqni'-m, 1'2() ■19-52 
 
 Iteview of lirst and Second Conjugations. — 
 
 Ablative of Sepaiatioii, — ('ollo(juiu/n,V'y<] . 5;i-o5 
 
 Third Declension : Liquid Stenjs, — Al)lati\e of 
 
 Time. — Collo'/uUun, I'-M) 50-58 
 
 Third Declension: Sibilant Stems. - Al)]ative 
 
 of Manner. — Colloquium, \\S 51»-(}'2 
 
 Third Declension: Stems in /. — Ap{)osili;.ii. — 
 
 Colloquium, 1(J!2 (lL'-(i7 
 
 Third Declension: ]\Iixed Slcms. - Itiilcs of 
 
 (tender. — C tlloqniiim, Vi'-\ (i8-72 
 
 Third Declension: Review 7L*-7Ji 
 
 Third Conjugation : Paradigm of the A'erli Rego, 71-70 
 
 Third Conjugation; Present, Imperfect, and Fu- 
 ture Indicative; Present Imju'rative and Intini- 
 tive. — Colloquium, bs7. — Passage for 'J'rans- 
 latJon, ISS 70-SO 
 
 Tliird Conjugation: Perfect, Pluperfect, and Fu- 
 ture l*erfect Indicative; Perfecl InliniliNc. — 
 Colloquium, 105 ,S()-Sl 
 
 lltM'iew. — Passage for Transhition, !!>!» . . . 8l-,S() 
 
 Irregular A(>jectives. — Colloquium, ilOl . . . 80-8P 
 
 Comparison of Adjectives. — Declension of the 
 Comparative. — Ablative with ComparjitiNcs. 
 
 — Passage for Transhition, lM5 8!)-4>'J 
 
 Fornuition and Comparison of .\dverbs. — dil- 
 luquium, 222 J);{-!I0 
 
 Fourth Conjugation; Piiradigui of tlie \'erb 
 
 Audio !)0-l)8 
 
 Fourth Conjugation: Present, Imperfect, and 
 Future Indicative; Present Imperative and 
 Jnlinitive UU-lW 
 
 X 
 
 x: 
 
■ i l l i Hi m iU]...n . W,| | M li « i«i |«.)1U i HS i . i - 
 
 V- H 
 
 ^^ 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 XI 
 
 111(1 
 
 ivf. 
 
 PA6K 
 
 40-52 
 
 FAUB 
 
 Or?-55 
 
 of 
 . 50-58 
 
 ive 
 
 . 5(»-({2 
 
 . (;2-(i7 
 
 of 
 
 . (18-71' 
 
 • 7L>-7a 
 
 ;6, 7l-7(j 
 
 i "' 
 li- 
 
 is- 
 . 70-80 
 
 80-84 
 84-8<J 
 . 8(;-8{) 
 
 . 8()~f>'J 
 
 ii;?-oo 
 
 !»0-n8 
 f>0-l()0 
 
 CHAl'TKB 
 
 XXXil. rourth Ooiijugation : Peiiect, I'luperfect, unci 
 Future Perfect Indicative ; Perfect Infini- 
 tive. — Colloquiiwi, '2-\\ l()l-10;i 
 
 XXXIIT. Tliird Conjuy:ati()ii : Parcadigm of the Verb 
 
 Capi5 104-105 
 
 XXXI \' Tiiird Coniugation t ^'erbs in /o. — Tensesof 
 tlie Indicative ; Piesent Imperative; Pre.s- 
 i-iit and Perfect Infinitive 1O0-1O7 
 
 XXXV. Review of tlie Four Conjugations. — (.'(tllo- 
 
 <ji(hi,ii, I'tli 108-110 
 
 XXXVr. Foi nth Declension 110-112 
 
 XXX\'ir. Fifth Declension. — Ahlative of Specifica- 
 tion. — ( 'ollo(/uiuiii, 'Ji\\ 112-115 
 
 XXXVI ir. Special Paradigms.— Passage for Translation, 1 15-1 10 
 
 XXXIX. Personal and Possessive Pronouns. — Ctt/lo- 
 
 quh(iu,'J(>\) 117-11!) 
 
 XL. Df.tcrminative ProiKnins. — ( 'oflofjuiiiin, 271 . 120-122 
 
 XL I. Demonstrative Pronouns 12;{-125 
 
 XLII. Relative, Interrogative, and Indetinitf Pro- 
 nouns. — Agreement of Relative . . . . 120-1:{0 
 
 XLIII. Review of Pidiu.uns. — CoUoquhnn, 20O. — 
 
 Pai'sage for Translation, 2!)1 1;{0-1;{4 
 
 XLIV. Comiiounds of Sum. — Dative l:54-lJi7 
 
 XL\'. l)ej»onent Verbs : First and Second ('onju^,i- 
 
 tions. — Colloiiuimn.'Mvl l:{7-140 
 
 XLVI. Deponent. Verbs: Third and INnirlh Con- 
 jugations. — Ablative with Utor, etc. — 
 Verbs of ReimMub' ing and Forgetting . 140-142 
 XLVII. Numerals. — .Accusative of Kxtent . . . M;{-140 
 XLVI 1 1. Irregular Verbs: Volo, Nolo, M516. — Pas- 
 
 mige for Translation, :V20 140-1 In 
 
 XLIX. Irregular Verbs : Fer6 and its compounds . 140-152 
 L. Irregular Verbs : E6, FT5. Cnllof/ulnm, :WJ, 1 52-15« 
 LI. Prepositions. Expressions of Place. — Pas- 
 sage for Translation, .'J.MO 15(5-100 
 
xu 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 li 
 
 CHAPTEU 
 
 Lir. 
 
 Lirr. 
 
 LIV. 
 
 LV. 
 LVI. 
 
 Lvir. 
 
 Lviir. 
 
 LIX. 
 LX. 
 
 LXT. 
 
 LXir. 
 LXiir. 
 
 LXIV. 
 LXV. 
 
 Lxvr. 
 
 ]>XVI1. 
 
 Partitive Genitive. — Descriptive Ablative and 
 Genitive. — Dative with Intransitives. — Da- 
 tive of Service 
 
 Derivation. — Comparison of Words . . . 
 
 The Subjunctive: Sequence of Tenses. — Forms 
 
 — Purpose Claut^es with Ut and Ne . . 
 
 The Subjunctive : lielative of Purpose , . 
 
 The Subjunctive : Kesult Clauses with Ut 
 and Ke 
 
 The Subjunctive: Cum Temporal ; Cum Causal 
 and Concessive.-— Passage for Translation, 
 378 
 
 The Subjunctive : Indirect Questions . , . . 
 
 The Subjunctive: Wishes and Conditions. — 
 Colloqmumj uS8 
 
 The Subjunctive and Imperative. — Passage for 
 Translation, JiOi 
 
 The Infinitive 
 
 Accusative and Infinitive: Indirect Discourse. 
 
 — Passage for Translation, -107 
 
 Participles 
 
 Participles: Ablative Absolute 
 
 Tm])ersonal Verbs: Miseret, etc. --Intransitive 
 Verbs in Passive. — Passage for 'J'ranslation, 
 4:21 . 
 
 Periphrastic Conjugations : Dative of Agent . 
 
 Gerund. — CJerundive. — Supine 
 
 PAGB 
 
 100-lGl 
 Ui2-164 
 
 l(j}-171 
 171-172 
 
 17;}-174 
 
 175-178 
 178-180 
 
 180-184 
 
 184-187 
 187-188 
 
 189-194 
 191-196 
 197-199 
 
 200-203 
 1:01-207 
 208-210 
 
 Kkadino Lessons: Letters. — Fables. — Cirsar'n Two 
 Invasions of Hritiiin. — Customs and Habits of the 
 
 Biitons 211-222 
 
 LaTIN-KnOHSII VOCAIIULAKY 223-21^0 
 
 KN(JLI8II-]iATlN VOCAUULAUY '."M5()-27Jl 
 
 Gloss AuuM (JuAMMAricuM « . . . . 274-270 
 
PAGM 
 
 
 id 
 
 
 a- 
 
 
 . 100-161 
 
 
 . 102-164 
 
 .1 
 
 s. 
 
 1 
 
 . 104-171 
 
 J 
 
 . 171-172 
 
 jj 
 
 t 
 
 'M 
 
 . 17.M74 
 
 m 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 > 
 
 1 
 
 • 175-178 
 
 m 
 
 . 178-180 
 180-184 
 
 4 
 
 184-187 
 
 
 187-188 
 
 vy 
 
 189-194 
 
 £ 
 
 194-198 
 
 ■'\ 
 
 197-199 
 
 '^ 
 
 200-203 
 
 
 -'01-207 
 
 
 208-210 
 
 
 211-222 
 223-250 
 1MJO-27M 
 274-27fl 
 
i' t 
 
 It is suggested to teachers who are much pressed for time, that 
 the following sections may be omitted without too serious loss : — 
 
 m,U.] lis, II.; 1-Jl; 1-J7; 11:). II.; 100; 171; 17;i; 178; 185, 
 IL; lOa, II.; IIHI; 11)7; *Jli(), 111.; -Mi;); 271; 277, II.; 285; 288; 
 :\^0', :U5; :)f)l; 121; 12S. 
 
 Attention is also calh^d to the not€ introductory to Chapter LV. 
 .Should it be necessary to curtail still more, it is recommended that 
 it be done by occasionally omitting alternate sentences in the 
 exercises to be translated into Latin. 
 
 w. c. c. 
 
 M. G. D. 
 
 Boston, June, 1891. 
 
 
asm 
 
 BEGINNER'S LATIN BOOK. 
 
 <>oJ*to*^ 
 
 )r time, that 
 
 ous loss : — 
 
 5; 178; 185, 
 ; 285; 288; 
 
 'hapter LV. 
 
 nended that 
 
 ces in thn 
 
 w. c. c. 
 
 M. G. D. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 INTRODUCTORY. . 
 
 It is suggested to teachers who are not experienced in teaching Latin 
 that this chapter may, perhaps, be most profitably used for reference. 
 Pupils will catch pronunciation quickly from the lips of the teacher ; and 
 as they make mistakes, they will be interested in being referred to the 
 rules of pronunciation. It is therefore advised that the teacher begin 
 with the Coil'xpiiiDn. page 5, pronouncing slowly each sentence, the pupils 
 following successively, and then tog'ither. In the same way the teacher 
 might then construe literally. 
 
 1. Alphabet. — The Latin alphabet has no w. 
 Otherwise it is the same as the English. 
 
 2. Vo\vp:ls. — Vowels may be long (marked tlius " ), 
 short (marked tiins ""), or common ^ (marked thns *). 
 The long vowel occupies double the time of the short 
 in pronouncing. 
 
 3. Consonants. — Of the consonants 
 
 The mutes are : P-tnutea 
 
 T-inutes 
 
 K-mutes 
 The liquids are . . 
 The Hibihiiit is ... 
 The douhle consonants are 
 
 p, b, f 
 
 t, d 
 
 k, c, g, q (u) 
 
 1, in, u, r 
 
 B 
 
 X = C8,2 Z " d». 
 
 ' That is, sometimes long and 
 sometimo* abort. 
 
 Also rep/esents the combinft 
 tioua h8» qua, gs, va. 
 
i ! 
 
 
 ;,i 
 
 r 
 
 i i 
 
 PRONUNCIATION. 
 
 4. Sounds of the Letters, Roman Metho.i. 
 
 Vowels, 
 Si is sounded like the last a in papa'. 
 
 SL 
 
 4< 
 
 t( 
 
 the first a in j:;a/;a 
 
 « 
 
 « 
 
 « 
 
 e in they. 
 
 S 
 
 (( 
 
 « 
 
 e in jne^ 
 
 I 
 
 (( 
 
 « 
 
 i in machine. 
 
 I 
 
 <( 
 
 (i 
 
 i in /)iAi. 
 
 6 
 
 (( 
 
 (( 
 
 in /eo/y. 
 
 6 
 
 (( 
 
 i( 
 
 in wholly.^ 
 
 u^ 
 
 u 
 
 (( 
 
 00 in 6oo^ 
 
 a 
 
 (I 
 
 k( 
 
 ort in foot. 
 
 ^1 
 
 ;' Dipfithongs. 
 
 ae is sounded like ai in aisle. 
 au •' " ou in our. 
 
 ei " " ei in ei^/Z/f. 
 
 oj in boil. 
 
 eu in /(?ut/. 
 
 we. 
 
 oc 
 ui 
 
 
 Consonants. 
 
 Consonants generally have the same s^ounds as in English. But 
 observe tlie iollowing : — 
 
 C is sounded like c in <'07ne. 
 
 S 
 
 i 
 t 
 
 cb 
 
 (i 
 « 
 
 u 
 
 (( 
 i( 
 
 u 
 
 t( 
 
 7 ni (jrt. 
 y in"?/^.s'. 
 .V in sun.^ 
 t in time.* 
 w in wine, 
 k in kite. 
 
 1 That is, as the word is roni- 
 inonly pronouiu-fd ; tlie sound 
 hep.nl in hob/, sliortoned. 
 
 3 In qu, and also commonly in 
 
 gii and su before a vowel, u is u 
 semi-vowel or consonant, and is 
 pronounced like w. 
 
 ' Never like ?. ♦ Never like sh. 
 

 PRONUNCIATION. 
 
 ).l. 
 
 N, 
 
 5. SYLLiUJLES. ' V • ' • 
 
 1. A syllable consists of a vowel or diphthong with 
 or without one or more consonants. Hence a word 
 has as nuuiy syllables as it has vowels and diphthongs ; 
 ae-gTi-tu'-«lo, sickness. 
 
 2. Wl'.cn a word is divided into syllables, a single con- 
 sonant is joined with the vowel following: a-ina'-bi-li.s, 
 amiable. 
 
 3. If there are two or more consonants between two 
 vowels, as many are joined with the following vowel 
 as can be prononnced at the beginning of a word or 
 syllabic: im'-pro-bus, had; lio-spes, (/nest. 
 
 4. But in compound words the division must show 
 tlie c(nnponent parts : ab'-est (ab, awai/ ; est, lie is^^ 
 he Is awaij. 
 
 5. The last syllable of a word is called the ultima; 
 the one next to the last, the penult ; the one before tlie 
 penult, the antepenult. 
 
 ish. But 
 
 |1, u IS a 
 t, und ia 
 
 |r like $h. 
 
 0. Quantity. 
 
 1. A vowel is short before a vowel (with few excep- 
 tions) or /^ also probably before nt and ndi po-e'-iiia, 
 poem; grii'-ti-ao, thanks; ni'-hil, nothinq : a'-iriiiiit, 
 thet/ love; ino-iicii'-cliis, to he advised. ^^ 
 
 2. Dij)lithongs, vowels representing (lii)hthongs, vow- 
 els resultinjx from contraction, and vowels followed bv 
 ^'/^ ^^'S h ^"^^ commonly//;?, are long: iii-i'-(iiiii.s (iiiae- 
 quiis^ unequal; cd'-jj*! (<*6aj»'o), eoUeet ; eon'-fe-ro, hrini) 
 together ; inv.n'-siiftah/e; hri'-,\iis^ of him : luri'-^nviH^ great. 
 In this book only long vowels are marked, unless for 
 somi' special reason. _ , ^^ 
 
n 
 
 /j^ 
 
 PRONUNCIATION. 
 
 3. A S341able is long when it contains a long vowel 
 or a diphthong : vo'-ces, voices ; ae'-des, temple. 
 
 4. A sylhible is lojig if it has a short vowel followed 
 by two or more consonants (except a mute followed by 
 I or r), or by x ov z\ but the sliort vowel is still pro- 
 nounced short: siinV fhey are; teiii'-pluni, temple; 
 (lux,^ leader. 
 
 5. A syllable is common if it has a short vowel fol- 
 lowed by a mute with I or r; tc'-ne-brae, darhiess. 
 The vowel is pronounced short. 
 
 The above statements are useful in determining the place of 
 the accent. 
 
 7c Accent. 
 
 1. Words of two syllables have the accent on the 
 first: til' -hii, trumpet. 
 
 'y^ 2. Words of more than two syllables have the accent 
 on the penult when the penult is long, otherwise on the 
 antepenult: liriieMli' -co, foretell ; prae'-dli-co, declare; 
 iUe'-ce-brae, snares ; pa-ter'-iius,^ paternal. 
 
 (1) Several words, called c clitics, of which tlie commonest are 
 ne, the sign of a question, an(^ que, and. are a})pended to other 
 words, and such wr rds are then accented on the syllable preceding 
 the ne or que : amat'-ne, docs he love ? dona'-que, and gifts. 
 
 8. English Method of Pronunciation. — By this 
 method the above rules relating to sylla es (5) and 
 accent (7) are observed, and words *are pronounced 
 substantially as in English ; but final es is sounded as 
 in English ease, and final os (ace. plur.) as in dose. 
 
 ^ u pronounced like uo in Jbot. the penult is short, the syllable is 
 * Here, though >he lyowel of long by 6. 4. 
 
 j! 
 
i 
 
 PRONUNCIATION. 
 
 )ng vowel 
 
 le. 
 
 follo^v?d 
 [lowed by 
 
 still pro- 
 I, temple; 
 
 rowel fol- 
 darkness. 
 
 lie place of 
 
 t on the 
 
 le accent 
 se on the 
 leclare ; 
 
 uionest are 
 (1 to other 
 preceding / 
 5">- / 
 
 - By this 
 
 (5) and 
 
 lounced 
 
 itded as 
 
 o»e. 
 
 syllaUe is 
 
 The following colloquium may be used, if the teacher wishes, for 
 practice, and to illustrate the foregoing statements. See introduc- 
 tory note, page 1. 
 
 9. 
 
 COLLOQUIUM. 
 
 Auyatitiis. Quid tibi vis? 
 
 I id us. Tecum ambulare ve- 
 lim. 
 
 A . Ego nolo I domi manere 
 malo. 
 
 I. Our mavis? 
 
 A. Ego et f rater vesperi 
 cum patre ambulare malu- 
 mus. 
 
 /. Our mecum per silvas 
 vagarl uon vultis ? 
 
 A. Quod vesperi amoeni- 
 tate frul malumus quam solis 
 ardore. 
 
 7. At jam saepe mecum 
 ambulare noluisti. 
 
 A. Non recte dicis ; nOn 
 est causa cur tecum ambulare 
 nolim ; at cum hortus avi satis 
 amplus sit et lacum silvamque 
 contiueat, ibi malumus liidere. 
 Si vis, nobiscum veui. 
 
 What do you ivish (for your- 
 .self) ? 
 
 I ahotdd lik(' to take a walk 
 ii'ith you. 
 
 T doiiH want to; I prefer to 
 stay at home. 
 
 Wlty do you prefer {that) ? 
 
 My brother and I had rather 
 take a icalk at eveniiuf icith our 
 father. 
 
 Why don't you vmid to roam, 
 irith me through the woods'} 
 
 Because we had rather en- 
 joy the pleasaidness of evening 
 than the heat of the sun. 
 
 But often before now you have 
 not wanted to walk ivith me. 
 
 What you say is not true; 
 there is no reason why I should 
 not want to walk with you; but 
 si'"e grandfather's garden is 
 ■'■ large, and has a pond and 
 jrove, we had rather play 
 there. If you like., come with us. 
 
 .10. Cases. 
 
 1. The names of the cases in Latin are: nominative, 
 vocative., genitive^ dative., accuaativey ablative. 
 
 s. 
 
Ill i 
 
 !l 
 
 r' 
 
 CASE AND GENDER. 
 
 2. The vocative is the case of address, but it does 
 not differ in form from the nominative, except in the 
 sip'-'ular of nouns and adjectives in w« of the second 
 de 'sion, and lience is not elsewhere given separately 
 in tne paradigms. 
 
 / 3. Another case, the locative^ which denotes the place 
 of an action, is mostly confined to proper names, and 
 has the form of the ablative (sometimes dative) singular 
 or plural, or of the genitive singular. 
 
 11. Gp:nder. — The gender of Latin nouns is deter- 
 mined partly, as in English, by the meaning, but much 
 oftener by the termination. 
 
 1. Nouns denoting males are masculine : aj^ricola, 
 farmer; Cicero, Cicero. 
 
 2. Nouns denoting females are feminine : regiiia, 
 queen; Tiillia, Tullia. 
 
 3. Names of rivers, winds, and months are masculine : 
 Padus, Po; aqiiilo, north ivind ; Jaimariiis, January. 
 
 4. Names of countries, towns, islands, and trees, are 
 feminine: AiviQUf Africa ; Homily Ho7ne ; SicilisLf iS icily ; 
 pirns, pear-tree. 
 
 5. Indeclinable nouns are neuter: fas, ri//ht. 
 
 ( )tlier rules of gender will be given under the several declensions. 
 
 It is assumed that the learner knows the names and functions 
 of the parts of speech in English, and the meanings of the common 
 grammatical terms, such as subject and predicate, case, mood, tense, 
 voice, declension, coyyngation, etc. So much knowledge is absolutely 
 essential for entering upon the stud^ i the following lessons. 
 
 J' 
 
FIRST DECLENSION. 
 
 it it does 
 jpt ill the 
 le second 
 jeparately 
 
 the place 
 Lines, and 
 ) singular 
 
 > is deter- 
 out much 
 
 ajii^ricola, 
 
 regiua, 
 
 isculme : 
 nuary. 
 
 •ees, are 
 Sicily ; 
 
 lensions. 
 
 Imictioiis 
 
 Icommori 
 
 \(l, tense, 
 
 'Solutely 
 
 \ 
 
 ,' "■ * 
 
 ^1 
 
 I 
 
 •». ' y 
 
 CHAPTER II. 1. 
 FIRST DECLENSION. 
 
 12. The btem^ ends in a. 
 
 13. Gender. — The gender is feminine , but see 
 general rules, 11. 
 
 14. PARADIGM. 
 
 SINGLLAR. I'LL'RAL. 
 
 N.V. tuba, a trumpet. N.V. tubae, trumpets. 
 
 G. tub a.e, of a trutnpet. G. iiih arum, of trumpets. 
 
 D. tubae, to or for a trumpet. D. tub is, to or for trumpets. 
 
 Ac. tub am, a trumpet. Ac. tubas, trumpets. 
 
 Ab. tubs.," with a trum2)et. Ab. t\ihia, with trumpets. 
 
 1. For the reasou why the vocative case is not given separately 
 in the paradigm see 10. 2. 
 
 2. Examples of the locative case (10. 3) in this declension are: 
 R5mae, at Rome; .thenis, at Athens. 
 
 15. Terminations. — These consist of case-endings, 
 joined with the hnal letter of the stem. But sometimes 
 the final letter of the stem is lost, and sometimes the 
 case-ending. 
 
 SING L' LA K. 1' I.URAL. 
 
 X.V. a ae 
 
 G. ae aium 
 
 D. ae Is 
 
 Ac. am §s 
 
 Ab. 5 Is 
 
 1 The stem is the common base to dered, according to its connection, 
 which certain letters are added to It is therefore recommended that, 
 express the relation of the word in declining words, no translation 
 to other words. of the ablative he given till it« use 
 
 2 The ablative is variously reu- has been illustrated. Seep.20, n. 1. 
 
ill 
 
 ! I 
 
 1! i 
 
 I 
 
 til 
 
 n 
 
 I I 
 
 i 
 
 ' ! 
 
 !| 
 
 y 
 
 :i ■ ! 
 
 FIKST DECLENSION. 
 
 10. Observe that the genitive and dative singular and nomina- 
 tive plural are alike ; also the dative and ablative plural. 
 
 17, In Latin there is no article: tuba may be translated 
 a trumpet, the trumpet, or trumpet. 
 
 18. The pupil should connnit to memory the table of termina- 
 tions. 
 
 19. 
 
 2. 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 XOUNS. 
 
 aquila, v., etujle. 
 Cauda, k., tail. 
 coluinba, i\, dove. 
 filia,^ F., daughter. 
 puella, 1'., (jivl. 
 regina, f., ijucen. 
 rosa,- F., rose. 
 via, F., ruad, street, way. 
 
 VI KU? 
 
 est, {lie, site, it) is. 
 sunt, {thei/) are. 
 
 ADJECTIVES.' 
 
 alba, white. 
 bona, good. 
 (lilra, hard. 
 lata, iride, broad. 
 longa, /()ii(/. 
 magna, larr/e. 
 mala, had. 
 parva, small, Utile. 
 
 habet, {he, she, it) has. 
 habeut, {they) have. 
 
 20. Observe that in the above verb-forms the singular ends 
 
 in t, and the plural in )it. ^Jf 
 
 Nominative and Accusative.- 
 
 21. exercises. 
 
 1."* 1. Viae latae. 2. Via lata. 3. Vias latas. 4. Viam 
 
 latain. 5. Cauda longa. 6. Caiulas lonoils. 7. Caudani 
 
 longam. 8. Caiulae lorigac. 0. Columbas parvfis. 10. Co- 
 
 1 Filia !uul d«*a, goddess., liavc 
 a dative and ablative phiral in 
 -dbus, but this is mostly confined 
 to legal and religious language. 
 
 " Caution: Do not pronounce 
 s like s, if you use the Roman 
 method. See page 2, note 8. 
 
 ^ The masculine and neuter of 
 adjectives wid ha taken up in con- 
 nection with nouns of the second 
 declension. 
 
 ^ Observe that the adjective 
 takes the case and number of the 
 noun to which it belongs. 
 
 I 
 ■t 
 
 % 
 
•'■."^fliMeilK'i^ 
 
 FIRST DECLENSION. 
 
 9 
 
 nd nomina- 
 
 1. 
 
 translated 
 
 of tenuina- 
 
 e. 
 
 ) /las. 
 ve. 
 
 ;ular ends 
 
 4. Viam 
 
 ICiuultini 
 10. Co- 
 
 I neuter of 
 ij) in con- 
 lie second 
 
 idjcctivo 
 2r of th» 
 
 lumbae parvae. 11. Coluraba parva. 12. Columbam par- 
 vam. 13. llosaiii albam. ''■I. Kosao albae. 15. Kosa alba. 
 IG. Kosfis albfis. 17. Ivogina mala. IH. TItlgTiias malas. 
 
 II. In like manner give the nominative and accusative in both 
 numbers of the words meaniuLi,' liltle t/trl, rjrcat edf/lc, good queen, 
 wide street. Decline together rosa alba, via loiiga, bona puella 
 
 2^ 
 
 3. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 ;> vC- ' ' 
 
 I. 1. Via est louga. 2. Dura est vui. :\. Pnellae rosas 
 habent. 1. Ke^Tna coluinbani habet. .">. Kosae sunt albae. 
 (). Cauda est albti. 7. Caudae sunt longae. <S. Acjuila cau- 
 dam habet. U. Puellae tubas habent. 10. AipiilaQ_ sunt 
 
 niagnae. 
 
 II. 1. Via dura est louga. 2. I'uella 1)oiki rosani habet. 
 .'). Coluinba caudani parvani habet. 4. lieginae all)as rosas 
 habent. o. Kosa parva est alba. (5. Aquila magna est alba. 
 7. Tubae nifignae sunt longae. S. Puelhi tubtnn longam 
 habet. 9. Filiae bonne et)lumbris luilxnt. 10. Aquila magna 
 Ifitam caudam habet. 
 
 2.*5. Xotiee the order of the words in the above sentences, and 
 see wlnn-ein it differs from the order in English. You will find 
 that — 
 
 1. The adjective is commonly placed aft(;r its noun. When 
 placed l)efor(> the noun it is for emphasis. 
 
 2. '^I'hc verb commonly comes at the end of the sentence, but 
 est and sunt are less frequently so placed. 
 
 '*). The ol)ject connnonly comes before the verb. 
 
 24. Observe that the subject is in the nominative case, and 
 that tlu! verb agrees with it in number, as in ICnglish. 
 
 25. Observe that the verb habet (habent) is transitive, and 
 has its object in the accusative. 
 
 • 26. Rule of Syntax. — The direct object of a. 
 transitive verb is in the accusative case. 
 
 \ 
 
 ^X^ 
 
ugasmumimamm 
 
 4 
 
 i\ fi 
 
 H 
 
 10 
 
 FIRST DECLENSION. 
 
 / 
 
 4. 
 27. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. The roads are broad. 2. The streets are long. 
 3. Queens have doves. 4. The girl lias a rose. o. Eagles 
 have tails. G. The dove is white. 7. The girl has a trumpet. 
 8. The eagle is large. 9. The rose is white. 10. The girls 
 are small. 
 
 II. 1. Tile long way is liard. 2. Good girls have roses. 
 3. Doves have small tails. 4. Great eaiiiles have broad tails, 
 o. The good queen has a dove. (1. The little girls have 
 large trumpets. 7. The little dove is white. 8. The queen 
 is g(^od. 0. The good queen has a little daughter. 10. A 
 little girl has a white rose. 
 
 28. Answer tJip. foUowi)i(f in Latin :^ — 
 
 1. Estne^ via Ifita? 2. Habctne pueila rosam? 3. II:i- 
 bentne aquilae caudas loiigas? 4. (^nid (tuhat) habet regina 
 bona? 5. (^uid liabent puellae bouae? G. llabentne co- 
 lumbae caudas? 
 
 3. 
 a. 
 
 20, 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 NfUJNH. 
 
 ilia, r., If hi!'. 
 Hrltaiinia, i ., liritain. 
 Corndlla, i'., Cornelia. 
 
 AKJKCrnVKM. 
 
 liilillta, much (l>l. mauij). 
 plena, /'»//. 
 prima, .//V.sY. 
 soouiKla, second. 
 
 CON.H'NCTION. 
 
 et, and. 
 
 Galba, M., (ialba. 
 h<lra, F., hour. 
 liiiia, r., moon. 
 
 VKuns. 
 aitiat, {he, s/ic, it) loves, 
 ainaiit, (thc.ii) love. 
 <lat, (he, she. it) r/ives. 
 <lant, {(h€>j) yice. 
 
 ADVKMH. 
 
 noil, not. 
 
 K. 
 
 1 Kvory answer sliould form a '^ 'I lie particle no is a[)i)ended 
 
 CM)ii^)U'to sonttiu'i'. To tlio qnos- to nonit' wonl in n etiitonci', oitvr 
 
 ^■^ tion pstrne via luiiKii • the answer the verb, as a sign of a question, 
 
 should )>e via est louga. and is not to be translated by txny 
 
 separate word. 
 
 '4 
 
 4 
 I 
 
 
■■T^-«PfM«*r^;'-f*^''i<|K** 
 
 FIRST DECLENSION. 
 
 11 
 
 are long. 
 
 0. Eagles 
 \ a trumpet. 
 . The girls 
 
 Liave roses. 
 
 broad tails, 
 girls have 
 The queen 
 
 ,er. 10. A 
 
 abet rogina 
 il)entue co- 
 
 iH. 
 
 t) loves. 
 
 ii'f. 
 (/ivea. 
 
 \ 
 
 jk.. 
 
 is appendcc 
 titcnci', oftoi 
 a (jut'Sticii, 
 luted by imy 
 
 30. 
 
 Genitive and Dative. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. i^fuKie plenae. 2. Luuaruin plenaruni. i3. LunTs 
 plenis. 4. Ilorarum priniaruin. 5. llorls prlniTs. 6. FIlia 
 (Jalbae.^ 7. Filils Corneliae. iS. KosTs albls. i). Columbae 
 })arvae. 10. A(piih"iruin fUaruni. 
 
 IP II. 1. Tho queen's daughter. 2. Tlie queens' daughters. 
 .'{. For the girl's rose. 4. Of the wings of the dove. 5. For 
 Cornelia's daughter. (5. Of Uritain. 7. For eagles. 8. Of 
 the long streets, i). For tlie little girls. 10. To the small 
 
 trumpet. 
 
 6. 
 
 ;jl. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Pnellae {dative) est rosa. 2. Puelhi rosam habet. 
 .'}. Keiijinis sunt eoluml)ae. 1. Key;Tnae colunibas ha])ent. 
 '). Ilosa puelhie est alba. (">. Kosae pueUarum sunt aii)ae. 
 7. (lalba flliae'" eohnnliam dat. H. Cornelia jjuelhs rosus 
 dat. I), (lall)a Corneliae aquilam dat. 10. Galba et Cor- 
 nelia fllias habent. .^ ,, -^ 
 
 IF. 1. Flliae Corneliae rosfis albas hal)ent. 2. Cornelia 
 })uellae parvai' rosam magnani dat. o. Kst' liura prima Ifniac! 
 plenae. 4. Ilora est"' secnnda et luna est pU'na. T). Magn.-i 
 est rosa puelhie parvae. 0. (lalba puellae tubam i)arvam 
 dat. 7. Colunil)ae albae sunt flliai! bonae. 8. Multae et 
 longae sunt Hritanni:ie viat-. IK liritunniji reginam bonam 
 liabct. 10. (lalba fllils bonae \j;'nae rosas multas dat. 
 
 -^ 32. The first sentence in 1. is literally translat(.'d to the girl is 
 a rose. Evidently the meaning is the i/irl. has a rosr^ the same as 
 that of the second. The dutivo thus used with est or sunt is rallecl 
 the Dative of the PoBSfiBSor, or the Possessive Dative. 
 
 lA' 
 
 1 <i<il/>(t's (hiHijIitrr. The geni- 
 tive is oftcji to be truiisluted by 
 the KnghHh puuKesa^ve. 
 
 2 'i'raiislute, his daughter, 
 8 It is. 
 
 ^ 'l^lu 
 
 d' 
 
(i»f 
 
 1 
 
 t! 
 
 12 
 
 FIRST DECLENSION. 
 
 33. Examine the seventh sentence m 1. The transitive verb 
 dat lias a direct object, columbam ; but it also has a dative limit- 
 ing it, filiae. This dative is called an Indirect Object. Find 
 other illustralions oi' the i'oUowiug: 
 
 34. KULE OF Syntax. — The indirect object is put 
 in the dative. 4.^ .^^^c, V a ' x ^ 
 
 7. 
 
 35. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Before turning the following sentences into Latin, translate 
 mentally l2, 0, and 10, in 31. II., taking the words as the^- stand. 
 Observe that the indirect object precedes the direct. 
 
 2. In the following exercises try to cast each sentence into the 
 Latin form before thinking of the Latin words. Thus, the sixth 
 sentence will take the form, t/ie t/irl to the (/Keen a rose (/lues; and 
 the eighth, to a (jirl littfe is a rose little, or o giri little a rose little lios. 
 
 I. 1. It' is the lirst lioiir. 2. 'Inhere'- is a full moon. 
 .*>. The inoon*s full. 4. 'I'lie dovi' is small. r». T'he tail of 
 the en<;h' is broad. (>. The liirl jiivcs the (juecn^ u rose. 
 7. The queen's roses are white. .S.^ A little girl has a little 
 
 rose. 
 
 !>. The first hour is a long one.- 10. (lalba gives the 
 
 gu\s some- roses. 
 
 H. 1. 'IMie queen's daughter has a white rose. 
 
 Tl 
 
 le 
 
 queen of Britain gives the girl a great rose. iJ. It is the 
 second hour of the full moon. 1. The dauuhters of Cornelia 
 
 are small iiirls. 
 
 f). The (lauLihters of Cornelia are mmd 
 
 little'' iiirls.*' (1. The little dove's tail is a lonir oni' 
 
 T'he 
 
 wings of eagles are long and broad. <S. Kaules lia\e long 
 
 r*' 
 
 broad^ wings. 1). The littli; dove haw a white tail. 10. "^ Alany 
 doves have white tails. 
 
 1 Omit. Comitnnyi. II.;Jiuul4. 
 
 2 Omit. 
 
 * That Ih, to the qnecti. Compare 
 81. I. 7, H, and 9; und 31. U. 2, 
 0, and 10. 
 
 • TruMsilnti' ill two ways, like 
 :n. I., I Mild 2, ;] and \. 
 ^ Notnitiiitive. 
 '■ In Lii\\i\, (/ood and little, 
 "^ LoHj and broad. 
 
SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 13 
 
 ransitive verb 
 a, dative liiiiit- 
 )bject. Fiud 
 
 )ject is put 
 
 c 
 
 ,atin, translate 
 as they stand. 
 
 tenco into the 
 I'hus, the sixth 
 use (jices; and 
 a rose little has. 
 
 ;i full moon. 
 . Tlu' tail of 
 H'cir' :i roso. 
 irl has u little 
 l)a u'ives the 
 
 [)se. 2. The 
 ;;. It is tho 
 [s of Coriieliii 
 [li:i are <i;ood 
 |)ne. 7. The 
 have long, 
 10.'' Many 
 
 Ivvo wiiys, like 
 lid I. 
 
 \n(l little. 
 
 m 
 
 4 
 
 CHAPTER III. 1. 
 SIX'OND DECLENSION. 
 
 36. The stein ends in o. 
 
 37. Gender. — Nouns ending in urn are neuter; 
 most others are masculine ; but see general rules for 
 gender, 11. 4. 
 
 38. PARADIGMS.' 
 Hortus, garden. 
 
 8IN(ii:i.AK. IM.l HAL. 
 
 N.V. hortus, 6 horti 
 
 (t. hort 1 hortorum 
 
 D. hort 6 hort Is 
 
 Ac. hort um hort 6a 
 
 Ab. hort 6 hort Is 
 
 35>. The vocative singular of nouns in ua of this 
 
 declension ends in e. 
 
 1. As these are the only Latin nouns having a form for the 
 vocative different from the nominative, this i)eculiarity is best 
 Hij^arded and treated as an exception. 
 
 4(). Examples of the locative case (10. ;j) in this decleusiou 
 are: Qoiin%\n, at Corinth ; Thurils, f/^ Thurii. 
 
 41. 
 
 Bellum, 
 
 irnr. 
 
 SING i; I, A K. 
 
 i'MIRAL. 
 
 ■^ X.V. bellum 
 
 bell a 
 
 G. belli 
 
 bell orum 
 
 1). bell 6 
 
 bell Is 
 
 . Ac. bellum 
 
 bell a 
 
 Ab. bell 6 
 
 bell 18 
 
 
 TERMINATIONS. 
 
 
 siNor 
 
 .Al{. 
 
 v\.v 
 
 UAL. 
 
 Masc. 
 
 Kent. 
 
 Masc, 
 
 .VetU. 
 
 N.V. us, 6 
 
 um 
 
 I 
 
 a 
 
 G. I 
 
 1 
 
 orum 
 
 drum 
 
 D. 6 
 
 6 
 
 to 
 
 U 
 
 Ac. um 
 
 um 
 
 a^ 
 
 a 
 
 Ab. S 
 
 6 
 
 Si 
 
 b 
 
 42. Althour;;h the stem enths in o, the o does not a|)pear except 
 in the dat. and abl. singular ainl in the gen. and ace. plural. 
 
 ^ For peculiarities of nouns in iua aud i'um see 79. 
 
14 
 
 SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 iK 
 ¥ 
 
 43. 
 
 2. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Masculine, 
 amicus, friend. 
 cihuSf food. 
 discipulus, pupil. 
 doininus, lord, master. 
 equiis, horse. 
 scrvus, slave or servant. 
 
 AD.TKCTIVRS. 
 
 defessus, -a, -urn, tired. 
 darus, -a, -uni, lidrd. 
 griitiis, -a, -um, pleasing/. 
 noviis, -a, -uni, new. 
 
 NOUNS. 
 
 Ketiter. 
 bracchium, arm. (79.) 
 donuin, yijl. 
 ovum, <v/y. 
 pilum, Javelin. 
 puculiiin, cup. 
 vinuiii, ivine. 
 
 VERHS. 
 
 laudat, {he, she, it) praiaes.^ 
 laudant, (theij) jn-aise. 
 portat, {he, she, it) carries. 
 portant, {thei/) carry. 
 
 44. Adjectives of the first and second declensions 
 have three terniinations to mark the different genders: 
 >>oniis, niascnlinc; bona, feminine; boniiiii, nenter. 
 The feminine of the adjective is declined like tuba, the 
 masculine like bortiis, and tlie neuter like belluiii. 
 The full declension of bonus is given on i)age 24.^ 
 
 1. Form the masculine and neuter of all the adjectives in 19 
 and 29. 
 
 Nominative and Accttsative. 
 4^- exercises. 
 
 1. 1. AniToT bonl. 1. y' uueiis 1k)uus. 3. AniTcos bonos. 
 A. AmTcuni honuni. f). IVlciiluni umMiin. 0. Pocula nova. 
 7. P2quusdr'f(!ssns, S. Kcjuiini defcssuiii. '.>. Kquds defossoH.^ 
 10. EquT defcssT. 11. rOculu nifigini. 12. Servos malos. "*% 
 
 ' Laudat may be tranelated 2 j^ dpclininfjf adjectives, it will 
 
 praises, is proisinrj, or docs praise. be found advantageous to declhie 
 
 '"'^m 
 
 5. 
 
 lias 
 
 So of the other verh-forma. 
 
 each gender separately. 
 
SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 15 
 
 (79.) 
 
 t) praiaea? 
 
 hcos bonos. 
 bcula novM. 
 Ks (Ulfessos. 
 [)s uimIos. '^^ 
 
 k'tivcs, it will 
 lus to deollue 
 
 f 
 
 >raise. 
 
 
 t) carries. 
 
 . -(■ 
 
 irry. 
 
 1 
 
 Lleolensioiis 
 
 
 t genders: 
 
 M 
 
 in, neuter. 
 
 •^^ 
 
 3 tuba, the 
 
 
 e bt'lluin. 
 
 
 e 24.2 
 
 
 ctives in 19 
 
 , 
 
 i 
 
 II. I. In like manner fonr. the nominative and accusative in 
 both numbers of the words meaning long^ javelin, hard master, 
 amall horse, good wine. Decline together bonus cibus, servus 
 malus, vinum novum. 
 
 46. Examine tlic following sentences: — 
 
 Galba est amicus, Galha is n friend. 
 
 Galba et Cornelia sunt amlci, Galha and Cornelia are friends. 
 
 1. Observe in these examples that tlie subject and predicate 
 nouns are in the same case, just as in English. 
 
 47. Rule of Syntax. — A noun in the predicate 
 referring to the same person or thing as the subject 
 is in the same case. 
 
 48. 
 
 3. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Donuni est grfitum. 2. Servus bonus est defosaus. 
 5. Amicus piluni portat. 4. Discipuhis ovum durum habot. 
 T). Equus defessus cibum porttit. G. Dona sunt pocuhi 
 parva. 7. Discipulus bracchia longa luibet. 8. Domini 
 servos laudant. ". Dominus aervum laudat. 10. Servl p6- 
 cula parva portant. 11. Novum equuni laudat. 12. E([u6s 
 uovOs laudant. 
 
 II. 1. The servant has the cup. 2. The servants have 
 the enps. 3. The pupil has wine and eggs. 4. The master 
 has good food. T). The gifts are long javelins. G. The 
 master and the slave are good friends. 7 The little horses 
 are tired. ^. Tlu^ new pu|)il has a big- eup. 0. Tliey praise 
 the second horse. 10. He is praising the good master. 
 11. They have some" good frieiuls. 12. The slave carries 
 the cups and wine.' 
 
 ^ Tlio juljoctive must hv of the 
 ''luuf gonder as the noun. 
 
 ^ See page 19, note 1. 
 I Oiuit. 
 
l!#'l 
 
 16 
 
 SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 fill ; 
 
 111 I: ;i 
 
 ii I 
 
 4. 
 Genitive and Dative. 
 45^. exercises. 
 
 I. 1. Anilcls l)oaIs. 2. AmTco l)on(3. 3. AmIcT boni. 
 4. Amleoiiiin honoriiiii. i). Pooulo novo. 0. Poculorum 
 novoruni. 7. l*6culTs iiovTs. S. EquT defessT. \). Eq^.Ts 
 drfessls. 10. E(|noruiu defessorum. 11. Kqiio defesso. 
 1 2. Servis bonis. 
 
 II. Ill like niannor, form the genitive and dative in both num- 
 bers of the words nuianing lo?i(j Javelin, hard innslr.r, Hinnll horse, 
 (food roino. Decline together bonus amicus, discipulus malus, 
 donum gratum. 
 
 5. 
 
 50. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Donuni junici bonl est grfitum. 2. Servi boni do?ni- 
 noruni maloruin sunt defessT. 3. AniTcTs diseipuli dat' pila 
 niulta. 4. Ainleo bono discipnlT sunt pTla niulta. 5. AmIcT 
 bonoruni discipnlorum pila multa habent. G. Equus defes- 
 suH c'ibum doniini jioi'tat. 7. Longa sunt braeehia servi 
 boni. 8. Dona doniinl servTs sunt o;iata. 9. l^uellls parvTs 
 ova alba dant.' 10. Servi leglnTs ova aquilarum dant. 
 
 II. 1. Tiio g'ft is pleasing to the good friend. 2.- The 
 slave has the master's cup. 3.- The servants have the 
 masters' cups. 4. The master gives the slave'' a hard egg. 
 Oy ^he food of the master is wine and eggs. G. Tiie mas- 
 ter praises the little pupil's cup. 7. The tired horses are 
 carrying gifts for the friend, .s. The girl has many new* 
 friends. 9. The broad eup is [)leasing to the new pupil. 
 10. The eagle's eggs are gifts of the good servant. 
 
 ^ When there is no subject ex- 
 ])ros8cd in the sentence, how is the 
 verb W be reuilered ? 
 
 - Translate in tw«) ways. See 32. 
 ^ Not accusative. 
 * Many and new. 
 
 / 
 
 '< 
 
 '*-. 
 
«y 
 
 'i' 
 
 .^ 
 
 ^]F 
 
 FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS. 
 
 17 
 
 ^micT boni. 
 
 Poculoriiin 
 
 y . Eqv Is 
 
 lO defesso. 
 
 51. Answer the folloiving in Lathi :^ — 
 
 1. Quid portat Jacobus {James) 't 2. Tortatne domino^ 
 vTiium vt ova? .'k Noiiue^ portat ova colUiiibao all)ae? 
 4. Laudatne caudam longaiii cmiuT albi? 5. (.^uid, Jacobe, 
 habct doinini filia in (in) poculo? 
 
 Form and answer five other questions in Latin. 
 
 in both num- 
 , aviall Jiorst', 
 ulus malus, 
 
 -OT>*i<^ 
 
 I l)oni donii- 
 uli dat^ pUa 
 5. Amlci 
 qiius dC'fcs- 
 
 cchia servi 
 lellls parvTs 
 
 daiit. 
 
 2.- The 
 
 s liave the 
 
 liard egg. 
 
 I. The mas- 
 
 liorses are 
 
 |niany new* 
 
 new pupil. 
 
 It. 
 
 niya. See 32. 
 
 /" 
 
 '^^ 
 
 i 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 1. 
 FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS. 
 
 52. 
 
 NOUNS. 
 
 antrloola, -ao, Uinmr. 
 nauta, -ao, sailor. 
 poeta, -ac, }un't. 
 oarrus, -i, ir(i</(m. 
 reiiius, -I, o(ir. 
 veiitus, -i, iriiiil. 
 
 Xe liter. 
 frniiKMitiiiii, -1, (/ntiii 
 pabiiliiiii, -ifjhililir. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 clarus, -a, -luWy janious. 
 
 peritus, -a, -iiiii, skilj'ul. 
 (liiartiis, -a, -luiiy Jhurlh. 
 (liiiiitits, -a, -Mxtifji/th. 
 tertius, -a, -iiin, t/iinl. 
 vaiidus, -a, -uin, stromj, sturdi/. 
 
 PRTPOSITION, 
 
 ill (with ablntivt'), in, on. 
 ill (with Jicc'usativc), into, to. 
 
 53. In the preceding exercises an adjective qualifying a noun 
 has had tlie same tt-rmination as th<; noun. Now obs(M've the 
 foHowing examples: agricola bonus, n f/ood farmer ; agricolae 
 bonI, of <i (/ood. /(irnif r ; agricolae bono, /o or y^r rt good farmer, 
 etc. Here tlie adjc^ctive lias a dilfei'ent termination from LUe noun. 
 Since agricola is masculine, the adjective that goes with it nmst 
 have the masculine form, as well as the same nund)er and case. 
 
 ^ See note 1, p. 10. 
 " for, not to, the master. 
 8 V/hcTi ne is api)enih'(l to noii, 
 the answer i/es ia expected. See 
 
 note 2, p. 10. So in Kii{,diHh, a 
 (juestion asked vvitli not expects 
 the answer >/es. 
 < See 11. 1. 
 
 I, 
 

 |i|n' 
 
 18 
 
 FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS. 
 
 54. Rule of Syntax. — Adjectives agree with their 
 nouns in gender, number, and case. 
 
 55. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Agricolae validi. 2. Agricolam validum. 3. Agri- 
 colfis validos. 4. Agricola validus. 5. Agricolae valido. 
 
 6. Agricolarum validorum. 7. Agricola valide. 
 
 II. 1. A skilful saik/r (wo7/i. a?id ace). 2. Skilful sailors 
 (nom. and ace). 3. Of a skilful sailor. 4. For a skilful 
 sailor. 5. Skilful sailor (voc). 6. For skilful sailors. 
 
 7. Of a famous poet. 8. Of famous poets. 9. Pleasing 
 poets. 10. A pleasing poet (wow. and ace.)* 
 
 i» t 
 
 'i''ii! 
 
 2. ^ 
 
 56. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Hortus agricolae magnus est. 2. Agricola validus 
 hortuni magnum liabet. 3.^ Agricolae (dat.) est hortus mag- 
 nus. 4. Nautae remus lonous est. 5. Poeta vlnum bonum 
 agricolae periti laudat. G. Hora est quarta. 7.^ Luna est 
 plena. 8. Pabulum 0(iui albi est frumentum. 9. Dominus 
 servum peritum laudat. 10.'^ Nautae {dat.) grata sunt ova et 
 vinum agricolae boni. 
 
 II. 1. O* agricola valide, carrus est plenus frumenti. 
 2. Domine bone, secunda hora est, et discipulus est de- 
 fessus. 3. Hortos agricolarum i)erTtorum laudant. 4. P6- 
 culura magnum est vini plenum. 5. Agricola bonus equo 
 valido dat pabulum. 
 
 1 See 32. 
 
 2 We may translate, there is a 
 full 7noon^ it is a full viooti, or the 
 vioon is full. There is notliinj? in 
 Latin answering to our it and there 
 used in this way at the beginning 
 of a sentence. 
 
 ^ Translate tliis sentence with- 
 out changing the order of the 
 words, and you will feel the em- 
 phasis imparted to nautae from 
 its position. 
 
 ^ O sometimes accompanies the 
 vocative. 
 
^.^.c^.MU^.<»<(<»<UK.4te^l,»><Mi»'>^VK>^<^'«'»^^ 
 
 ^W^~"'''. 
 
 r^V.tt-if- 
 
 mm 
 
 -\ 
 
 with their 
 
 FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS. 
 
 19 
 
 . 3. Agri- 
 ilae validO. 
 
 ilful sailors 
 H' a skilful 
 fill sailors. 
 ). Pleasing 
 
 
 
 !ola validus 
 ortiis mag- 
 iim bonum 
 Luna est 
 . Dominus 
 unt ova et 
 
 frument!. 
 s est de- 
 4. Po- 
 )nus equo 
 
 tonco with- 
 ler of the 
 !el tilt' eiii- 
 utao from 
 
 ipanles the 
 
 57. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. The poet likes' the farmer's wine. 2.^ Farmers have 
 large wagons and strong horses. 3. Skilful sailors like a 
 <rood breeze. 4. In the garden there ^ are manv roses, o. The 
 poet and his^ daugliter are in the wagon. G. The horse 
 carries the farmer's grain. 7. There is wine in the little 
 girl's cup. 8. There are many'* small girls in the street. 
 9. Galba carries fodder for the horses. 10. The food of 
 the little dove is grain. 
 
 II. 1. M}^ (O) good friend, the master's cup is full. 
 2. The servant gives the queen ^ a large cup. 3. Tlie strong 
 sailors are carrying javelins in their" arms. 4. In the strong 
 wagon is good fodder for the farmer's horses, o. In the 
 poet's gardens there are many friends. 6. Farmers have 
 horses, wagons, doves, eggs, and^ wine. 
 
 58. COLLOQUIUM. 
 
 Datne" Carolus (Chdrles) amico cymbam (boat)? 
 
 Carolus amlco cvmbam et remos dat. 
 
 Quid in cymba liabet Carol'is ? 
 
 Carolus remum et pTlum in cymba habet. 
 
 Quota {ivhat) hora est?^ Ilora est quinta. 
 
 Quid in carro liabet rusticus {countryman) validus? 
 
 Quid in poculo desTdcrat (ivants) rusticus defessus? 
 
 1 Occasionally words occur iu 
 the p]nglish exorcises which are 
 purposely not given as definitions 
 in the vocabularies, but by a little 
 thought the pupil will understand 
 what Latin word is meant. 
 
 * Translate in two ways. 
 
 8 Omit. 
 
 * Many and small. 
 
 '^ Not accusative. 
 
 •5 Remember that nc is append- 
 ed as the sign of a question. 
 
 7 What time is it? or. What is 
 the time of daij f 
 
 \ 
 
20 
 
 SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 iM 
 
 
 >: :l 
 
 59. 
 
 CHAPTER V. 1. 
 
 SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 PARADIGM. 
 
 Puer, 
 
 hou 
 
 • 
 
 TkRM I NATIONS. 
 
 SINGULA^?. 
 
 
 I'LTIRAL. 
 
 SING. 
 
 I'lJ u. 
 
 N.V. puer 
 
 
 pueri 
 
 
 1 
 
 G. pueri 
 
 
 puer orum 
 
 I 
 
 orum 
 
 D. puoro 
 
 
 puer Is 
 
 5 
 
 IS 
 
 Ac. puorum 
 
 
 puer OS 
 
 um 
 
 OS 
 
 Ab. puer 6 ^ 
 
 
 puerfs 
 
 5 
 
 Is 
 
 CO. 
 
 fjoiior, -ori, m., son-in-law. 
 liberi, -oruiii, (pi.) m., children 
 soecr, -cri, m., father-in-law. 
 vir, viri, m., man, hero. 
 
 asper, -era, -eriini, rough. 
 liber, -era, -eriiin,'- /rce. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 tenor, -era, -erum, tender. 
 sextus, -a, -iiiii, sixth. 
 
 a (ab), prep. w. abl., hj, away from, 
 
 amatur, {he, she, It) Is loved. 
 aniantin*, (theij) are loved. 
 laiidatur, (he, she. It) is praised. 
 
 miserf-cniy-erum, poor, ivretched. laudautur, (theij) are praised. 
 
 pueri, general word for children. 
 liberi, children of free parents. 
 
 61. The fanner is praised liy the queen would be 
 expressed in Latin thus: Agricolii ii (or ab) reginti 
 laudtitiir ; and The queen is p)ralsed hy the farmer .^ thus: 
 Regliia ab (not a) ajjrrioola laiidatur. 
 
 Observe that in. the first sentence, reglna, and in the seconrl, 
 agricola, denotes the person by whom the thing is done (the 
 agent) ; also, that these words are in the ablative, and are preceded 
 by a or ab. The ablative thus used, together with the preposition, an- 
 swers the question hy whom ? and is called the Ablative of Agent. 
 
 1 To translate pucro, " with, 
 from, 1)1/ a hoi/," as is commonly 
 done, is wholly wronij. 117//* a hoij 
 would be cum piiero ; f'om, or hy 
 a hoy, a piiero. See p. 7, note 2. 
 
 2 Decline the masculine of 
 adjectives in er in this lesson 
 like piier. '<'he full declension is 
 given on p. 24. 
 
 OI 
 
 It 
 
 II 
 
 3. 
 
 a 
 
riiiiiiliittik 
 
 SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 21 
 
 IONS. 
 
 ri.t It. 
 
 T 
 
 orum 
 
 IS 
 OS 
 
 Is 
 
 \der. 
 
 ', awai/ Jrom. 
 
 loved, 
 ivfd. 
 
 praised, 
 •aiscd. 
 
 ;^oukl be 
 reginii 
 
 er, thus : 
 
 le secoiifl, 
 done (thc3 
 preceded 
 sit ion, an- 
 F Agent. 
 
 culino of 
 "lis lesson 
 )leusion is 
 
 I 
 
 (Jii. Rule op Syntax. — The aj»'ent witli passive 
 verbs is expressed by the abhitive with d or ab, — 
 ab before vowels or /*, d or ab before consonants. 
 
 (»;?. Head again 53 and 54, tluMi a<ld the proper terniinationH 
 of the adjectives, and translate the following': — 
 
 I. 1. (lenor! bon-, gener l)on- {iiom. and voc). 2. Vir 
 inu<Tn-. fi viro nifiiin-* 3. Al) aiiTicolfi dGfossQ a<^ricol:ie 
 miser-. 4. A reglnfi toner-. 5. Puerl us[)er-. 
 
 II. 1. P»v the bad fathi'r-in-hi\v. 2. lU' the roiigli sailor. 
 3. I>y the children of the hero. 4. The free meu {nom. and 
 ace). 5. Of the wretched sons-in-law. 
 
 ( 
 
 04. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Gener viri servns est. 2. Pner bonns ab aipieo 
 huKlatiir. 3. Liheri a nniita, usperu amantiir. 4. j*uelhi 
 tenera colnmbas parvus aniat. Ti. Cuininhae [)arvae a pnella 
 tenera anijuitur. G. Miseri servT a. domino bono laudantur. 
 7.^ Lata in via sunt puerl multl et asperi. <s. I\qui valid! 
 aoricohic a iTlieTs laudaiitui. 'J. FIlia socerl est misera. 
 10. Viri i'llias poetae laudant. 
 
 II. 1. The sons-in-law of the men are farmers. /?. Good 
 men are praisod by their- friends. 3. The boy is loved by 
 tlie rouiili sailoi's. 4. The sixth ' ov is a new one.^ 5. The 
 tired children are in the farmer's wagon. G. The tender 
 dove is loved by the little girl. 7. Poor slaves are not 
 praised by their rough masters. 8. The strong man is in 
 the poet's garden. 0. The heroes are praised by the pui)ils. 
 10. They love the daughter of the poor sailor. 
 
 ^ Adjective, proposition, noun, tlic three are com Dined. "What is 
 is often the order where, as here, the English order? 2 Qmit. 
 
i:i 
 
 Hi 
 
 
 (! 
 
 ii . i; 
 
 if 
 
 22 
 
 SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 1. 
 
 SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 66. PARADIGM. 
 
 A^er, fief 't. 
 
 SINGULAU. PI.L'KAL. 
 
 N.V. ager 
 
 ag"i 
 
 G. agri 
 
 agr orum 
 
 D. agr 6 
 
 Hgrlc: 
 
 Ac. agr um 
 
 iiyi CC 
 
 Ab. agr o 
 
 agr Is 
 
 Tekminations. 
 
 UNO. 
 
 i'Li;u. 
 
 
 I 
 
 1 
 
 orum 
 
 o 
 
 is 
 
 um 
 
 58 . 
 
 o 
 
 Is 
 
 Observe that the above terminations are the slfiie as those on 
 page 20. Wherein does the declension of ager differ from that 
 of puer? 
 
 66. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 aper, apri, m., boar. 
 culter, cultri, m , Inife. 
 faber, -bri, m., smith. 
 liber,^ -bri, m., hook. 
 inagister, -tri, u., master- 
 miuister, -tri, m,, servant. 
 
 aeger, aegra, aegrum,^ aick. 
 niger, nigra, nigrum, black. 
 pulcher, pulehra, pulchruin, 
 
 beautiful, hanihome. 
 ruber, rubra, rubrum, red. 
 
 Septimus, -a, -uni, seventh. 
 
 magister, a superior, director ; hence, master of a school, etc. 
 dominus (^T.-S), master of a household^ slaves, etc. 
 minister, an inferior, attendant, servant. 
 servus (43), a serving man, slave. 
 
 67. IMost nouns in er are declined like ager, and most adjec- 
 tives in er like aeger. The most important nouns and adjectives 
 that keep the e before r in all the cases were given in the vocabu- 
 lary, 60, and should now be committed to memory. 
 
 68. Decline together equus niger, bonus faber, aper asper, 
 vir aeger. 
 
 
 * Distinguish liber, free, from liber, hook. * gge p. 24. 
 
 ; 
 
 I V 4 :j> A^': 
 
 LV'^ 
 
 y •< 
 
 . 
 
•1 
 
 SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 23 
 
 60. 
 
 2. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Socer est faber. 2. JNIagister est discipulT amicus. 
 3. Geneii \ivl mint miuistri. 4. Culter puero est grfitus. 
 5. LibrT iiiagistri diseipulia sunt gruti. 6. Vluum rubrum 
 a, fabro defesso amatur. 7. Lib J poetae a maglstro aman- 
 tur. 8. Puollae pnlchrao virTs rosas rubrfis daiit. 0. Nauta 
 cultrum longuiii iiabet. 10.^ Libros multos iu bracchiis por- 
 tat puer. 
 
 II. 1. The fathers-in-law are smiths.^ 2. The masters 
 are loved by their pupils. 3. The man's son-in-law is a 
 servant. 4. The knives are pleasing to the little boy. 
 5. The pretty^ cups are liked by the boys and girls. 6. A 
 girl gives a man'* a beautiful rose. 7. The sailors have many 
 long knives. 8. The children of the master are carrying'^ 
 the books in their arms. 9. The smith's son-in-law has 
 children. 10. There is a rough boar in the farmer's field. 
 
 idjec- 
 3tives 
 Icabu- 
 
 70. Answer the following in Latin : — 
 
 1. Quis {iclio) est amicus poetae? 2. Quis est socer 
 Carol! ? 3. Ubi (where) sunt discipuli magistiT? 4. Amantne 
 hodie (to-day) pensum (task) ? 0. N5nne Carolus columbae 
 frumeutum hodle dat ? C. Quae (icho, fern.) rosas rubras 
 habet? 7, Quis bracchia louga habet? 8. Quis est vir liber? 
 9. Ubi est equus riistici? 10. Quae puellas pulchras habet? 
 11. Reginanc puellas pulchras habet? 12. Ubi sunt Jacobi 
 amicl ? 
 
 Isper, 
 
 1 What is peculiar in the order 
 of the words 1 Translate as the 
 words stand, and see what word is 
 made emphatic by its position. 
 
 2 What case is used after est 
 
 and sii'it ? Compare the first three 
 sentences in I. See rule, 47. 
 
 3 See p. 19, note 1. 
 
 ** Not accusative. 
 
 6 Not passive. See p. 14, note 1. 
 
tt 
 
 24 
 
 SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 lip 
 
 H: 
 
 Ad.iectives: First and Second Declensions. 
 
 1. 
 
 
 
 PARADIGMS. 
 Bonus, good. 
 
 
 
 
 MASOITMNE. IKMININE. 
 
 NEUTEU. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 N.V. 
 
 boil us, 6 
 
 bona 
 
 bon um 
 
 
 G. 
 
 boiii 
 
 bonae 
 
 boni 
 
 
 D. 
 
 boil 6 
 
 bon ae 
 
 bono 
 
 
 Ac. 
 
 boil um 
 
 bon am 
 
 bon um 
 
 - 
 
 Ab. 
 
 bon 5 
 
 bona 
 
 bono 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N.V. 
 
 boni 
 
 bonae 
 
 bon a 
 
 
 6. 
 
 bon orum boi i arum 
 
 bon orum 
 
 
 D. 
 
 bonis 
 
 bonis 
 
 bonis 
 
 
 Ac. 
 
 bon OS 
 
 bon as 
 
 bona 
 
 
 Ab. 
 
 bonis 
 
 bon IS 
 Liber, /rw. 
 
 bonis 
 
 Sing. 
 
 X.W 
 
 liber 
 
 libera 
 
 liber um 
 
 
 G. 
 
 liberl 
 
 liber ae 
 
 liberi 
 
 
 D. 
 
 libero 
 
 liber ae 
 
 libero 
 
 
 Ac. 
 
 liber um 
 
 liber an 
 
 liber um 
 
 
 Ab. 
 
 lilicro 
 
 libera 
 
 liber 6 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N.V. 
 
 lib.-ri 
 
 libcrae 
 
 libera 
 
 
 G. 
 
 lilxMorum libcrSrum 
 
 liber orum 
 
 
 D. 
 
 liliciis 
 
 liberis 
 
 liberis 
 
 
 Ac. 
 
 libfl OS 
 
 libfrSs 
 
 libera 
 
 
 Ab. 
 
 lilu-ris 
 
 liberis 
 Aeger, sick. 
 
 libel' la 
 
 Sing. 
 
 N.V. 
 
 a(\gt'r 
 
 a(\gra 
 
 aegrum 
 
 
 G. 
 
 aogri 
 
 aegrae 
 
 aegr I 
 
 
 D. 
 
 jicgrS 
 
 aegrae 
 
 aegr 5 
 
 
 Ac. 
 
 ac'grum 
 
 uogiam 
 
 aegrum 
 
 
 Ab. 
 
 at'gr6 
 
 aegr a 
 
 aegr 6 
 
 riur. 
 
 X.V. 
 
 iu'gri 
 
 aegrae 
 
 aegr a 
 
 
 G. 
 
 aegr 6rum a<'gr Srum 
 
 aegr Srum 
 
 
 D. 
 
 aogrls 
 
 a<\grl8 
 
 aegr la 
 
 
 Ac. 
 
 ai»gr6B 
 
 m'grftb 
 
 aegr a 
 
 
 Ab. 
 
 a»'grla 
 
 ftegriB 
 
 uogria 
 
 11 
 
 II 
 
 1.1 
 
 Bui 
 
 van 
 
 if^ 
 
THE VEUIJ Sum. 
 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 THE n^RFX;ULAR VKKIi Sum (stems cs, fu), / am. 
 
 72. l*iiiK'i[){il parts, .s?o??, e.s'.s'e, /^<F. -. / 
 
 7.*5. For convenience the infl<'ction of sum is <;iveii in full. 
 Directions \vill he given from time to time as ti> what parts are 
 to he learned. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. ^ 
 
 rUKSKNT TeNSK. 
 
 SIVfif'LAR. 
 
 1. avim,^ / <<w. 
 
 0. est, he (^slic, it) is. 
 
 1. erani,^ I was. 
 'J. crSs, tfioii ii'dsf. 
 15. erat, he iiuis. 
 
 1. orO,'* / sh((ll he. 
 'J. eris, Ihdii irilf he. 
 ;h crit, he will he. 
 
 rHIRAL. 
 
 sumus, ire (ire. 
 cstis, i/(in (in'. 
 sunt, f/tei/ (ire. 
 
 Imi'Kkff-.ct. 
 
 cramus, wr verc. 
 cratis, noit in re. 
 erant, tlieij were. 
 
 FUTUKK. 
 
 erimus, we shdll he. 
 eritis, i/mt will he. 
 erunt, lliri/ irill lie. 
 
 ^ 
 
 Pkukkct. 
 
 1. fill, / lidre heen^ was. fuimus, ire hiiee hern, were. 5|' 
 
 'J. fuiatl, thoH hitsf hull, least. fuistis, i/im hare Intii, were. 
 
 ., r .«. I I I ( f 11 erunt, or M^ 
 
 .>. fuit, he hits hten, irtis. -^ . 
 
 ( li;5re, thei/ have been, were. 
 
 rrrpKiMECT. 
 1. in eram, F h(i(f heen. {\\ evcimwHy wr htnl heen. \i ,r 
 
 'J. fuerftB, I. (OH hdilsf heen. fnerStis, i/im hail heen, ^ 
 
 \\. fuerat, hv IkiiI hten. fu erant. Iheif hud Item. 
 
 * Sum for CHUtn. of the vtrh, if by ijoh ouu p«rioa 
 
 '■' Or, ijtMi are, Jis in the plural. only is nii'iint. 
 liut in tnuishitin^ into Latin In- " Krain for eHuin. 
 
 eiiri'ful to use the Hinguhir form ■* Kro fur chO. 
 
 if*»» 
 
ijilli 
 
 IP 
 
 26 
 
 THE VERB Sum. 
 
 Future Perfect, 
 singular. pljral. /, 
 
 1. fufiro, / shall have been. fuerimus, we shall have been. 
 
 'J. fueris, fhou wilt have been. fueritis, i/oii will have been, y' 
 3. fiierit, he will have been. fuerint, they will have been. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE.* 
 
 PREyENT. 
 81NO. PLUR. 
 
 1. sim slmus 
 
 2. Kis sltia 
 
 3. sit sint 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 1. fuerim fueiimus 
 
 2. fueris fueritis 
 
 3. fuerit fuerint 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 SING. PLUR. 
 
 essem essemus 
 
 esses cssStis 
 
 esset essent 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 
 fuissem fuissemua 
 fuissSs fuissetis 
 
 fuisset fuissent 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 Present. 
 
 8INOIILAU. PLirUAL. _. / 
 
 2. es, be thou. es te, be ye. . 
 
 Future. 
 
 2. estS, thou shalt be. estote, ye shall he. 
 
 3. estS, ?ie shall be. sunto, they shall be. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 Present, esne, to be. 
 
 Perfect, fulsse, to have been. \ 
 
 Future, intUxxiB Qsae, to be about to be, ' 
 
 PARTICIPLE, 
 futflrus, -a, -um, about to be. 
 
 y 
 
 * No moanings cnn l)o given to 
 tlie 8ul)juiu;tivi' tlint arc not ini«- 
 leading. Its furins arc theruforc 
 
 better loft untranslated until itH 
 use linH been illuKtratid. The sub- 
 junctive is treated on pp. 104-lUti. 
 
THE VERB Sum. 
 
 27 
 
 ll it8 
 180. 
 
 CHAPTER VIIL 1. 
 THE VERB Sum. 
 
 74. Learn the present, imperfect, and future indicative, and 
 the present imperative and infinitive. ^. 
 
 75. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Est, crut, erit. 2. Simt, er.'iut, erunt. 3. Sunius, 
 crfmiMh, erimiis. \. Ero, erain, sum. 5. IiLrds, es, eria. 
 G. E.stis, eritis, erfitls. 7. Es, este. 8. Esse. .^ 
 
 II. 1. I am, \vc arc, I was, we were, I shall be, we shall 
 be. 2. lie was, they were, he is, they are, he will be, they 
 will be. \\. You (stuff.) will V>e, are, were. 4. You (^plur.) 
 will be, are, were. 5. Be ye, be thou. G. To be. 
 
 2. 
 
 From this point the vocabularies follow the exercises, and it is 
 recommended that the \\\\\n\ go through the exercises mentally, 
 referriiig to tlie vocabularies for the meanings of words. Before 
 writinff the translations into Latin the vocabularies should be re- 
 viewed, but the task of committing' to memory will tluu bo found 
 an easy one. 
 
 70. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. luimlcus pllum habet. 2. Iiiinuco est ptlum. 
 o. Somuus puerO erit gratus. 4. LiberT agrieolae erunt 
 defeswT. 5. ]\Iiiu>rva aram in oi)pido habebat. G. Minervao 
 ill oppido erat ara. 7. In terra virT, iu acjua rfuuie sunt. 
 H. InimuT eramus ineyliaHnn malorum. lb OculT doniini 
 duri eraut magni et nigrl. 10.' Domino duro erant oeuli 
 niagnl et nigrl. 11.' Dominus durus oeulos nu'iguos et 
 nigrOs habebat. 12. C'ousilium labri perltl bonuui erat. 
 
 ^ What wurJ is better left uutruualutud, thuugh needed in the Latin ? 
 
 V 
 
 i 
 
 ■\ 
 
 I 
 
 >^ 
 
 I 
 
28 
 
 THE VETIB Sum. 
 
 II. 1.^ The f tinner had ti wagon. 2. 1 sliall be the man's 
 friend. 3. Thcre^ is a hirge town ou'^ tlie island. 4. There 
 was a red egg on the table. 5. Children were carrying the 
 food of the men. G. A boy gave a smith"* some" javelins. 
 7. In the town are enemies of the inhabitants. 8. They 
 were praising the words of the stnrdy farmer. \). The 
 poet's gifts will be pleasing to Minerva. 10. Boys, be ye 
 
 L Irons and skilful. 
 
 77. 
 
 3. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 o 
 
 2. Eras 
 ( ) miser 
 
 I. 1. Eritis valido in carro agricolae porltT. 
 nonus diseipulus et filius poetae erat octiivus. 
 serve, tu {thou) es ininncus piilchrae JMinervtie. 4. Amicus 
 cro jNIinervae magnae. 5.'' AijrieolTs aratra dura et v.ilida 
 dabant virT. (5. In Firitnnnia sunt oi)[)ida nuilta et magna. 
 7. Puer bone, os amicus equi niiserl. 
 
 II. 1. A girl gave a sick sailor*"' some wine and water. 
 2. The wine she carried in a pretty" cup. 3. lie priiiscd the 
 maiden's^ pretty cup and the ruddy wine. 1. The maiden 
 and the sailor were inhal)itants of Ibitain. 5. Britain is a 
 large island, and has handsome towns. 
 
 i 
 
 7«. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 a<iua> -a*', r., n-ntvi\ 
 lira, -at', i'., altar, 
 urafriiiii, -i, s., itloiu/li. 
 ('uiisiliiiiii, -f, N., (iiin'cr, plan. 
 
 1 Trnnslatc in two wuys. 
 
 '■2 Omit. S(.r p. IS, note 2. 
 
 '^ Si'o vocjihuliiry, 5-. 
 
 < Indirc'ft objoct, sci> i$;j .< ;J4. 
 
 * Comparu thu urder with thut 
 
 iiK'ola, -ac, li. & v., inhabitant, 
 iiitiiiiciis, -i, M., ('ncmi/. 
 insula, -ao, v., isltiml. 
 inriisa, -ac, r., talile. 
 
 of (U). I. 10, i.i.;1 HOI' the note there. 
 Whiit iiiuue id fflven to tlie dative 
 a$(i'ieolis 7 
 
 '' See (Jl). II. 0, and note. 
 
 ' See i>. lU, note 1. 
 
\1 
 
 THE VERB Sum. 
 
 29 
 
 Minerva, -ae, v., Minerva, (jod- 
 
 (Usa (if irisdum. 
 nonus, -a, -uiii, adj., »?/; ' 
 octavus, -a, -iiin, adj., (njhtli. 
 ociilus, -i, M., f?//r. 
 
 oppidiiin, -i, N., town. 
 raua, -ae, v., frog. 
 soinuus, -i, M., alecp. 
 terra, -ae, v., earth, land. 
 verbimi, -i, x., word. 
 
 aiiiabat, (he she it) was loving, loved. 
 (labat, {he, she, it) was (jiving, gave. 
 habebat, {he, she, it) was having, had. 
 laiKlabat, {he, she, it) was praising, jiraised. 
 portabat, {he, she, it) ivas carri/ing, carried. 
 
 aiiiilbaiit, the// were lovimj, hwed. 
 rlabant, theg were giving, gave. 
 habebaiif, theg were having, had. 
 laiKblbaiit, theg icere praising, praised. 
 portiibant, theij were carrying, carried. 
 
 \J 
 
 7J). Nouns in ias and imn contract tlie genitive ending it 
 to I : consili. Fllius (son) and genius (guardian dcitg), and 
 ]>ropor nonns in ius, drop the e of the vocative: fill, Merciiri, 
 Mercunj. But the word is accented as if the longer form were 
 
 us 
 
 ed. 
 
 4. 
 
 hnt. 
 
 llicre. 
 iMtive 
 
 80. 
 
 COLLOQUIUM. 
 
 Noniie juiinun in jx'n'ulo iir\])et faber? 
 
 MininiG. l"'jil»t'r in jinculo iiahet novum viiium. 
 
 IK) 
 
 DGsIderjitne Gnlba somnum j^rfitum? 
 Certe, nam hodic est (jrulba (U'fessus. 
 
 fiTtaiiily for to-day 
 
 Ubi est ninTciKs auricohie i)ij;rl? 
 
 l.'«/y 
 
 Est in oppidn, nam non iimabjit amid coiiHilium. 
 Ubi sunt annii u^ricohnum validoriini? 
 
 tools 
 
 n 
 
 Agricolfuuni oqui, tarrl, arfttra sunt iu agro. 
 
 I 
 
 t 
 
30 
 
 THE VERB Sum. 
 
 ■• Ml I 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 1. 
 THE VERB Sum. 
 
 81. Learn the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect indicative, 
 and the perfect infinitive. See pp. 25 and 2G. 
 
 82. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Fuit, fuerat, fuerit. 2. Fuerunt, fuerant, fuerint. 
 3. Fuimus, fueramus, fuerimus. 4. Fuero, fueram, M. 
 5. Fueras, fueris, fuisti. 6. Fuistis, fueritis, fueratis. 
 7. Fuisse. 
 
 II. 1. I have been, we have been, I had been, we had 
 been, I shall have been, we shall have been. 2. He has 
 been, they have been, he had been, they had been, he will 
 have been, they will have been. 3^ You (siyig.) will have 
 been, had been, have been. 4. You {plur.) will have been, 
 
 had been, have been. 5. To have been. , 
 
 r 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 a. 
 
 83. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. In Graecia erant templa raulta. 2. In Graecia 
 erant templa deorum et dearuni. 3. Aurum erat in statua 
 Minervae. 4. Minervae fuit statua magna et clara. 5. Mi- 
 nerva statuam raagnam et claram habebat. G. Multae et 
 pulchrae erant Graeciac statuae. 7. Non alta erant pulciira 
 Graeciae templa. 8. Fluvil Graeciae non lati et alti erant. 
 9. Clari fuerunt mult! GraecT. 10. Graecorum antiquOrum 
 erit gloria sempiterna. 
 
 IT. 1. They had been in the towns of the Greeks. 2. The 
 monuments of Greece were temples and statues. 3. The 
 statue of Minerva had a shield and spear. 4. The arms of 
 the Greeks were shields and sj)ears. 5. The gods had many 
 statues in Greece. 6. The red roses will be pleasing to the 
 
A 
 
 raecia 
 jtatua 
 Mi- 
 tae ct 
 ilclira 
 'rant. ^ 
 lOrum 
 
 The 
 The 
 Ins of 
 bany 
 the 
 
 THE VERB Sum. 
 
 31 
 
 queen. 7. The mau's childreu are iu the street. 8. He 
 has been on the farmer's horse. 9. The children are carried 
 in the poet's arras. 10. Many inhabitants of Britain have 
 been skilful sailors. 
 
 84. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 altus, -a, -uin, adj., deep, hiijh. 
 antiquus, -a, -um, adj., ancient. 
 arma, -orum, n. (plur.), arms. 
 aureus, -a, -uni, adj., of y old, 
 
 golden. 
 aurum, -i, n,, (jold. 
 dea, -ae, f., goddess, p. 8, n. 1. 
 decimuS) -a, -um, adj., tenth. 
 deus, -i, M., god (262). 
 iluvius, -i, M., river (79). 
 
 gloria, -ae, f., glory. 
 Graecia, -ae, f., Greece. 
 Grace U8, -i, m., a Greek. 
 hasta, -ae, f., spear. 
 nionuinentuin, -i, n., monument. 
 scutum, -i, N,, shield. 
 sempiternus, -a, -um, adj., ever- 
 lasting. 
 statua, -ae, f,, statue. 
 teuipluni, i, n., temple. 
 
 85. 
 
 3. 
 
 COLLOQUIUM. 
 
 / 
 
 Duo PUERI. 
 
 two 
 
 Ubi est Carolus hodie? Nonne est in schola? 
 
 Char' Bchool 
 
 Minime. Est in fluvio ; nam habet cymbam parvam, et 
 libenter navigat. 
 
 likes Builing 
 
 Unde Carolo est cymba ? Where did C. got a boat i 
 
 whence to Charles is a bout. 
 
 Ab avunculo, nam Carolus ab avunculO amiltur. 
 
 from uncle 
 
 Quid iu cymba portat Carolus ? 
 
 Nescio ; procul dubio prandium ; etenim in anirao 
 
 I don't kuow doubllesH luncheon for mind 
 
 habet ... , 
 
 Quid in animo habet? 
 Vale, bone amice, eras patcbit. 
 
 gvod by tomorrow it will bu open = the secret will be out 
 
 J 
 
 ^t> 
 
 *^->. 
 
 \ 
 
 -I 
 
 I 
 
 
 *; 
 
82 
 
 FI IIST CON J UG ATION. 
 
 i'i 
 
 5 
 
 I MM 
 
 / 
 
 r 
 
 CHAPTER X. 
 FIRST CONJUGATION. 
 80. A-Veubs. 
 
 Amo (stem ama), Jove. 
 /• ruixrii'AL J'auis:! amo, amaie, aniavi, amatum. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 ACTIVK VOICE. I»ASSIVK VOICE. 
 
 I'liKSKXT. 
 
 / /«9W, a)ti lurhnj, (Id lore, etc. 1 am loved, etc. 
 
 ;iiiio juiiamus iiiiior aiiiamur 
 
 am as am atis am aris, o/* -re amaniim 
 
 am at am ant amatur amantur 
 
 -1 
 
 ■^/ 
 
 / Impeufect. 
 
 / lovt il, inis loviuf/, (lid love, etc. 
 
 J iras loved, etc. 
 
 am abain 
 am abas 
 amabat 
 
 am abamus 
 am abatis 
 amabant 
 
 / shdll love, etc. 
 amabo aniabinius 
 
 amabis amabitis 
 
 amabit amabunt 
 
 aiiiabar ' am abaniur ^■ 
 
 ainabaris, 'ir-re amabamini 
 
 amabatur amabantur 
 
 Future. 
 
 / shall he loved, etc, 
 
 amabor amfibimur /, 
 
 am aberis, or -re am abimini 
 
 aiuabitur amabuntur 
 
 / 
 
 f have loved, I loved, etc. 
 amiivi aiiuu'imus 
 
 amfivistT am:ivistis 
 
 anuivit amav eruiit, or -re 
 
 Peufkct. 
 
 / have been {was) loved, etc. 
 / siini / «umua 
 
 amatus-es amfiti - estis 
 
 (est ( 
 
 f 
 
 sunt 
 
 ^ Certain forms of the verb 
 are cnllod, from their importuneo, 
 prinripid porls. These forms are 
 the first person of the present in- 
 (lieative, showinjx the present stem ; 
 the? prt'si'iit infinitive, showiiii,' the 
 coit/iK/afion ; the lirst person of the 
 
 perfect indicative, showing tlie 
 perfect stem ; and the jjcrfect parti- 
 ciple, allowing the participle stem. 
 The neuter of the participle is 
 given, as intransitive verbs have 
 the ])erfcct particijde only in that' 
 gender. 
 
 am 
 am 
 
ism0mss 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION. 
 
 88 
 
 ACTIVK VOlCi:. PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 rui'iaiFixT. 
 / Jtad loved, elc. I had been loved, etc. 
 
 ainaveram ainiiveramiis ^ eram < eramua / 
 
 ^y/'^ aiuaveras 
 ainaverat 
 
 ainaveratis 
 aiiiaverant 
 
 aiiiiitus ->. eras 
 I erat 
 
 r eram / 
 
 -< eras anifit i - 
 
 -. eratis / 
 ( eraut 
 
 FurruK Tkkfkct. 
 
 etc. 
 
 iumus 
 }stis 
 junt ' 
 
 ig tlie 
 I)arli- 
 V st>'m. 
 iplo is 
 have 
 in that 
 
 / slidU hare loved, etc. 
 
 ainav ero 
 aniav eris 
 anuiverit 
 
 ainaverimns 
 
 aiiiaveritis 
 
 amaveriiit 
 
 / sJiall hare been loved, etc 
 
 .ero . 
 
 J oi-ia atiuiti- 
 
 ero 
 aitintus -' eris 
 ( erit 
 
 I 
 
 enmufl 
 eritis 
 
 erunt 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE.' 
 
 I'jiKSKNT. 
 
 am em 
 
 am emus 
 
 am er 
 
 am emur 
 
 allies 
 
 ametis 
 
 am eris, <>r -re 
 
 ameminl 
 
 amet 
 
 anient 
 
 am Stur 
 Impeufkct. 
 
 am entur 
 
 am arem 
 
 amaremus 
 
 am arer 
 
 amaremur 
 
 am ares 
 
 am aretis 
 
 amareris, or -re 
 
 amareminl 
 
 amaret 
 
 amSrent 
 
 am aretur 
 Pkufkct. 
 
 amareutur 
 
 amfiverim 
 
 amfiverimus 
 
 /sim 
 
 am at us -' sib 
 (ait 
 
 f sfmuB 
 
 amuv eris 
 
 amiiv eritis 
 
 amul 1 ■} sitis 
 
 aiJiav erit 
 
 amav erint 
 
 (sint 
 
 Pmm'kkfkct. 
 
 amaviasem aniavissemu'* /^ esaem r essgmua 
 
 amuvissSs a.mavisagtis amatus- essfis amiil t •< essStia 
 
 amriviBset amavissent (esaet (easent 
 
 ^ 8vM p. li<), nuto. 
 
 ■ «* » ',. 
 
 
34 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION. 
 
 II 
 
 ACTI4E VOICE. 
 
 am a, love th )u. 
 am ate, love ye. 
 
 ainSto, thoi shall love. 
 amato, he thall love. 
 amatote, you shall love. 
 amanto, they shall love. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 Present. 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 am are, he thou loved. fv 
 amamini, be ye loved. , ; 
 
 FUTUKE. 
 
 amator, thou shall he loved. 
 amator, he shall be loved. 
 
 amantor, they shall he loved. 
 
 ii' di 
 
 '1 
 
 I 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 PiiES. am are, to love. amarl, to be loved. / 
 
 Pekf. amavisse, to hare loved. amatus esse, to have been loved. 
 
 FuT. amixivixxiB esse, to ha about amatum irl, to be about to be 
 
 to love. loved. 
 
 PARTICIPLE. 
 
 Pues. amSns, -antis, /o?7»f/. - ^ 
 
 FuT. amaturus, -a, -um, about Ger.^ amandus, -a, -um, to be 
 
 to love. 
 
 G. am andi, o/ /oym^. 
 1). diin&XiCio, for loviufj. 
 Ac. amandum, loving. 
 Ab. amaudo, by loving. 
 
 Ac. amatum, to love. 
 
 loved. 
 Pere. amatus, -a, -um, having 
 been loved. 
 
 GERUND. 
 
 SUPINE. 
 
 Ab. amatii, to love, to he loved. 
 
 1 ObstTve that the Latin has '- Germulivo, sonit'times less 
 
 neither a perfect active nor a correctly called future passive 
 present passive i)articiple, participle. 
 
tmum^Sm 
 
 rrnsT conjugation. 
 
 35 
 
 less 
 \aive 
 
 CHAPTER XI. 1. 
 FIRST CONJUGATION. 
 
 87. Learn the present, imperfect, and fnture indicative, and tlie 
 present imperative and infinitive, active anu passive, of amo.^ 
 
 88. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Amalis, amabutis, amabilis. 2. Amutur, araaba- 
 tur, amabitur. 3. Araat, amabat, amabit. 4. Amantur, 
 amabantur, amabuutiir. 5. Amo, amor. G. Amas, aniaris. 
 
 7. Amamus, amamur. 8. Amabitis, amabimini. 9. Ama- 
 bat, amabatur. 10. Amarc, amari. 
 
 II. 1. He loves, lie is loved. 2. He will love, he will be 
 loved. 3. Thev were iovea, tlicy were loving. 4. I sliali 
 love, I shall be loved. T*. Yon (sivg.) love, you are loved. 
 6. They loved, they were loving, they will love. 7. You 
 {plur.) are loving, you were loving, you will be loving. 
 
 8. Love {sing.)i be loved. 9. To be loved, to love. 
 
 2. 
 
 89. EXERCISES. 
 
 Laudo, praise ; porto, carry ; super3, conquer, 
 
 I. 1. Laudat, portat, superat. 2. Laudatur, portatur, 
 superatui'. 3. Laudabitur, portril)itur, superfibitur. 4. Lau- 
 diisue ? portabasue ? superfibisne ? 5. I.audamur, portaba- 
 niur, superabimur. G. Laudti, porta, supera. 7. Suporare, 
 porta^'e, laudarl. 8. Non superaniinl, iiou portabaminT, 
 non laudabiminT. 9. Laudare, portfiminT, su[)erJite. 10. Lau- 
 dor, portabar, superabor. 
 
 ^ II. 1. Tliou praisest, you carry, he conquers. 2. He is 
 praised, they are carried, they will be conquered. 3. I praise, 
 I was carrying, I shall conquer. 4. Thou art praised, thou 
 
 i » ti 
 
 19 
 
 ' Notice how frequently the 
 letter r marks a form as passive. 
 
 Where is it absent in the first three 
 tenses ? 
 
36 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATrON. 
 
 fli' 
 
 art carried, thou art conquered. 5. Praise (thou), carry, 
 conquer. (>. He will be conquered, lie was ju'aised, it is 
 carried. 7. To coiKiuer, to be carried, to be praised. 8. Do 
 we carry? arc; we conquered? are we praised? 9. I am 
 not carried, he was not conquered, they are not praised. 
 10. Tliou wilt i)raise, he will be praised, they were carried.„\.- 
 
 00. Examine the foUov:'ui(j sentences : — / - 
 
 1. Agricola a regina laudatur, thr /(inner is p7'nise/l hy the queen. 
 
 2. Agricola reginae verbis laudatur, tlm fanner is praiaed h/j 
 
 ilic ironls of the (pteen. 
 
 3. Servi gladils armantur, the xiaces (ire behnj armed ivith swords. 
 
 On the first example see 61 and 62. In the second and third, 
 observe that there is no a or ab used Avith verbis and gladiis. 
 
 These ablatives, verbis and gladiis, answer the questions hy 
 vjhat ? with irhat? hy means (fwJiat? The ablative thus used is 
 called the Ablative of Means or Instrument. 
 
 \ 
 
 i V. 
 
 ( 
 
 4.1 
 
 inl 
 in| 
 8. 
 slJ 
 
 91. Rule of Syntax. — Means and Iiistrumeiit are 
 expressed by the ablative without a preposition. 
 
 92. 
 
 3. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 r~ 
 
 I. 1. Puellae rosas amant. 2. Rosao albao a puellTs 
 
 ex . ^ 
 
 ariiantur. 3. Ilonierus viros (Iraecos landabat. 4. Ab^ 
 Homero laudtlbantur virl GraccT. a. Op})idum noniiuilbant 
 Romam.^ (!. Oppiduni Roma'' nomimlbatur. 7. Servos 
 gladiis armabimus. 8. Inimicus giadio vulneratur. 0. Ini- 
 micus a Galba vuhieratur. 10. O Romaiii, servos hastis 
 armate. 
 
 II. 1. Sing, good boy. 2. Many goddesses were loved 
 by the Greeks. 3. The boy will put the doves to flight. 
 
 '^ Predicate accusative. 
 
 ^ Predicate noinhiative. See 47. 
 
 1 Before words bcijimiing with 
 h use ab) not a. 
 
aisod. . » 
 ried. J^fy 
 
 . ^ '-- 
 
 icllTs 
 )ant 
 
 hii- 
 astls 
 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION. 
 
 37 
 
 4. The doves will be put to flight by the boy. 5. We shall 
 ijivite frieuds and enemies. G. Friends and enemies will be 
 invited. 7. Tlie liomans were not loved l)y the Greeks. 
 8. You will be sunnnoned bv ii uolden' trumix't. 0. The 
 slaves will be armed with javel'^ih. lU. The bhiek horsc^ 
 was wounded by a spear. ^.A^- 
 
 4. 
 93. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Duni nos {7cp) laborfuniis, cantar. caecus poeta. 
 
 2. Quid {idi'it) eantabat caeeus poeta dum labOnlbfinius? 
 
 3. Dum in . ppido ambahmt doniini, nervi laborcnt in agio. 
 
 4. Puerl vi'.'iiribunt dum somnus i!;raiii3 virus defessos reere- 
 libit, f). iSauia defessus aqua fiTgidii ie( lealntur. G. Equi 
 defessT prij»ui(3 bono re(;rcrd)untur. 7. Verba bona disei[)iill 
 a, magistro l;'iidal)an.tnr- 8. ^FurT aUT ab oppidanTs aediliefi- 
 l)autur. 9.^ Mnltos et altos muros aedilieabant oppidimi. 
 10. Non a, pigns virls oppidum aedilieabatur. " ^ 
 
 II. 1. "Wliile tlie man was working, the boy was singing. 
 2. While the master is being refreshed with sleep, the servant 
 
 _-. --..^is watching. 3. Pleasant sleep refreshes the wear}' boy. 
 \ 4. By pleasant sleep the boy will be refreshed. 5. A high 
 wall is being built bv the townsmen. 6. A famous Roman 
 was called the Sword ^ of Rome. 7. Tliev called a famous 
 Roman the Sword* of Rome. 8. The tired farmer is re- 
 freshed b}' food and sleep.' 9. We will walk in the streets 
 of the town, while the farmers are working^ in the fields. 
 10. Sing, O blind poet, wliile we toil. 
 
 1 Golden, aurea or ex niiro. 
 
 The material of wliieh a thing' is 
 made is expressed in Latin either 
 by an adjective or by e (ex) with 
 the ablative. IIow is it in EnLrlisb? 
 
 2 Compare, for orde", 77. I. 6, 
 and 69. I. 10, and note. 
 
 ^ Sword, in tlie nominative case, 
 just as if iras took tlie jihice of was 
 called. See 92. T. 0, and note. 
 
 * Sirnrd, in the accusative case. 
 See 92. T. 5, and note, 
 
 ^ Cf. 5 and in I. 
 
 '■' Imitate 4 in I. 
 
 i| 1 !■ 
 
 id 
 

 88 
 
 FIKST CONJUGATION. 
 
 II 
 
 94. 
 
 aedifioo, 1, build. 
 uiiibulO) 1, walk. 
 anno, 1, arm. 
 caiit'^, 1, sing. 
 fii«^o, 1,^)111 tujll(jht, 
 invito, 1, invite, summon. 
 lal)oru, 1, wvil', toil. 
 laiido, 1, praise. 
 noinino, 1, name, call, 
 porto, 1, carrij. 
 rocroo, Afrvfresli, 
 siipcro, 1, surpass, conquer. 
 vigilo, 1, iratch. 
 vulncro, 1, xcound. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 aqua,^ -ae, f., ivater, 
 aur( us, -a, -uin, adj., golden. 
 caecus, -a, -uni, adj., blind. 
 duni, adv., ichile. 
 e (ex), juvp. w. abl., out of, from. 
 frigidus, -a, -iini, adj., co/c?. 
 gladiiis, -i, M., sword (70). 
 Iluiueriis, -i, m.. Homer. 
 Italia, -ae, i., Italy. 
 niiiriis, -i, m., wall. 
 oppidaniis, -i, m., townsman. 
 pif;er, -gra, -grum, adj., lazi/. 
 Rotiia, -ac, r., Rome. 
 RonianuS) -i, m., a Roman. , 
 
 .V 
 
 c- 
 
 5. 
 
 COLLOQUIUM. 
 
 PaTKU KT KlLTOLUS. 
 
 Father and little eon. 
 
 P. Qi7;ic, nn filiolo, in peiiso hodicrno tractabartur? 
 
 what my little Bon lesBon to-duy'a treat or discuBs 
 
 F. Tractabantur casus ablatlvus atqiie verbum amo, 
 
 cuHu and 
 
 • P. Quid signiflcat An<2;licG verbum ambf 
 
 means in ETigliHh 
 
 F» Amb sTgniUcat " love." 
 
 P, Do ablativO quo(iue mihi narril. 
 
 about also niu tell 
 
 JP. Kegulam de ublatTvO tibi narrabo. 
 
 rulo you 
 
 P. Regulaninc tibi dabat uiagistcr? 
 
 F. Certt", ivgulam de al)lritTvo InstrfMnontT. 
 
 eertuinly InMtrunient 
 
 tlv6 TnstrunientT nunquani ponitur pnie])ositi6 ; ante ablutl- 
 
 never 1h jiiit lucpoMitlon bufure 
 
 vum agentis semper ponitur praepositio a vel ah. 
 
 ofajfeiit always or 
 
 P. Optime, ml puer; tibi erit milium rubnim. 
 
 well done n|)|)lo 
 
 Cum ablfir 
 
 with 
 
 Wonls are iometlnics purposely repeated In thd vocabularies. 
 
"N 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION. 
 
 39 
 
 ^um. 
 
 
 
 aMSr 
 
 ilfitl- 
 
 t. 
 
 CHAPTER XII. 1. 
 FIRST CONJUGATION. 
 
 9G. Learn the perfect, pluperfect, .and future perfe<5t indica- 
 tive, and perfect infinitive, active and passive, of amd. 
 
 97. The compound tenses are formed J>y combining forms of 
 the verb sum with the perfect passive participle. The participle 
 (declined like bonus) agrees in gomler and number with the sub- 
 ject: amata est, she was loved ; amati sunt, t/iei/ were loved. 
 
 98. ,, EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Ani:vvit, aiiiiiverai, iunavciiL 2. AniJltus est, ama- 
 tus crat, amatus crit. 3. Auifivt'runt, anifivernnt. amfivcrint. 
 4. AniavT, amatus sum. 5. Amfivcrfunns. amfitl erfinius. 
 6. Amaveritis, amatl eritis. 7. Anifivissc, amdtus os.so. 
 
 II. 1. You loved, you have been loved. 2. You had 
 loved, you had been loved. H. You will have loved, you 
 will have been loved. 1. He has loved, he has been h)ved. 
 J. "We had loved, wc had beeu loved. C. To have been 
 loved, to have loved. 
 
 2. 
 
 y 
 
 "I 99. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Landatus est, portatus est, superatus est. 2. Lau- 
 davitnc ? portaveratne ? superaveritue ? I). Portavistl, 
 landavistis, superavit. 4. Sui)eiaverriri, porlaveris, lau(U'i- 
 veritis. 5. Lautlati cstis, portata sunt, superatus es. 
 G. Nonnc laudatae sunt? noiine portfdMe estis? nonne su- 
 peratae sumus? 7. PortavT, laudatus sum, superatus erani. 
 
 8. Non laudavimus, non portaveriiiuis, nun superaverO. 
 
 9. Laudavisso, portavisse, superavisse. 10, Portatus esse, 
 superatus esse, laudatus esse. 
 
 II. 1. They have carried, we have been praised, you have 
 ])ecn con(piered. 2. ll.'ive T prnised? have you been earried? 
 h:\d they conquered? J3. Wc had bccu curried, 1 bhall have 
 
 !V. 
 
 I! 
 
40 
 
 FIRST COX.TUGATTON". 
 
 praibGcl, they will have been conquered. 4. You luid not 
 ctirried, thou hadst not praised, tliou hadst not been con- 
 (juered. 5. To have been conquered, to have praised, to 
 liave carried. G. I had praised, 1 liad been conquered, 
 I (fern.) had been carried. 7. Has it not l)een praised? 
 will it not liave been carried? have they not been concpiered? 
 8. We (fern.) had been carried, thou wilt have praised, he 
 conquered. 5). They pr:iised, you carried, we conquered. 
 10. 1 was praised, thou wast concjuered, it was carried. V' 
 
 
 3. 
 
 i*.. 
 
 100. In Latin, the v/ords for ?/?//, tJi//, your, our, 7//,s, lur, /V.s*, 
 and thciVy are vfry oi"t(!n oiiiittcd \vht;u llu^y are not cinphat ic. 
 Accordingly, in the oxonuscs to bo turned into Latin, lor thu 
 present, leave these words untranslated. 
 
 101. * \ EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. lViL»;n;i fortuna mfitata est. 2, Fortuna pu^nani 
 niutavit. iJ. HoniauT Graecos superaverant. 1. (Iraeci a 
 Ivoinanls sui)erdT crant. >). \'\n nndtl I'tegregil aj^ros arave- 
 runt. 0. IMinistrl scutTs arniali sunt. 7. Agricohi egregius 
 a niinistro niisero vitu[)erfitus est. 8. Agri latT ab Mgricolls 
 aratro magno arati sunt. 1). IMagislcr nialos discipulos 
 vitu[»eravit. 10. Toeta puguas et victorias vlroruni claroruiu 
 cantavit. 
 
 Head again (ho explanations and rules on \i\\. 20, 21, and JUJ. 
 
 II. 1. An Ciigle clianged the fortune of the battle. 2. We 
 Hhall witness a l)altle on the ])road river. .*>. Many good men 
 will have been ])lanu'd by (heir enendes. L The ])oy8 will 
 have recited to their nias(er. T). The land in Italy has been 
 idoughed with iron ploughs. C. The inMster freed hia pupils 
 from tlu'ir hard (asks (ah!.). 7. The goddess IMinerva haw 
 been ]»raised by many i)oe(s. 8. Tho victories of famous 
 men htive been sung by (he [>oe(s. '.•. The tyrant arfued n 
 great nundMsr of slaves with swords. 
 
 fP 
 
i * 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 41 
 
 not 
 jon- 
 , to 
 red, 
 icd? 
 •ed? 
 
 red. y^ 
 
 
 \ 
 
 , Its, 
 
 iit i(;. 
 
 ilio 
 
 tinin 
 I fn 
 ivo- 
 
 •oils 
 
 lluH 
 
 .11111 
 
 U'll 
 
 uill 
 ills 
 
 IMS 
 )I1.S 
 
 I n 
 
 'bv 
 
 103. 
 
 aro, 1, plough. 
 liibero, I, free, set free. 
 iiiiito, 1, duuKje. 
 recito, 1, read aloud, recite. 
 speeto, 1, look at, witiirss. 
 supero, 1, surpasfi, conquer. 
 vitupero, 1, blame, censure. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 egre^lus, -a, -uin, ad j ., excellent. 
 
 forrciis, -a, -um, adj., of iron, iron. 
 fortuna, -ac, v., fortune. 
 niiiiu'rus, -i, m., number. 
 pniisiiin, -i, N., task, lesson. 
 pil^iia, -ac, v., battle. 
 Hcntiiiii, -i, N., shield. 
 terra, -ao, r., earth, land. 
 tyraunus, -i, m., tijrant. 
 victoria, -ae, f., victory. 
 
 li '• ^f 
 
 c - 
 
 CHAPTER XIII. 1. 
 
 THIRD DKCLENSION. 
 
 10;5. The stem ends in a consonant or in i, 
 1()4-. Consonant stems are named, accordinc^ to their 
 final letter, mute stons, liquid sterna^ sibilant stems. 
 
 See 3. 
 
 ]\IuTK Stems. 
 
 PARADIGMS. 
 Rex, M., Judex, M., AetSa, r., Capiit.N., 
 
 I'Int/, Jii<l(/e. 
 
 St. r6g- St. judic- 
 SiN(ai,AU. 
 
 105. 
 
 Princcps, M., 
 
 ridi f. 
 Stem princip- 
 
 St. aetSt- 
 
 ht ad. 
 St. capit- 
 
 N.V. prlncops 
 Ct. priiicipis 
 1). iwiiicipi 
 Ac. })nii('ii)em 
 Ab. principe 
 
 N.V. prTnci]>S8 
 G. piincipum 
 I). jHi'icipibiia 
 Ac. prliiclpfis 
 Ab. priiicipibuB 
 
 rex ju(l(!X 
 
 rr^is judicia 
 
 rC'^I judirl 
 
 rC'^-em judicem 
 
 lege judice 
 
 PH'KAL. 
 
 roiiXfis jridi('68 
 
 r(".;iim jfidifum 
 
 rr'i^ibiiB jridi<^ibnB 
 
 rr^Ba judicCs 
 
 rCgibuB judicibuH 
 
 aotjlB 
 act at is 
 
 lU'tilll 
 
 uctiitem 
 uutat e 
 
 notntfiB 
 act III um 
 aidiUibuB 
 ;i lilt 6b 
 uututibuB 
 
 caput 
 
 capitiB 
 
 capitl 
 
 caput 
 
 capita 
 
 capit a 
 cap! turn 
 capit ibua 
 (•;ipil.a 
 cupitibuB 
 
42. 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 Pes, M., foot. MIl§s, ji., soldier, 
 St. ped- St. milit- 
 
 SlNGUIAR. 
 
 N.V. 
 
 pes 
 
 miles 
 
 G. 
 
 pedis 
 
 lullitia 
 
 D. 
 
 ped I 
 
 nillitl 
 
 Ac. 
 
 ped em 
 
 militem 
 
 Ab. 
 
 pede 
 
 milite 
 
 
 Plural, 
 
 N.V. 
 
 ped es 
 
 I, 1 it 5a 
 
 G. 
 
 pedum 
 
 nillitum 
 
 D. 
 
 ped ibus 
 
 militibus 
 
 Ac. 
 
 ped es 
 
 milit es 
 
 Ab. 
 
 ped ibus 
 
 militibus 
 
 Terminations. 
 
 MASO. 
 
 & FElf. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Plur, 
 
 a 
 
 is 
 
 ia 
 
 um 
 
 X 
 
 ibus 
 
 em 
 
 6s 
 
 • 
 
 ibua 
 
 NEUTER. 
 
 _— 
 
 a 
 
 is 
 
 um 
 
 X 
 
 ibua 
 
 — _ 
 
 a 
 
 e 
 
 ibua 
 
 10(5. Observe that the vowel before the final consonant of the 
 fitem is not always the same in the nominative as in the other cases. 
 
 107. Consonant stems may be found by dropping the termina* 
 tion of the genitive singular. liut there are some exceptions. 
 
 108. Decline grex, poema, servitus. Decline together lapis 
 asper, fldua comSs, and mllSs aeger. For the uouus, see UOl 
 
 / 
 
 2. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 109. 
 
 I. 1 . Poeta romiti acgro poGnui grfitiim rccitiivit. 2. Co- 
 mes poetac poemuto grdtO liberutus est cura.^ 3, Mtiguus 
 erat equitura uumerus. 4. Mliites inulti a servo doraini 
 invitutl sunt. 5. Grcges albos habciit agricohio^ insulao 
 vicTnae. C. Ager viclnus hii)i(los iniiltOs et asperos habet. 
 7. Ill agro vicino sunt hipides multl et asperl. 8. Servitus & 
 virls non est amfita. 0. Pes puerT bipido asporo vulneratus 
 est. 10. Regis amTcT a militibus glndlTs et pTlTs sunt fugutl. 
 
 IF. 1. The king lias changed the fortune of the war. 
 2. The fortune of tlie war was changed by the king. 8. The 
 
 1 from care. See 101. 11. 0. 
 
 a The subject. 
 
SSHmMm 
 
 ■■«■■■»•■- 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 43 
 
 LS 
 
 la 
 
 L 
 IB 
 
 18 
 
 r 
 
 of the 
 : cases. 
 
 rmina- 
 
 3. 
 
 lapis 
 
 . Co- 
 
 tlguus 
 omini 
 
 sulao 
 
 ;il)et. 
 itus a 
 
 ratus 
 iguti* 
 war. 
 
 . The 
 
 soldiers will free the king. 4. The kiiig will be freed, b}^ the 
 soldiers, o. The king had armed tiie soldiers with shields 
 and spears, G. Diedalus fitted wiugs to his son. 7. Wings 
 were fitted to his son by Daidalus. 8. We shall read aloud 
 the poems of Ilc^iier. 9. The girl sings for the weary 
 soldier and is praised. 
 
 110. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 comSSy -Itis, M. & F., companion. servitHs, -ntls, F., slavery. 
 
 equSs, -Itls, m., horseman. 
 grex, gregis, M.^jlockf herd. 
 lapis, -idis, m., stone. 
 milSs, -itis, m., soldier. 
 pes, pfiflis, n.,foot. 
 poeina, -fttla, n., poem, 
 rex, regis, m., kin(j. 
 
 voluptus, -utis, ¥., pleasure. 
 
 apto, 1, fit. 
 
 Daedalus, -i, m., Do'dalus, builder 
 
 of the Labyrinth. 
 niius, -i, M., son (79). 
 viciuuS) -tt, -urn, adj., neicjhhoriny. 
 
 -^ 
 
 111. 
 
 COLLOQUIUM. 
 
 FUATF.U KT SoilURCI'LA. 
 brother little Bister 
 
 S. Quid hodie narravit niagister in schola? 
 
 to-day sctiool 
 
 F. Narravit de Icaro, Daedal! filio. 
 
 ^S. Mihi quoque de Icaro Latino uarra. Fuitno Icarus 
 
 me lilHU iu Lutiu 
 
 puer mains ? 
 
 F, Minimf mains sed misorrimus. ITabebat illas ; alas cera 
 
 not iMiforluriiito wiugn wax 
 
 aptiiverat Daedalus ; Icarus evolfiN it et cera sole liquofacta 
 
 lluw uwuy auu wtwiucitud 
 
 est. Tuir . • . 
 
 tluu 
 
 S. Tnni . . . quid? 
 
 F. Mihi nOn sunt verba Latlna. Ttaqno liaosltf^. 
 
 words tluil Ih wliy iioKiiulc 
 
 8^ Ergo narra Anglice. Nam liiigiiam Anglicam intelletjO, 
 
 well, then liinuiiimc uaderutaud 
 
 jF*. Minime. Latlue tibi narro, uou Auglice. 
 
 » 
 
 I • 
 
dfi 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 y 
 
 44 
 
 SECOND CONJUGATION. 
 
 CHAPTER XIV. 
 
 SECOND CONJUGATION. 
 
 112. 
 
 K -Verbs. 
 
 Moneo (stom nione), ndnsr. 
 ruiNCii'AL Pakts: nioiieo, moiiere, monuT, monitum. 
 
 ACTIVIl. 
 
 / ad rise, etc. 
 moneo luoiiemus 
 
 moiies iiioiietis 
 
 inonet nioiient 
 
 T 7rafi advhincj, rlc, 
 inonebam 1:1011 ebamus 
 nionebas iiioii ^batia 
 inoiiebat luunebant 
 
 I shall advise, etc, 
 inon§b6 luouebimiis 
 iiiou§bis 111011 ebitis 
 iiiuii Sbit luuii ebuut 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 PASSIVE. 
 
 / am advised, etc. 
 moneor nioneniur 
 
 • moil eris, or -re inuneminT 
 moil etur mou eutur 
 
 Tmi'kufkct. 
 
 I was advised, etc. 
 111011 ebar 111011 ebamur 
 
 111011 ebaris, oi' -re moii ebamini 
 monebatur luonebautur 
 
 Future. 
 
 7 s/t(dl he advised, etc. 
 
 111011 §bor 111011 ebimiir 
 
 111011 eberis, or-xe luoii ebimini 
 mou ebitur nioii ebuutur 
 
 rnnrrcT. 
 7 have advised, 7 advised, etc. I have heen (was) advised, etc. 
 
 monul moiiuimus a sum ^ sumua 
 
 moiiuisti iiioiiulstis moiiilu8-|ea monili -^ estia 
 
 monuit , moaufiruut, o/-re (est (sunt 
 
 Plupkukkct, 
 
 7 had advised, etc. I had heen advised, etc. 
 
 moiiueram moiiu erSnuia / eram r crAmus 
 
 moniierAb iiioiiuercltia 
 inoiiuerat monueraut 
 
 moiiilus j er5s moiiiLI ] erStis 
 ( erat ( erant 
 
SECOND CONJUGATION. 
 
 45 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 PASSIVE. 
 
 FUTUUE rEUFKCT. 
 
 / shall have advised, etc. I shall have been advised, etc. 
 
 monu ero 
 
 nionueris 
 
 moniierit 
 
 momierimua 
 
 inoiuieritis 
 
 lauiiueriut 
 
 /^ero 
 
 mouitus < eris 
 
 ( erit 
 
 r erimuB 
 iiiuniti ■< eritia 
 ( erunt 
 
 r 
 
 111 
 ir 
 
 nioneam 
 
 inuneaa 
 
 luoneat 
 
 mon ereni 
 
 iiioiieres 
 
 luoueret 
 
 monuenm 
 
 mouueris 
 
 iiioiiuerit 
 
 Tnoneamus 
 
 inoneatis 
 
 luoueant 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 PUKSENT. 
 
 iiiouear moTieamur 
 
 mouearis, or-re nioueamiiu 
 luoueatiir inoueantur 
 
 moil erenius 
 
 iiioiieretis 
 
 inoufirexit 
 
 Tmpeufeci. 
 
 luonerer . nioniremur 
 
 iiioiiereria, or-re inoiieremini 
 
 iiiuuer§tur mouereutur 
 
 monuerimus 
 
 monueritis 
 
 inonuerint 
 
 Peufect. 
 
 sim 
 
 monitus -^ sis 
 sit 
 
 r sTmus 
 moniti - sitis 
 (sint 
 
 ! 
 
 1 
 
 ir 
 
 PLUrEUFECT. 
 
 nioniiissem monnissgmns ^essem /essSmua 
 
 nionuisses moiiuissetis monitus -Jesses moiiitl - essetis 
 mouuisset mouuisseut (esset (esseut 
 
 '^fc. 
 
 tllUB 
 
 :is 
 
 lit 
 
 muR 
 
 itia 
 
 nt 
 
 mon 6, advise thou, 
 mon fite, advise ye. 
 
 monCto, (hnn shalt advise. 
 mon 6t6, he shall advise. 
 nion§t6te, yoti shall advise. 
 moil ento. ihei/ shall advise. 
 
 MPERATIVE. 
 
 PUESENT. 
 
 men 6re, fir than advised. 
 monfiniinl, be ye advised. 
 
 FuTUUE. 
 
 mon 5tor, than shall be advised. 
 mon 6tor, he shall be advised. 
 
 mon entor, they shall he advised^ 
 
t 
 
 46 
 
 SECOND CONJUGATION. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 ACTIVE. PASSIVE. 
 
 Pres. niouere, to advise. inoneri, to be advised. 
 
 Vfaiv. monuisse, to have advised, iiionitus esse, to have been adv'd. 
 
 FuT. monituvxis esse, to be about inouitum iri, to be about to be 
 
 to advise. advised. 
 
 PARTICIPLE. 
 
 PiiES. moil ens, -eutis, advising. 
 
 FuT. nioiiiturus, -a, -um, about to Geu. monendus, -a, -um, to he 
 advise. advised. 
 
 — Pekf. nionitus, -a, -um, having 
 
 been advised. 
 
 GERUND. 
 
 G. monendl, of advising. 
 1). mon endo, for advising. 
 Ac. luon eiidum, advising. 
 Ab. mon endo, hij advising. 
 
 Ac. monitum, to advise. 
 
 SUPINE. 
 
 Ab. moiiitu, to advise^ to he 
 advised. 
 
 -<>oS*io<^ 
 
 CHAPTER XV. 1. 
 
 SECOND CONJUGATION. 
 
 113. Learn the present, imperfect, and futnro indicative, and 
 present imperative and inlinitive, active and passive, oC moneS. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 .^ 
 
 114. 
 
 I. 1. IMonet, inonctur. 2. INTonObat, raouC4)ritur. 3. Mono- \ 
 bit, moiiebitur. 4. IMoiic, niondre. 5. Monete, moneminl. 
 
 fi. Monebimns, moneblinur. 7. Mom'mns, inonc'mur. 8. Mo- 
 nebas, niones. 9. IMonebis, nionr'rls. 10. MonC'rl, monere. 
 
 II. 1. You arc advisinp:, you will be advised, you were 
 advised. 2. Advise ye, be ye advised. 3. We do advise, 
 
I}: 
 
 SECOND CONJUGATION. 
 
 47 
 
 wc are advising, we shall be advising. 4. AVe were advis- 
 ing, we were advised. 5. They are advised, they advised, 
 they were advising. 6. They will advise, they will be 
 advised. i^ 
 
 2. '^ 
 
 115. EXERCISES. 
 
 Habeo, have, or hold; deleo.^ deatroi/ ; terreo, frighten. 
 
 I. 1. Habet, delebat, tcrrebit. 2. Nonue habemus? 
 nonne delebamus? uonne terrebiraus ? 3. Deles, habebas, 
 terrebunt. 4. Habete, terrete, delete. 5. Deletur," habe- 
 batur, terrebatur.- G. Terrere, dC'leri, habert, 7. Ilabetne? 
 deleturne ? terrebatue ? 8. Delebitur, habebantur, terrebimim. 
 9. Non terrcuuis. non delebunt, uon habeut. 10. Ilabebun 
 tur, terreutur, delGbantiu*. 
 
 II. 1. "We are held, they will be destroyed, he was fright- 
 ened. 2. I frighten, thou hast (you have), he destroys. 
 3. To have, to destroy, to be frightened. 4. Is he fright- 
 ened? are they destroyed? were you held? 5. Destroy (thou), 
 have (ye), frighten (ye). G. Have we not? does he not 
 frighten? did thev not destroy? 7. You will be frightened, 
 it is held, we were frightened. 8. I was holding, he was de- 
 stroying, you were frightening. 9. I shall destroy, we sliall 
 frighten, they have. 
 
 3. 
 
 110. EXERCISES. 
 
 Before trajislating the following (ixercisos, review the tables of 
 declonsions and terminations, jip. 41 and 42. 
 
 T. 1. Poenam nierebis, sT menioriam non exercebis.^ 
 
 1 For principal parts of cleleo, 
 see vocahulary, 119. 
 
 * The prosont, wliicli denotes 
 continued action, means (7 is hcinu 
 (destroj/fid) ; the imperfect, he was 
 beituj {frightened). 
 
 " Translate as if it were tlio 
 present tense ; but in Latin the 
 future is necessary, heeausc future 
 time is meant. Cf. O.'V T. 4. Ob- 
 serve tlie difference between the 
 Latin and Englisli idioms. 
 
 »'^ 
 
48 
 
 SECOND CONJUGATION. 
 
 2. Exerce memorium, comes. 3. Studium memoriara auget. 
 4. jMiIitOs ft iL.cibus exerceiitur et docentur. 5. Pericula 
 milites noil ten ant. G. reiicuTuni iion timebit miles. 
 7. 0})pidum a militilnis tenetur. 8. Jfidiccs poenis malos 
 coerceut. 9. C^uidvidca? 10. MulUi video. 
 
 II. 1. The tyrant is restrained. 2. The water of the river 
 was increased. 3. The leader will have a statue. 4. The 
 faithful comrade advises his friend. 5. The friend is advised 
 by his faithful companion. C. Lazy slaves fear a hard mas- 
 ter. 7. A hard master is feared l»y laz}^ slaves. 8. Italy is 
 the land of famous poets. 9. The soldiers will not be terrified 
 by dangers. 10. The boy remembered the master's words. 
 
 117. Malos (T. 8), had men, and multa (T. 10), man?/ tilings, 
 are examples of the frequent use in Latin of an adjective without 
 a noun. Compare, iu English, the good, the ivlse. 
 
 4. 
 
 118, EXERCISES. 
 
 ■ I. 1. Equos et equitvs nuiltos in via video. 2. Cyrus, 
 primus I*ersarum rex,^ nomiua""' niTUtuni memoria tcnebat. 
 
 3. Si oppidum delebnnt, poenam merebuiit. 4. Prhicipes "i 
 templo d(n proliilK'ibimus. >>. Voluptates ,ri('nu;i-iao aui'o- 
 ])antur. G. Studio luigetur rnomoria. 7. j\rT: '< < fi [.r'.cii^v^ 
 nionel)antur. 8, Rex magnum niTlitum numerum tenebat. 
 i). rrluceps equlli'w ^ligiori (jxcreebat. 
 
 II. 1. In ancient states there were many slaves. 2. Whv 
 had the ancient Romans many slaves? 3. We saw the 
 rrreat number of horsemen iu the road and were frightened. 
 
 4. Roman boys were often tauglit by Greek slaves. T). Greek 
 slaves often taught Roman boys. G. Tlie, horsemen were 
 trained by the king's son. 7. INIauy horses and liorsemen are 
 seen in the town. 8. The chief will deserve a great victory. 
 
 1 Rex, in apposition with CS'rus. See 157. 
 
 names. 
 
 \ 
 
SECOND CONJUGATION. 
 
 49 
 
 IIJ). VOCABULARY. 
 
 coerceo, 2, -iii, -itiiin, clicvh, re- antiquum, 
 
 strain. 
 cxerceo, 2, -iii, -ituiii, train, c.x( r- 
 
 cisc. 
 habco, 2, -ui, -itiini, /lari', hold. 
 inereo, 2, -ui, -itiiin, deserve, merit. 
 prohibeo, 2, -ui, -ituui, prevent, 
 
 keep off. 
 terreo, 2, -ui, -\t\\\r\f friijlden. 
 timeo, 2, -ui, , fear. 
 
 augeo, 2, auxi,' auctum, increase. 
 deleo, 2, -evi,- -etuin, dislruij. 
 doceo, 2, -ui, doctuni,' teach. 
 tenco, 2, -ui, tentuni,^ keep, hold. 
 video, 2, vidl,^ visum, «et' ; piis- 
 sive, seem. 
 
 I, -uui, adj., old, 
 ancient. 
 civitas, -utis> f., state. 
 our, adv., whij ? 
 Cyrus, -i, m., Ci/rns. 
 dux, ducis, .M. \ K., leader, tjcneral. 
 fidus, -a, -uin, w^i]., faithful. 
 nieinoria, -ao, r., memory. 
 lueniorift toiioo, remember. 
 peripuluni, -i, n., danr/er. 
 poena, -ae, r., })nnishment. 
 quid, illtl'rroJ,^ pron., vhat? 
 Roinanus, -a, -um, Jionian (94). 
 saepe, adv., often. 
 si, conj., if 
 
 studiuni, -i, n., zeal, sludi/. 
 tcnipluni, -I, N., temple. 
 
 -OOi^OO- 
 
 /[ c'^-\. if^n. 
 
 CHAPTER XVI. 1. 
 SECOND CONJUGATION. 
 
 120. Learn the pert'ect, pluperfect, and future perfect indica- 
 tive, and perfect infinitive, active and passive, of moueo. ,,, 
 
 121. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Moniiit, momierat, nioniicrit. 2. IMonucnint, monii - 
 erant, nionueriiit. .^. IMonuT, monitus sum. 1. INionuerit, 
 monitus crit. 5. IMonuisti, moniierfis, monncM'i.s. 0. Monitus 
 est, monitus orat, monitus crit. 7. Mouuisse, monitus esse. 
 
 II. 1. You have advised, j^on had advised, you will have 
 advised. 2. They have been advised, they had been advised, 
 
 1 Auxi for aug-si. See p. 1, n. 2. » Observe, not dooitum. 
 
 2 Only flco, iveep, n<^Oy sjiin, and < Observe, not tenitum. 
 
 the compounds of the obsolete ^ Vidi. Terfeet stem formed 
 
 pleo, fdl, arc conju^'ated like by lengtheninj,' the vowel of the 
 deleuy with the perfect in cvi. present stem, vid to vid. 
 
 r 
 
 i 
 
 // 
 
 M' 
 
 '< •» 
 
 % : 
 
 'I 
 
 i 
 
ii 
 
 60 
 
 SECOND CONJUGATION. 
 
 \x 
 
 they will have been advised, o. I had advised, I had been 
 advised. 4. lie has advised, he has been advised.^ 5. We 
 have advised, we have been advised. G. To have been 
 advised, to have advised. 
 
 2. 
 
 122. EXERCISES. -'. 
 
 I. 1. llabuit, delevit, terruit. 2. llabuisti, delevist!, ter- 
 ruistl. 3. !N6n delGvimus, iion deleveramus, non deleverimus. 
 1. DeleLuin est, territus erat, habita sunt. 5. llabuerone? 
 estne territa? suntne deletae? 6. Nonne habueratis? noune 
 d^letuni erat? noune terruemnt? 7. Terruisse, delevisse, 
 habitus esse. 8. Deleveras, territus eras, habuistis. 9. Ila- 
 buerint, deletum erit, habuerunt. 10. Deleta sunt, habiti 
 sumus, territae estis. 
 
 II. 1. Thej iuive i.rtd, they have U'lghtencd, they have 
 destroyed. 2. 1 had lad, I had bc«.ui iiighteni^d, I had 
 destroyed. 3. Have you had? had he destroyed? has he 
 frightened? 4. We had not destroyed, they {fern.) had not 
 been frightened, you had not destroyed. 5. We have had, 
 we shall have destroved, we had been friajhtened,. 6. To 
 have destroyed, to have been held, to have been frightened. 
 7. Have you been frightened? had they {neut.) been de- 
 stroyed? has she had? 8. I have destroyed, I have not 
 had, I shall not have been frightened. 9. They will have 
 had, they will have been frightened, they (jieut.) will have 
 been destroyed. 10. Have j^ou not had? did they not 
 destroy? have you {fern.) not been frightened? 
 
 3. 
 
 123. , EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Rex Roinam obsedcrat. 2. Roma a rege obsessa 
 erat. 3. Scriba cum {with) rege sedel)at. 4. Ira ferocem 
 {fierce) animum viri movit. 5. Reguli conjugi et liberis 
 
 \ > 
 
 alij 
 7. 
 
 9. 
 duj 
 
 dici 
 wit 
 an; 
 
HBCHI 
 
 SECOND CONJUGATION. 
 
 61 
 
 alimenta pracbuerunt Roinilui. G. CaptTvi reteuti sunt. 
 
 7. Novamne liiuum vidistl? 8. Aquila iu {on) templo sGdit. 
 9. Poeta ilCvit quia filius captivus erat. 10. Caesar oppi- 
 clum Galliae obsedit. 
 
 II. 1. The town was besieged l)y the general. 2. Why 
 did the general besiege the town? u. Tlie king is sitting' 
 with his clerk. 4. The minds of the men were moved with 
 anger. 5. Kegulus was retained (as) a prisoner." (5. Rega- 
 ins deserved great glorv. 7. The new moon has been seen. 
 
 8. The connuander's daughter was a prisoner. 9. We wept 
 because we were prisoners. 10. The town had been besieged 
 by Pyrrhus. 
 
 4. 
 124. EXERCISFS. 
 
 I. 1. Militibus magna praomia a rege praebita sunt. 
 2. IVrilites liiiiueruni quia elephantos vidcrnnt. 3. Numernm 
 verbornni auximus. 4. Caesar mllites in oppido retiiuienit. 
 5. Jiidicum bonorum memoria nnnquam delebitur. G. ]\Iulta 
 Romanorum monumenta'"' deleta sunt. 7. Dux castra ab 
 oppido moverat. 8. Dominus servos in servitute tenuit. 
 
 9. Multa verba in memoria manserunt. 10. Militis conjunx 
 in Miuervae templ5 sedebat. 
 
 II. 1. The king furnished food for his weary soldiers. 
 
 2. Elephants had frightened the horses of the Romans. 
 
 3. Have you increased the num])er of your friends? 
 
 4. Cjcsar's soldiers were besieged in the town. 5. The 
 sword of the tyrant has restrained 'the judge. C. War has 
 destroyed many monuments^ of great men. 7. The camp 
 had been moved away from the town. 8. We weep if our 
 children are held iu slavery. 9. Shall you remain in Italy? 
 
 K" 
 
 * Not passive. 
 
 2 Predicate nom. ; see 47. 
 
 ^ Wlicn a noun is liinitcd both 
 
 by an adjective and a genitive, 
 the order often is : adjectwe, geni- 
 tire, noH7i. Cf. 118. I. 2 and 8. 
 
 
 
 .1 ! 
 
 \ 
 
 u 
 
 ;■■! 
 
I 
 
 62 
 
 SECOND CONJUGATION. 
 
 125. 
 
 flco, 2, flcvi, fletum, weep, be- 
 wail. 
 
 iiiaucu, 2, iiiausi, iimnsuin, re- 
 iiKiiu, (tifdil, 
 
 inovco, 2, iiiovi,^ luotiiin, move. 
 
 ob-si(leo, 2, -sedi,i -sessuiiiy be- 
 siege. 
 
 praebeo, 2, -ui, -itttiUf furnish. 
 
 re-tlnoo, 2, -tinui, -tcntuni, keep 
 bdcli, ret am. 
 
 scdoo, 2, sritli,^ sr;ssuiiiy sit. 
 
 altincntiiiii, -i, n., food, support. 
 
 aiiiiiiiis, -i, M,, miuti. 
 
 Caesar, -aris, m., Casur. (l-'M.) 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 captivus, -i, m,, prisoner, captive, 
 castra, -oriiin, (pi.) n., catnp. 
 coiijiiiix, conjugis, f., wife. 
 elephant us, i, m., elephant, 
 ira, -ae, v., anyer. 
 luiia, -ae, v., iiwon. 
 uoviis, -a, -uiii, adj., new. 
 nuiKiiiaiii, adv., never. 
 praciiiiiiin, -i, n., reward. 
 Pyrrhus, -i, m., Pijrrhus, king of 
 
 Kpirus. 
 quia, conj., because. 
 Regulus, -i, .M., /ieij;ilus,a Koman. 
 HOi'iba, -ae, m., clerk. (11. 1.) 
 
 r~ 
 
 120. 
 
 5. 
 
 COLLOQUIUM. 
 rUAKCKPTOU KT DlSCirULUS. 
 
 Quae 
 
 wliut 
 
 /*. LatinG milii intcrr{)<j;juiti responds sT possTa. 
 
 to me iihking aimwcr you can 
 
 insula Grueciae est i)arva quuUMu sed clara? 
 
 to bo 8uro 
 
 Z>. Adinoduni clfira est Itluica Insula, ul)i liabitabat Illixes. 
 
 very wUcro UlynoeH 
 
 P. RecU', ml pncr, Ulixea Tthacae rex fuit et dux in hello 
 
 cjrrcpjius. Quis cantfivit de Ulixe oj^roglo? 
 
 J). Homerus, poeta eaeeus, rpiT Mutem Ullxem nunqiiam 
 
 , blind wlio liowcviT 
 
 vTderat. 
 
 i^ Tenesne nicmorifi nonien fidi servl UU\is? 
 
 iitimo 
 
 D, ScrvuH Ulixis fTdus erat Kumneua. 
 
 never 
 
 * Set' p. 4!), notu G. 
 
rUlST AND SECOND CONJUGATIONS. 
 
 53 
 
 i' i 
 
 wimt 
 
 CHAPTER XVII. 1. 
 
 REVIKW. 
 
 127. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Miigister discipulOs iiivitilvit. 2. Nonne fi niairistro 
 (liscipull iuvitutl sunt ? 3. Vulistlno jigrK^olfinmi tirutni 
 ferreu? 4. MIlitGs lapidiis iiu'igiios portfihant. A. Rex ab 
 oppidO castrii ir.uvit. G. (ire<;i.s cuslodC's lapidibus fugfiti 
 sunt. 7. ]\II' nil, poGniata Ilomeri rccitfivlsllne? -S. Si 
 oppiuuin tciiucriinus, vlctoriiiin mLTGhiiniis. 11. ConjugOs 
 iiillilinii ])rif!;iia .1 spcctabaiit et fl01)aiit. 10. In Italia, antujiia 
 d I'yniiO Kplrl rege su[)C'ratI sunt ROinfinl. 
 
 II. 1. W(3 shall see the llocks in the fields. 2. The kin<; 
 was not frightened by the elephant.'- H. Horses are frigiitcned 
 by eh'ohants.'^ 4. The townsmen were sitting on the wall. 
 5. The prisoners were wounded by the soldiers with their 
 swords. 0. I\Iy boy, what are you looking at ? 7. Do you 
 not see the horsemen's swords ? 8. Do vou remeniber the 
 poems of the Uonum poet? 0. The king's sons were finding 
 fault with fortune. 10. Why are the townsmen ai'med with 
 swords ? 
 
 128. Examine the tiro fnUowiiuf yronps of sentences : — 
 
 1. Iter ab Arare HelvStii Sverterant, the Ildvctii had turned 
 
 (heir mil rs)' from tin' Anir. 
 
 2. Arflneas dSiciam d6 pariete, / will brush down the cobwebs 
 
 from the wall. 
 
 3. Hannibal ex XtaliS excGssit, Ifnntillxil withdrew from Italy. 
 
 1. NOa cflrS llbcrabis, ijou will free us from care. • 
 
 2. OculTs se piTvavit, he de/>rireil himselj' of his sl<jht (ci/es). 
 '\. Homo cib6 caret, (he mau is in want of food, 
 
 120. The verbs have the Ronoral icloaof separation; and in the 
 first group the ablative with a preposition, in tlio Heo<ii J tli«' ablative 
 
 ••rV 
 
 ^ Vucative aingular ol iihuih, niij. 
 
 '■' l'n'i». nut nt ct'Bmiry. 
 
i 
 
 54 
 
 FIRST AND SECO' 
 
 CONJUGATIONS. 
 
 \ 
 
 alone, answers the question from what ? of what f Observe further, 
 that the verbs of the first group are compounds oC a, de, ex, and 
 the "separ tion " is literal, or physical ; in the second group the 
 "separation " i. yura^iye, or less literal. 
 
 130. Rule OF Syntax. — Separation is expressed 
 by the ablative with a {ab), <'e, e (ex), in comicctioii 
 with verbs coiiapouiided with these prepositions,! or 
 by the abhitive aloii^i with simple verbs meauiug^ 
 to set free, deprivef or ivant. 
 
 \ 
 
 ^ 
 
 2. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 li 
 
 I. 1. Iluno (7/77rt) fi tuih .L aicC4)is. 2. FTlius rC'gl.s Ro 
 
 infinos cura llherfivit. o. lionifiiiT il. filio roiiis (.•urfi libertitl 
 sunt. 4. A'ir tioger uqufi prlvutus ost. .">. Sorvi sorvituto 
 libciabunlur. C. Inix Ivoniruuis C'orintbiiin luiiltTs staiuTs 
 priviivit. 7. ServT, equLs defcsiis aqnani praebcte. 8.^ Sfi- 
 tiirnus Italos agri cnlturarn doiMiit. 0. Libcr vTuT erat deus 
 ot in Italia tonipla niulla b,ab('1)a't. 10. Avtii'T iiiTlitos aras 
 dOuTs spoliant. 11. MI piiur, (.'qmis pai)ulo el aqua caret. 
 
 Befor"} translating the following sentences, read over tlu) ex- 
 planations and rules on pp. 20, 21, and .'iiJ, and couf-idrr what 
 expressions are equivalent to the Latin ablative of agent with d or 
 abf the ablative of meana^ and the ablative of separation. 
 
 II. 1. They deprived the siek man of water. 2. The 
 state was freed from the tyrant by lirntus. >], 'I'lie Italians 
 were taught by Saturn. 4. Tiie leader adorned the town 
 with statues. 5. Tlie liorsemeii are in want of swords 
 and horses. 6. Corinth was robbed of many statues by a 
 Roman general. 7. The goddess will keep off tin' Romans 
 
 1 With oilier vorbH tlian tliopc iiidii-atcii in 12}) nml l.'M), nl' similar 
 nu'uninK, the ])rej)osition is Boimthni's used and sonietinu'S omittid, 
 
 * Obnorve the two aceuiatlvc'8, one of the person, the other of tlie 
 thin(f, with dueeo. 
 
FIRST AND SECOND CONJUGATIONS. 
 
 55 
 
 irther, 
 X, and 
 ap the 
 
 essecl 
 ction 
 hJ- or 
 
 \ 
 
 lUlllg' 
 
 V- 
 
 9 Ro- 
 bertiti 
 vituto 
 tiiiuTs 
 ^ Sti- 
 (leus 
 finis 
 et. 
 
 wliut 
 (I or 
 
 Tho 
 i:ins 
 owii 
 onls 
 by II 
 11:1118 
 
 inilar 
 tlie 
 
 from her temple. 8. Tlic town wiis destro^^ed by the i)hius 
 of the general. 1). Will not the Romans be kept olF from 
 the temple? 10. They thrust forth the leaders from the 
 town. 11. The leaders are hustled out of town. ^ ^ 
 
 13 
 
 o> 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 a^ri ciiltura, -ae, p., ngricnltnrc. 
 avarus, -a, -iiiii, iulj., (jrrrdij. 
 arcco, 2, -ui, -tuin, keep ojf. 
 JSruiiis, -i, M., J>rii(tis, a lionian. 
 careo, 2, -ui, -ituiii, icant, lack. 
 causa, -ae, v., cause. 
 <^(>rhithus, -i, v., Corhith (11. 4). 
 oustos, -odis, M. & F., l-erper, 
 Kpirus, -i, F., E))ints (11. 4). 
 
 oxturbo, 1, thrust out. 
 
 ItaluK, -i, M., (in ffdlian. 
 
 lAhoTyi^riyyi., lincilius, ^(nlofw'inc. 
 
 inous, -a, -uui, poss. julj., my, mine. 
 
 oriio, 1, (I (lorn. 
 
 privo, 1, deprive. [agriculture. 
 
 Saturnus, -i, m., Saturri, god of 
 
 spolio, 1, ;■()/>, despoil. 
 
 tuus, -a, -uni, poss. adj., thi/, your. 
 
 3. 
 133. COLLOQUIUM. 
 
 PRAECrrTOU ET Dlhv^IPtlLUS. 
 
 p. Die mihi, puer, elephantosne aliquando vTdisti? 
 
 tell ever 
 
 D. C'ertc, praeeeptor, clephantos mfignos et parvos vidT. 
 
 P. In aujrlsne? 
 
 D. Minime vero ; in firco et intordum in viTs. 
 
 itulci'd clrciiH Hoini'liiiU'S 
 
 P. Quis rex clfirus ('l('[)luintorum auxillO pfignabat? 
 
 wliiil uid 
 
 I). Pyrrhus, rex KpTiT, ita pfignabat. 
 
 J*. Nonne elephant! e(pios RonuTnorum terrebant? 
 
 D. Terrebant. Millies ((uoriue terrebantur. 
 
 yi'H also 
 
 P. Siiperavitno T'yrihuw Rr>manOs? 
 D. Saepc Huperavit. 
 
 often 
 
 P. (^iiil)us nrmis puunant (OephantT? 
 
 with wliiif 
 
 D, Dentibns, probosciile, [)edibus, capite pugnaut. 
 
 tuakt Iruuk feet 
 
 
 ifc 
 
T 
 
 I ^itiii 
 
 66 
 
 THIIID DECLENSION. 
 
 134. 
 
 CHAPTER XVIII. 1. 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 Liquid Ste:ms. 
 paradigms. 
 
 Consul, M., 
 
 consul. 
 St. cousul- 
 
 N.V. consul 
 G, coiifsulis 
 D. consul i 
 Ac. consul em 
 Ab. consul e 
 
 N.V. consul es 
 G. consul um 
 1). consul ibus 
 Ac. consul es 
 Ab. consul ibx7 8 
 
 ImSgS, F., 
 
 huiuje. 
 St. imkgin- 
 
 SiNGUI 
 
 N.V. iinago 
 G. iniu^inis 
 inian'inl 
 inia^inem 
 
 Pater, m., 
 
 fdlhcr. 
 St. patr- 
 
 I). 
 
 Ac. 
 Ab. 
 
 inuigin e 
 
 Singular. 
 pater 
 patris 
 patil 
 patr em 
 patr e 
 
 Plural. 
 
 pair 6s 
 patrum 
 patr ibus 
 patr 6s 
 patr ibus 
 
 Nomen, n., 
 
 71(1 me. 
 St. nomin- 
 
 .AR. 
 
 udnion 
 
 tioininis 
 
 iidniini 
 
 nonion 
 
 nomine 
 
 Pastor, M., 
 
 s/i<j)/i('nl. 
 St. pastor- 
 pastor 
 pastor is 
 pastor 1 
 pastor em 
 pastor e 
 
 pastor 68 
 pastor um 
 liastoribua 
 pastor 6s 
 pastor ibus 
 
 Pur 
 N.V. in)anin6B 
 G. ijnaginum 
 D. imaginibus 
 Ac. iniagln6a 
 Ab. inifiginibua 
 
 VL. 
 
 nonnna 
 nomin um 
 nriminibua 
 nomin a 
 nOminibus 
 
 Leo, M., 
 
 lion. 
 St. leon- 
 
 leo 
 
 leon is 
 Icon 1 
 , leon em 
 leon e 
 
 Icon 6s 
 Icon um 
 I'^onibus 
 leonSs 
 leon ibus 
 
 Tl.RMINATIOXS. 
 
 MA so. 
 
 .Sr 
 
 FKM. 
 
 Sing, 
 
 
 IHur. 
 
 
 
 6a 
 
 is 
 
 
 um 
 
 I 
 
 
 ibua 
 
 em 
 
 • 
 
 
 6a 
 
 ibua 
 
 NKUTKR. 
 
 — 
 
 
 a 
 
 is 
 
 
 um 
 
 I 
 
 
 ibua 
 
 e 
 
 
 ibua 
 
r^w 
 
 THIIID DECLENSION. 
 
 57 
 
 135. Examine the followhfj : — 
 
 1. Hieme et aestate, in winter and summer. 
 
 2. Solis occasUji at the setting of the sun. 
 
 3. Prima luce, at dai/hrca/c (Jirst li(//il). 
 
 4. His viginti aniiis, icil/iin these tiventi/ years. 
 
 Ifc will be seen that the above phrases are expressions of tinH\ 
 and answer the question ichen? or, within what time? 
 
 130. Rui.E OF Syntax. — Time whin is expressed 
 by tlic ablative Avithoiit a preposition ; tiinr ivifhin 
 which, by the ablative alone, or by tbe ablative 
 with in* 
 
 -ttv/ve.^? 
 
 9., 
 
 137. ' EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Tortifi liurfi niTlites fiiiijritT sunt. 2. i'vlnio anno 
 Brutuni cOnsiileni erofivC'ruiit Kouiunl. 3. Oppidum niilitilms 
 ab imperfitoro iuiitletinn e^Jt. 4. Iiiiperfitor opjiidiim niTliti- 
 bus implebit. 5. Tijn'or clfiinOre lioniinum tiiijj;vltir. (». ( Ifi- 
 inorC'S tlGrC'iiwOruin omnC'.s- pueros® terrdbunt. 7. Noi.U'ii ot 
 iniagineni aiuR'T seinpor in mcinorifi luilu'bMt. S. Seiiipor 
 erit clanini iMii)crritoris i"i!;reiiu kOhumi. '.). Nniino Hnniiib-il 
 KonifniTs fuit terror? 10. Ilamiil^al forliludiueni niugiuiin 
 semper luibebat. 
 
 II. 1. Europe has no'' lions. 2. A slave had a great 
 Hon. 3. The name of tlic slave was Androclus. 4. There 
 are manv lions in Africa, f). The friend of mv brothers 
 has seen a lion. H. A lion has bt'en seen ])V mv father and 
 my brother. 7. The shouts of the soldiers seared the men in 
 the town. 8. The defenders of the town were seared bv the 
 Bhouts 'of the men. 0. Wiiv are manv "men miserjible in 
 time* of war? 10. Do we not see by the sun's light? 
 11. At dayl»reak they saw Hannibal's horsemen. 
 
 ^ Ablative of the fourth di clen- 
 •iuii. See 245. ^ M, 
 
 » Children, 
 * Not, 
 
 See CIO. 
 
 * Tempore, 
 
 '\ 
 
 iil 
 
 \ 
 
I 
 
 138. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 clamor, -oris, m., shout, 
 defensor, -oris, m., defender. 
 fortitudo, -iuis, v., bravery, 
 ft*ater, -tris, m., brother, 
 Hanulbal, -Slis, m,, Hannibal, a 
 
 Carthaginian general. 
 homo, -inis, m., man. 
 Imperator, -oris, iM., general, 
 lumen, -inis, n., li(;Itt. 
 sol, solis, M. (no gen. pi.), sun, 
 terror, -oris, m., terror. 
 
 Africa, -ac, f., Africa. 
 Androclus, -i, m., Androclus. 
 annus, -i, m,, i/ear, 
 creo, 1, elect f choose, 
 Kuropa, -ae, f., Europe, 
 Horatius, -i, m., Horace, a Roman 
 
 poet (79). 
 inipleo, 2, -Ovi, -ctum, Jill. 
 juvontiis, -litis, f., youth. 
 semper, adv., always, 
 voluptas, -atis, v., pleasure. 
 
 timor, -oris, u.yfear, 
 
 homo, man, as distinguislied ivonx lower animals; general word 
 
 for man, mankind. 
 vlr (60), man, as distiuguishtiil from woman; mau in an honorable 
 
 sense, hero. 
 
 139. 
 
 3. 
 
 COLLOQUIUM. 
 Magister et Discipulus. 
 
 M. Quae, mi puer, sunt in pcnsO bodierno? 
 
 what tilings to-day's 
 
 D. Multa sunt in pcnso, ut nomiiui, adjcctiva, declTna- 
 
 many tliiiigH a» uouuu ducloubiuua 
 
 tiones, regulae. 
 
 M. Quot genera sunt noininibus LatlnTs? 
 
 liow many gt-nders 
 
 D. Genera sunt tria : masculTnum, femiuTnum, neutrum. 
 
 geudt'iH thrco 
 
 M. l)e quibus noniinibus est regula prima? 
 
 what 
 
 /). Prima regula est do noniinibus generis mascullnl. 
 Secunda regula est de nominibus gencM'is feminmi. 
 M, Verborum quot sunt conjugationes? 
 
 vcibM how many 
 
 D. Quattuor sunt conjugationes, declinationes auteiu 
 
 quTnque. 
 
 fivo 
 
 four 
 
 but 
 
 be( 
 er< 
 
 gai 
 
THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 69 
 
 Oman 
 
 word 
 trable 
 
 lua- 
 
 ubiuiia 
 
 [HI. 
 
 llul. 
 
 tera 
 
 L)Ut 
 
 140. 
 
 CHAPTER XIX. 1. 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 Sibilant Stems.^ 
 paradigms. 
 
 
 Mos, M., 
 
 Jus, N., 
 
 Opus, N., 
 
 Corpus, N., 
 
 
 custom. 
 
 rUjIit. 
 
 icork. 
 
 bodij. 
 
 
 St. mos- 
 
 St. jus- 
 
 St. opes- 
 
 St. corpoB- 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 N.V. 
 
 nios 
 
 jus 
 
 opus 
 
 corpus 
 
 G. 
 
 iiioria 
 
 juris 
 
 ope r is 
 
 corporis 
 
 D. 
 
 iiiori 
 
 juri 
 
 operi 
 
 corporl 
 
 Ac. 
 
 iiiorem 
 
 jus 
 
 opus 
 
 corpus 
 
 Ab. 
 
 nior e 
 
 jure 
 
 Plukai 
 
 opere 
 
 49 
 
 corpor e 
 
 N.V. 
 
 inorSa 
 
 jura 
 
 opera 
 
 corpora 
 
 G. 
 
 inorum 
 
 jurum 
 
 oper um 
 
 corpor um 
 
 I). 
 
 niovibus 
 
 juribus 
 
 operibus 
 
 corpor ibus 
 
 Ac. 
 
 mores 
 
 jura 
 
 oper a 
 
 corpora 
 
 Ab. 
 
 mOribus 
 
 juribus 
 
 operibus 
 
 corpor ibua 
 
 141. 
 
 ADJECTIVE. 
 Vetus, old. Stem vetes- 
 
 SlNGULAU. 
 
 M. & V. 
 
 N.V, vetus 
 G. Veter is 
 D. vetcrl 
 Ac, vetorem 
 Ab. veter e 
 
 NEUT. 
 
 vetus 
 veter is 
 veter I 
 vetus 
 veter e 
 
 Plural. 
 
 M. & r. NKLT 
 
 veter 6s 
 veter um 
 veter ibua 
 veter 6s 
 veter ibus 
 
 veter a 
 veter um 
 veter ibus 
 veter a 
 veter ibus 
 
 142. The above wore orij;inally sibiliiiit stems, the s having 
 been changed tp r between two vowels. Compare eram for esam, 
 erO for esfi, p. 25. But for practical purposes they may bo re- 
 gar(l(!(l as stems in r. 
 
 ' Fur tabic of terminations, see 134. 
 
 M) 
 
 it 
 
: 
 
 60 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 14.3, EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Ceres agri cultfirae erat dea. 2. Cererl multa erant 
 templa in Sicilifi. 3. Ceres multa templa in Sicilia habebat. 
 4. Cej'es agri culturam docebat. 5. Aestate est piilvis mo- 
 Icstus. C. Servis tcmporibus antT(jiiTs non erant jura. 
 7. Servi tcinporuni veterum jura non habebant. 8. Equus 
 perito ab equite exercitus erat. 9. EquitI perlto praebitus 
 erit equus uiger. 
 
 II. 1. The statue of Minerva has been seen. 2. The 
 statue of IMinerva had often been praised. 3. The works of 
 .1 ' Greeks were pleasing to the Romans. 4. Our pleasures 
 ha\ •■ been increased bv work* and zeal. 5. What- were 
 seen in the temi?les of Greece? G. In ancient times men 
 saw statues of gods and goddesses. 7. Statues of gods and 
 goddesses were seen by men in ancient times. 
 
 144-. Examine the following: — 
 
 1. Cum virtute vixit, lie livcil irifh v'lrlue (^vlrtuoiidy), 
 
 2. Agricola agrum cum cura arat, the Jarmcr plouyhs Ms field 
 
 with care {canfiilti/). 
 
 3. Agricola agrum magna cum cura arat, tlie farmer ploughs 
 
 his feld iclih (jreat care 
 
 4. Summa vl proelium comnuserunt, they Joined hattle with the 
 
 gi'catest violence. 
 
 ^Manner is u.sually expressod by advorbs : beng, well; liberS, 
 freelif. So tlio iiluasos cum virtute, cum cur5, mSgna cum 
 curl, and summa vT, plainly donoto inaunur, — hoio a thing is 
 done, — like adverbs of manner. 
 
 145. Rui.K OF Syntax. — Manner is .sometimes 
 expressed by the ablativo with cum; but if the 
 ablative bas an adjeetive, ctitn is often omitted. 
 
 > lleail again explanations and rule, p. 30. - Quuo - what things. 
 
^, 
 
 erant 
 ebat. 
 mo- 
 jura, 
 iqims 
 bitus 
 
 The 
 ks of 
 sures 
 were 
 
 men 
 3 and 
 
 y^: 
 
 field 
 'onghs 
 fJi the 
 
 berS, 
 cum 
 
 mg IS 
 
 ines 
 the 
 
 ig*' 
 
 ^ 
 
 U 
 
 .}}1 
 
 J 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 61 
 
 146. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. CaptTvi lumen solis mficfno pjaudio vTderunt. 2.^ S! 
 in agrls tempore Horum eritis,- libenter eos {them) vide- 
 bitis. 3. Magna voluptate aestfite vidcM^ur pulclirl llores. 
 4. Libros cum studio et voluptate recitaui ^s. o. Tuerl cor- 
 pora cum studio et cura exercent. 0. Ivlulta IJouifinorum 
 opera tempore' non deleta sunt. .-^ 
 
 II. 1. Thev look at the lion with f^reat fear. 2. If he 
 blames (is blaming) the boy angrily,^ he deserves punish- 
 ment. 3. Da'dalus had fitted wings to Icarus willi care. 
 
 4. They remembtu- the words of the good judge with joy. 
 
 5. The words of the ood judge will l)e carefully'* reniem- 
 l)ered. G. How mai.y orks of the Komans time has not 
 destroyed ! 
 
 147. 
 
 Ceres, -eris, v., Certs, god- 
 
 divss of iiffricuK.iro. 
 llos, floris, M., floircr. 
 piilvis, -eris, m., dust. 
 tcinpus, -oris, n., time. 
 
 acsttls, -atis, f., summer. 
 ouin, prt']). w. jibl., with. 
 eiira, -ae, i ., care. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ^audiiiin, -i, N., /oy. 
 
 loams, -i, m., fc<(rits. 
 
 ira, -ae, i"., (ini/er. 
 
 libenter, iidv., yluiUij, with picas- 
 
 xire. 
 niolcstus, -a, -uiii, adj., troubltsomc. 
 qiiain, adv., how, than. 
 saeer, -era, -eniiii, adj., sacred. 
 Sieilia, -ae, r., dicili/. 
 
 3. 
 
 148. COLLOQUIUM. 
 
 Duo l^IKHI. 
 Hodie durum pensum habuT. 
 StuduistTne cum cura et dlligentia? 
 
 did you Htiidy dilitrciKH- 
 
 Ccrte cum dlligentia, non cum voluptate studul. 
 
 * Notice that in the Jields - In 
 agris; in the time ~ tempore. 
 '■^ See p. 47, note 3. 
 
 " Why would it be wrong to 
 write h tempore? 
 * Coinpaiv 1-4-A. 1, 
 
 I I 
 
 1. \ 
 
 1 
 
 y 
 
 * f 
 
I 
 
 62 
 
 THIKD DECLENSION. 
 
 Cur non cum voluptfite studuisti? Eratue magister 
 morosiis an peiisum lougum? 
 
 cross or 
 
 Meliercule ! longiim erat pensura neqiie memoria tenebam. 
 
 truly and not 
 
 Aspice. Nonne viclea miilta vocilbula in vocabulario et ver- 
 
 look words vocabulary 
 
 bum moneo et declTnationis tertiae substautlva et adjectiva? 
 Heu amicum miserum, quam studes ! 
 
 ah have to study 
 
 -ooI*iOO- 
 
 CHAPTER XX. 1. 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 
 Stems 
 
 IN i 
 
 • 
 
 
 149. 
 
 PARADIGMS 
 
 1 
 
 
 Hostis, M. it i< ., 
 
 Nubes, F., 
 
 
 Turris, p., 
 
 ignis, M., 
 
 enemy. 
 
 cloud. 
 
 
 tower. 
 
 fire. 
 
 St. hosti- 
 
 St. nubi- 
 
 
 St. turri- 
 
 St. Igni- 
 
 
 SlNGULAR. 
 
 
 
 N.V. hostis 
 
 nub es 
 
 
 turris 
 
 ign is 
 
 G. hostis 
 
 nub is 
 
 
 tia-ris 
 
 ign is 
 
 D. host I 
 
 nubi 
 
 
 tiirri 
 
 Ignl 
 
 Ac. host em 
 
 n lib em 
 
 
 turrim.em 
 
 ign em 
 
 Ab. host e 
 
 nube 
 
 
 turri, e 
 
 ignl, e 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 
 N.V. hostes 
 
 nfibSs 
 
 
 turrSs 
 
 ign 6s 
 
 G. hostium 
 
 niibiiim 
 
 
 tuirium 
 
 ignium 
 
 D. host ibiis 
 
 nubibus 
 
 
 turribus 
 
 ign ibus 
 
 Ac. host 6b, Is 
 
 nfibes, Is 
 
 - ■ 
 
 tnir§8, Is 
 
 ign 6s, Is 
 
 Ab. hostibuB 
 
 nubibus 
 
 
 turribus 
 
 Ign ibus 
 
THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 68 
 
 
 Animal, v., 
 
 Mare, x., 
 
 Calcar, n., 
 
 
 
 
 animal. 
 St. animali- 
 
 sea. 
 St. mari- 
 
 spur. 
 St. calcari- 
 
 Teuminations. 
 
 MASC. & FEM. 
 
 
 
 SlNGULAR. 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N.V. 
 
 animal 
 
 mare 
 
 calcar 
 
 is, es 
 
 §s 
 
 G. 
 
 aiiiinalis 
 
 maris 
 
 calcar is 
 
 is 
 
 ium 
 
 D. 
 
 animali 
 
 mari 
 
 calcar i 
 
 I 
 
 ibus 
 
 Ac. 
 
 animal 
 
 mare 
 
 calcar 
 
 em, im 
 
 es, is 
 
 Ab. 
 
 animali 
 
 mari 
 
 calcar i 
 
 e,i 
 
 ibus 
 
 
 
 Plukal. 
 
 
 NEUTER. 
 
 N.V. 
 
 animal ia 
 
 maria 
 
 calcar ia 
 
 e or — 
 
 ia 
 
 G. 
 
 aninuilium 
 
 marium 
 
 calcar ium 
 
 is 
 
 ium 
 
 D. 
 
 animal ibus 
 
 mar ibus 
 
 calcar ibus 
 
 T 
 
 ibus 
 
 Ac. 
 
 animal ia 
 
 maria 
 
 calcar ia 
 
 e or — 
 
 ia 
 
 Ab. 
 
 animal ibus 
 
 mar ibus 
 
 calcjUibus 
 
 I 
 
 ibus 
 
 I 
 
 150. 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 '■ijrPA yl^y'ti'^ 
 
 Acer, keen, eager. St. 5cri- 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 
 MASC. 
 
 FEM. 
 
 NECT. 
 
 MASC. 
 
 FEM. 
 
 NEUT. 
 
 N.V. 
 
 acer 
 
 acris 
 
 acr e 
 
 acr es 
 
 acr 68 
 
 acr ia 
 
 G. 
 
 acris 
 
 acris 
 
 acris 
 
 acr ium 
 
 acr ium 
 
 acr ium 
 
 D. 
 
 acri 
 
 acri 
 
 acri 
 
 acr ibus 
 
 acr ibus 
 
 acr ibus 
 
 Ac. 
 
 acrem Tier em 
 
 acr e 
 
 acr €s, is 
 
 acr es, ts 
 
 acr ia 
 
 Ab. 
 
 acri 
 
 acri 
 
 acri 
 
 acr ibus 
 
 acr ibus 
 
 acribua 
 
 Levis, ligfit, nimhle. St. levi- 
 
 
 SiNGU 
 
 LAR. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 M. & F. 
 
 NEUT. 
 
 M. & F. 
 
 NEUT. 
 
 N.V. 
 
 lev is 
 
 leve 
 
 lev es 
 
 levia 
 
 G. 
 
 levia 
 
 lev is 
 
 lev ium 
 
 lev ium 
 
 D. 
 
 lev! 
 
 levi 
 
 lev ibus 
 
 lev ibus 
 
 Ac. 
 
 lev em 
 
 leve 
 
 lev gs, is 
 
 levia 
 
 Ab. 
 
 lev I 
 
 levi 
 
 lev ibus 
 
 lev ibus 
 
 \ 
 
 V. 
 
64 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 M. & F. 
 
 N.V. nieiiior 
 G. menioris 
 D. memori 
 Ac. meiiiorem 
 Ab. meinori 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Memor, mindful. Si. memori- 
 
 SlNGULAR. 
 
 NEUT. 
 
 memor memor es 
 
 menioris meinorum 
 
 memori memor ibus 
 
 memor memor es, is 
 
 memori memor ibus 
 
 / 
 
 V 
 
 151. An inspection of the tables shows : — 
 
 1. That the i of the stem is sometimes lost, and sometimes 
 clianged to e. It appears in the terminations 'an, is (ace. plur.), 
 i (abl. sing.), /«, and iu7n. 
 
 2. That the ablative singular has in some nouns J, in some c, 
 and in some l or e; in adjectives, always !. 
 
 3. That the genitive plural has iimi, and the nominative and 
 accusative plural neuter ia. Compare these endings with the nom- 
 inative and genitive plural of consonant stems (105, 134, 140). 
 
 4. Memor lias um in the genitive plural, masculine and feminine. 
 It has no neuter plural. Like memor decline vigil, watchful^ 
 which has neuter plural vigilia, vigilium, etc. 
 
 152. To stems in i belong: — 
 
 1. Nouns in is and es not increasing in the genitive.* 
 
 2. Neuters in e, al, and ar. 
 
 3. Adjectives of two terminations. 
 
 4. Adjectives of the third declension of three terminations. 
 
 153. Nouns in cs (gen. is) are declined like nubes. INIost 
 nouns in Is are declined like hostis. Canis, dog, has genitive 
 plural canum. 
 
 ^ 154. The principal nouns declined like turria are: clavis, 
 Icey ; navis, ship; puppis, stern of a ship; securis, axe. 
 
 Like Ignis are : amxils, river ; anguis, snake ; avis, bird ; 
 civiB, citizen ; claasiB, fleet ; collis, hill : finis, end; orhiB, circle ; 
 postis, post. Sitis, thii'st, has ace. in -im, abl. in -1 
 
 1 That is, having no more syllables than in the nominative. 
 
vl 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 ■\ 
 
 65 
 
 155. Adjectives declined like acer are called adjectives of 
 three teriiiiuations ; those declined like levis, adjectives of two 
 terminations; while those declined like vetus (141), audax and 
 prudens (164), are called adjectives of one termination. 
 
 1»^(>. Decline together riavis longa, s/i//; of icar\ vallis pro- 
 funda, <ltep vallej ; Alpes altae, A/V/// Alps. See 161. , 
 
 
 2. 
 
 157, Paradigm illustratmg apposition: — 
 
 N.V. Cicero consul, Cicero, the consul. 
 
 G. Ciceronis consulis, of Cicero, tlie consul. 
 
 D. Ciceroni consul!, to or for Cicero, the consul. 
 
 Ac. Ciceronem consulem, Cicero, tlie consul. 
 
 Ab. a Ciceroue consule, by Cicero, the consul. 
 
 158. Rule of Syntax. — An appositive is in the 
 same case as the noun or pronoun which it qualiiies. 
 
 i 
 
 159. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. In vfdlibus Alpium sunt fluvil piilchri. 2. Quae 
 (ichat) iinimfdia aquilani timent ? 3. Naves Galloruin erant 
 loiigae et altae. 4. Galli longas naves habebant. 5. Fui- 
 mus in navi alta. G. llobur tiium levl labore auirebitur. 
 7. Somnus liominibus volnptatem praebet. 8. Habentne 
 milites defessi cibum et aquam? 9. Homines cibum i«^nl 
 coquunt {cook). 10. Leones et elephant! sunt animalia fera. 
 
 II. 1. In the tower there were many men. 2. The towers 
 of the ships were high. 3. From the high tower we saw the 
 broad sea. 4. The broad sea was seen by men in the liigh 
 tower. 5. The flight of the horsemen was seen by brave 
 soldiers. G. Robbers fear a bra- 3 man. 7. A brave man 
 is feared by robbers. 8. On t' shore they built a tower 
 
 
 i 
 
 , 
 
I 
 
 66 
 
 THIKD DECLENSION. 
 
 for the king. 0. Numa, king of the Romans, changed the 
 number of the months. 10. The number of the months was 
 changed by Numa, a Roman king. 
 
 I I't*'.^ 
 
 I 
 
 3. 
 
 160. * EXERCISES. / 
 
 I. 1. Turrim altam videbant regis comites. 2. Corpora 
 hominum non nniiiil sunt mortfdia. 3. Capita aninialium 
 multcrum videbantur. 4. Acrl animo nfivem hitronum sub- 
 movent nautae. 5. Navis hitronum ab acribus nautis sub- 
 movetur. G. Vietoriam debenius turribus uostrls validls. 
 7. Multa animfdia sunt lovia et vigilia. 8. Ayiuno. non multa 
 genera in luTnls turrium anfupiariun ludnfniit. ' 9. Servi 
 Graecl flUos Romanorum nobihuni educilbant. 10. FTlii 
 Romanorum nobiliuin a servis Graecis saepc edn^fdjantur. 
 
 J I. 1. rolyi)liemus, son of Neptune, had a huge body. 
 2. Cyrus, the first king of tlie IVrisians, renjeu'lered all the 
 names of his soldiers. W. The names of all his soldiers were 
 remem])ered bv Cvrus, king of the Persians. -1. How manv 
 shi})s of the (lauls were driven olf ? lu The number of 
 Urcs in the town was great. j~ 
 
 \i\\ 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Alpf'R, -luin, r., /I//'."?. 
 avis, -l8i v., bird (154). 
 fortis, -0, mlj., hmve. 
 liu'lisls, -Is, M., munth, 
 niortalls, -o, adj.. uiminf. 
 iiilvis, -Is, I'm sIii'i> (154). 
 nobills, -e, adj., mtlilr. 
 oiiinis, -e, ndj.. all, cvcrii, 
 vallls (or-rs), -Is, r., ralltti. 
 vlj^ll, -Is, ndj., wntchf'.d. 
 
 anInuiR, -I, m., rnmr/, s^ouU 
 Sduco, I, 'n/i'n, iducate. 
 
 frriiR, -a, -«iu, adj., tn'Id. 
 fiijjra, -ao, v.,Jli<jlit. 
 p^ciiiis, -oris, N., kitid, race. 
 Iiabltn. 1, (hirll, iiihahit, 
 latru, -oiils, M., rohhrr. 
 lit IIS, -oris, N., ifhore. 
 iiiiiltltri<ir>, -Inls, K., multitude. 
 Noptuiiiis, -I, M., Nej>tune, god of 
 
 the sea. 
 iioHt<>r, -tra, -triiin, poas. adj., our, 
 
 t)uni. 
 Nufna,-ac, M.,M<rn<7,n Ronuui kin);. 
 IVrsac, -uruni, m., the Persians. 
 
w a mt um tBi - t tvMi m m m t im ' 
 
 M 
 
 :od the 
 lis was 
 
 COLLOQUIUM. 
 
 67 
 
 l*<)lyplitMnus, -i, m., Poly^thmus. 
 qiiot, adj. iiKk'cl., how vuinij? 
 robur, -oris, n., strength. 
 riiiua, -ae, v., rtitn. 
 
 siib-inoveo, 'J, -inovi, -iiiotiiin, 
 
 {move from beneath) remove, drive 
 men I/. 
 vito, 1, avoid, shun. 
 
 .L.-' 
 
 orpora 
 nrd ill III 
 n sub- 
 s sub- 
 alidTs. '' 
 inulta 
 Sorvi 
 . Filii 
 ur. 
 
 body. 
 
 11 the 
 
 were 
 
 mauv 
 
 LT of 
 
 102. 
 
 4. 
 
 COLLOQUIUM. 
 Fkatkk kt SoKouci la. 
 
 S, Nfirrfi niilii, fn'itcr, (k" PolyplK'nio ; (juls fult et ubi 
 
 I 1 • 1.-1 i. 'j where 
 
 habitabiit i 
 
 F. rolyphenius fllius Ncptuiii fuil et cuin fratribus in 
 rusiila iiabitabat. 
 
 jS. Fuitnc arator et agros arabat? 
 
 F. Mininie. Neqiie fuit arator ne(iue agrOh arabat Poly- 
 
 ncithir [iluu(;limun iiur 
 
 pliC'inus. 
 
 *S'. Nauta igltur sine diibio fuit, et niaria navibus 
 
 thenforu 
 
 lifivigabat. 
 
 F. Erravistr, nioa sororcula, Polypliemus fuit pastor atque 
 
 aiitl 
 
 niagnos oviuni gregea lia))el)at. Fuit autoui ingentis c'ori)()ria 
 
 nhcop inuri'ovi'r Im^c 
 
 ct unum tantum oculum hal)uit. Ulixes dolosus el finuni 
 
 niily crafty lorliim hiBonc 
 
 oculuin stTpite perforJlvit. 
 
 litako diiK out 
 
 iS. Khcu ! niiserriinuni rolypliOniuml 
 
 Oh dfurl poor 
 
 i 
 
 « 
 
 of 
 
 our. 
 
 i"R. ■ 
 
 ^ 
 
 1 
 
68 
 
 THtUD DECLENSION. 
 
 
 CHAPTER XXI. 1. 
 
 J 
 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION.;-/ 
 
 L 
 
 
 
 ]^XED StEMS^ -' 
 
 
 103. 
 
 
 PARADIGMS 
 
 • 
 
 
 Clieus, M. A F., 
 
 Urbs, !• ., 
 
 Arx, F., 
 
 
 
 client. 
 
 citij. 
 SiNGULAK. 
 
 citadeL 
 
 TliUMINATIONS. 
 
 N.V. 
 
 clieiis 
 
 uvl)S 
 
 arx 
 
 ■ 
 
 G. 
 
 client is 
 
 urhis 
 
 arc is 
 
 i» 
 
 D. 
 
 clientl 
 
 url)i 
 
 arci 
 
 I 
 
 Ac. 
 
 client era 
 
 ml > era 
 
 arc em 
 
 em 
 
 Al). 
 
 cliente 
 
 urb e 
 Pluual. 
 
 arc c 
 
 e 
 
 N.V. 
 
 client 5s 
 
 urb 6s 
 
 arc 6s 
 
 at 
 
 (i. 
 
 cli(Mitium 
 
 url)iura 
 
 arc ium 
 
 ium 
 
 1). 
 
 clientibvis 
 
 nrbibus 
 
 arcibus 
 
 ibus 
 
 Ac. 
 
 client 6s, Is 
 
 urb 63, Is 
 
 arc 6s, Is 
 
 €s, Is 
 
 Ab. 
 
 dientibua 
 
 uibibiis 
 
 arcibus 
 
 ibua 
 
 104. 
 
 !\l. & I'. 
 
 N.V. audjiK 
 0» audticis 
 0* au<lacl 
 As* audrieem 
 Ab. audm^T, e 
 
 N.V, au(liU'6s 
 G. audaeium 
 D. nudnclbus 
 Ao* PddacSs, la 
 Ab. f udue ibui 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 AudSx, bolil ; pr(id6ns, sngaciouii, 
 
 Sin<ji:lau. 
 
 NIM'T. 
 
 audiix 
 
 audiicis 
 audiU'I 
 aiidax 
 an due I, e 
 
 M. & K. 
 
 l)rudC'ns 
 priident is 
 prfi-lenl I 
 prudent em 
 prudcnti, e 
 
 Pmihal. 
 
 audaeia priident 6s 
 
 audileium 
 auducibns 
 i(U<1iieia 
 audiicibna 
 
 prudent ium 
 prudent ibua 
 prudent is, Is 
 prudent ib.ia 
 
 NKIJT. 
 
 priidf'ns 
 prudentia 
 jtrudentt 
 prudOns 
 prudenti, e 
 
 prudentia 
 ])rrident ium 
 prmlentibus 
 juudeiitia 
 [trudeiii ibus 
 
 /^ 
 
 ^ Utfuaily clutittc'd ai i items. Hce 100. 
 
THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 69 
 
 )a 
 
 inm 
 
 ibua 
 
 il>us 
 
 * 
 
 165. 
 
 
 Singula K. 
 ?.:. & V. WAX. 
 
 N.V. aiiuuis aiiiuns 
 
 %i amaiiiis aiiiaiitis 
 
 "%, aiiiaiiti aiiKinlT 
 
 Ac. aiiiantem atiiiius 
 
 Al>. aiiKinte, I anuiiite, I 
 
 pAK'ncirLE. 
 
 Amans, loving. 
 
 I'i.lUAL. 
 
 ainaiitSs 
 ainaniium 
 ainaiitibuB 
 amaiites. is 
 anianiibus 
 
 NKIIT. 
 
 ainaiitia 
 
 anuintium 
 
 amaiitibus 
 
 atiiaiitia 
 
 ainantibuB 
 
 1<»0. Xot(! in llio above taMos: — 
 
 1. That lli(» nouns arc dci luu'il in tho singular like consonant 
 steins (105, 134, 140), and iIk- adjectives also, except lliat, like 
 t st(Mns, tlicv liave an ablative in l. 
 
 2. Tiiat lli< i>linal of both nouns and adjectives is Hko tlnit of 
 
 i stems (149, 150). 
 X li>T. To the class of niixec] stems bolonurJ- 
 
 J 
 
 1. Noun.-, in m^ and rs. l>ut parens has th(j genitive plural 
 parentum. 
 
 2. Monosyllables in s and x followimx a consonant, to-jcther with 
 nix, nivis, sittir; nox, noctis, nhjld ; os, oasis, ioH<?; mils, m^ris, 
 
 <\. AdjiM^ives of one endini;, with some exceptions, of which fho 
 most important are: dives, rich; pauper, poor; particeps, 
 nharhuj; princeps, v/iirf; and Compounds of lunms that have 
 cousonnnt stems. These all have the geiiu've plural in m;». 
 
 4. Present active participles, 
 
 ii\H. UiLEs <w Gen'DKU. -1. Nonvis cndtnpr In 0, 
 or, OS, «"/', rs (j;"<*ii. Ttfis, Itis), arv lir.iSi'iiliiie* 
 
 Ihit nouns endini,^ in ih't and 70, of more than two Byllables> 
 together with abstract* and collective '•' nouns in iO, arc feminine. 
 
 2. Nouns <>ii(lin^ in as, r-s not, iniTCiisin^ In tlio 
 f;(Mih!v<% is, .r, niHl 9 l'oll<»\vin;; a consonant, aro 
 foniifiinr. 
 
 * Aliiitrnct iioinm nre anch ns 
 (Unote n. thmuiht riitliiT than ji 
 Uiiny: rutiOy vidhod. 
 
 ' rollcctive nouTiH nre such «« 
 in th<' Nin^Miliir iinjily 11 niMiilicr ttf 
 tliiugd or pcTfionB : IckIO, U-yion. 
 
 'i 
 
 ^'4 
 
 aU 
 
 -T 
 
 I 
 
 1.1 
 
 1, ) 
 
 V 
 
 wiwiwiMtw M wr m.'wu .w-*''^^-' 
 
70 
 
 THIKD DECLENSION. 
 
 M 
 
 3. Nouns oiMliiig- hi ?/, e, <t, i,', r, /, h, it at\ iii', 
 aii<l ««s, arc neuter. 
 
 There are many exceptio^is tu tl.L'So f lii^s, which the learner 
 
 should note as he advances. . » ; ■ 
 
 >,»^ > > ■ 
 
 KM), Decline tog(!ther fons profundus, deep spriny; hostia 
 audax, bold enemy ; magna pars, y real part. See 172. 
 
 2. 
 
 170. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. AlpC'S sunt luontes Kiiropao. 2. Saopo in lateribus 
 moiitium sunt silvao. o. IMultoruni ainniuni foutes sunt 
 parvl. 
 
 Uw, 
 
 1. In Al[)il)us suut..,regionGs pulclirae et sufives^" , 
 5. Sunt vallrs profundao, iTrf)^^altao, silvue mfignae. (>. Jbi^ * 
 nifignani vi(K''l»is nudtitudinem vulpium. 7. Acstato ovium ' 
 i *x greges vidontur. 8. ^llliteui fortLMU non terrobit porlcidum. 
 9. Miles fortis ])LMTeulr) nun terivbitur. 10. Omnes adule- 
 BceutC's erunt mllitds fortes. 
 
 11. 1. There are momitains in Kuropc. 2. On the sides 
 of the mountains are tall trees. 3. INIany rivcns have small 
 sources. 4. Parts of the Alps arc beautiful, o. The Alps 
 have deep valleys and high cliiVs. G. AV'ild beasts are seen 
 on the sides of the Al^ts. 7. There you will sec shepherds 
 and sheep. 8. IJrave soldiers do not fear dangers. [). 'J1io 
 fathers of the ,uung men are soldiers. 10. We lionor the 
 brave soldioi 
 
 a. 
 
 171. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. I . Quid vident hojuinrs in montibus altts? 2. A(piilani, 
 avem audaeeni, in rupibus vident. 3. Nonne in arboribua 
 ttltls habitat rex avium? 1. Certe, et parvTs avibua est ter- 
 ror maguus, nam inter aves regyat. 5. Acres sunt aquilarnm 
 oeulT ; loiige vident venatorem. (!. In marl classem hos- 
 tium videujus. 7. Classis navium a lalroidbus videbatur. 
 8. Magistur mOrfis bonus et diligentiam diseipulorum lauda- 
 
THiKD decle:nsion. 
 
 71 
 
 . i^''f 
 
 luarner 
 
 sides 
 
 SllUlll 
 
 Alps 
 soeii 
 
 lords 
 
 riio 
 
 the 
 
 am, 
 
 il)U3 
 
 •iim 
 
 n)S- 
 liir. 
 iilu- 
 
 !)it. 0, Mores l>oni et diligeiitia a inagistro JtvutiaiJimtur. 
 10. OiDiiis Giilliiir sunt partes t'-r-s (//» ,'•(,;). j ^^1 ,, 
 
 11. i. Men dwell iu Ibe dt?ep valleys oT tl-o nio>iii tains. 
 2. In summer they have lloeks on the moMuains. 'A. Why 
 do men call the eagle the klng^ of birds ? 4. Do not keen 
 hunters see the eagle from afar? ;'>. ' -ic enemy's shijis 
 })lough the deep sea. G. The rohl)ers saw tiie sliips v;ith great 
 terror.^ 7. Solon was the author of many good laws. 8. In 
 ancient states there were free men and slaves. U. The 
 memory of tlie wise Solon has been honored. 
 
 172. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 jululcscens, -ontis, m. .'v v., ijonlh, l;i(ns,-oris, \.,.s/V/c. Cf.!«itua, ^-/vH/r^ 
 
 llOHU(j VKin. 
 
 foils, font is, M., source, spring. 
 inoiiK, inuutis, m., mountdin. 
 pars, partis, r., jxirt. 
 sapiens, -eiitls, adj., wise. 
 
 Rinnis, -is, m., rircr (lo4). 
 arbor, -firls, v., tree. 
 aiiotor, -oris, m., author, 
 lJel/?a«', -aruiii- m., tlic BvJijiuus. 
 
 «'I):-siM, -is, V.,jli'<t (154). 
 
 <1ili^;('iitia, ao, v., fli/ii/iucc, 
 fora, -ao, v., xrild Uasl, 
 lioiioro, 1, fiimor. 
 hostls, -is, M. Sr. i\, enemy . 
 11)1, adv., there. 
 
 Ic'x, lejUfls, !••., iiiir. 
 
 loiisr', adv., njhr, at a distanec. 
 
 iiios, iiioris, M., manner, custom. 
 
 iiuiii, i'(»iij,,y«r. 
 
 Ovis, -is, r., shrrp. 
 
 pastor, -oris, m., shepherd. 
 
 periciiiiiiay -i, n., da ut/er, peril. 
 
 proriiiuiiis, -a, -niu, adj., deep. 
 
 rt'j»io, -onis, i., vjion. 
 
 re^no* 1, he I'lnr/, ndr, rflr/n. 
 
 rfipf'S -5s, !■.. ^rkfclijr. 
 
 silva. ■•>•'. v., >■ ■:Md,for< St. 
 
 SolO' on! ., M., Solon, un Atlicaian 
 
 lawgiver. 
 SUiivin, p, !i(lj., HU'ci I, pleasant. 
 
 venaior, oris, :vi., hunter. 
 Iut<»r, \n'v]).\\,iivr.,hetwe'n,amon(]. vulpt;s, -l», i\, fox. 
 
 aiiinis, a lan/e, deep rirer ; not the conunnn prose word for river, 
 liriinon (2().'J), jfcncriil word for river; fiuoimj, hh opposed to stili 
 
 vater, «i< u lake or p(»iid. 
 fluviuR (84), lint (HlTcrint fnmi tlOiii(>ii., \m\ jimeh loss uncd. 
 
 hostiu, jrcniral word for enem;/: a puhlie encni}/, enemit in war. 
 InlniieuH (78), n private nr ptrsnt, il enem<; ; opposi-d to niiiI<'U8. 
 
 1 ]|'n.'dicatu uccuaative. 
 
 '-' tii'x 144, 145. 
 
 
 \ 
 
 e 
 
ii 
 
 u^ :j^ r'Jir\R^ '\r^ . vi 
 
 72 
 
 THlllD DECLENSION. 
 
 COLLOQUIUM. 
 1 7.3. Trandate into I j it In : — 
 
 Fatiikr and Son. 
 
 F. Tell me {jnihi) uhout Solon, if you ploiisc (^st phicet), 
 
 JS, Solon was a wise AtliLMjiau (^Athenieyi.sLs)] his {<'jns) 
 laws were famous, and his luemorv will always be houoicd. 
 He was tlie friLMid of poor men {pavjH'nini), He saw many 
 lands and many men. He did not fear Pisistratus the 
 usurper {tyroDnum), 
 
 F. Was Miltiades also {fptoqvc) an Athenian ? 
 
 S. Certainly ; he overcame the l'i>rsians {Perms) in the 
 battle of Marathon.^ He was a brave and skilful leader. 
 He had a brave sou. 
 
 
 -^"H^c 
 
 w 
 
 -^ CHAPTER XXII. 1. 
 
 KKVIKW. 
 
 174. DooliiJ togothor glaclins acer, dinrp sirord ; consiliiim 
 utile, usi'/'iil rouuscl ; aquila celeris, t^irij'l cdijle; animal vglox, 
 jtt'et anivuil. See 179. 
 
 175. Kxaniplos of tho locative caso hi Mio third declonsion are: 
 CarLhafjinl, ci- Caithagiae, at Carlli<i;je , n"nl, in the country. 
 
 17<i. AjJLc the jH'ojwr terminations to the luljedives in the 
 following^ (ind tran,sh(te: — 
 
 1. Kquo celer-, e(iuoruni veloo-',' VquTs veloc-. 2. Tuelia 
 trTst-, puellae lrIs(-» iiuellani trlst-, puelhTrum prfKlent-u" 
 Ji. (JhidiTs fuT-, i^hidios aer-, gladium acr-. 1. Libro util-, 
 libroruni util-, libruni util-. ft. Donum util-, douu util-,*^ 
 doni util-. (). Scrvl lidel-, servo fidel-. servos (Idel-, scrvls 
 lidel-'. 'J 
 
 ' Of Mavatlion, i>l«ti'Htli4>iiiuHj -ii, -uiii. 
 
 
 
THIKI) DECLENSION. 
 
 78 
 
 177. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. l-'qui sunt CL'lcrC's. 2. ]'rocliiiiu oquestro fuit. 
 3. Vii'i fortes hiudaiitiir. 1. A'iruin forteiii laiulfiiniis. 
 5. Oiime iiiitiiiiii est dillicile. (!. lU'lhi sunt trTsilii. 7. Con- 
 siliuin (luci.s iiudfix luit. .S. \'etiis vTuiun est boiuiin. 
 i). Acris et vC'lOx est Ji(j[uilii. 10. jNIuIta juiinifilhi vltus 
 breves hiibent. 
 
 II. 1. Tli(! soldiers hav'o keen weapons. 2. I Ikivg a 
 swill liorsc. ^. We pniisc ])rm-e men. -I. Do you like 
 sweet food? a. Tlie lessons are not hard. 0. The plans of 
 the commander are sagacious. 7. Life is short. N. There 
 are swift ('a<jjles in the mountains. 9. Tiie king has bold 
 sailors. 10. The wings of the swift eagle are long. 
 
 2. 
 
 178. EXERCISES. 
 
 Write out the whole of 177. 1, in Latin, changing singulars 
 to plural^ an<l plurals to singulars. Thus, •! will l)e viroa 
 fortes laudo. 
 
 Turn II. into Latin, first changing thi; sentences as 
 directed above in regard to I. 
 
 ! i 
 
 |] 
 
 ITO. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 acor, iiorls, aens !i<lj., sharp, rof/rr. 
 
 brevis, -e, adj., shmf. 
 
 rv\vv, iM'h'rls, erh'rc, mlj., qH'ic.h, 
 
 Jht't, sirij). 
 dfmcins, -P, julj.. <1!fiv'*. hard. 
 rqnostJT, -tris, -tre, a<lj., »<iusft' 
 
 Irian. 
 
 lidf lis, -o, !ny].,J(tilfiJ'i(i. 
 initiuiii, -i, N., ln'jinning, 
 teliiin, -i, N., uiftpon. 
 triHtiH, -e, adj., sad. 
 lit His, -o, adj., HHf/uL 
 vr'lox, -oris, adj., sn'li}, fleet 
 vita, -a<', r., H/f. 
 
 t'Hor, (fuirl-, with tlif added iiotiun of mi/eniess or eneryy. 
 veldz» mii/ly somi'litu»\«« implying niiiifih'nfss. 
 

 1 
 
 \'k 
 
 ^ 
 
 74 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 
 CHAPTER XXIII. 
 THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 J 80. E -Verbs. 
 
 Rego (stem rege), rule. 
 PuiNCiPAL Tauts: rego, regSre, rexl.i rectum.^ 
 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 
 A.CTIVE. 
 
 Pkesent. 
 
 PASSIVE. 
 
 rule, etc. 
 
 
 / am ruled, etc. 
 
 regimus 
 
 reg or 
 
 reg imur 
 
 reg itis 
 
 reg eris, 
 
 or -re regimini 
 
 reg unt 
 
 reg itur 
 
 reg untur 
 
 rego 
 regis 
 reg it 
 
 / was ruling, etc. 
 reggbam regebamus 
 reg§b5s regebatis 
 
 reg 6bat reg gbant 
 
 Imi'Ekfect. 
 
 / was ruletl, etc. 
 
 reg ebar reg ebamur 
 
 regebaris, o;-re rcgebamini 
 
 regebatur regebantur 
 
 
 Future. 
 
 / shall rule, etc. 
 
 
 / shall he ruled, etc. 
 
 reg am reg emus 
 
 
 reg ar reg Smur 
 
 reg Ss reg etis 
 
 
 reg Sris, or -re reg emini 
 
 reg at reg ent 
 
 
 reg etur reg entur 
 
 
 Peui 
 
 'ECT. 
 
 I have ruled, etc. 
 
 
 / have been ruled, etc. 
 
 rexl rcximus 
 
 
 / sum { sumuB 
 rectus J es recti ^estia 
 ( est ( sunt 
 
 rexisti rexistis 
 
 
 rex it rex §r unt, or 
 
 -re 
 
 PLUrEUFECT. 
 
 / had ruled, etc. I had been ruled, etc. 
 
 rcxeram rexeramus reram /^erSmus 
 
 rexerSs rex erStis rCctus-^erRs recti ^eratis 
 
 rexerat rexerant ( erat (erant 
 
 1 Rexl for reg-si. See p. 1, note 2. ^ Rectum for reg-tum. 
 
THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 
 75 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 PASSIVE. 
 
 FUTUKK rEKFECT. 
 
 / shall have ruled, etc. I shall have been ruled, etc. 
 
 rexero rcxerinius rero ^erimus 
 
 rC'xeritis rectus-jeris recti -| eritis 
 
 rcxerint (erit " (erunt 
 
 rex ens 
 rex erit 
 
 regain 
 reg as 
 reg at 
 
 regercm 
 rog eres 
 reg eret 
 
 rexerim 
 rexeris 
 rex erit 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE.* 
 Present. 
 
 reg amus 
 rog atis 
 reg ant 
 
 reg eremiis 
 regeretis 
 reg erent 
 
 rexerimiis 
 rexeritis 
 rex eriiit 
 
 reg ar 
 
 reg aris, or -re 
 reg atur 
 
 Impeufect. 
 
 reg erer 
 
 reg 5mur 
 reg amini 
 reg antur 
 
 reg eremur 
 
 reg ereris, or -re reg eremiiu 
 
 reg eretur 
 
 Peufect. 
 
 rsim 
 
 rect us -j SIS 
 (sit 
 
 reg ereutur 
 
 r sImuB 
 recti -^^ sitia 
 (sint 
 
 I 
 
 i i 
 
 C 1 
 
 rexissem 
 rexissgs 
 rex isset 
 
 PLUrEUFECT. 
 
 rex issemus r^ essem 
 
 rexissetis rect us -| esseia 
 
 rex issent ( csset 
 
 recti -] 
 
 essemuB 
 -. essStis 
 ( essent 
 
 rege, rtile thou. 
 regite, rule ye. 
 
 regito, thou shall rule. 
 regito, he shall rule. 
 rogitOte, ye shall rule. 
 reguntS, they shall rule. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 Present. 
 
 reg ere, he thou ruled, 
 reg imini, be ye ruled. 
 
 Future. 
 
 regitor, thou shalt he ruled. 
 regitor, he shall he ruled. 
 
 reguntor, they shall he ruled. 
 
 
 1 See p. 26, note. 
 
76 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 ACTIVE. PASSIVE. 
 
 Pres. revere, to rule. regi, to he ruled. 
 
 Perf. rexisse, to have ruled. ]'ectus esse, io Juice been ruled. 
 
 FuT. recturus esse, to be about rectum Iri, to he about to be ruled . 
 
 to rule. 
 
 PARTICIPLE. 
 Pres. rcgens, -entis, ruliii;/. 
 
 FuT. recturus, -a, -um, about Geu. reg ei^diis, -a, -um, to be 
 
 to rule. 
 
 G. regendi, ofridiiH/. 
 D. rei^ end o, /or ml in;/. 
 Ac. rogendum, ruinKj. 
 Ab. regendo, bij rulbuj. 
 
 Ac. reel um, to rule. 
 
 ruled. 
 Peuf. rectus, -a, -um, having been 
 ruled. 
 
 GERUND. S''*r)p(i . 
 
 SUPINE. 
 
 Ab. rectu, to rule, to be ruled. 
 
 ■ooJAKoo- 
 
 .M 
 
 CHAPTER XXIV. 1. 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 
 181. Loarn the present, imperfect, and future indicative, and 
 present imperative and infinitive, active and passive, of rego. 
 
 182. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Rogitis, rogr!l)ritis, regetis. 2. Rcgitur, rcgclmtur, 
 regetur. 3. Rego, rcgehani, rt'gani. 4. Rcgiintur, rcgil- 
 bantur, rcgontnr. 5. RegcM'c, rogi. 0. Regite, regero. 
 7. Regis, regeris. 8. Reginuis, regimur. 0. Regit, regitur. 
 10. Rcgitis, reginiini. 
 
 " IT. 1. Tie rules, he was ruling, lie will rule. 2. To be 
 ruled, to rule. 3. They rule, they were ruling, they will 
 
THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 
 77 
 
 rule. 4. Wc rule, we are ruled. 5. "\Vo sliall rule, we slmll 
 be ruled. G. You ure rulinijr, vou wore rulinjjr, vou will rule. 
 7. Rule (Ihon), be (tliou) ruled. 8. lie is rulini;-, lie is 
 ruled. 1). Tliev ruled, they were ruled. 10. 1 rule, 1 ruled, 
 I shall rule. 
 
 2. 
 183. EXERCISES. 
 
 Bcilbo,^ icrile; mitto,^ soul : emo,^ bur/. 
 
 I. 1. Scrlbis, inittis, eniis. 2. Mittitnr, serlbitur, eniitur. 
 
 3. Noune mittebfis ? uoune scribebant ^ tionne emebani ? 
 
 4. Scribetur, niittebantur, cuienti'r. 5. INIitte, scrlbite, 
 euiite. 0. Euiere, scribere, niitteie. 7. Non inittuut, nun 
 scribitis. non emet. 8. Scrlbaiinie? euinntne? uiiltiuiusnc? 
 1). INlilleris, mitteris, scribetur. 10. Scribi, inittT, eniT. 
 
 II. 1. lie writes, he is sent, tliey buy. 2. Is it written ? 
 does he send? are they bouirht? 3. 1 shall buy, thou wilt 
 send, he will write. 4. It will not be written, we shall not 
 be sent, thou wilt not be bought. 5. To write, to send, to 
 buv. ' G. Write, send, buv. 7. We are sent, thev were 
 bought, it is (beinsf) written. 8, Tliey write, they will ])uy, 
 they were sendin<j;. 'J. 1 was writing, we were sending, 
 I shall l)uy. 10. You are sent, it was (being) written, they 
 
 are bought. 
 
 184. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. lm])erator multas urbes vincet. 2. IMultac terrae 
 ftb RonianTs regeliantur. 3. Omneni niunduni regit Deus. 
 4 Dux Ivomanus ex Graeeifi in Itnliani portiibat nuillaa 
 fetatuas. f). Virl fortes tinidre nun vincuntur. G. lYibiilum 
 niUitibus^ emetur. 7. Hannibal nilUtes trans Alpes ducebat. 
 
 1 For principal parts, see 180. 
 
 t* What would by the mtauiug of u inllitibus 1 
 
 •I 
 
 — ■ 1 
 
 E 1 
 
^F 
 
 V2 
 
 /a 
 
 o 
 
 el 
 
 
 d^. 
 
 //a 
 
 &. 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 K Ui 12.2 
 
 Slit ™— 
 S us 1120 
 
 1.8 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 / 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 €^ W 
 
 :P.r 
 
 
 1.25 1.4 
 
 1.6 
 
 
 ^ 6" — 
 
 
 ► 
 
 
 33 WIST MAIN STRUT 
 
 WIBSTIR.NY MSaO 
 
 (716) l7]-4}03 
 
 
'/ 
 
 o 
 
 ^ 
 
 4r 
 
 c> « 
 
 
 t-^^ 
 
 f/u 
 
 (/. 
 
 \ 
 
 i^ 
 
 c 
 
 V 
 
 *» 
 
 * 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^** 
 
 o^" 
 
 %- 
 
78 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATIO!!^. 
 
 8. Trfms fluvium erat parva urbs. 9. Urbs a cTvibus defen- 
 debatur. 10. Nautae, e navi descondite. 
 
 II. 1. The coiniiiandcr writes a letter. 2. Letters are 
 written b}' the commander. 3. Hannibal was leading his 
 soldiers into Italy. 4. The citizens are defended bv their^ 
 leaders. 5. Caisar conquered all his enemies. 6. Rome will 
 be defended by the citizens. 7. Drive the sheep into the 
 fields. 8. There are many robbers in the city. 0. Near the 
 town is a broad valley. 10, Come down out of the tower. 
 
 185. 
 
 3. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Omnis mundns ti Deo regitur. 2. PuerTs li!)ros 
 emam. 3. Defensores oppidi a, Caesari« ijiilitibus vincentur. 
 4. In Africa scrvi emuntur. 5. Iliemo multa animulia in 
 valles descenduut. 6. Agricolae in urbem oves agent. 
 7. Omnes canes ex urbe agenuis. 8. F.pistulam do b"llf> 
 Bcribebam. 9. Tuer epistulam de pensTs scrlbebat. 10.J*oeta 
 bonus poemata bona scrlbet. ^^. 
 
 II. 1. The king's brothers send soldiers into Greece. 
 2. I will send my brother's son into Africa. 3. You will 
 be sent into Sicily. 4. Send men across tiie river. 5. The 
 city was d'ftnded with" great bravery by all the citizens. 
 6. Pyrrhus led m.'uiv men across the sea into Italy. 7. In' 
 winter many animals are overcome by huny;er. 8. The 
 farmers are buyhig food for their sheep. 9. Strong men 
 were driving the white horses into the river. 10. Tiie good 
 shepherd leads his sheep. 
 
 J St'o 100. 
 
 * Is it newfisnry to translate 
 with by (Miin ? See examples and 
 rule, 144. 145. 
 
 " Is hi to be separately expressed 
 in Latin? See fifth sentenee above, 
 and examples and rule, 135,130. 
 
 s 
 
 ,^. 
 
 '\' 
 

 \ 
 V" 
 
 V. 
 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 
 79 
 
 r 186. VOCABULARY. 
 
 ai;6, ?>, ?«;!, jiotiim, drive, had. Caesar, -flrls, m., Cusar. 
 
 <le-fen<lo, •>, -di, -sum, dv/md. oanis, -is, m, & r,, dwj. (lo.'5.) 
 
 <le-8oeu(lo, 3, -di, -sum, descend, oivis, -is, ai. & f., citizen. 
 
 fj down, rome doirn. Ov, prop. w. abl,, cowerniwj, (diuut. 
 
 duoo, 3, duxi, ductum, lead. epistula, -ao, r., letter. 
 
 euio, 3, emi, emptum, buij. fames, -is, r., Inivjer, famine. 
 
 niitto, 3, inisi, missum, send. litems, li](>mis, v., irinfer, 
 
 seribo, 3, seripsi, seriptum, latro, -onis, m., rohlicr. 
 
 icritc. mundus, -i, M., irnrld, universe. 
 
 sumo, 3, siimpsl, sumptum,/(j^«'. prope, prrp. w. jicc, near. 
 
 viucO, 3, vici, vietuui, cmKpur. traus, prep. w. aec, across, bei/ond. 
 
 "** supero (102), to hare the upper hand, surpass, conquer. 
 
 vlueo, to (jet the mastery, ran'jitish, co)ifjiter. 
 V What difference do you make out from a eoinjnirisou of th« 
 
 meanings 1 
 
 187. 
 
 4. 
 
 COLLOQUIUM. 
 ClIAUON KT MeUCIUIUS. 
 
 A -: 
 
 r , 
 
 \ 
 
 Ch. SiilvC', O Mcrcurl ! 
 
 hail 
 
 M. Et tu, siilve, portitor. 
 
 fiTiyiniin 
 
 Ch. IMorcurT. ducisue liodie multoa infinC'S? 
 
 HOIlU 
 
 M. IlodiG mrinluin dfico nuiiuMuiii mfiiinum. 
 
 Trlstc est 
 
 Bail 
 
 ofnoliim iiuMim. Itluicji tibi ])r()riil diihio ndta cat atciuc I'lixes. 
 
 duty witlidut iloiilit known 
 
 Ch. Krcte dTxistT. Itlmcii est insula inter (inu'ciiun ct 
 
 you liavi' said 
 
 Italian! witii ; et niilii notus est mixes, niim ipso dlini liuo 
 
 flituutud LiniHclf fonncrly hither 
 
 vr'nit. 
 
 cuniu 
 
 M. Jam ns])iro niflnPs pron^ruin et servorum TnfTddrnm. 
 
 now Hc*) clili'fH unfailliful 
 
 III omnes ab I'lixe neealT sunt. 
 
 tbcBO 
 
 Cfi. Istud mihi plaeet. Maniis in cyniba transveljara. 
 
 ttiiit bout carry over 
 
 Valfi, MereuiT. 
 
 M, Kt tu vale, CharOn. 
 
 , yy 
 
 V 
 
80 
 
 TH III!) C(.)NJU(;AT10N. 
 
 188, FOR TRANSLATION.! 
 
 PUHLIUS CoUN'ELIlS SciPlO. 
 
 Publiiis Cornelius Seipio iiuTjor," atlulGscc'ns'' soptcndccim 
 annorum, ad Tlclnuiii fluinoii piitrem vuliieifitum scrvfivit. 
 In pugna Cannensi fortiter dlmicfivit. Postetl Ciirtlifigiuera 
 Novum, urbeui in Ilispfinifi roenorum finnissimam eypug- 
 navit. ObsidGs IIis[)riiiorum benlgne tractfivit ct llbertate 
 donavit."* Non minus folicitor Seipio in Africa bcllavit ibique 
 Poenos ita ursit^ at IIamii])alom ex Italia revocarent/' Ad 
 Zamam Scipionis ct Ilannibalis exercitus^ castra ha})ucrunt ; 
 clarum est illud colloquium, quod IIannil)al, dux Poenoruni, 
 ct ScTpio, consul Romanus, ante pugnam babucrunt. Pocni 
 a ScTpione supcrati fugatujuo sunt. S('T[)io triuinphum 
 magnificum ex Africa rcportilvit ct a populo Afncuuus 
 appellatus est. 
 
 CHAPTER XXV. 1. 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 
 180. Learn the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect indica- 
 tive, and perfect iniiniiive, active and passive, of rego. 
 
 190. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Rexit, rexorat, rexerit. 2. Rexerunt, rexorant, 
 rexerint. 3. Roxissc, rectus esse. 4. Rectum est, rectum 
 erat, rectum erit. i"). RexistT, rexeras, rexeris. G. Reximus, 
 
 ^ For nicttiun{,'s of words, rw '"' From iirspo ; Ita iirsit, 
 
 general vocabulary. j^rnscd them so hdnl. 
 
 ^ The elder. '"' Ut . . . revucarenty that thii/ 
 
 " When a youth. nr (tiled . 
 
 * Presented them with their liherty ' Nom. plur., fiu})ject of hubiiu* 
 
 = tet them free. runt. 
 
THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 
 81 
 
 recti sumus. 7. Kexistis, recti estis. 8. Kexl, rexerain, 
 rexerO. 9. Rexerant, recti eruut. 10. Recta est, recta 
 erat, recta erit. 
 
 II. 1. I have ruled, I liati ruled, I shall have ruled. 
 
 2. I have ruled, I have been ruled, o. They liave ruled, 
 they have l)eeu ruled. 4. You ruled, you had ruled, you 
 will have ruled. 5. He will have ruled, he will have been 
 ruled. C. To have been ruled, to have ruled. 7. Tiiey had 
 ruled, ihcv had been ruled. 8. She has ruled, she has been 
 ruled, t). It was ruled, it had been ruled, it will have been 
 ruled. 10. They {neut.) were ruled, they had been ruled, 
 they will have been ruled. 
 
 2. 
 101. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Duxit, emerlt, sriui[)scrit. 2. Kniit,' duxistl, sumpsT. 
 
 3. Sumptus est, ductae sumus, eui[)ta sunt. 4. Kratne 
 ductus? erantne emptae? eratnc sumptuni ? 5. Duxcrinms, 
 siluipseritis, emeriut. fi. Xoune duxinuis ? iiouue euiera,- 
 mus ? noune emerinius? 7. DuxistI, euierunt, sumpsimus. 
 8. Duetaest, eniptuni est, silmpta erat. D. Duxisse, eniisse, 
 sumpsisse. ^'h NOn duxeram, uon emerijitis, nOn sumpsero. 
 
 71. 1. She had been led, it has been l)ought, they (neut.) 
 will have been taken. 2. I have taken, you have bought, 
 he lias hd. o. Has it not been taken? had he not been 
 led? have they {n(>ii(.) not been bought? 4. I had led, 
 vou had bouL!:lit, he had taken. 5. Thev will have 
 taken, I shau have led, thou wilt have bought. 0. I was 
 led, it was bought, it had been taken. 7. To have been led, 
 to have been bought, to have been taken. 8. We shall have 
 taken, I shall liave bought, he will have led. 0. Did he 
 take ? didst thou buy ? did you lead ? 10. They did not 
 lead, you had not bought, she will not have taken. 
 
 ^ lluw do you know wht'lhcr this form iet prcsLiit or perfect ' 
 
 111 
 
 tl '1 
 
 4 
 
/ ^ L o.^k 
 
 82 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 
 '■\,-< 
 
 l-^^ 
 
 Cp. 
 
 192. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Hostes vicimus. 2. Hostes territi victique sunt. 
 3. Horatius oculum in proclio amlserat. 4. O patria, vicisti •^ 
 iram meam. b, ScTpio in Hispaniani missus est. C. Spar- 
 tacus, dux gladiator um, cousulGs Komanos vicit. 7. Gallia 
 inter ryreuaeos montes et Illieuum posita est.^ 8. Metellus 
 bellum in Hispania gessit. 9. Quid times? Caesarem vehis. 
 10. Bellum a Pyrrho in Italia gestum est. 11. A Spartaco, 
 duce gladiatorum, consules Roman! victi sunt. 
 
 II. 1. Have you lost 3'our books? 2. My brother will saiP 
 in a s.-uill ship. 3. Do men live in trees? 4. Neptune 
 ruled (over) the deep sea. 5. A river flows out of tLe 
 mountain. G. The girl's head was encircled with flowers. 
 7. War has been waged in Ital}-. 8. A lazy boy is often 
 despised. 9. The ancient Romans did not despise war. 
 10. The king had surrounded the city with walls. 11. Did 
 not Pyrrhus, king of Epirus, wage war in Italy? 
 
 a 
 
 193. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Aves multae in arboribus vivunt. 2. Vir! fortes 
 urbem templaque deorum defenderunt. 3. Dux trans mare 
 in navi vectus est. 4. Tyranni a virls fortibus contempt! 
 sunt. 5. Ponitc pedes in rupem. 6. Virgo a templo tracta 
 erat. 7. Hannibal a Sc!pione v!ctus est. 8. Caesar milites 
 in cquos posuit. 9. Oi)i)idum muro alto cinctum erat. 
 10. Oppidan! oppiduui muro alto cinxeruut. 11. Inter 
 montem et oppidnm fluebat fluvius latus. 12. Bellum in 
 Hispania a Metello imperatore Romano gestum est. 
 
 IT. 1. A large fleet was bought with gold by Cnesar. 
 2. The gonerars daughter had been carried in a wagon. 
 
 f\k \ 
 
 Posltti est, IS situated. ^ Future passive of voho. 
 
 t 
 
 ^ 
 
_ c^i^ 
 
 I: 
 
 sunt. • / 
 vlcisti lc■^A , 
 
 Spar- 
 Gallia 
 etellus 
 veins, 
 irtaco, 
 
 11 sail 2 
 ?ptune 
 3f tLe 
 3wers. 
 often 
 I war. 
 . Did 
 
 fortes 
 mare 
 empti 
 tracta 
 iilites 
 erat. 
 Inter 
 m in 
 
 t 
 
 lesar. 
 igon. 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 
 83 
 
 3 1 The commander had carried ou war against bis enemies. 
 4. All the property^ of the enemy has been lost. 5. Many 
 men live by agriculture. G. We went awa}' fr<. m Italy to^ 
 Sicily. 7. My brotlier has departed from his native land. 
 8. Have they lost their books? 9. Have not men always 
 despised tyrants? 10. The boys rode on horseback^ with 
 great pleasure.^ 11. The farmer's cart is drawn by strong 
 liorsc" 12. Mv books have been lost. 
 
 ^ 
 
 104. 
 
 : ^ 
 
 c .J 
 
 ^ ■> 
 
 i ! ■C^-<^'^^-'^ > 
 
 "^./tl '.- 
 
 (. 
 
 f<^t£ t..~^. 
 
 Utr 
 
 ^S!^ 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 n-initto, .'>, -inisi, -iiiissuin, lose. 
 
 I'iujio, "5, t'iuxi, oiiictiiiu, bind, en- 
 circle, surround. 
 
 con-teiuno, o, -toinnsi, -teniptum, 
 di'sinne. 
 
 dls-cedo, 8, oess!, -cessiun, depart. 
 
 lluo, .3, fluxi, iliixuin, Jlow. 
 
 gero, 3, gessi, gestuin, carry ou, 
 war/e (irar). 
 
 pono, .\i>o8ui, positum, put, place. 
 
 traho, ^\^i,^'^tuin, dra(/, draio. 
 
 vcho, ;), vcxi, vcotiiiii, carry, draw. 
 
 vivo, .'], vixi, victum, live. 
 
 (jiallia, -uo, f., Gaid. 
 gladiJitor, -oris, m., gladiator 
 Ilispauia, ue, f., Spain. 
 llomtius, -i, M., Iloratius. (79.) 
 Metelliis, -i, m., MeteUus,vi Roman 
 
 geiierul. 
 patria, -ao, v., native land. 
 Pyrenaeiis, -a, -uui, adj., Pyre- 
 
 nean, Pyrenees. 
 -que (onclitic),'* conj., and. 
 Rheiiiis, -i, M., the Rhine. 
 Scipio, -oiils, M., Scipio, a I'oman 
 
 gencrivl. 
 Sparta<'ii8, -i, m., Spartacus, a 
 coiitrn, pri'p. w. a(.'';., against, y. ffladiator 
 
 carriiH, -i, m., cart^ wayon.X' vlrgo, -inls, v., maiden, girl, 
 
 habito (101), trans, and intrans., live, in the sense of dwell, inhabit, 
 
 with rcftTL-nco to i)hu'(.'. 
 vivo, intrans., have life, live, ofton with reference to some conditipn 
 
 or circnnistanee other tlian place. 
 
 viAr" 
 
 t 
 t 
 
 Tr- 
 
 1 Cnnds. See 117. 
 
 2 Into. See 52. 
 
 8 Hide on hor8<)l)>ick = he car- ns in 102. I. 2. 
 tied on a hona. 
 
 * See 14K. 
 
 • I.e., appended to •omo word. 
 
 I' 
 
84 
 
 COLLOQUIUM. 
 
 / 
 
 195. 
 
 4. 
 
 COLLOQUIUM. 
 Praecf,ptok et Discipulus. 
 
 p. Quis fuit Hannibal ? Fuit Romfmus an Cartliaginiensis ? 
 
 ^.arlliagiuiuQ 
 
 D. Fuit Carthaginiensis et a Sclpi ae victus est. 
 P. Ubi fuit Hannibalis patria? 
 
 where 
 
 D. Carthago, Hannibalis patria, fuit in Africa. 
 P. Cur fuit ? cur non est in Africa? 
 
 why 
 
 D. Quia Carthago a ScTpionij deleta est. 
 
 was destroyed 
 
 P. Qnot nomina erant ScTpionl? 
 
 how many 
 
 D. Tria ScTpioni erant nomina, Publius Cornelius Scipio. 
 
 three 
 
 P. liecte, ml puer, praenomen Publius; Cornelius nomen 
 
 first name 
 
 gentile ; Scipio cognomen. 
 
 family cog'iomen 
 
 D. Nonne interdum appellatus est Scipio Africdnus ? 
 
 Bomotimes was called 
 
 P. Certissime. Hoc autera noinen dicebant Roman! 
 
 this moreover 
 
 cognomen secundum. 
 
 -<>oJ<Xoo- 
 
 CHAPTER XXVI. 1. 
 
 REVIEW. 
 196. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Defendite, cTves, civitatem. 2. Civitas est mater 
 nostra. 3. Cives sunt fratres nostri. 4. Pueri, fratres 
 amate. 5. Ornate, elves, urbem monumentis statulsque. 
 6. Urbes pulchrae in Italia videntur. 7. Ilabitasne in urbe 
 pulchr' ? 8. Urbs Roma^ muro cincta est. 9. Roina a cTvibus 
 cum fortitiidine defensa est. 10. IMTlites Roman! erant fortes. 
 
 > 
 
 a 
 
 1 See 157. 158. 
 
 •<, 
 

 !nsis r 
 
 ?ipio. 
 3men 
 
 mam 
 
 later 
 
 Itres 
 que. 
 Lirbe 
 ibus 
 'ted, 
 — --^ 
 
 REVIEW. 
 
 85 
 
 II. 1. The citizens are defenders of the state. 2. Roman 
 mothers furnished brave heroes for the state. 3. Do you 
 write letters to your brothers ? 4. From^ springs in the 
 mountains the rivers flow. 5. The city will be adorned with 
 golden^ statues. G. In Greece we do"^ not see many beautiful 
 cities. 7. The city is defended by watchful guards. 8. A 
 high wall encircles the farmer's field. 9. AVe shall remain 
 near C'lesar's camp. 10. We teach our children by means 
 of stories.'* ..»^— - 
 
 2. 
 
 197. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Consules a Pvrrho victi sunt. 2. Urbs a consulibus 
 defendetur. 3. Filii regis audacis sunt cTvitatis defenso- 
 res. 4. Clamoribus mllitum nostrorum territi sunt liostes. 
 5. Milites in urbe nostra non saepe vicjemus. G. In monti- 
 bus et silvls vivunt apri. 7. Mall'' poenae timore coercentur. 
 
 8. Legibus patriae omnes*' coercemur. 9. Fluvius oppidum 
 cingit. 10. Mores mail ab homiuibus bonis contt nmuntur. 
 
 II. 1. Who defeated the Roman consuls? 2. The consul 
 was besieging a city of Spain. 3. We all have seen the 
 pleasant light of the moon. 4. The sad maidens were sitting 
 near a deep river. 5. The maidens were weeping because 
 thev had lost their flowers. G. The boars are descendini? 
 headlong into the sea. 7. Soldiers are not often seen in our 
 streets. 8. The ancient city of Rome'' was ruled by kings. 
 
 9. The shepherd's son will weep if he loses (shall have lost) 
 a sheep. 10. The teacher was teaching his pupils^ the 
 poems of Ilomer. ,,;,.. 
 
 4 
 
 u-J '4 
 
 1 e rather tlia.i a. 
 *' See p. 07, note 1. 
 8 Sec ]). 14, note 1. 
 4 See 90 and 1)1. 
 ^ See 117. 
 
 " Omnes agrees with the under- 
 stood subjvet of coercemur. 
 
 "^ TJie vitij of Rome — the city 
 lioiiu: See l.^>7, 158. 
 
 ^ Accusative. See p. 54, note 2. 
 
 ^ 
 
 \ 
 
 i 
 
 
i 
 
 t -+ - 
 
 V 
 
 86 
 
 IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES. 
 
 k 
 
 198. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 fabulay -ac, f., story, tale, fable. ornnis, -e, adj., all, every, whole. 
 frater, -tris, m., brother. praeccps, -cipitis, adj., headlong. 
 
 mater, -tris, f., mother, tristis, -e, adj., sad, gloomy. 
 
 X 
 
 3. 
 
 Vf 
 
 199. 
 
 ..J 
 
 y ' A;^^ 0\tM,v» 
 
 FOR TRANSLATION.* 
 Proserpina. 
 
 Proserpina, Cereris filia, aliquando in Sicilia. ad urbem 
 Ilcnnam in campis llores carpGbat, scrta nectebat hldebatque 
 cum comitibus. Najn campi ibi floribus pulchrls sparsi^ 
 sunt. Subito terra concussa^ est atque Pluto, luferorum 
 deiis, e terra emersit;* ejus currum equi atrl vehe})ant. Deus 
 Proserpinam abduxit, ut uxor sua et Tnferorum regina esset;'^ 
 claraorem puellae com[)ressit.^ Juppiter auteni frfitrl per- . 
 miserat ut Proserpinam abduceret.^ Mater cum^ Tgno'-aret, 
 ubi filia esset,^ totum orbern terrtirum frustra peragravit. 
 
 \_Continued on p. 92.] 
 
 -Ooi:©<00- 
 
 CHAPTER XXVII. 1. 
 IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES. 
 
 X 
 
 200. The following adjectives have lus (rarely ms) 
 in the genitive singular of all gen,ders, and I in the 
 dative : 
 
 alius, alia, aliud, another. 
 nulluB, -a, -um, no one, none, no. 
 solus, -a, -um, alone, sole. 
 
 totus, -a, -um, -vhole. 
 uUuE, -a, -um, any. 
 uiius, -a, -um, one, alone. 
 
 1 For meanings of words, see ^ From comprimu. 
 general vocabulary. '^ Ut . . . abduceret, that he 
 
 2 From spargo. might lead away = to lead away. 
 
 8 From concutio. ^ Cum ignorarctj since she did 
 
 * From emergo. 7wt know, 
 
 * Ut . . . esset, that she might be. ® Was. 
 
 '. 
 
 .3^' 
 
 .§ 
 
 ■\ 
 
 i 
 
 a '' 
 
■*¥iS-^: 
 
 hole, 
 idlong. 
 
 ■% C\tiv\t 
 
 rbem 
 itquo 
 )arsi - 
 orum 
 Deus 
 5set ; ^ 
 per- 
 'iiret, 
 
 the 
 
 %e. 
 
 it he 
 
 ','/■ 
 e did 
 
 • r 
 
 IRREGULAR. ADJECTIVES. 
 
 87 
 
 
 < 
 
 I'. 
 
 a .er, altera, alteruni, the other of two, 
 neuter, iieutra, neutruni, neither of two. 
 uter, utra, utrum, which of two? 
 uterque, utrSque, utrumque, each o/twOf both. 
 
 c-w4 
 
 JWtA n\ 
 
 201. 
 
 
 PARADIGM. 
 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 MASC. 
 
 IKM. 
 
 np:ut. 
 
 MASC. 
 
 FEM. 
 
 NEirx. 
 
 N. alius 
 
 alia 
 
 aliud 
 
 alii 
 
 ali ae 
 
 alia 
 
 G. all us 
 
 ali us 
 
 alius 
 
 ali orum 
 
 ali arum 
 
 ali orum 
 
 D. -^HI 
 
 alii 
 
 alii 
 
 ali Is 
 
 ali Is 
 
 ali Is 
 
 Ac. alium 
 
 ali am 
 
 aliud 
 
 alios 
 
 ali as 
 
 alia 
 
 Ab. ali o 
 
 alia 
 
 alio 
 
 ali Is 
 
 ali Is 
 
 ali Is 
 
 202. ' EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Virtus sola veram dat voluptatem. 2. Alius^ aliud 
 dixit. 3. In utram partem" lluit llumeii? 4. Alter^ Graecus, 
 alter ^ Romauus erat. 5. Utri consuli dat civitas totam 
 laudem? Neutrl. 6. Alii'* virtu te, alii'* dolls hostes superant.* 
 7. Uulus hoiniuis mors totam urbem servavit. 8. Alter! 
 discipulo laudem, alter! culpam dat* praeceptor. 9. NuUius 
 precibus cedemus. 10. A Cicerone uno urbs servata est. 
 
 II. 1. The farmer was ploughing his field alone. 2. He 
 is praised by one, blamed by another. 3. To which of the 
 two does the teacher give the praise? 4. Some like® boys, 
 others like girls. 5. Death is feared by no good man. 
 6. The consul conquered some of his enemies, by others he 
 
 ^ Literally, another said another 
 thing. The EngUsh of it is, one 
 said one thing, another another. 
 
 2 Into which part? i.e., in which 
 direction ? 
 
 8 Alter . . . alter, the one ...the 
 other. 
 
 * Alii . . . alif, some . . .others,' 
 aliud . . . aliud, one thing . . . an- 
 oiher thing. 
 
 ^ This sentence illustrates a 
 common usa je of the Latin. A verb 
 beh)nging to ^wo groups of words 
 is often placed only with the last, 
 and must be mentally .upplied 
 witli tlie first. With the English 
 it Is the reverse. Show the appli- 
 cation of the remark. 
 
 ® See note 6. 
 
 m 
 
 - 'I 
 
 1 ),»; 
 
 i 
 
n 
 
 88 
 
 IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES. 
 
 was conquered. 7. One leg is long, the other short. 8. Some 
 praise one thing, others another, y. Tlie plan of the whole 
 war was disclosed to the enemy. 10. The citizens praised 
 Cicero alone. 
 
 203. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 brevis, -e, adj., short. 
 
 cedo, 3, cessi, cessiim, i/i'eld. 
 
 Cicero, -onis, m., Cicero, a Roman 
 
 orator. 
 crus, cruris, n., lerf. 
 culpa, -ae, f., blame, fault. 
 dolus, -i, M., trick, deceit. 
 e-nuntio, 1, disclose, announce. 
 flamen, -inis, n., river. (172.) 
 
 laiis, laudis, f., praise. 
 mors, mortis, f., death. 
 praeceptor, -oris, m., teacher. 
 preces, -um, f. (plur.), prayers, 
 
 entreaty. 
 ratio, -onis, v., plan, meJiod, reason, 
 servo, 1, save, preserve. 
 verus, -a, -um, adj., true. 
 virtuSy -utis, f., virtue, courage. 
 
 
 2. 
 
 204. COLLOQUIUM. 
 
 Praeceptor et Discipulus. 
 
 D. Quis fuit Cicero? 
 
 P, Clarus consuTKomanus fuit. , 
 
 P. Minime. Orator fuit ; dux militum semel. 
 
 >\w . .V. Qi^\AW^ Vx v>»^^, ^jjiA^i^Jik^.'^uce only 
 
 D. Nonne ejus oratioiies in schola legimus ? 
 
 rU)"t/V. '■>-;' bis ^ft^-t' ^Anji./* ^.^ ., -^..»%t read 
 
 P. Compfures. Multas epistulas quoque scripsit Cicero, 
 
 eevcral rcv^i-nr,^ -■ CWv^ also Ii^k v.. wuMi-*^ Vo \i>};P^^ 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 D, Ad quos Qpistulas scripsit? ., .; 
 
 91 
 
 P. ifon fuir^^en," seel *i cognomen.'- 
 D. Ouia fuit eius " nomen ? ^ \ '^ 
 
 d 
 
 Bins "' rjomen 
 
 P. TiMius. 
 
 7 .vvV, .-XaA 
 
 v.'i 
 
 •.'V--<0>-'V»'^ 
 
 1 See 195. 
 
H 
 
 '^r^- 
 
 COMrARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 
 
 89 
 
 Some 
 whole 
 raised 
 
 er. 
 rayers, 
 
 reason, 
 
 rage. 
 
 
 3er6, 
 
 d 
 
 D. Et praenomen ? 
 
 pTjytdrcus. 
 
 D. Hoc dTctis milii, praeceptor erudltissimc, si placet \ 
 
 "^^ tell :^. v^.«- f(-''X^Kj/\' mostlearued ^ .'yi>vc. | '^^ ' *^' 
 
 !icer6nis oratioues? ^ ' 
 
 u 
 
 difflcilesne sunt Ciceronis oratiougs r 
 
 hard evnc 
 
 P. , Sine dubio difficiles sunt, puer autem acer eas intelle- , j 4 
 gere poiesi. .^^ i ^ /i I 
 
 -oo»ic 
 
 CHAPTER XXVIII. 1. 
 
 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES, 
 
 205. Adjectives in Latin, as in English, change their 
 terminations to express different degrees of quality: 
 altus, altior, altissiniiis, high^ higher, highest. 
 
 ^J h.' ,C<'y^^cs^.M 
 
 Adjectives may also be compared in Latin, as in English, by 
 means of adverbs. / t : 
 
 206. Examme the following : — ' ( u J ^ &\ L 
 
 POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. '^ ^''' • 
 
 altus (alto) altior, altiua altissimua, etc. 
 
 levis (levi) levior, levius levissimus, etc. 
 
 prudeus (prudent) prudent ior, prudent ius prudent issimus, etc. 
 
 pulcher (pulchro) pulehrior, pulchrius pulcherrimus, etc. 
 miser (misero) miserior, niiserius miserrimus, etc. 
 
 acer (acri) acrior, acrius acerrimus, etc. 
 
 Observe (1) that the comparative is formed in both the abov9 
 groups by dropping the final vowel of the stem, if the stem ends 
 in a vowel, and adding lor, ius. 
 
 (2) That the superlative is formed in the first group from the 
 shortened stem by adding issimus, issima, issimum. 
 
 
 
 i, 
 
^'{^ 
 
 90 
 
 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 
 
 (3) But if the adjective ends iu er, the superlative is formed by 
 adding rimuSf rima, rhiium, to the positive. 
 
 207. Six adjectives in Us drop the final vowel of the 
 stem and add Umus to form the superlative : 
 
 facilis, -c, m.sy. facilior, facilius f acil limns, -a, -um 
 
 diilicilis, -e, hard. diflicilior, dilFicilius difficillimus, -a, -um 
 
 similis, -e, /tX(?. sinalior, similius siniillimus, -a, -um 
 
 dissimilis,-c, unlike, dissiniilior; dissiniilius dissiniillinius, -a, -um 
 
 humilis, -e, low. huuiilior, huinilius humillimus, -a, -um 
 
 gracilis, -e, slender, gracilior, graciliua gracillimus, -a, -um 
 
 208. 
 
 Irregular Comparison. 
 
 -'i^'i'e' 
 
 
 bonus, -a, -um 
 malufi, -a, -um 
 mSgnus, -a, -'Tm 
 multus, -a, -um 
 parvus, -a, -um 
 vetua 
 
 melior, -ius 
 pejor, -U3 
 major, -us 
 
 , plusi 
 
 miuor, -U8 
 vetustior, -ius 
 
 optimus, -a, -um ' 
 pessimus, -a, -um 
 maximus, -a, -um 
 plurimus, -a, -um 
 minimus, -a, -um 
 veterrimus, -a, um 
 
 W 
 
 .V 
 
 209. 
 
 Declension of the Comparative. '^^- 
 paradigm. 
 
 y 
 
 
 Sing 
 
 ULAIl. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 M. Ac p. 
 
 NEUT. 
 
 M. & F. 
 
 NEUT. 
 
 N.V. 
 
 altior 
 
 alt his 
 
 altior Ss 
 
 altior 
 
 G. 
 
 altior is 
 
 altior ib 
 
 altior um 
 
 altiorum 
 
 D. 
 
 altior I 
 
 altior I 
 
 altior ibus 
 
 altior ibus 
 
 Ac. 
 
 aliioreii 
 
 alliiifl 
 
 altior Ss, 13 
 
 altior a 
 
 Ab. 
 
 alt lore, I 
 
 altior e, I 
 
 altior ibus 
 
 altior ibus 
 
 vpare. ^ and decline in the comparnilve : — 
 
 atrox, -6ciB, Jicrce . liber, -era, -erum, //*.?<?. 
 
 audSx, -Scis, hold. piger, pigra, pigrum, lazy. 
 
 celer, -eris, ft/rift, placidus, -a, -um, calm. 
 
 ffilix, -Icis, hicki/. sapiSns, -entis, tchc. 
 
 ^ PIOh lias in sinf,niliir only plurnl, noni. plfircs, plura, gen. 
 noin., gen. (plurls)j, and ace; in pluriuiii, etc. 
 
 A I 
 
 vj/ . 
 
 /^ u 
 
ned bv 
 
 ^f the 
 
 -um 
 I, -um 
 -um 
 -a, -um 
 , -um 
 
 
 
 ^^^ 
 
 r.^x 
 
 im 
 
 y- 
 
 A 
 
 Rcn. 
 
 \^'^ i 
 
 V 
 
 t 
 
 I 
 
 ■"^ k 
 
 ^y 
 
 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 
 
 91 
 
 210. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Of bolder soldiers. 2. For ti bolder soldier. 3. On 
 
 ■; the highest tree. 4. The wisest king. 5. Of fiercer lions. 
 
 6. By a more lucky gene 1. 7. With calmer joy. 8. Of a 
 
 swifter horse. i). For freer men. 10. Of wiser judges. 
 
 ., /, 11. A deeper river. 12. Of deeper rivers. 13. In a deeper 
 
 . river. 14. For lazier boys. 
 
 — 2. 
 
 till. We can say hi Latin without difference in meaning: 
 
 1. Quis est eloquentior quam Cicero? } W/to is more eloquent 
 
 2. Quis est eloquentior Cicerone ? H than Cicero f 
 
 212. Rule of Syntax. — Tlic eomparjitive (lejjrrce 
 is followed by the iibhitive when quam (than) is 
 omitted. 
 
 But the ablative can take the place only of quam and the nonx- 
 inative, or quam and the accusative. 
 
 2i;5. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Fluvii aUiores sunt rlvi's, maria altissinia ' sunt. 
 
 2. In Africa sunt animfdia atrociora quani in America. 
 
 3. Lednes sunt audacissimac bestiac. 4. Elephant! sunt 
 prudontiores leouihus. 5. Oentes Afritae et Kuropae sunt 
 dissimillinme. G. PtMisum tuum facillimuni, meum dillicilli- 
 muni est. 7. Roma est Italiao urbs vcterrlma,' sed vetusti- 
 ores sunt in lltoribus coloniae Graecorum. 8. Templa (Iraeca 
 erant humillima. 9. Nihil est i>ejus quam mcntfaciuni. 
 10. Mendaciuni autem pejus pigritia et Tgnfivln, est. 
 
 II. 1. A river is longer than a brook. 2. Seas arc deeper 
 than rivers,, 3. The sources of great rivers are not always 
 in Iiigh mountains. 4. Klei)hants bear heavier burdens tlian 
 
 * The 8uporhitivc'nnu8t often be translated by very with tlie positive. 
 
 Vy^ 
 
 w 
 
 M 
 
 m 
 
n 
 
 J 
 
 92 
 
 COMPARISON OP ADJECTIVES. 
 
 horses. 5. The liorseand the dog are verv faithful. G. Your 
 dog is better than mine. 7. Not many cities are more beau- 
 tiful than Rome. 8. The elephant is bolder than the horse. 
 9. Your task is easier than mine ; but mine is not very 
 hard. 10. The bravest men are not always the wisest. 
 
 214. VOCABULARY. 
 
 America, -ae, f., America. litus, -oris, K., shore. 
 
 autciii,^ ^<Jiij'> ^"'> moreover. 
 bestia, -ae, v., beast. 
 colunia, -ae, f., colony. 
 gens, gentls, f., nation, people. 
 iguiivla, -ae, f., cowardice. 
 
 iiieiulaciuin, -i, n., lying. 
 nihil, N. (indecl.), nothimj. 
 pigritia, -ae, f., laziness. 
 quaui, conj., than. 
 rivus, I, M., brook. 
 
 >:'•. 
 
 Wi 
 
 |M 
 
 3. 
 
 " Proserpin cjather! .cfjlonrs, 
 Herself a fairer Jlowr, by gloomy JJis 
 Was (jatlier'd, which cost Ceres all that pain 
 To seek her through the world" ^ . 
 
 215. FOR TRANSLATI0N.2 
 
 Tandem Ceres a Sole, qui omnia conspicit, audivit quis 
 flliam abduxisset."^ Itaque statlm iter ad Jovem"* flSxit* et 
 precibus animum ejus lullexit, ut filia a riutone remittere- 
 tur.** Juppiter id permTsit, si jejuna mansisset.'^ Sed cum** 
 Proserpina mall Pilnici septem grana gustiivisset," non licuit. 
 Tandem Proserpinae permissum est,'" ut per partem anul 
 dimidiam apud matrem, per partem alteram apud Inferos 
 esset." 
 
 1 Always i)laoo(l after the first 
 or second word in the sentence. 
 ^ Continued from p. 80. 
 
 * Had led away. 
 
 * Noni. .Tiippiter. 
 
 * From lleeto. 
 
 ^ Ut . . . reinltterotiir, that her 
 daughter might be sent back. 
 
 "^ ITad remained, 
 
 > Since. 
 
 Had tasted. 
 
 ^^ It was permitted — permission 
 was given. 
 
 *' ITt . . . esset, that she should be 
 = to be. For the order, see p. ^7, 
 note 5. 
 
 \ 
 
 '\ 
 
^T 
 
 FORMATIOX AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS. 
 
 93 
 
 CHAPTER XXIX. 1. 
 
 I 
 
 FORMATION AND CO^^irAlJISON OF ADVERBS. 
 
 210. Most adverbs are funned from adjectives, and 
 follow them in compariscni. 
 
 217. Examine the follovnug : — 
 
 AD.TECTIVK. 
 
 STEM. 
 
 AnvEKn. 
 
 gratiis, tliankful. 
 
 gruto- 
 
 grrii.§, thaul-fulli/. 
 
 beiilgnus, khid. 
 
 benigno- 
 
 benign e, kUuJfij. 
 
 miser, icreiched. 
 
 misero- 
 
 miser e, icretchcdhj. 
 
 pulcher, heautiful. 
 
 piilchro- 
 
 pulclirS, hcdiitifulli/. 
 
 fortis, brave. 
 
 forti- 
 
 forti ter, hraveh/. 
 
 acer, eor/er. 
 
 uci-i- 
 
 acriter, carjcrhj. 
 
 prudens, iche. 
 
 prudont- 
 
 priidnter, ichely. 
 
 felix, luchj. 
 
 felici- 
 
 ielici ter, luckily. 
 
 Observe (1) tliat the adjectives of the first group are of the o 
 (or second) declension, and tliat the adverbs are formed from the 
 stem of the adjectives by clianging the fiiuil o of the st«un to U. 
 
 (2) That the adjectives of tlie second group are of the third 
 declension, and that tlie adverbs are formed from the stem of the 
 adjectives by adding ter. 
 
 (3) But stems in nt drop / before adding the sufllx ter. 
 
 218. Examine the fnUowhig: — 
 
 APJECTTVE. 
 
 multus, much. 
 facilis, ca/ty. 
 imptlnis, rnqmnhhcd, 
 
 citus, (flick. 
 Bubltus, sudden, 
 TpxltnuBfJirst. 
 
 AI)\ Kun. 
 multum, nnich. 
 facile, cdsily. 
 impuiie, with safety. 
 
 cits, t/uickly. 
 BiibitS, suddenly. 
 prlm5, at first. 
 
 Observe that in the first group the accusativo singular iiputor of 
 tlje adjective n used us an adverb^ in the second, the ablative. 
 
 
 I ^/ » 
 
 •.£rU«.«-l 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 n 
 
 I 
 
 C ' 
 
94 
 
 FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS. 
 
 I aj ■4 V /, 
 
 :-!<! i 
 
 
 \ iift: 
 
 i 
 
 219. 
 
 Exmnine the 
 
 following : — 
 
 
 
 rOSITIVK. 
 
 COMPAKATIVE. 
 
 SUPERLATIVE. 
 
 
 grate 
 
 gratius 
 
 gratissime 
 
 
 misere 
 
 miserius 
 
 miserrime 
 
 
 acriter 
 
 acrius 
 
 acerrime 
 
 
 felTciter 
 
 felicius 
 
 felicissimS 
 
 
 beng 1 
 
 melius 
 
 optimS 
 
 
 malg 
 
 pejus 
 
 pessime 
 
 
 niultuin 
 
 plus 
 
 plurimum 
 
 
 
 
 magis 
 
 maxim f^ 
 
 Observe that the comparative of the adverb is the same as the 
 neuter accusative singular of the adjective ; and that tlie superla- 
 tive is formed from the superlative of the adjective by changing, 
 as in the positive, the final o of the stem to c. 
 
 If the adjective is irregular in comparison, the adverl) is likewise. 
 
 Compare : — 
 
 ^ placidg, cahnhj. llbere, freehj. pulchre. iH'.autifuJb/. 
 
 audacter, holilli/. celeriter, t/uicU//. prudenter, loiscly, 
 
 ^ 220. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Olim fiiit^ AlhGniGnsis chTrissimus. 2. Fideliter 
 k'gibus*' cTvitfitis pfirObat. 3. Juste omnibus rebus ' age- 
 bat. 4. Audacter pugnavit ntque amleuni fortiter defeudit. 
 5. Sapieiiter juvenes aliOs(pie doeebat. 0. Falso et turpiter 
 aeeusatus est; llbere se* defeudit ueipie tiniebat. 7. Inju- 
 stissinie ad mortem damumtis est a elvibus. <S. Veuenum in 
 carcere bibit plaeide. I). Kjus** memoria delebitur nuiiquam, 
 10. Quia fuit Atheuieusis? 
 
 II. 1. Was Socrates an illustrious Athenian? 2. Was he 
 more illustrious than other citizens? ;^. ])i(^, he not act most 
 
 ? 
 
 * Fornu'd irregularly from bonus. 
 
 8 There was. 
 
 8 Obsurvt" the (lutlvu with pfireO. 
 
 * Tfiiui/n. See 2«0. 
 6 Himself. 
 8 Of him. 
 
 I 
 
 f 
 
 j 
 
 
 \ \ :. 
 
&■■(« 
 
 as the 
 uperla- 
 uigiiig, 
 
 
 1 
 
 ("liter 
 agG- 
 
 'luiit. 
 
 r[)itor 
 liiju- 
 
 iiin in 
 
 iiani. 
 
 as he 
 
 lllOHt 
 
 ■O. 
 
 FOKMATrON AND COMPARISON OF ADVEKBS. 
 
 95 
 
 justly in all respects?^ 4. Did he verv' faithfully obey the 
 laws of the Atheuians? 5. Did he uot teach the Athenians 
 very wisely? 6. Did he not defend a young man in battle 
 very bravely? 7. ^Vhy was ho most basely accused and 
 condemned to death? 8. AVe shall cherish his memorv more 
 diligently'. 9. His memory will be cherished faithfully by 
 the best men. 10. In vain shall we seek for a better man 
 than Socrates. ^-- 4« \J^ 
 
 III. 1. Julius Caesar was a very famous man. 2. lie was (, ' 
 
 excellently brought up by his mother. 3. He learned the 
 Greek language very well. 4. He was an illustrious general 
 and fought many battles most successfully. .5. In Gaul he 
 took towns, and cruelly slew many men. G. He boldly sailed 
 to Britain with many ships. 7. But the inhabitants did not 
 basely beg for peace, 8. He quickly overcame all his 
 enemies. 9. (As) consul he ruled the Roman state wisely and 
 well. 10. He was foully slain by Brutus and other llomans. 
 
 221. VOCABU 
 
 criidelitcr [criidolis], cntrlhj. 
 
 diligenter [diligcns], diU<jrntl)j. 
 
 false [falsus], falsehj. 
 
 lidelitcr [iu\G\is], faithfulhj . 
 
 friistra, n? vain. 
 
 Injuste [liijiistusl, xinjusthj. 
 
 juste [jfisf us], j«s//^, 
 
 libere \\\hcr]yfredi],fc(irlessli)- 
 
 oliiu, fnrmerJi)^ 
 
 optiinri, vcrij vcJI, cxrelhnthj. 
 
 sapI«'iit(M* [sapiens], winclij, 
 
 turpitor [turpisji lMisilij,fou!li/. 
 
 acciisn, 1 [ad, eausa|, nrruse. 
 AthOnlcnsis, -c, adj., Athcuian, 
 l)lbo, .3, bibi, potiiin, drink, 
 career, -eris, m., jirisun. 
 
 LARY. 
 
 eolS, 3, coliil, cultum, cultivate^ 
 
 cherish, care for, 
 dainno, 1, condemn, 
 
 disco, o, didlci, , Icnrn, 
 
 jiivenis, -is, m. & f., youth, 
 lingua, -ae, f,, fovyuc, language. 
 navigo, 1 [nilvis, ago], sail. 
 neco, 1, ^(7/. Cf. intcrlicio. 
 
 pareo, 2, -ul, , obey (w. dat.). 
 
 pax, pads, f., peace. 
 
 pcto, •'!, -ivi, -li, -itum, hegfor, <isk. 
 
 qua( ro, 'A, quacsivi, -ii, quae* 
 
 situni, sithfor, ask-, im/uire. 
 Bod, conj., hut. Cf. uutcni , -14). 
 Sucratvs, •!», m., iSocrates, an 
 
 Athenian i)liil()8(»i)her. 
 veneuuni, -I, n., poison. 
 
 ^ Compare I. .1. 
 
 - See I). 01, note. 
 
 .M 
 
 r; 
 
 i 
 
 > 
 
H» .'.■ 
 
 96 
 
 FOURTH CONJUGATION. 
 
 222. 
 
 3. 
 
 COLLOQUIUM. 
 Pater et FIliolus. 
 
 V'v„'V/v\ 
 
 p. Quid, mi filiolc, in schola hodie discebas? 
 
 (.<,»• 0*^ little SOU jy^ .„("' > /U-r>. '■> -"^ ' 
 
 F. Discel^am. nu piiter, pepsu^m de adverb iis longissimum. 
 P. CuT parti oraClonTs e^t adverbiuni simiUimum ? , 
 
 to what ' ' ■" epeech 
 
 F, SimiUimum, ut opTnor, est adverbium adjectlvo. 
 
 ■ I, v^ as 1 thiuk 
 
 F, Reetc, puer ; sod illud mihi expliea, si poteris : Si, 
 
 this explain if you can 
 
 ut dicis, adverbium adjectlvo est simile, unde nomen traxit? 
 
 whence has derived 
 
 F. Fortasse propter hoc, quod saepissirae verbis ad- 
 
 perhaps ou accouut of this hecause very often verbs 
 
 jungitur. 
 
 P. Optimo, flUole ; en tibi assem ! 
 
 here is for you peiiuy 
 
 -*o>OJo«- 
 
 >« 
 
 223. 
 
 CHAPTER XXX. 
 f FOURTH CONJUGATION. 
 
 i -Verbs. 
 
 Audi5 (stem audi), Jiear. 
 PiiiNcirAL Paiits : audio, audire, audivi, auditum. 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 / heaVf etc, 
 audid audimus 
 
 ami Is and itis 
 
 audit audiunt 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 PUESENT. 
 
 PASSIVE. 
 
 / a?n heard, etc, 
 audior audlmur 
 
 and Iris, or -re and Iminl 
 auditur audiuntur 
 
 41 
 
 "" Impeufect. 
 / was hearing, etc, I ww^ heard, etc, 
 
 audiSbam audiSbamus audi^bar audi6bamur 
 
 aiidi^b^s aiidi§bati3 and iSbSiris, or -re audifibamlnl 
 
 uudiSbat audiGbaot audifib&tuf audifibautur 
 
 ./ 
 
 A 
 
 •"■■■ 
 
 I;,;-' 
 
 i!!; 
 
 •■I.-:..- 
 
 r 
 
 I 
 
 \ 
 
mmmm 
 
 irr^-ZT.iif^iZfi!^?r^th^,-*^ait^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 ,L.k^i*^Vv 
 
 3imum. 
 
 is : Si, 
 
 « 
 
 ur 
 Lnl 
 itur 
 
 %mur 
 )autur 
 
 /! 
 
 ?i: 
 
 traxit ? 
 
 " ^ • iliii:: 
 
 IS derived 
 
 ii;:;; 
 
 )is ad- 
 
 •<ti .i 
 
 )a 
 
 
 :.-i. 
 
 ii^ 
 
 \ 
 
 FOURTH C(3NJUGATION. 
 
 97 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 / shall hear, etc. 
 aud iam aud iemua 
 
 audiea audietis 
 
 aud iet aud lent 
 
 -^ Future. 
 
 PASSIVE. 
 
 / shall he heard, etc. 
 
 aud iar 
 
 auilieris, or-re 
 uudietur 
 
 audiemur 
 aiidiemiiii 
 audieutur 
 
 rEUFECT. 
 
 / have heard, etc. I have hcen heard, etc. 
 
 audi VI audivimu3 ^ sum / sumus 
 
 audivisti audivistis audit us -^es audit! testis 
 
 audivit audiverunt, or -re (est (sunt 
 
 Plui'eufect. 
 / had heard, etc. I had been heard, etc. 
 
 audiveram audiveramus reram reramus 
 
 audiveras audiverati^ auditus -^ eras audit! •< eratia 
 
 audlverat audiveraiit (erat (erant 
 
 FuTT'UE Perfect. 
 / shall hare heard, etc. I shall have been heard, etc. 
 
 audivero audiverinius teio rerimua 
 
 audiverls audiverltis audit us -| eris audit! •< eritia 
 
 audiverit audiveriut (erit (eruut 
 
 aud iam 
 
 audits 
 
 uudiat 
 
 audirem 
 
 audirCs 
 
 audlret 
 
 audiverim 
 
 audiverls 
 
 audiverit 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE.' 
 Present. 
 audiamus aud iar audiSmur 
 
 audiatis aud iaris, o/- -re audiSmiiii 
 
 audiant audiatur audiantur 
 
 audiremus 
 
 audiretis 
 
 audirent 
 
 TmI'EKFECT. 
 
 audirer audlremur 
 
 audirSris, o/--re audireminl 
 
 aud!retur audlreutur 
 
 Perfect. 
 audiverlmua ^aim 
 
 audiverltis audlttia ■} ala 
 
 audiv erint ( ait 
 
 r almua 
 
 audit! 4 8!tia 
 (aint 
 
 1 Sii 1). 20, note. 
 
 / 
 
 4 
 
 \ I ■• 
 
 .1 
 • i 
 
 m 
 
 ■ i] 
 
 ?^i 
 
 
 .iV-j. ' 
 
98 
 
 FOURTH CONJUGATION. 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 PASSIVE. 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 audivissem audlvissemas ^essem ressSmus 
 
 auuivisses audivissetis audit us -| essSa audltl ^ essStia 
 
 audiviaaet audivisseiit (esset (essent 
 
 audi, hear thou. 
 audite, hear ye. 
 
 audits, thou shall hear, 
 audito, he shall hear. 
 auditote, ye shall hear. 
 aud iunto, they shall hear. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 ^Present. 
 
 aud ire, he thou heard. 
 audimini, he ye heard. 
 
 Future. 
 
 auditor, thou shall he heard. 
 auditor, he shall he heard. 
 
 audiuntor, they shall he heard. 
 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 Pres. aud ire, to hear. — audiri, to he heard. 
 
 Perp. audivisse, to have heard. audit us e&Be, to have he en heard. 
 FuT. auclturusesse, /oie«?>oMf audit una iri, to he ahout to be 
 to hear. , heard. 
 
 
 i 
 
 PARTICIPLE. 
 Pres. audi§xis, -eiitis, hearing. 
 
 Fur. auditurus, -a, -um, «/>owf Ger. audienclus, -a,-um, /o &« 
 to hear. heard. 
 
 ■■ —■- Pere. audit us, -a, -um, heard-; 
 
 having heen heard. 
 
 GERUND. 
 
 G. audiendi, o/7tertnn(7. 
 1). aud iendo, /or hearing. 
 Ac. audiendum, hearing. 
 Ab. audiendo, by hearing. 
 
 Ac. audit um, to hear. 
 
 SUPINE. 
 
 Ab. audltfi, to hear, to be heard. 
 
ZSii. 
 
 FOURTH CONJUGATION. 
 
 99 
 
 I ,11 
 
 
 e iieard. 
 
 CHAPTER? XXXI. 1. 
 FOURTH CONJUGATION, 
 
 224. Learn the i^reseiit, imperfect, and future indicative, and 
 present Imperative and infinitive, active ajid passive, of audio. 
 
 225. EXERCISES. # 
 
 I. I. Audio, audiebam, aiidiam. 2. Audit, andiebat. an- 
 diet. 3. Audltur, uudiehatnr, audietur. 4. Audi, audirc. 
 5. Audlmur, audiebamur, aadiOmur. (». Audirc, audirl. . 
 7. Auditis,' audicba.is, audiOtis. 8. Audis, audln.-.,. d. Audi- 
 unt, audiuutur. 10. Audieut, aiidlontur. • 
 
 II. 1 . Thou hearost, ll^u waat hearing, thou wilt hear. 
 2. I hear, I am heard. 3. He is hearing, he was hearing, 
 he will hear. 4. To be heard, to hear. 5. We were hearing, 
 we were (being) henrd. G. We hear, we heard, we shall 
 hear. 7. They will hear, they will be heard. 8. You heard, 
 you were heard. 9. Hear (ye), be ye heard. 10. I hear, I 
 heard, I shall be heard. 
 
 226. EXERCISES. 
 
 Punio, punish; niuniS, fortify; vestio, clothe. 
 
 I. 1. Puniebam, muniebam, vcstiebam. 2. Mfniltur, pu-<> 
 nltur, vestltur. 3. Puniet, vestlct, mfiniet. 4. PHnT, infinite, 
 vestlmim. 5. Vestletur, punietur, inunietnr. G. Nonne pu- 
 nlmus? nonne vestimur? nonne muniuntur? 7. V"stiamne? 
 punietnc? munieturne? 8. JMuniebant, puniebaminl, vi;sl''>r. 
 9. Non vestiris, non punit, non muuiCMnus. 10. P li'. , 
 muniam, vestiebaris. 
 
 II. 1 . He was clothing, he was punishing, he was fortify- 
 ing. 2. They will be clothed, they will be fortified, ihey will 
 be punished. 3. Be thou clothed, punish (thou), fortify. 
 4. I fortify, he punishes, we are clothing. 5. Are you not 
 being clothed? was it not fortified? will he not be pun- 
 
 irJ 
 
 i n 
 
 ll 
 
 i 
 
 - .f 
 
w 
 
 100 
 
 FOURTH CONJUGATION. 
 
 ished? 6. They are being punished, it is being fortified, 
 thou wilt be clothed, 7. "VVe punish, we were fortifying, 
 they will clothe. 8. AVere yr being clotlicd? will it be 
 fortified? shall I be punished? I shall not fortify, you 
 
 are not being clothed, they will not be punished. 10. I 
 punished, you will fortify, they clothe o 
 
 3. 
 227. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1, Vere terra grilminc et floribus vcstitur. 2. Vere 
 avium cantus^ audimus. o. jMors vTtam nostram finiet. 
 4. Fueri in gi-firaine dorniiebant. 5. Somuo mollmuis curfis. 
 G. Canes agricolfirnm ovils custodiunt. 7. IMilites urbem 
 custodient. 8. Belluni a Scipione flnietur. 9. Audite verba 
 sapientium. 10. Injfiste pucr pfinitur. ' ■, 
 
 II. 1. A good fatlier will nurture, clothe, and instruct 
 his children. 2. It is very'^ pleasant^ to hear the sweet voice 
 of the nightingale. 3. All our pains are ended by death. 
 4. The general justl}' punishes a cowardly soldier. 5. The 
 sheep are carefully^ guarded by the dog. G. Scipio finished 
 the war in Africa. 7. The pupils are very faithfully in- 
 structed by theh- teachers. 8. My son, soothe 3'our mother's 
 cares. 9. The city is fortified by strong walls. 10. In sum- 
 mer the trees are clothed with leaves. 
 
 :jl 
 
 228, VOCABULARY. 
 
 custodio, 4 [ciistos], guard. carmen, -inis, n., sang. 
 
 dormio, 4, sleep. 
 e-rudio, 4 [rudis], teach, mstrnct. 
 f into, 4 [finis], end, Jinish. 
 inoUIo, 4 [mollis], soften, soothe. 
 iiiunlo, ^,fo'>i!fii, defend, 
 nutrioy 4, nurture, nourish. 
 puiilo, 4, punish, 
 vestio, 4, clothe. 
 
 dolor, -oris, 7,\., pain. , 
 folium, -i, N., leaf. 
 gramen, -inis, n., grass. 
 ignavus, -a, -um, .idj., cowardlg. 
 jOcundus, -a, -um, nd}., pleasant, 
 luscinia, -ae, v., nightingale. 
 ver, veris, n., spring. 
 vox, voois, r., I'oice. 
 
 *j»fei' 
 
 ^ 
 
 ■i 
 
 1 Songs. ^ See p. 91, note. ^ Neuter gender. ■• See 144, 145, 
 
 L 
 
mmtm 
 
 HHfii 
 
 101 
 
 
 FOURTH CONJUGATION. 
 
 ^ 
 
 CHAPTER XXXII. 1. 
 FOURTH CONJUGATION. 
 
 V / 
 
 220. Loarn the porfect, pluperfect, and future perfect indica- 
 tive, and perfect iutinitive, active and passive, of audio. 
 
 ••i 
 
 280. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 I. X-. AndivT, aiidlvcri^m, .uudlvero. 2,. Aiidltiis est, audi- q J 
 tus er(rt,.aiuntus erit. 3. Audivimus, audlvfertimiis, audive- 
 rimus. 4.,AudIver4nt, q,tjdTtiei*'aVit!.'^ o. AudTvistT, aiidiveffis,"' ■ 
 , audivei'it^ OiAudivisse, ajictoUiy esse, 7. Aiidivaratis, auditi 
 , eratis. o. AAudivit, audiverat, audiverit. , J ' ^^ z]'-^ 
 
 IVUw 
 
 
 II. 1. Thou luist lic^rd, thou hacLst heard, thou wilt^haye 
 ard. 2. llieylurYe been ^eard, theyTmdbeea neaixCthey 
 II have been tieard. 4-3. 1 liave, lieamV I "have^lieen heard. 
 
 heard. 
 
 will have bee^ heard. iJ3. I have.,hearci 
 
 4. io have-Jjcen heard, to havalieard. 5. We have heard, 
 
 we ha^d he^rd, we shall hsi^j^'Q hejjird. 6. VVe hav£. been heard. 
 
 w^' 
 
 fe'mia'IieOn ueaVfl, we sluill luuve t^^^^ 'm. 7. You J'lave h* 
 
 heard, you have been heard. 8. He had heard, he had been 
 heard. (A-Wi^tc jl^XCx iXw-Otv'-t'vS;. (^ acvalLt 
 
 231. 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 Xa = 
 
 w V^ 
 
 
 tis,3mu:(n;^i,^^vcW. S.^^estimie^sjunus? e^tne^^er^ 
 ditus? (^the ^itniii? 9. l:^;idTta e^, Qiuati,Westieras7^ 
 10. Non erudlscis, nou fTnTverrifis,.'non veslti.verilT' "^ 
 
 ""II ■..ly'VA-' 
 
 . <K.)JC 
 
 1 For finivisti. I'erfects in Ivi often drop u 
 
 I^UOtl/lJl It. , / I J 
 
 Aih, \>-0' 
 
 2 For vestiveras. 
 
 droi) " ^J^^ coiitract ii to t. 
 
 (1 
 
M 
 
 r 
 
 Hi 
 
 ^^■b ' 
 
 V -f/i 
 
 1 ''" 
 
 m 
 
 '•'.pt 
 
 § 
 
 1* '«( 
 
 ifl« 
 
 
 Bfl-" * '■ 
 
 
 m' * 
 
 y] 
 
 102 
 
 FOURTH CONJUGATION. 
 
 II, 1. Ilfive they not been clothed? have they (neut.) not 
 been finished ? were they not taught? 2. ^V'e have finished, 
 we have clothed, we have taught. 3. She had been taught, 
 they (^neut.) had been finished, we (fern.) had been clothed. 
 
 4. Didst thou teach? have you finished? has she clothed? 
 
 5. They had clothed, they will have taught, I have finished. 
 
 6. I had clothed, thou hadst taught, he had finished. 7. We 
 shall not have finished, they will not have clothed, you will 
 not have taught. 8. It was not finished, we had not been 
 taught, you will not have been clothed. 9. You have taught, 
 you had finished, you will have clothed. 10. I shall have 
 clothed, 1 had taught, I finished. 
 
 •V 
 
 232. 
 
 3. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Medicus regis noctc ad Fabricium venit.* 2. Fabri- 
 cius modicum vinxit et ad dominum mlsit. 3. Urbs virtiite 
 et fortitudine militum munlta erit. J 4. Roman! artibus^ et 
 litterls^ a Graecis eruditi sunt. 5. Octo horas dormire 
 l>ueris satis est. 6. Luce solis calorcque aperiuntur flores. 
 7. Omnes terras fortibus virls aperuit natura. 8. Mllites 
 arcem fideliter custodTverunt. 9. Brutus in castra Caesaris 
 venerat. 10. Nihil scire turpissimum est. 
 
 II. 1. The king's physician was bound by Fabrieius* 
 slave. 2. The valor and endurance (fortitudo) of the 
 soldiers fortified the city. 3. /The Greeks instructed the 
 Romans in the arts.'' 4. Is it enough for a boy to sleep 
 two hours?'* 5. The light and heat of the sun had opened 
 the flowers. 6. The citadel was very* carefull}^ guarded by 
 
 1 How do you know whether this form is present or perfect ? 
 
 ^ In the arts and literature, * Duas horaS. 
 
 8 Compare I. 4. ^ Seep. 91, note. '^'.'' 
 
 H 
 
 i • 
 
 fi' I 
 
 i I 
 
FOURTH CONJUGATION. 
 
 103 
 
 the soldiers. 7. To know many things^ is very useful. 
 8. To be ignorant of many things is not disgraceful. 0. The 
 general's camp~ had not been fortified. 10. Did ; ou not 
 hear the voice of your father ? 
 
 233. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 t 
 
 ■>,« 
 
 i 
 
 U 
 
 aperio, 4, -ui, -turn, open, dhclosf^. 
 ne-8cio, 4, know not, be ignorant of. 
 scioy 4, know, know how. 
 . venlo, 4, veni, ventum, come. 
 vinciO, 4, viuxi, vinctum, bind. 
 
 ad, prep. w. ace, to, tovairh. 
 1 ars, artls, f., art. (167. 2.) 
 calor, -oris, m., heat. 
 
 Fabric ins, -!, m., Fabricius, a Tlo- 
 man general. 
 
 litterae, -arum, f., letters, litera- 
 ture ; often = epistula. 
 
 liix, lucis, v., liyht, daijli(/ht. 
 
 niedicus, -i, m., phijsician. 
 
 nox, noctis, f., niijht. (167. 2.) 
 
 octiJ, num. adj., mileoX., eight. 
 
 turpis, -e, adj., base, disgraceful. 
 
 234. 
 
 4. 
 
 COLLOQUIUM. 
 Praeceptor et Discipulus. 
 
 
 P. De qua re est pensum hodiernum ? 
 D, Pensum hodiernum est iterum de conjngatidne quarta. 
 P. Heri quartam conjugationem nesciebas ; scisne hodie? 
 D, Partim scio, modum autem subjuuctivum nescio. 
 
 partly mood 
 
 P. Mox subjunctivum qnoque disces. 
 
 soon 
 
 also 
 
 D. Estne litilius indicativum scu'e quam subjunctivum? 
 P. Utrumque debemus scire ; indicativus autem saepius 
 invenitur. 
 
 D. Adhuc conjugationes didici quattuor. Suntne plures ? 
 
 thus far 
 
 P. Non plures ; sed multa verba sunt anomala. 
 
 irregular 
 
 1 See 117. castrorum. What must be the 
 
 2 Remember that the Latin number of the verb of wliich cas- 
 word for camp is plural, castra, tra is the subject ? 
 
 
 \V\ 
 
 \ 
 
 (i 
 
 t 
 
104 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 
 
 CHAPTER XXXIII. 
 THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 
 235. Verbs in id,^ 
 
 CapiS (stem cape), tal'e. 
 PttiNCirAL Parts : capio, capgre, cepi, capttim. 
 
 ACTIVE, 
 
 / takCf etc. 
 cap 16 capimus 
 
 cap is capitis 
 
 cap it capiuut 
 
 INDICATIVE MOCD. 
 
 PASSIVU. 
 
 Present. 
 
 / a7n takea^ etc. 
 
 capior capimur 
 
 cap eris, or -re cap i mini 
 
 capitur capiuutur 
 
 / was takinfjy etc. 
 capiSbam capiSbSmus 
 cap i6bSs cap iSbStis 
 capifibat capiSbant 
 
 / ahnll take, etc, 
 cap iam cap iSmus 
 
 capifis capiStis 
 
 cap let capieut 
 
 cepI, ccpistT, ccplt, etc. 
 
 Tm PERFECT. 
 
 / was taken, etc. 
 capi6bar capi5b5mur 
 
 cap igbSris, or -re cap ieb3miu! 
 capiSbStur capi§baiitur 
 
 Futures. 
 
 / shall he taken, etc, . 
 
 capiar cajigmur 
 
 cap iSr is, or -re cap ifimini 
 capiStur . capleutur 
 
 Pkrfect. 
 
 captus sum, es, est, etc 
 
 Plupehfect. 
 ceperam, ccper&s, eeperat, etc. captus eram, erSs, erat, otc. 
 
 Futuue Perfect, 
 cCperS, coper's, crperit, etc. captus er5, eris, erit, etc. 
 
 •• Verbs in jo of tlio tlilrd con* li.flnltlvo present. Wlint forms of 
 Jugatlon arc distinmiisiiod from fnplo are like tliosc of aulld? 
 tlioBu uf the fourth by the active Make a general statement. 
 
 
—■■-'—'" '—" 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 
 105 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 k 
 
 i 
 
 f 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 PASSIVE. 
 
 PUKSENT. 
 
 capiam, capias, capiat, etc. capiar, -iSris or -re, -iStur, etc. 
 
 iMrKUFErT. 
 
 caperem, caperSs, caperet, etc. caperer, -ereris or -re, -erStur. 
 
 Peufect. 
 ceperim, cC-peris, ceperit, etc. cai^tus sini, sis, sit, etc. 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 cepissem, cepissSs, ceplsset, elc. captua essem, essSs, esset, etc. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 Pres. cape, tal'(j tfwu. cui) ere, f,fi thou tal'en. 
 
 capite, Uike ijc. capimini, he ye taken. 
 
 FuT. capito, thou shall take^ capitor, thou shall he taken^ 
 etc. etc. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 Pres. capere, /o .'rt^'c. c-A\^l.>ohr taken. 
 
 Peuf. c'Opisse, to have taken. raptiis esse, to have heen taken, 
 
 FuT. cixi^tuxuB eaae, to he ahoul cap turn iri, to he about to he 
 
 to take. taken. 
 
 PARTICIPLE. 
 
 Pres. capiCns, fakhfj. 
 
 FuT. capttlrus, about to take. 
 
 (Jeu. capiendus, ' h:; taken. 
 Pert, capt us, havinijhtcn taken, 
 
 GERUND. 
 
 caplendl, of taking, 
 etc. 
 
 \ i 
 
 J 
 
 ' ]•/' 
 %% 
 
 i' . <l 
 
 I- 
 
 
 
 Ac. captum, to take. 
 
 SUPINE. 
 
 Ab. capt CI, to take, to be taken. 
 
/ 
 
 'V/' 
 
 / 
 
 r< 
 
 
 m\ 
 
 lil ^ 
 
 
 1 
 
 III 
 
 \'i 
 
 ■ 
 
 106 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 
 CHAPTER XXXIV. 1. 
 THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 
 236. 
 
 Verbs in io. 
 
 Learn all the tenses of the indicative, the present imperative, 
 and the j^resent and perfect infinitive, active and jjassive, of capio. 
 
 237. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Capiunt, cnpiebant. 2. Caplor, cnpiebar, capiar. 
 3. Capimur, capiebamur, cnpiemur. 4. Capls, capcris. 
 5. CepT, captus suiii. G. Cepimns, ceporfunus, ceperimus. 
 7. Capta .sunt, capta craiit, capta erunt. 8. Cape, capere. 
 9. Capere, capl. 10. Ccpisse, c;ai)tus esse. 
 
 II. 1. "\Yc are taking, we were taking, we shall bo 
 taking. 2. Take, be taken. 8. Thou art taking, thou 
 wast taking, thou wilt take. 4. You have taken, you had 
 taken, you will have taken. 5. It is taken, it was taken, it 
 will be taken. C. I was taking, I was taken. 7. To take, 
 to have taken. 8. To be taken, to have been taken. 9. It 
 (/em.) has been taken, it liacl been taken, it will have been 
 taken. 10. We have taken, we have been taken. 
 
 238. 
 
 2. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. TarentTnl legp-tTs Romanorum injQriam fecCrunt, 
 2. Pyrrhus, Kpiri rex, ad TarentTnOs veuit. 0. Contrii 
 Pyrrhura missus est Laevinus consuU 4. Pyrrhus elei)han- 
 tls vicR, nam Romanorum cqui territl sunt et fugiebant. 
 5. Nox proell fincm fecit ; Laevinus per noctem fugit* 
 C. IMultl ct fortes Romrini in pngna interfecti sunt. 7. Capti- 
 v6s Romanes Bummo in lionSrc habuit Pyrrhus. 8. Deindc* 
 in Campauiam so roccpit. 0. Legatl, & Romunis miss!,* 
 
 ^ Frououuccd cIo-lu'-4le< 
 
 a -b'en^ 
 
 \ • 
 
 <r 
 
''tfiitiiinv^mm^ 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 
 107 
 
 .T « 
 
 ir 
 
 ( A 
 
 ! . 
 
 f 
 
 honorifice a PyrrliO except! sunt, 
 non facta* est. 
 
 10. Pax cum Pvrrho 
 
 ^ II. 1. A wrong was done^ to the Romans by the Taren- 
 tines. 2. Against Pynhus, king of Epirus, the Romans 
 sent the consul La^vinus. 3. The spies of Pyrrhus were 
 taken by Ltevinus and led through his camp. 4. The 
 liomanr. did not make peace with King Pyrrhus. 5. Fabri- 
 cius saw through the design of the king and was not^ 
 frightened. 6. You will welcome your friend to-day. 7. I 
 welcome my best friend with great pleasure.^ 8. The enemy 
 threw their Spears and fled into the woods. 9. Did not 
 Csesar either conquer or slay all his enemies? 10. Finally 
 he was himself (ipse) slain by Brutus his friend, and othere. 
 
 239. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ex-cipio, 3, -cepi, -ceptiim 
 [capio], catch, accept, welcome. 
 
 faclo,^ 3, feci, factum, make, do. 
 
 fugio, 3, fugi, fugitum, Jlee. 
 
 Inter-flclo, 3, -feci, -fectuin [fa- 
 cio], kill, sla//. Cf. necO (221). 
 
 Jaclo, 3, jeci, Jactuiii, throw. 
 
 pcr-spicio, 3, -spexi, -Bpcctiim 
 [speclo], see through, into. 
 
 re-cipio, 3, -cepi, -ceptiun [cap- 
 to], take iKick, <jet again, receioe. 
 
 se reclpere, vuthdraw, retreat, 
 
 aiit . . . aiit, conj., cither . . . or. 
 Cainptinia, -ae, v., Cumpania, a 
 
 division of Italy. 
 contrfi) prep. w. ace., against. 
 
 de-indo, adv., then, next. 
 dcnique, a(\v.,Jinollj/. 
 expldrator, -oris, m., scout, spy, 
 finis, -Is, M., end, 
 honor, -oris, m., honor, 
 honorlQce, adv., honorably. 
 Injuria, -ae, f., icroug, injury. 
 Laeviuus,-i,M.,A(rt;i»«.';,a Roman. 
 legatus, -i, m., ambassador, lieu- 
 
 tenant. 
 per, prep. w. ace, through. 
 proeliiiin, -i, n., battle. Cf. 
 
 pfigna (102). 
 Buniinus, -a, -inn (sup. of supc* 
 
 rua), adj., highest. m 
 Tarentinus, -i, m., an fnh^^Uant 
 
 of Tarentum, a Tarentine, 
 
 * For the passive of faclO, boo .')27. ''' And , . . not, uoque* 
 
 » See 144, 145. 
 
 immmmSSSJIS..^ 
 
 I I ^ 
 
 i. ; « 1 
 
 1;, 
 
 f ■ 
 
 j:t! 
 
 >:4 
 
 
 n il 
 
 1 
 
 V 
 
 <r 
 
108 
 
 llEVIEW OF THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. 
 
 X 
 
 CHAPTER XXXV. 1. 
 REVIEW OF THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. 
 
 240. EXERCISES. • -v\ 
 
 I. 1. Amilmiis, monemus, rcgimus, {ludlmus. 2. Laudant, 
 delcnt, Rgiint, custodiunt. 3. Ornri])ain, delebani, viiu.'G- 
 barn, muniebam. 4. CantfivistT, liabuislT. posuisti, vinxisti. 
 
 5. MutiivGrimt, teimOnmt, Ggoruiit, ceperuut, inunivGruut. 
 
 6. Portiiveratis, deleveratis, praebueratis, duxeratis, dorml- 
 V Gratis. 
 
 II. 1. Fiigatiir, tcrretur, ponitnr, vincTtiir. 2. Scrvilbe- 
 ris, teneberis, mittorc, vcstklro. 3. LaudatI snraiis, pro- 
 hibit! snmus, duetl suiiins, (jniditT smnns. 4. ( Jniai-e, mouc'rc, 
 trahore, puiiTrc. 5. Amfui, doccri, contcinni, jacT, apenn. 
 G. Amfitae sunt, inonitac sunt exceptac sunt, audltae simt. 
 
 III. 1. Dormlte, superatc, facito, vincite, vincTte, prao- 
 betc. 2. Viibicravissc, jooisse, venisso, docuissc, fluxisse. 
 3. Recipimur, spcclainur, agimur, vcstluiiir, doceimir. 4. l)o- 
 c5bitis, punir'tis, trahetis, fiigicitis, crcabitis. 5. IMIsit, habuit, 
 armavit, jecit, ffigit. G. Vincimiui, vituperumiul, tcrrGmiiil, 
 viuclminl, cupimim. 
 
 2. 
 
 241. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1 , Thou lovest, thou adviscst, thou rulcst, thou h ar- 
 est. 2. I shall praise, I shall destroy, I shall drive, I shall 
 guard. 3. You were adorning, you were seeing, you were 
 concpiering, you were fortifying. 4. We have sung, we have 
 had, we have placed, we have boiuid. 5. You have changed, 
 you have held, you have driven, you liave taken, you have 
 fortified. G. I had carried, I had destroyed, I had furuished, 
 I hud led, I had slept. 
 
 > c A 
 
 ... 
 
 'A. 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
'f ■ 
 
 REVIEW OF THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. 
 
 109 
 
 I'r 
 
 .1- 
 
 ) (, ; 
 
 II. 1. Wc are put to flight, we are frightened, we arc 
 placed, we are bound. 2. He will be saved, he w'U be held, 
 he will be sent, he will be clothed. 3. They have been 
 praised, the}' have been prevented, they have been led, they 
 have been instructed. 4. They will be adorned, they will 
 be advised, they will be drawn, they will be punished. 
 5. To be loved, to be taught, to be despised, to be thrown, 
 to be opened. G. Thou hast been loved, thou hast been ad- 
 vised, thou hast been welcomed, thou hast been heard. 
 
 III. 1. Sleep, surpass, do {/(^c), bind, conquer, furnish. 
 2. To wound, to throw, to come, to teach, to flow. 3. They 
 are received, they are witnessed, they are driven, they arc 
 clothed, they are taught. 4. I shall teach, I shall punish, 
 I shall draw, I shall flee, I shall create. 5. They have 
 sent, they have had, tliey have armed, they have throwL», 
 they have fl_ed. G. Thou art concpiered, thou art blamed, 
 thou art frightened, .thou art bound, thou art taken. 
 
 » 
 
 ^.\, 
 
 * **& * * ' 
 
 242. 
 
 3. 
 
 COLLOQUIUM. 
 jAormus KT Augustus. 
 
 . i/l^'T)enique ad flncm pensi perveuimus ; quid jam in- 
 
 flnally cud now 
 
 cipiemus?\ "^^ 
 
 begin i ''• j 
 
 At *"Tu quidquid videbitur incipies : ego iucipiam nihil. 
 
 you wbalevcr Bconis guud 
 
 JU'Qnarc? csnc defessus? 
 
 ,/lATorte, ndmodum defessus ; pensiim recognoscendum 
 
 ccrlulnly downright review 
 
 me quidem paene finivit. 
 
 at IcuBt aliuoBt 
 
 J» Mox recreaberis, sT mecum ad natandum veulfis. 
 
 >oon will bu rusted with uie nwlm 
 
110 
 
 FOURTH DECLENSION. 
 
 iv t 
 
 A. Profecto tecum veniam, nam natare mihi est jucun- 
 
 surely with you for 
 
 diss'inum et semper et praecipue cum, 
 
 both especially when 
 
 '■'■ /Sole .s?/& ardentl resonant arhui^ta cicdrUs.** 
 
 under glowing rebound groves the cicadae 
 
 J. Quam laute poetam aliquem laiulas ! 
 
 how elegiuuly some quote 
 
 A. Hunc Vergili versiculiim me docuit praeceptor. 
 
 this Vergil line 
 
 -oojojoo- 
 
 CHAPTER XXXVI. 1. 
 FOURTH DECLENSION. 
 
 243. The stem ends in u. 
 
 244. Rule of Gender,. - — Nouns in us are mascii- 
 Uue ; those iu u are neuter. 
 
 1. The following nouns, and a feAv others, are feminine: acus, 
 needle; domua, house; Idus (pliir.), /f/es/ manus, /ian(/; porti- 
 cus, portico; tribus, tribe. 
 
 245. PARADIGMS 
 
 Gradu», M., step. 
 
 SING. I'M'n. 
 
 N.V. gradua gradus 
 
 G. gradua gratluum 
 
 D. gradul (ii) gradibua 
 
 Ac. gradum gradua 
 
 Genii, n., hnee. 
 
 8INO. 
 
 PLUR. 
 
 Ab. grad d 
 
 MASO. 
 
 N.V. US 
 G. «• 
 
 B. ul (a) 
 Ac. um 
 Ab. a 
 
 grad ibua 
 
 Terminations. 
 aa 
 uum 
 ibua (ubus) 
 
 it 
 
 ibua (ubua) 
 
 gen a 
 
 genua 
 
 gen ua 
 
 gen uum 
 
 genfl 
 
 gen ibua 
 
 genfl 
 
 gen ua 
 
 genii 
 
 gen ibua 
 
 vs. 
 
 NEUT. 
 
 a 
 
 ua 
 
 da 
 
 uum 
 
 ft 
 
 ibua (ubus) 
 
 ft 
 
 ua 
 
 Q 
 
 ibuB (ubus) 
 
 ■ve 
 
 
 I' 
 'I 
 
 "I 
 
 I' 
 
FOUKTH DECLENSION. 
 
 Ill 
 
 cun- 
 
 (■ . 
 
 ;c Il- 
 
 eus, 
 t>rti- 
 
 18) 
 IB) 
 
 I 
 
 %r 
 
 |: 
 
 ii . if 
 
 
 ;';.^ 
 
 i!:. 
 I 
 
 I (;■• 
 
 
 24:6. The fourth declension is a modification of the third. 
 Thus, gradus is for graduis, gradum for graduem, gradu for 
 gradue, etc. 
 
 247. Artus, yom^, paxtuB, hir I h, tiibvLs, tribe, sometimes por- 
 tus, harbor, veru, a spit; also dissylhibles in cus, liave the termiuatiou 
 ubus in the dative and ablative plural. 
 
 i<48. Domus, Jiouse, has also forms of the second declension. 
 See special paradigms, 262. 
 
 249. Decline together domus mea, my house; exercitus 
 mS.guus, lar(/e army; Idus Martiae, Ides of March. 
 
 ^>250. 
 
 2. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Vere adventus avium hominibus est jucundissimns. 
 2. Sensus avium acres sunt, motus celeres. 3. In lacubus 
 et in paludibus magna avium est multitudo. 4. Avea 
 multae in porticibus altis doiniellium habeut. 5. Quercus' 
 Jovl sacra erat. G. Quercus frons est victoris oruameii- 
 tum. 7. Consulatus erat Romanorum niagistratus amplus. 
 
 8. Salus civitatis in manibus consuluiu erat. 9. Cousules 
 exercituum eraut imperatores. 10. Eraut in portibus naves* 
 longae. 
 
 II. 1. The enemy {phir.) were conquered on the arrival^ 
 of Cffisar. 2. Many animals fight with their horns. 3. Many 
 lakes are seen in the Alps.^n 4. The ancients honored the oak 
 (as) the tree'' of Jupiter. 5. The songs of birds are heard 
 among the oaks. G. In ancient times men fought with 
 bows and arrows. 7. The consulship of Cicero was very 
 renowned. 8. CiXisar came into Italy with a large army. 
 
 9. Tlie arrival of the armv freed the citizens from fear.* 
 
 10. Between school and home we take (make) many steps. 
 
 ' Naves longuo, ships of war. 
 
 3 T'rediciite accusative. 
 « Sec 128, 12», 130. 
 
 t^5r 
 
 m^ix 
 
 I ; 
 
 ,*^i:r^' 
 
112 
 
 FIFTH DECI-ENSION. 
 
 251. 
 
 n advcntus, -us, m. 
 
 arrival, approach. 
 arcus, -us, ^f., hoiv. 
 cantus, -us, m., son/7. Isulship. 
 consulatus, -us, m. [consul], con- 
 coruu, -us, N., horn. 
 exercitus, -us, m. [exerceo], 
 
 army. 
 lacus, -us, M., lake. 
 magrstratus, -us, m. [magister], 
 
 office, mayistrate. 
 manus, -us, f., hand. 
 metus, -us, M.,/ear. 
 inotus, -us, M. [luoveo], inove- 
 
 ment, motion. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 [advenio], palus, -udis, r,, sivamp, marsh. 
 
 poftus,"'-us, M., harbor. 
 
 quercus, -us, f., oak. (11. 4.) 
 
 sensus, -us, m. [sentio], sense, 
 feeling. 
 
 ainplus, -a, -um, adj., great, re- 
 nowned, honorable. 
 
 doiiiiciliuni, -i, n., home. (79.) 
 
 frons, frondis, f., chaplet of leaves. 
 
 Juppiter, Jovis, m., Jupiter, the 
 supreme god. (262.) 
 
 sagitta, -ae, f., arrow, 
 
 salus, -utis, F., safety. 
 
 schola, -ae, f., school. 
 
 victor, -oris, m. [vinco], ron^^jierqr. 
 
 + 
 
 -ooJ^OO- 
 
 CHAPTER XXXVII. 1. 
 FIFTH DECLENSION. 
 
 252. The stem ends in e. 
 
 253. Rule of Gendek. — Xoims of the fifth de- 
 clension are feminine, except dieSf daf/, which is 
 commonly masculine in tlie singular, and always in 
 the plural. 
 
 254. 
 
 
 PARADIGMS. 
 
 
 
 Dies, 
 
 day. 
 
 Rgs, th 
 
 Iny, affair. 
 
 Teuminations. 
 
 SING. 
 
 I'LUU. 
 
 SING 
 
 I'LUH. 
 
 SING. 
 
 I'LUU. 
 
 N.V. digs 
 
 digs 
 
 rgs 
 
 rgs 
 
 gs 
 
 gs 
 
 G. digi 
 
 digrum 
 
 rei 
 
 r grum 
 
 61 
 
 erum 
 
 D. diei 
 
 di gbiis 
 
 rel 
 
 rgbus - 
 
 ai 
 
 gbus 
 
 Ac. diem 
 
 digs 
 
 rem 
 
 rgs 
 
 em 
 
 68 
 
 Ab. diS 
 
 digbus 
 
 rS 
 
 rgbus 
 
 8 
 
 gbus 
 
 255. Only digs and rgs nro complete in the plural. A few 
 other nouns have non;inative and accusative plural. 
 
 % » 
 
 ;j 
 
 ■■ 1' 
 
 / 
 
 ;. > 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 :^l 
 
 r 
 
FIFTH DECLENSION. 
 
 113 
 
 « I 
 
 256. ])ecline together res publica, state; in sing., bona ildgs, 
 good faith / magna spes, great hope ; dies qulntus, fifth day. 
 
 i 
 
 
 257. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. la omnibus rebus certus ordo est. 2. Domina 
 reruni huratinrirum est fortuua. 3. Tertio die consul in 
 urbemveniet. 4. Dux exercitum in plfmitiem duxit. 5. Ibi 
 aciem Tnstruxit et liostes exspectabat. G. Mugnam victoriac 
 spem habuit. 7. Nam miiximae (^Vant militum fides et" vir- 
 tus. 8. Pro salute rel publicae pugnabant. 9. l^ostero die 
 hostes in pugnam processerunt. 10. Ad diel fluem vietl 
 sunt et fugati. 
 
 II. 1. God is tlie creator of all tliinscs. 2. The com- 
 monwealth is dear to all goo(^pxrLizens. 3. In all human 
 aflfairs there is much uncertaii™.^ 4. The army was mar- 
 shalled in a large plain. 5. 'I^e enemy advanced against^ 
 the Romans' line of battle. G. The general praised the 
 soldiers for^ their ^ fidelity. 7. In the line of battle were 
 many foot soldiers. 8. They had great liopes of victory. 
 
 9. In* a few days the arrangement of things will be chunged. 
 
 10. The consul gave a pledge to the state. 
 
 258. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 acieSy -ei, f., line of battle. 
 fides, -ei, y., faith, fidelity, pled(je. 
 planities, -ei, f., plain. 
 res publica, f., commonwealth, 
 spes, spei, f., hope. \state. 
 
 carus, -a, -um, adj., dear, precious. 
 certus, -a, -um, ad j ., fixed, certain. 
 creator, -oris, m., creator, 
 domina, -ae, r., mistress, 
 ex-specto, 1, await, expect. 
 humanus, -a, -um, adj., human. 
 
 ^ Many things are uncertain. 
 ^ In with accusative. 
 ' IK with ablative. 
 
 * Omit. 
 
 5 Sou i.'$n, ma. 
 
 ^ Mostly used iu the plural^ 
 
 ft-\tHA)M 
 
 in certus, -a, -um, adj., uncertain. 
 in-struo, 3, -sirnxi, -structum, 
 
 draw up, marshal. 
 
 ordo, -inis, m., order, arrangement. 
 
 paucus,''' -a, -um, adj. ,/«?/;, little. 
 
 pedes, -itis, m. [pes], foot-soldier. 
 
 poster us, -a, -um, ad'y, following, 
 next. 
 
 pro, prep. w. nW., for, in behalf of. 
 
 pro-cedo, 3, -cessi, -cessum, ad- 
 vance. 
 
 
114 
 
 FIFTH DECLENSION. 
 
 ,.'■ 
 
 259. Examine the following : — 
 
 1. Claudus altero pede, lame in one foot. 
 
 2. Moribus similes, similar in character. 
 
 3. Virtute praecedunt, they excel in courage. 
 
 4. Numero ad duodecim, about twelve in number. 
 
 Observe that the ablatives pede, moribus, virtute, and numero, 
 answer the question in what rcsjjectf This ablative is called the 
 Ablative of Specification. 
 
 260. Rule of Syntax. — The ablative is used to 
 denote that in respect to which anything^ is said to 
 be, or to be done. ^-^ 
 
 } • 
 
 261. 
 
 2. 
 
 COLLOQUIUM. 
 
 PRAECEPTOK ET DiSCIPULUS. 
 
 P. .Omuj^um declinatiouum quae est diffieilliraa? » 
 
 IJ^I Tertia mihi videtur difficillima. i 
 
 F, Quare ita censes : _ ■ "^ 
 
 why -s'-A) think C^~^-^*"K^ 
 
 D. Varietatis causa terminationura in nominative singularl. 
 
 fL variety on account \rj:^ -JUxJ^t-^- 
 
 Genus quoque est mihi molestissimum, praesertim nominum 
 
 yj^t gender also ^vo -"^ VvV- I^aX vv^V^^ '^ *^^^ nouns 
 
 in is desinentium. 
 
 ,yv\. A-^ ending 
 
 P. Tenesne memoria auae noraina pluralem genetlvum in 
 mmfeHMant?^^^^^-"^^ ^*=t^. vxvv^.aji. J.^^y^i cv^a^XUk^ ... 
 
 have J 
 
 D,, Priraum nominal in is et es desinentia, sT in genetlvo 
 smgultlri nun, crescunt ; ut hoshs et nuoes. H > ' • ■' 
 
 J ■' •.. . >^ increase '*^ -V v 
 
 Dfeinde monosvllaba in s vei x desinentia, si ante s et a; 
 stat consonaus ; ut urbs et arx. 
 
 cuneonant 
 
 Turn nomina in ns et rs desinentia ; ut cliens et cohors. 
 Denique ueutra in e, a?, ar desinentia ; ut mare, animal^ 
 
 ' 1'^ noutera a^ j^., .>^^^-^^ 'j^;, 
 
 calcar. 
 
 T 
 
 
SPECIAL TARADIGMS. 
 
 116 
 
 P. Optime. iiil piior ; howa, studuistl et bene memoria 
 tends. Jam tibi licet ire ad ludondum. 
 
 you may play 
 
 i.- 
 
 i ^ 
 
 \ 
 
 202. 
 
 CHAPTER XXXVIII. 1. 
 SPECIAL TARADIGMS. 
 
 
 Vir, M., 
 
 Vis, F., 
 
 Deus, M., 
 
 Senex, m., 
 
 
 man. 
 
 strength. 
 
 god. 
 
 old man. 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 N.V. 
 
 vir 
 
 vTs 
 
 deus 
 
 senex 
 
 G. 
 
 viri 
 
 vis^ 
 
 del 
 
 sen is 
 
 D. 
 
 vir 6 
 
 vli 
 
 deo 
 
 sen I 
 
 Ac. 
 
 vir um 
 
 vim 
 
 deum 
 
 sen em 
 
 Ab. 
 
 vir 6 
 
 Tlu 
 
 deo 
 
 RAL. 
 
 sane 
 
 N.V. 
 
 . viri 
 
 vir es 
 
 del, dil, dl 
 
 sen§s 
 
 G. 
 
 vir orum 
 
 virium 
 
 deorum, deura 
 
 L sen um 
 
 D. 
 
 vir IS 
 
 vir ibus 
 
 dels, dils, dis 
 
 sen ibus 
 
 Ac. 
 
 vir OS 
 
 vir es 
 
 deos 
 
 sen es 
 
 Ab. 
 
 vir Is 
 
 vir ibus 
 
 dels, dils, dis 
 
 sen ibus 
 
 
 Iter. N., 
 
 Juppiter, 
 
 Bos, M. & F., 
 
 Domus, F., 
 
 
 way. 
 
 Jupiter. 
 
 ox^ cow. 
 
 house. 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 N.V. 
 
 iter 
 
 Juppiter 
 
 bos 
 
 dom us 
 
 G. 
 
 itineris 
 
 Jovis 
 
 bov is 
 
 donius 
 
 D. 
 
 itiiieri 
 
 Jovi 
 
 bovi 
 
 domul, 6 
 
 Ac. 
 
 iter 
 
 Jovem 
 
 bov em 
 
 domnm 
 
 Ab. 
 
 itinere 
 
 . Jove 
 
 bove 
 
 dom 6, Q 
 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 N.V. 
 
 itinera 
 
 
 bov es 
 
 domus 
 
 G. 
 
 itinerum 
 
 
 bovum, bourn 
 
 domuum, orum 
 
 D. 
 
 itineritu3 
 
 
 bob us, bub us 
 
 dom ibus 
 
 Ac. 
 
 itinera 
 
 
 boves 
 
 dom 6s, us 
 
 Ab. 
 
 itineribus 
 
 
 bob us, biibus 
 
 dom ibus 
 
 * The genitive and dative singular are rare. 
 
 1 '■*'!| 
 
 J >l 
 
116 
 
 FOR TRANSLATION. 
 
 i I 
 
 263, FOR TRANSLATION. 
 
 Proseupina is cakuied off by Pluto. 
 
 IReview 199 and 215.] 
 
 Diim Proserpina luco 
 Liidit, et aiit violas aut Candida lilia carpii;, 
 Dnmque pueliari studio^ calathosque^ sinumqr.e^ 
 Iniplet, et aeqiiales^ certat superare legeudo.* 
 Paene simul visa est dilectaque'' raptaque^ Diti.'' 
 
 • 
 
 Her Chance of Return is lost. 
 
 Dixerat.^ At Cereri certum est'* cducere^" natam." 
 Non ita fata sinunt, quoniam jejunia virgo 
 Solverat et, cultis'^ diim simplex errat^^ in hortis, 
 Poeniceura" errva^^ decerpserat arbore pomum, 
 Sumptaque callenti septem de cortice grana 
 Presserat ^^ ore suo : soliisque ex omnibus iliud 
 Ascalaplius vidit. ... 
 Vidil, et indicio reditum crudelis ademit. 
 
 1 Pueliari studio — puellSri 
 cum studio. See 144 and 145. 
 ^ Que . . . que, both . . . and. 
 ^ Aequales = comites. 
 
 * Itegemlo y i 71 got Iier in fj {flowers). 
 
 * Dilecta, from diligo. 
 
 ^ Rapta, from rapio. With 
 dilecta and rapta supply est. 
 
 "' Diti. Translate as if, instead 
 of the dative, it were a Dite. 
 
 ^ Dixerat, i.e. Jiippiter. 
 
 ® Cereri certum est, to Ceres it 
 is determined = Geres is resolved. 
 
 ^^ Ediicere, that is, from the 
 lower world. 
 
 ^^ Natam = filiam. 
 
 1- Cultis, with hortis. 
 
 ^3 Errat. Translate as if it 
 were errabat. The present is 
 very often used after dum, refer- 
 ring to past time. So ludit, 1. 2. 
 
 ^^ Poeuiceum, with pomum. 
 
 ^^ Curva, bending. The tree is 
 loaded with fruit. 
 
 i*^ Presserat, from premo* 
 
 t 
 
 ^ " 
 
VJ 
 
 xtr 
 
 tr^ 
 
 h 
 
 SL 
 
 ^ Cf^' 
 
 
 \U ^'- ' 
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 
 117 
 
 it 
 
 is 
 
 ler- 
 
 is 
 
 ^' '^i 
 
 I' 
 
 P ■* 
 
 «* f 
 
 CHAPTER XXXIX. 1. 
 
 l^RONOUNS. 
 
 Pronouns may be divided into eight classes, and 
 arranged in three grouj^s : 
 
 1. Personal. f4 nt • r ^6. Relative. 
 
 1.^2. Reflexive. H. -^ _* ., ' . * III. -^T. Interrogative. 
 
 3. Possessive. 
 
 ^ , . . (-0. neiative. 
 
 TT ( 4. Determinative. ttt i - t i. i.- 
 
 II.-! , . III. -'^ <. InterroRati) 
 
 ( o. Demonstrative. J u r 
 
 (. 8. Iiu 
 
 idetinite. 
 
 264. 
 
 Personal Pronouns, 
 paradigms. 
 
 First Peiison. 
 Eg6, /. 
 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 N. eg6, /. 
 
 G. mel, of me. 
 
 D. mihi (ml), to, for me. 
 
 Ac. mS, me. 
 
 Ab. (a) mg, iy we. 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 nos, we. 
 
 nostrum, or noatrl, of us. 
 
 nobis, to, for us. 
 
 nos, us. 
 
 (a) nobis, by us. 
 
 N. tu, thou. 
 
 G. tui, of thee. 
 
 D. tibi, to, for thee. 
 
 Ac. te, Mge. 
 
 Ab. (a) tg, by thee. 
 
 Second Person. * 
 
 Tu, thou. 
 
 vos, you, ye. 
 
 vestrum, or vestri, 
 
 vobis, to, for you. 
 
 vos, you. 
 
 (a) vobIs, by you. 
 
 of you. 
 
 Reflexive Pronoun. 
 Sui, of himself, etc. 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 N. 
 
 G. sui, of himself , herself, itself 
 D. sibi, to, for himself, etc. 
 Ac. sg (sgsg), himself, etc. 
 Ab. (a) se (sesg), by himself etc. 
 
 SUI, of themselves. 
 sibi, to, for themselves. 
 se (sese), themselves. 
 (a) sg (sgsg), by themselves. 
 
 -,'vi 
 
 ^ h\ 
 
 ' IS . 
 
 III" 
 
118 
 
 PilONOUKS. 
 
 I 
 
 IS I 
 
 hf, 
 
 I 
 
 A 
 
 m 
 
 v> 
 
 265. 1. The personal proiicin of the third person is is, ea, id, 
 hCf she, it. But wiien reference is made in tlie oblicjue cases to the 
 subject of the sentence, the reflexive sul is used : Omnes homines 
 8§ (or 8es§) amant, all men love themselves. 
 
 2. The nominatives of the personal p' uiouns are nuich less fre- 
 quently used in Latin than their equivalents in English. "Why is 
 this? Tn general, they are used only for enqihasis or contrast: 
 Ego sum aegrotus, tu vales, / am sick, you are well. 
 
 3. " With me, with you," etc., are not expressed, as you vvould 
 expect, by cum me, cum te, etc., but always by mecum, tecum, 
 sScum, nobiscum, vobiscum. So quibuscum (279). 
 
 4. The personal pronouns of the first and second person are 
 often used with reflexive sense : Tu te amas, thou lovest thyself; 
 efeo mihi noceo, / <lo harm to mysr.lf. 
 
 ' Possessive Adjective Pkonouxs. 
 
 206, Possessive adjective pronouns are formed from the steins 
 of personal and reflexive pronouns : 
 
 suus, -a, -um, hh, her, its, their (own). 
 iioster, -tra, -truni, our, ours. 
 vester, -tra, -trum, your^ yours. 
 
 yf 
 
 mens, -a, -um, 77iy, mine 
 (voc. sing. masc. mi). 
 
 tuuB, -a, -um, thy, thine; 
 your, yours. /) i 
 
 ( 
 
 267. 
 
 i^ 
 
 I 
 
 
 2. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 \' 
 
 I I. 1. Pater me jim.it vt putroin ogo luno. 2. TQ onoqne 
 patrcin meum fiiniis. 3. Patrcin tnum ogo quoquo aino. 
 4. Puella niniiimi so culpat. 5. Fliium tuvim ainfuiius iids 
 omues, 0. Vos (ace.) agitatis. 7. . Noii ut alii lios (am.) 
 videmnSf 8. Brutus se suO gladiO porfodit. 1). Nos sunius 
 miseri, bcilH estis vos. 10. Sine te ct tecum pariter siiinus 
 miscri. 11. MGcum eris iniserriuuis. 12. De te erat inea 
 Oiatio. 13. Vobibcain Irlstis cro nuncpuuu. 14. JMilii mea 
 vita, tibi tua cat cara. lo. Amicus uoster est iiicmor vestn. 
 
 II. 1. Thy mother is dear to thee, mine to mo. 2. All 
 your plans are known to us. 3. The boy loves himself too 
 mucU, 4, TUti burUeu will be carried by me, by you, by us, 
 
 ^ 
 
 1 1 
 
iii 
 
 PKONOUNS. 
 
 119 
 
 
 ill 
 
 Mt 
 
 1 
 
 by thee. 5. With you and witliout you we shall be equally 
 happy. 6. Thee I love, but not tliy clog. 7. O, how I shall 
 miss you, my friend I 8. We • are poor, you' are rich. 9. Our 
 life is very short. 10. The boy carried a wooden cup with 
 him(self). 
 
 268. VOCABULARY, 
 
 agitu, 1 [ago, \)ui in motion], diS' onus, -eria, n., burden 
 
 turb, vex, chase 
 beatus, -a, -uni, adj., happy. 
 culpo, 1 [culpa], blame, censure, 
 
 reproach. 
 desidero, 1, desire, long for, miss 
 ligneus, -u, -uiii, adj. [lignum, 
 
 wood], ofiCddd, iroinhn. 
 nlniiuin, adv., too, too much. 
 notus, -a, -uin, adj., known. 
 
 oriltio, -onis, f. [oro], speech, 
 
 talk, address. 
 paritor, adv. [par, e(pial\, equalhj. 
 pauper, eris, adj., poor. (167.'3.) 
 per-fodio, 3, -fodi, -fossuni, dig 
 
 through, stab, pierce. 
 qjioquc, conj., (dso, too. 
 sine, j)ri'{). \v. abl., without 
 
 ut, adv and conj., as 
 
 Ji .. 
 
 y- 
 
 209. 
 
 COLLOQUIUM. 
 FllATKK KT SOIIUUCULA. 
 
 F. Age, so'rorcula niea, si tibi placet, unibulilbimus. 
 
 com«j little Biwter vv > walk 
 
 S. Quo est til)i in aninio, care frater, anibulfire? Nounc 
 
 whither 
 
 in agros? 
 
 F, Ita est, in agros et in umbra silvtirum. 
 
 yes shade 
 
 &» Libenter tecum ambulo, tamen ... 
 
 glndly hut 
 
 F. Quid? cur tantum dubitas, sT, ut dicis, raecum ambul&s 
 
 ,,, „ BO much hoHltiite 
 
 hbcntcr? 
 
 S. Noli me rTdere. Metuo augucs. *'FrTgidus latet 
 
 doit't liui^li at Hnak( H culd lurki 
 
 anguis in herlia," ut oantat VevMlius. 
 
 F. Noli metuero. VeuT; ubi fraga maturu sunt repperl. 
 
 whero BtrawhcrrloH ripo aro bavu found. 
 
 S. O quam suave ! In me non jam est mora. 
 
 dellKhtfut. DOW delay 
 
 y 
 
 Why shuuld the pronouns be exprt'sscd in Latin I 
 
 " i s- 
 
 N 
 
120 
 
 DETERMINATIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 270. 
 
 CHAPTER XL. 1. 
 
 detp:rminatjve pronouns. 
 
 PARADIGMS: Is, idem, ipse. 
 
 Is, that, this ; also, he, she, it 
 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 
 N. is 
 
 •11 
 
 id 
 
 ei, ii 
 
 eae 
 
 ea 
 
 G. Sjua 
 
 ejus 
 
 ejus 
 
 eorum 
 
 earum 
 
 eorum 
 
 D. ex 
 
 •I 
 
 el 
 
 eis, iis 
 
 els, iis 
 
 eis, iis 
 
 Ac. eum 
 
 eam 
 
 id 
 
 eos 
 
 eas 
 
 ea 
 
 Ab. eo 
 
 •A 
 
 filXGULAU. 
 
 eo 
 
 Idem, 
 
 eis, iis 
 same. 
 
 eis, iis 
 
 PLURAL, 
 
 eis, iis 
 
 N. Idem 
 
 eSdem 
 
 idem 
 
 ( eiQ3m 
 
 eaedem 
 
 e&dem 
 
 G. fijusdem gjusdem ejusdem eorundem earundem <?6rundem 
 
 T^ -J -J -J S eisdem eisdem eisdem 
 
 I), eidem eidem eidera ■{ 
 
 i iisdem iisdem iisdem 
 
 Ac.eundem eandem idem 
 
 eosdem easdem eS.dem 
 
 «i -J _, -J (eisdem eisdem eisdem 
 
 Ab.eodem eSLdem eodem ■{ 
 
 i iisdem iisd&m iisdem 
 Ipse, self (himself, etc.). 
 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 ipse ipsa 
 
 ipsum 
 
 ipsi 
 
 ipsae 
 
 ipsa 
 
 G. 
 
 ipsTuB ipsius 
 
 ipsius 
 
 ipsSrum 
 
 ipsclrum 
 
 ipsSrum 
 
 D. 
 
 ipsi ipsl 
 
 ipsi 
 
 ipsia 
 
 ipsia 
 
 ipsia 
 
 Ac. 
 
 ipsum ipsam 
 
 ipsum 
 
 ipsoa 
 
 ipsSli 
 
 ipaa 
 
 Ab. 
 
 ipsO ipB& 
 
 ips5 
 
 ipsis 
 
 ipala 
 
 ipsia 
 
 1. Deterininative pronouns, like adjectives, agree with nouns 
 expressed or understood; Idem and ipae also with pronouns. 
 
 2. la is very often used as a personal pronoun, ineaninjjf he, she, 
 it, they. Also as tlio antecedent of qui, who; is qui, he who. 
 
 3. idem is compounded of is and the sufllx <lrm. Idem is for 
 ladem ; idem for iddem ; eundem, etc., for eumdem, etc ; 
 eOruudem, etc., for eOramdem, etc. 
 
 / 
 
 I 
 
 y 
 
 ■ ; 
 
 \' 
 
I 
 
 DETERMINATIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 121 
 
 4. Ipse, .se^/* (intensive) is used to emphasize a noun or pronoun 
 expressed or understood, and must be distinguished from sg, self 
 (reflexive) : 
 
 (1) Homo ipse veniet, (he man 7ii7nself(iiiul not another) will come. 
 
 (2) Hominem ipsum vidi, / saw the man himself. 
 
 (3) Homo se culpat nimium, ihe man blames himself ton much. 
 
 (4) Miles fratrem, dein se ipsum interfecit, the soldier killed 
 
 his brother, then himself. 
 
 5. How do we indicate in English in speech, and how in writing, 
 when we use self {himself etc.) whether we intend the intensive or 
 the reflexive selff 
 
 G. Ipse may be variously translated : ipse feci, I myself did 
 it, I did it ALONE, / did it ov my own accokd. 
 
 271. Decline togetluM- is homo, that man; ea nSvis, that shij) ,• 
 id bellum, that var ; Idem digs, the same da>i ; eadem manus, the 
 same hand; idem onus, the same burden; vir ipse, the man himself 
 
 
 2. 
 
 272. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Cicero est scrTptor elogantiBsimiis ; ejus libros legi- 
 mus. 2. Fidum anucuni habeo ; einn oi^o maj^is quuni tu 
 amas. 3. Eum niagisquiiin te amo. 4. Non scMuper eundera 
 hominem laiulaniiis. f). jMagister ipse te laudfibit. 6. 8uut 
 sex partes. orbis terrtirum ;'lnrixinia ofirum est Asia. 7. For- 
 tuna nunc mihi,' nunc ei' favet. 8. Interduni aniToIs^ ipsis, 
 iuterdum inimiciy^ nocet. 0. Senii)er idem erat Socratis 
 vultns. 10. In eodem specu luibitabaiit Andruclus et leo. 
 
 II. 1. Sallust is on el('«iant author; have you read his 
 writings? 2. I have not read liiose, but Cicero's. 3. For- 
 tune favored now you,' now them.* 4. Kven (ipse) your own 
 frieni] will l)hune you. f). The minds of men are not always 
 the same. C. We were sailing ' with you in the same ship. 
 7. He gave me the book of his own accord.* 8. The muster 
 
 ^ Indirect object, ihoufrh trnns- 
 lutt'd as u direct object. Sec ii-ili. 
 
 a Dfttivc. Cf. I. 7. 
 ' Tse pasHJve of vellO* 
 * See 270. 0. 
 
 i*i 
 
 f 
 
 .a 
 
 

 If 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 ! 
 
 
 /H 
 
 122 
 
 DETERMINATIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 offers the game rewards to the bovs. 9. The same rewards 
 are offered by the master himself. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 27'* 
 
 Oa 
 
 rv 
 
 / Androclus, -i, m., Androdus. 
 
 anctor, -oris, m. [augeo, uxcrease\, 
 maker, author. 
 
 elegans, -utis, adj., choice, elegant. 
 
 faveo, 2, fjivi, faiitum, I favor- 
 able to, befriend (with dat.). 
 
 interduin^ adv., sometimes. 
 
 inenS) nicntisy v., mind, purpose, 
 
 noceoy 2, nociii, iioritiiin, do 
 harm to, hurt, injure (with dat.). 
 
 orbis, -Is, M., circle. 
 
 orbis torrarum, the earth, the world. 
 
 Sallustiiis, -i, m., Sallust, a his- 
 torian. (79.) 
 
 scriptor, -oris, m. [scriho]^ icriter, 
 author. 
 
 scriptuin, -i, n. [scribo], writing, 
 icritten irork. 
 
 sex, num. adj., indecl., six. 
 
 speciis, -lis, M., cave. 
 
 suavitor, adv. [suavis], siceethj, 
 drlightfulli/. 
 
 vultiis, -us, M., countenance, fea- 
 
 tures, looks. 
 
 anliniis (101), 7nind, soul, heart; tlic general word for mind. 
 mens, mind, as that which thinks, intellect; moro Umitcd in meaning. 
 
 L 
 
 3. .^■- 
 
 COLLOQUIUM. 
 274. Translate into Latin : — 
 
 Brothkk and Little Sister. — Conthmod. 
 
 B. Let lis carry ^ witli us two^ little-baskets.'' 
 
 S, See !* T have them in my baud already." 
 
 B. The sun is hot," but there is a cool' breeze. 
 
 S. Oh, how tlie trees and liowisrs deliiiht me ! 
 
 B. To stay in the liouse is downright '"* stupid.^ 
 
 S. Yes, indeed,^" and I don't mean to any moro." 
 
 B. Here are''' the strawberries. Now we will fill our 
 baskets. Isn't it jolly?" 
 
 1 Let us carri/, portr^inus. 
 « DuilH. See ,ni. 4. 
 
 • Gorbula, -ao. 
 
 • Ecco. '' Jam. 
 
 • ArdSns. ' FriRldus. 
 " Admodum. " Molostus. 
 
 ^^ Yes, indeed, Ista sunt, those 
 things are (true). 
 
 '1 NfUher \s it in mind to me more. 
 See 260. 1. 2. 
 
 ^'^ Here are ^ en I or ecco I 
 
 ^" sunvisslnium. 
 
 .'■ 
 
 a 
 
 •*■»•*=-<?.. «r 
 
^1 
 
 Demonstkative pronouns. 
 
 128 
 
 o 
 
 u^ 
 
 CHAPTER XLiI. 4 
 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 
 275. PARADIGMS: Hic.iste.ille. 
 
 HIc, this (^Tiear'), this of mine. 
 
 SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
 
 hae haec 
 
 liarum horum 
 
 his his 
 
 has haec 
 
 hift his 
 
 istae ista 
 
 istarum istoriim 
 
 istis istis 
 
 ist^s ista 
 
 istis istia 
 
 illae ilia 
 
 ill^rum illorum 
 
 illis illia 
 
 iims ilia 
 
 illls illXs 
 
 N. 
 
 hTc 
 
 haec 
 
 hoc 
 
 hi 
 
 G. 
 
 hujus 
 
 hujus 
 
 hujus 
 
 li'^rum 
 
 D. 
 
 huic 
 
 huic 
 
 huic 
 
 his 
 
 Ac. 
 
 hunc 
 
 hanc 
 
 hoc 
 
 hos 
 
 Ab- 
 
 hoc 
 
 hac 
 
 hoc 
 
 his 
 
 
 
 
 jL3te, that, Tliat of //ours. 
 
 N. 
 
 iste 
 
 ista 
 
 istud 
 
 istl 
 
 G. 
 
 istius 
 
 istius 
 
 istius 
 
 istorum 
 
 D. 
 
 isti 
 
 istl 
 
 ' istl 
 
 istis 
 
 Ac. 
 
 istum 
 
 istam 
 
 istud 
 
 istos 
 
 Ab. 
 
 isto 
 
 .ista 
 
 isto 
 Ille, that 
 
 ibcis 
 {yonder). 
 
 N. 
 
 iUe 
 
 ilia 
 
 illud 
 
 ill! 
 
 G. 
 
 illius 
 
 illiua 
 
 illius 
 
 illdium 
 
 D. 
 
 illl 
 
 illl 
 
 illl 
 
 illis 
 
 Ac. 
 
 ilium 
 
 illam 
 
 illud 
 
 illos 
 
 Ab. 
 
 ill5 
 
 ilia 
 
 1115 • 
 
 illis 
 
 ^ 
 
 1. HIc is used of that which is near tlio spoakor in place, time^ 
 or thouyht, and hence is called thf* Demonstrative of the First Per- 
 son : HIo equus, this horse (near me, or belotujintj to me). 
 
 2. Iste is used oC that which has sonie relatioti to the person 
 aDddressed, and hence is called the Demonstrative of the Second 
 Person : Iste equus, that horse, (nec.r you, or helonying to you). 
 
 3. Ille is used of that which is relatively remote from the 
 speaker, or person addressed, in place, time, or thowjht, and hence is 
 called the Demonstrative of tlio Third P(!rson : Ille equua, that 
 horse {yonder) * 
 
 4. Hie often means that well-known, that fumotts. 
 
 \ ii 
 
 m 
 
 i't 
 
 ^ 
 
I 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 ^ ..scfi • - ^ >''' 
 
 V^\Qv 
 
 124 
 
 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 5. HIc and ille are sometimes used in contrast: Hic, ./in latter} 
 ille, the former, 
 
 G. Is, as a determinative pronoun, sometimes approaches hTc in 
 meaning, sometimes ille. Hence it is to be translated this or thaty 
 according to tlie connection. 
 
 r> 
 
 \ 
 
 k 
 
 276. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. IIliiis hominis filiura laiulri])ant omnes. 2. Isto canis 
 semper Ititnit. 3. Hujus scholae semper mcmores erimus. \ a. 
 4. DabO tibi illucl carmen piilcherrimiini. 5. lilt lapides 
 durl sunt. G. Multl viridlvites in liac urbe habitant. 7. Va- 
 rii suiit colorcs lifijus floris. 8. Nomeu illTus poetae est cla- 
 rissimum. 9. Ilfirum avium cantus nos deleetat. 10. Ista 
 tna studia arao et huido. 1 1 . Ilfis terras sIlvTs pulclierrimis 
 ornavit Deus. 12. Ihud ducis consilium nobis utile fuit. 
 
 II. 1. These mountains are very Miigh. 2. 1 shall always 
 be mindful of that friend of yours. ^ 3. This thing will be 
 liurtful to you. 4. Demosthenes and Cicero were famous^ 
 orators; the former'' was a Greek, the latter* a Roman. 
 f». I'he citizens of yonder city are most wretched. 6. The 
 air in tliese mountains is lighter than in those valleys. 7. He 
 gave me this pretty bird. 8. That old farmer's wine is good. 
 9. I have read that book of yours. 10, That book of yours 
 has been read by me, by you, by us, by us ourselves. \ y 
 
 2. 
 
 277. EXERCISES. 
 I. 1. Hannibal, clarissinms ille imperator, Alpes montes 
 
 buperavit. 2. Mllitum animos hac oratione fn niavit. 3. Vi- 
 detia, mllites fortlssluiT, Italiam iUam. 4. lUud est domi- 
 cilium hostium nostrorum. 5. GallT, incolae harum regionum, 
 socil amIcTque nostri erunt. G. Hi nobis onmea res neces- 
 Burids praebc))unt.. 7* HI erunt hostes illOrum Komauorum 
 
 t*. 
 
 
 / 
 
 ft. 
 
 * See p. 01, note. 
 
 * That of yours --- Iste. 
 
 * Superlative. 
 
 * See 275. G. 
 
demonstrativp: pronouns. 
 
 126 
 
 er; 
 in 
 
 y 
 
 QIS 
 
 a- 
 la- 
 sta 
 lis 
 
 -V- 
 
 be 
 is^ 
 n. 
 he 
 ^e 
 d. 
 irs 
 
 \~ - 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 '' 
 
 r' 
 
 es ' 
 
 f^ 
 
 1- 
 
 • 
 
 1 - 
 
 • 
 
 11- 
 
 i 
 
 \ 
 
 o» 
 
 
 
 s- 
 ra 
 
 
 
 iraproborum. 8. Koma ilia praeda vestra erit. 9. Vos 
 ipsi expugnavlstis Sagiintiiin, opplduiii illud firmissimiim. 
 10. Has AlpC's, illos PyrGnaeos rnoiites superavistis ; Ko- 
 manos iiiox vincetis. 
 
 II. 1. Hannibal increased the courage of tlie soldiers b}' 
 these words. 2. Again, soldiers, have you defeated those 
 famous Koraans. 3. The j'ods and your own courage liave 
 given us the victory. 4. This fair Italy will soon be ours. 
 5. Rome itself, that proud city, will be taken. C. Those 
 arms of yours will be stained with the best blood of Rome. 
 7. Those famous legions have been c/^feated. 8. Cross 
 with me yonder mountains. 1). Those fir^ e enemies of the 
 Romans, the Samnites, will welcome us. 10. Rome shall 
 be the reward of valor. Forward I^ _ -• ^ 
 
 278. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 aer, iieris, M.,ai'r. 
 
 cantus, -us, :\i., ainging, song. 
 
 delecto, 1, deUght. 
 
 Demosthenes, -is, m., Demosthe- 
 nes, an Athenian orator. 
 
 <liv6s, -Itis, adj., rich. (167. C) 
 
 do, dare, dCdi, datum, give. 
 
 ex-pugno, 1, take bg storm, tale.^ 
 
 firmo, 1 [firmus], make firm or 
 steadfast, fortifi/, strengthen. 
 
 firmus, -a, -um, iid]., strung Jirni. 
 
 Improbus, -a, -um, adj., bad. 
 
 Itcrum, adv., a second time, again. 
 
 lutro, 1, hark, bark at. 
 
 legio, -onis, f., legion. 
 inaculo, 1, stain. 
 
 inox, adv., soon. [^snry. 
 
 necessjlrius, -a, -um, adj., neces- 
 praeda, -ae, F., boot;/, s})oiL 
 Saguntum, -i, n., iSaguutum, town 
 
 in Spain. 
 Samnis, -itIs, m. & f., a Samnite. 
 sanguis, -inis, m., blood. 
 silva, -ae, f., irood, forest. 
 sooius, -i, M., allg, associate. 
 superbus, -a, -um, adj., proud. 
 tenuis, -e, adj., thin, light. 
 traluscendo, 8, -i, -sum, cross. 
 
 cantus, song, melodg, whether of the voico of man, of birds, or of 
 
 mu.sical instrunuMits. 
 carmen, song, as melodg, nnd also in a wider sense; often with 
 
 reference to tlie composition. Hence, a ])oem.'^ 
 
 ^ Procedlte. distinctions in synonymous words 
 
 2 It must nut be supposed that arc always observed in usage. 
 
 \ '4- 
 
 < .:i 
 
 t 
 
 V 
 
126 
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 
 ili 
 
 is. 
 
 CHAPTEH XLII. 1. 
 
 rilONOUNS: RELATIVE, INTERROGATIVE, AND 
 
 INDEFINITE. 
 
 379. PARADIGMS: Qui, quis, aliquis. 
 
 Relativj: : Qui, who, which, that. 
 
 SINGULAK. PLURAL. 
 
 N. 
 
 qui 
 
 quae 
 
 quoc 
 
 I qui 
 
 quae 
 
 quae 
 
 G. 
 
 cujus 
 
 cujus 
 
 cujus quorum 
 
 quarum 
 
 quorum 
 
 D, 
 
 cuT 
 
 CUl 
 
 CUl 
 
 quibus 
 
 quibus 
 
 quibus 
 
 Ac. 
 
 quem 
 
 quam 
 
 quod 
 
 quos. 
 
 quas 
 
 quae 
 
 Ab. 
 
 quo 
 
 qua 
 
 quo 
 
 quibus 
 
 quibus 
 
 quibus 
 
 
 
 IXTERROGATIVI 
 
 :: Quis, who, tchlch, what? 
 
 
 N. 
 
 quia 
 
 quae 
 
 quid 
 
 qui 
 
 quae 
 
 quae 
 
 G. 
 
 cujus 
 
 cujus 
 
 cujus quorum 
 
 quarum 
 
 quorum 
 
 D. 
 
 CUl 
 
 CUl 
 
 CUl 
 
 quibus 
 
 quibus 
 
 quibus 
 
 Ac. 
 
 quem 
 
 quam 
 
 quid 
 
 ^ quos 
 
 quas 
 
 quae 
 
 Ab. 
 
 quo 
 
 qua 
 
 qu5 
 
 quibus 
 
 quibus 
 
 quibas 
 
 
 Indefinite 
 
 : Aliquis, so7ne one, some, any one. 
 
 » 
 
 » 
 
 
 
 
 SINGULAK. 
 
 
 
 
 N. 
 
 aliquis 
 
 
 aliqua 
 
 aliquid or - 
 
 quod 
 
 
 G. 
 
 alicujus 
 
 
 alicujus 
 
 alicujus 
 
 
 
 D. 
 
 alicui 
 
 
 alicui 
 
 alicui 
 
 
 
 Ac. 
 
 aliquem 
 
 
 alio u am 
 
 aliquid or -quod 
 
 
 Ab. 
 
 aliqud 
 
 
 aliqua 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 aliqud 
 
 
 
 N. 
 
 aliqul 
 
 
 aliquae 
 
 aliqua 
 
 
 
 G. 
 
 aliquorum 
 
 aliquarum 
 
 aliquorum 
 
 
 
 D. 
 
 aliquibus 
 
 \ 
 
 aliquibus 
 
 aliquibus 
 
 
 
 Ac. 
 
 aliquos 
 
 
 aliquSs 
 
 aliqua 
 
 
 
 Ab. 
 
 aliquibus 
 
 
 aliquibus 
 
 aliquibus 
 
 
 1. Observe the feminine nominative singular, and the neuter 
 nominative phiral of aliquis, and compare them with correspond- 
 ing forms of quis. 
 
 / 
 
 ,1 
 
 :i 
 
 
 tJ 
 
 a1 
 
 r( 
 
 4 
 
 /fl 
 
PRONOUNS. 
 
 127 
 
 m 
 
 3 
 
 / 
 
 2. Aliquis is used adjectively in the neuter form aliquod, and 
 sometimes in the masculine and feminine forms. Tiie same is 
 true of qiiidam and quisque (1). 
 
 8. Besides tlie interrogative quia and its compounds, tliere is 
 an interiogative adjective qui {which, tvhat?) declined like the 
 relative qui. 
 
 4. Besides aliquis, the most important indefinites are : 
 
 quidam quaedam qwiddam, or quo Adam, certain one, certain. 
 quisquam (icantlny) quidquam, any one (at all), no plural. 
 quisque quaeque quidque, or quodque, each one, every. 
 
 5. Quidam, quisquam, and quisque are declined like the 
 simple pronouns. Quidam changes m to n before d ; queiidam, 
 etc., quorundam, etc, 
 
 6. Aliquis, soinc one, any one (without emphasis) ; quisquam, 
 any one at all (emphatic), also in negative and interrogative 
 sentences. Quis uLler si, nisi, ne, and num, is indefinite, any on e. 
 
 7. Aliquis means some man, I don't know who; quidam, a 
 certain man, whom I know, hut don't mean to describe. 
 
 280. Examine the following : — 
 
 1. Puer qui venit, the boy ivho came. 
 
 2. Puella quae venit, the yirl who came. 
 
 3. Libri quos legis, the books ivhich you read. 
 
 4. Puellae quas vidisti, the yirls whom you saw. 
 
 Compare the relative in each of the above examples with the 
 noun to which it refers (called the antecedent) in respect, first to 
 gender, and then to number. 
 
 Look now at the case of the relative in each of the examples, 
 and compare the English with the Latin. Plainly, the case of the 
 relative has nothing to do with that of the antecedent. It may be 
 the same or different. 
 
 281. Rule of Syntax.^ — A relative pronoun 
 agrees with its antecedent in gender and nutnber. 
 
 } * - >i 
 
 ! i 1 
 
 '■Si 
 
 
 I 
 
 ^ As the person of the antece- 
 dent has no effect on the rulatWe, 
 it ia wrong, though customary, to 
 
 pay " tlio relative aprecs with its 
 antecedent in gender, number, and 
 person." 
 
 ■ 1 
 
12^ 
 
 PKONOU.^S. 
 
 
 K 
 
 282. Examine the following : — 
 
 1. Ego qui venT, / wlo came. 
 
 2. Vos qui venistis, you who came. 
 
 Observe now the person and number of the verb in these two 
 examples, and in the first two given in 280. 
 
 283. Rule of Syntax. — The verb of which a 
 relative pronoun is tlie subject agrees in person and 
 fiunibev with the autecedeut of the relative. 
 
 r 
 
 284. 
 
 2. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Quis forum Romunonini rOstrls ornavit? 2. Gajus 
 Dullius, qui miiguara praedam a Carthaginiensibus reporta- 
 vit. 3. Quae amicitia potest esseMuter improbOs ? 4. Quis 
 clarior fuit iu Graeciii Theraiistocle ? ^ 5. Quern times in 
 mea domo ? G. Quae animfdia sunt celerrinia et ferocis- 
 sima? 7. Omne animal quod sanguineni habct cor habet. 
 8. Divites sunt ii qui suls rebus eontentl sunt. 0. Erant 
 quoque' anno duo consulcs in civitate Romaua. 10. Sunt 
 animalia quaedam in quibus est aliquid simile ration!, / 
 
 ""-II. 1. What have you in your hand? 2. B}^ whom was 
 the Roman forum adorned with the prows of ships? 3. We 
 see the general whom you praise. 4. lie is rich who is con- 
 tented. 5. He will be praised whose* courage saved our 
 country. C. We love those whose manners are pleasing. 
 7. The boy has something in his hand. 8. Certain labors 
 arc pleasant to us. 9. We are the same'' to-day that" we 
 were yesterday. 10. AVhat tilings are brought to us from 
 
 ' Africa? 
 
 
 ^ Potest esse, mn he. 
 
 •■' See 212. 
 
 ^ Ablative of quisque. 
 
 * Of whom, 
 
 ^ The samn . . . that, or same . .. 
 as, itleiu . . . qui. 
 
 A 
 
 ir- i 
 
 \i 
 
a 
 
 PRONOUNSe 
 
 129 
 
 A 
 
 3. ^ 
 
 285. EXERCISES. 
 
 Before trying to do the following exorcises, review the declen- 
 sion of irregular adjectives (200, 201), and write out the declension 
 of quidam, quisquam, and quisqur. 
 
 I. 1. Est quisquam tibl cfiriorquam parcntc's till? 2. Pro- 
 prii libeii curissinil cuique sunt. 3. Krant duo fllil Ivlulae 
 Silviae, quorum alterl erat uomen Ronuilus, alterl Remus; 
 uterque fortis erat. 4. Kstne iii ullo aiiimfilT major prudeu- 
 tia quara in cane? 5. Videsne ilia duo sldera? utrius lux 
 clarior est? 6. Virtus eorum qui patriam uostram serviiveruut 
 semper kiudabitur. 7. in istls arboribus quae hortum ornaut 
 aves variae cantant. 8. KLsus aliorum saepe causa Irae nos- 
 trae est. 9. Nilllum malum sine aliquo bono est. 10. Nemo 
 nostrum idem est in soneetute qui^ fuit in juventutc. 11. Ur- 
 bes illae, quarum gloria magna est, a militibus nostiis expu- 
 gnatae sunt. 
 
 -^ II. 1. All animals that have blood have hearts. 2. We 
 shall be the same^ to-morrow as^ we are to-day. 3. Is any^ 
 animal more sagacious than the elephant?^ 4. "We have 
 five fingjCrs on each hand. 5. Those have hope mIio have 
 nothing else.* G. Many men build houses which the}- will 
 never inhabit. 7. The moon sends upon the earth the light 
 which slie has received from the sun. 8. Cornelia had two 
 sons, both of whom" were killed. 9. Hector, by whose 
 bravery many Greeks were slain, was himself killed. 10. Will 
 not some friend relieve me of this burden?'' 
 
 286. VOCABULARY. 
 
 acclpio, 3, -cepi, -ceptuin [ad- Carthagi iensis, o, adj. [Carth- 
 capio]» take to, receive, accept, Sgo], of CaitJnujc, CavthcKjinian. 
 
 bonuin, -I, n., y^ot/ tlung^ hlessing. clams, -a, -uin, bri(/ht,f anions. 
 
 WJ 
 
 ) ii 
 
 : li^l 
 
 » See p. 128, note 5. 
 a See I. 4. 
 
 8 See 211, 212. 
 < Aliud. 
 
 '' Of whom each. 
 « See \16, 129. 
 
 1 J 
 
180 
 
 REVIEW OP PRONOUNS. 
 
 contentus, -a, -um, adj ., contented. 
 
 cor, cordis, x., heart. 
 
 eras, adv., to-morrow. 
 
 digitus, -i, M.fjinger. 
 
 duo,-ae,-o, nutn.adj.,<tt'o(311.4). 
 
 ex-pugno, 1 [pugna]f take, capture. 
 
 forum, -i, n., market-place, forum. 
 
 Gajus Duilius, -i, m., Caius 
 Duilius. 
 
 Hector, -oris, m., Hector, chief of 
 the Trojan heroes. 
 
 heri, adv., yesterday. 
 
 hodie, adv., to-day. 
 
 labor, -oris, m., lal>or. 
 
 malum, -i, n., bad thing, evil. 
 
 uemo (inis), m. & f. [ne, homo], 
 no one. For genitive and abla- 
 tive use uullius, uullo. 
 
 parens, -entls, m. & f., parent. 
 
 (167. 1.) 
 proprius, -a, -um, adj., one^s own. 
 prudentla, -ae, f. [prfidcns], 
 
 foresight, sagacity, wisdom. 
 Remus, -i, m., Remus, brother of 
 
 Roniulu.s. 
 re-porto, 1, bring back. 
 Rhea Silvia, -ae, f., Rhea Silvia. 
 risus, -fis, M. [rideo], laughter. 
 Romulus, -i, M., Romulus, first 
 
 king of Rome. 
 rostrum, -i, n., prow of a vessel. . 
 sidus, -eris, n., star, constellation. 
 Themistocles, -is, m., Tht^isto- 
 
 cles, a famous Greek. 
 varius, -a, -um, adj., dij/erent, 
 
 changeable, various. 
 
 ■. 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 r '->' 
 
 -^xjJOCo**- 
 
 ( 
 
 CHAPTER XLIII. 1. 
 
 REVIEW OF PRONOUNS. 
 
 Review the paradigms. 
 
 287. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Idem es qui* semper fuisti. 2. Hodie eadem dictitat 
 quae* heri. 3. Ecce domura quam aedificavit Johanniculus. 
 4. Quidam puer cachinnabat. 5. Iste homo, qui te lauda- 
 bat, est stultissimus. 6. Sua euTque^carissima sunt. 7. Su! 
 cuique^ carissimi sunt. 8. Coram me aliquis illam fabulam 
 narrabat. 9. Egens est et is qui nou satis habet, et is cui 
 nihil satis est. 10. Beatus est quP non cupit quae' non habet. 
 
 1 See p. 128, note 5. 
 ^ Notice the order; quisque 
 likeh to stand after the reflexives. 
 
 ' The antecedent of the rela- 
 tive is often omitted when it is 
 some form of Is. 
 
 
 \ ' 
 
1 ■ 
 
 REVIEW OF PRONOUNS. 
 
 131 
 
 II. 1. She is the same that' she always has been. 2. lie 
 will say the sarae things to-morrow as' to-day. 3. Certain 
 boys laughed out loud in school. 4. That friend of yours 
 is a very wise man. 5. Those trees yonder are covered with 
 leaves. C. This man is praised by the citizens, '^..^ one is 
 blamed. 7. The general himself led his bras'_ s< kliers. 
 
 8. The soldiers were led by the brave genei. iiimsclf. 
 
 9. Danger itself is pleasing to the brave. ^ 10. Tliose who 
 are most faithful to their friends are most dear to us. --^ 
 
 2. 
 288, EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Quod^ non dedit fortiina, non eripit. 2. Liber est 
 quT^ null! turpitudinl servit. 3. Quis est amlcior friitri quam 
 
 r i>- frater? 4. Saepe nihil est inimicius homiui quam ipse sibi. 
 ■o . Saepe ii nobis nocent* qui nos amant. G. Eos quialiorum 
 rebus adver; s non moventur omnes contemnunt.,x'7. Eos 
 vincere difficile est, qui nihil timent. 8. Deforme est de 
 se ipso pfaedicare. 9. Aliud^ bonum, aliud^ malum est. 
 10. Alterl* laudem, alterl^ culpam dabat. 
 
 II. 1. Some one has done this. 2. Yesterday a story 
 was read to us by some one. 3. The slave killed himself 
 together with his master. 4. My friend will migrate with 
 me into Gaul. 5. The inhabitants of the city were frightened 
 by the coming of the enemy. 6. Some^ bear^ thirst easily, 
 others' hunger. 7. The fruits of this tree are pleasing to me, 
 for they are sweet. 8. Those ^ trees are higher than these ^ 
 houses. 9. These towers are high, those are low. 10. Those'" 
 maidens, whose modesty is known, are praised by all. 
 
 V'^^ 
 
 I ; 
 
 1 See p. 128, note 5. 
 '^ Plural. See 117. 
 8 See p. 130, note 3. 
 
 * See 343. 
 
 • See p. 87, note 4. 
 
 « See p. 87, note 3. 
 
 7 See p. 87, note 4. 
 
 8 See p. 87, note 5. 
 8 See 275. 1 and 3. 
 
 1"^ A form of is. 
 

 132 
 
 REVIEW OF PRONOUNS. 
 
 4 
 
 1 
 
 289. 
 
 ad-vorsus, -a, -um, adj., unfavor- 
 able. 
 
 cachinno, 1, latirjh aloud. Cf. 
 rideo. V 
 
 coram, prep. w. abl., m presence of. 
 
 cupiu, .'], -ivi, -ituiit, hsirc. 
 
 de-forinis, -e, adj. [forma], mis- 
 shapen, vgl>/, base, dis<jrav('fal. 
 
 dictito, 1 [dico], keep sai/iur/. 
 
 ecce, inter j., lo! src .' see there! 
 
 egens, -cutis, adj., hi irant, neerli/. 
 
 e-ripio, 3, -ui, ereptum [rapid], 
 snatch atcai/; seiz" and bear ojj'. 
 
 fames, -is, f., hunoi \ famine. 
 
 frondosus, -a, um, adj. [froiis], 
 covered with leaves, leafij. 
 
 fructus, -us, M., fruit. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Johanniculiis, -1, ai., little John, 
 
 ./vhnni/, Jack. 
 mij^ro, 1, move from one place to 
 
 another, vu'jratc. 
 modcstia, -ac, r., modesty. 
 niirro, 1, tcU, relate, report. 
 prac dico, 1 [prae, /^r/ore; dIco, 
 
 -arc, 7//(f/i'' knon'n'\, proclaim, 
 
 boast. Cf. praedico, predict. 
 satis, adv., enow/h. 
 scrvio, 4 [scrvus], be a slave to, 
 
 SI rve (\v. dat.). 
 sitiis, -Is, F., thirst. (154.) 
 toiero, \ bear, endure. 
 turpitudd,-iiiis, v. [turpis], i/y*- 
 
 ness, baseness. 
 
 ^ 
 
 200. 
 
 COLLOQUIUM. 
 Socrates kt IhiADAMANTirus. 
 
 a. Tfi, nisi fnllor, cs SucrnitC's, illc Atju'nionsis. 
 
 unlcHH I am mistaken 
 
 S. RGctc dlcis. Kgo sum SOcratGs, fllius, nt fcnint, 
 Soplironisci. " •"* ""^ 
 
 Ji. (Jur (licis vt ferunl ? Nouno re xC'vii os fllitis illTus? 
 
 in truth 
 
 S. Ipso quidem nGseio, () KlKuliunnnthe, cujiis sim fllius. 
 
 liulcod not know am 
 
 Jl. Nuni^ nw ludis, fSOcratos? C'avcto. Nonuc to s!i])ieu- 
 
 nioi'k bowuro 
 
 tc'in dixit orjiculuui? 
 
 oruclu 
 
 . S, Ita est; sed qufi iG non intdlcij^r), nisi quia nie ipse 
 
 ycH wliy uiiilL'istuml 
 
 Insoiuni pcrspicio. 
 
 Ignorunt hi'o plainly 
 
 * This word is used in nHkitif? quostioiifi when the answer wo is 
 expected. It in not lu be triiUHlated. 
 
>. 
 
 
 REVIKW OF niONOUNS. 
 
 133 
 
 R. (^iiu iiiodo aetfiUMii dC'<;istT? 
 
 how pass 
 
 S. ^Mfignfi cx parte loqiiGbar infix imeqiie do virtute 
 
 for the iiioHt part I um'iI to tulk oKpi'cially 
 
 quaerc'linin. 
 
 inqiiirod 
 
 11, Mihi do virtute explicato, Socrates ; per ])revo tcinpus 
 tibi aiires praebebo. 
 
 ^S'. Kliou ! Khadamantlic, istlus rel sum Tnscius, umhi niihi 
 
 ulubl 
 
 cxplicare poterat nemo. 
 
 wari able no onu 
 
 II. IMlniuie sapiens, Socrates, tfi inihi videris. At quid 
 
 hue loco tibi est in aiiimo faeere? 
 
 S. Ante omnia, si videbitur, cum Ilomero velim et Ulixe 
 
 HO'iii good I hliiiiilil liko 
 
 et alils clarlssiniTs (Iraeciae i)rluci[)il)us l()(|uT. 
 
 to talk 
 
 R. Apaii;e iuitur ad istas manes. 
 
 Lc oil' tliLU 
 
 Hliudi 
 
 2$M. FOR TRANSLATION. 
 
 TiiK Ua'itm: of Makathox, n.c. 400. 
 
 Hoc in tempore nulla cTvitas Athr'niensil)us anxiliO' fuit 
 praeter riataeei»ses. Ka- mllle mIsiL mllitum. Itacpie liorum 
 adventfi decern mllia armatoruuv'completa sunt, quae manua 
 mlrjlbili llagnlbat pugnandl cu[)i(litate. (Ju<3 factum est* ut 
 pb'us quam collejiae Miltiades valeret.'' l^jus ergo auctoritate 
 iuipulsl" AtiiC'nieuses coi)ias ex urbe eduxtMimt lococjue^ 
 idoneo castra feeerunt. Deiude postei'o diG jtroelium com- 
 mlserunt. Datis, etsl nun aetiuuiu" locum videbat suls,'' 
 
 1 Auxlllo fiilt, »v(,s- for assist- 
 ance -■ tissi'sfitl. Sec <{4-4. 
 
 '•' Supjjly eivittis. 
 
 " Ariiiritru'iiiii (piirtlelpic as 
 notin), ofarmi'il mfti, 
 
 * Quo fart II in ost, fn/ wtinh it 
 was btouijfit aliOiU — 'he result wua. 
 
 ' Plus . . . valerot, /khI more 
 iujint lire. 
 
 **' liiipiilHi (participlu from liii 
 pcllu) inonijihd. 
 
 '' Loco III loeo. 
 
 " A<M|llUlll, /(irorahle. 
 
 ^ Sujipl^ iiiilitilms. 
 
 11 
 
 ■ II 
 

 134 
 
 COMPOUNDS OF Sum. 
 
 tamen fretus numero copiarum suarum confligere cupiebat, 
 eoque* magis, quod, priusquam Lacedaemonii subsidio'' veni- 
 reut,^ dimicare utile arbitrabatur. Itaque in aciem peditam 
 centum/ cquitum decern milia prOduxit proeliumque com- 
 rnisit. In quo tanto^ plus virtute'' valuerunt Athenienses, 
 ut deceraplicem nuraerum hostium profligarint,^ adeoque eos 
 perteiTuerunt, ut Persae non castra, sed naves petierint.'* 
 Qua pugna'^ nihil adhuc exstitit nObilius : nulla enim un- 
 quam tain exigua manus tuutas opes prostravit.^*^ — Nepos, 
 Milt. V. 
 
 
 r-it/'u 
 
 ,^<yi> 
 
 -ooj^oo- 
 
 CHAPTER XLIV. 1. 
 
 COMPOUNDS OF Sum. 
 
 292. Possum, posse, potuT, , be able, can. 
 
 Possum is compounded of pctis, able, and sum. Potls is every- 
 where shortened to pot ; then t is changed to -<f before «, and / is 
 dropped after t. - 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 SINGULA U, PLURAL. 
 
 PuES. / am aUe, can, etc. 
 
 possum possumus 
 potes potestia 
 
 potest possunt 
 
 Impku. / was able, could, etc. 
 
 ram poterAmus 
 
 Fuxi / shall 1>e able, etc, *-* 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
 
 possim 
 
 possTs 
 
 possit 
 
 possImuB 
 
 possltia 
 
 poaaint 
 
 T. / shall b 
 * *- < poterS 
 
 poaaem poaaSmua 
 
 -r 
 
 ^ Koqiie inagls, and the more. 
 
 'i SiibHldtd : vf. auxlliu, first 
 line, Hiid note. 
 
 " Venircnt, should come, 
 
 * Oetitiiiii : KU])i)ly iiiiltu. 
 
 ^ Taiitd plus valuuruut, wtre 
 so much superior. 
 
 poterlmua ' ^^^^^4*^ 
 
 « VlrtOte. See 259, 260. 
 
 ■^ I'tofligiirlnt, they routed. 
 
 » Veiiariut, Jied to. See p. 101, 
 note 1. 
 
 ^ PflgiiA: ablative after the 
 uouiparative uOblllus. (212.) 
 
 ^^ From prdsterud. 
 
 f 
 
• • 
 
 COMPOUNDS OF Sum. 
 
 135 
 
 Perf. / have been able, could , etc. 
 
 o '^^J^ '^Z ^ y 
 
 potui 
 
 potuimus 
 
 i'~\JK , 
 
 . , Plup. / Tiad been able, could have, etc. 
 j* I potueram potueramus 
 
 FuT. Perf. / shall have been able, etc. 
 
 potuero , potuerlmus, 
 
 ^potuerim potuerimus 
 potuissem potuissemus 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 Pres. posse, to be able. Pkuf. potuiase, to have been able. 
 
 ^ 
 
 203. Proaum, prodesse, profuT, 
 
 -, benejit. 
 
 Frdsum is compounded of prod (old form of pro), for, and 
 sum. The d of prod is retained before e. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
 
 Pres. / benefit, etc. 
 
 pr5-8um prd-sumua 
 prfid-es prod-estia 
 
 pr6d-eat pro-aunt 
 
 Imp. prod-eram prod-er&mua 
 
 FuT. pr6d-er6 pr6d-erimua 
 
 Perf. pr6-ful pr6-fuimua 
 
 Plup. pr6-fueram pro-fuerSmua 
 
 F. P. pr5-ftier5 pr5-fuerunua 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 SINOULAU. l'Li;UAL. 
 
 pro-sim pro-sTmua 
 
 pro-sTs pro Bltia 
 
 pro-sit pro-sint 
 
 pr5d-esseni prod-essemua 
 
 pro-fuerim pro-fiierimus 
 
 pro-fuissem pro-fuissgmus 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 Prks. pr5d-es, prSd-este Fur. prdd-eat5, prod-estdto 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 Pres. prfid-esae Pkuf. prS^fuiaae 
 
 Fut. pr6-futllruB esse 
 
 PARTICIPLE. 
 Fut. pr5-futtlru« 
 
 II jl 
 
 '?(* .1 
 
 The other compounds of sum are inflected like the simple verb. 
 
wrlaJt 
 
 y 
 
 136 
 
 COMPOUNDS OF Slim. 
 
 294. Le.'ini the tenses of the indicative, imperative, and infini- 
 tive of possum and prosum. 
 
 205. Rule of Syntax. — Tlio coinpoinHls of .s 
 
 U^ll, 
 
 except 2*ossum and (tbsum^ all take tlio dative; but 
 insutn is often follonetl by hi with the ablative, and 
 intersiun by inter with the accusative. 
 
 I 
 
 fi f' 
 
 .V 
 
 1- 
 
 29($. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Ill vera amTtitlfi nifigniim i Host pruosidium. 2. Aiiil- 
 cus vC'i'iis adest anuco, iioque deerit in peiTculo. 3. AniTco 
 prOdcsse dnlce est, iinilcO doesse turpe. 4. AniTcus fldus 
 noil al)orit ab amlco in casibus Ibrtunac. ."). jMorGs mail 
 amlcitiao obsnnt ; inter lioinines nialos vC'ra aniTeitia non 
 interest. G. Cicero consul ret pilblicae praefuit. 7. iNIultae 
 cpistulac Ciccronls et ejus aniTcorum supersuut. 8. Viri prao- 
 stantes AthC'iiieiisibus nuUo tempore defuerunt. 0. JMores 
 tyranuT siliiMimleOs pararc non poterant. 10. Kon omnes 
 homines reges esse possunt. 
 
 II. 1. Cornelia was able to train iier sons wisely. 2. All 
 can be '^ood citizens. ^ 3. Hannibal was not able to take the 
 cit". 4. In Hannibal there was great cunning and bravery. 
 
 5. Hannibal was long absent from his own country. 
 
 6. He commanded armies in S[)ain and Italy. 7. He was 
 prcsent-iit many battles, and was the terror^ of the Komans. 
 8. He benefited his country in many ways.'' 0. liut his 
 enemies in his own land injured him. 10. S(;ipio defeated 
 him in battle^ in Africa. 11. He survived this defeat manv 
 years.'' 12. His name will never lack renown.'' 
 
 * iW/j/m. 2 Sep 47. <* Ahlntlvo witlinnt ill. 
 
 * Compare uiixlilo, 2J)1, first •"' Accusative. 
 
 line, anil note. ' liitwwn will never f>€ wantimj 
 
 * H'ays ^ //i<'h(/."i. Sec 250,200. to his name. 
 
 / 
 
 1 
 
 > 
 
DEPONENT VERBS. 
 
 137 
 
 mi- 
 
 nit 
 
 lUl 
 
 t 
 
 f-^ 
 
 [111- 
 Tco 
 
 Kill 
 
 ion 
 [tiie 
 
 10- 
 
 1 
 
 ■ l 
 
 297. VOCABULARY. ' '^-^ 'Lyf 
 
 ab-siim, -esse, iifui, he aicoij, absdif (a or ab w. abl.), 
 
 ad-suin, -esse, -fiii (also afFiiT), be present, stand bj, side with. 
 
 de-sum, -esse, -fiii, be icantiny, lack. 
 
 in-suin, -esse, -fiii, be. in, among 
 
 inter-suiii, -esse, -fui, be present at, among. 
 
 ob-suin, -esse, -fui, be against, opjwsed to, injure, 
 
 possum, posse, potui, be able, can. 
 
 prae-sum, -esse, -fui, be before, at the head of, cotnmand. 
 
 pro-sum, prod-esse, pro-fui, be useful, benejit. . 
 
 super-sum, -esse, -fui, remain over, survive, exist. • 
 
 calllditiis, -iitis, f. [callidus], shremlness, cunning. 
 
 Crt. us, -us, M. [^Cinlbjfall'], falling down, mischance, misfortune, 
 
 oltides, -is, F., destruction, defeat, 
 
 dlu, iidv., long, a long time. 
 
 dulois, -C, adj., sweet, pleasant. Cf. suavis. 
 
 fiima, -ae, v., rumor, fume, rejwwii. 
 
 ne-que, conj., and not, nor ; neque . . . ncque, neither . . . nor, 
 
 paro, 1, make ready, prepare, get. 
 
 patria, -ae, v., native land, countrij. 
 
 praesidium, -I, n. [prae, sedeo], defence, help, garrison. 
 
 praestalus, -tis, adj. [i)rae-sto, stand before"], pre-eminent, distinguished. 
 
 ^' 1 
 
 j; i! 
 
 ■Hi 
 
 ,11 
 
 10 
 
 s. 
 
 V 
 
 -^^♦Ic 
 
 / 
 
 ^ 
 
 CHAPTER XLV. 1. 
 DKPONKNT VKUHS. 
 
 First and Se(X)ND Conjugations. 
 
 298. Deponent verbs liavc the forms of the passive 
 voice wltli the inejiiuniT^ of the active. There arc de- 
 ponents of eacli of the four reguhir conjugations: 
 
 AdmlrSmiir opera Del, wc admire (he worh of God, 
 Miaerds tufibimuz, we sludl protect the wretched. 
 Audi multa, loqiiere paiica, listen much, nag little. 
 Caesar proviiiciam Bortltua eat, dcsar ubtamcd {by lot) a 
 province. 
 
i 
 
 138 
 
 DEPONENT VERBS. 
 
 209. Review the passive indicative, imperative, and infinitive 
 of amo and moneo. (86, 112). 
 
 The principal parts of deponent verbs are thus given : ^^ 
 
 admiror, admirari, admiratus (sum). '»^' 
 
 tueor, tueri, tuitus (sum). V '^ 
 
 loquor, loqui, locutus (sum). ' 
 
 sortior, sortirl, sortitus (sum). \ / 
 
 /' >' 
 
 } "^i 
 
 300. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Admiramur mfignitfidinem caell. Quis non admira- 
 bitur? 2. Nocte contemplrimur sTdera. 3. Pars vagatur 
 certis cursibus, plurima uon vngantiir. 4. Sol domimitur 
 inter stellas. 5. Terrara lrni:i coinitatur una, Jovis stellam 
 lunae comitautiir quattuor. G. Dtireiis Alexandre raagnam 
 Asiae partem pollicitus est. 7. ImprobI sunt il qu! neminem 
 verentur. 8. Homo facinus confessus est. 9. Comites qui 
 salutem regis tuiti erant, maximum praemium aceeperunt, 
 
 II. 1. Who does not admire the beauty of the stars? 
 2. Otlicr nations accompanied the Cimbri across the Rhine. 
 8. Tliey wandered far^ and wide^ through Gaul and Spain. 
 4. The Romans wondered at the great bodies of the Ger- 
 mans. \ 5. Certain animals imitate human voices. G. "We 
 were contemplating that beautiful likeness. 7. Tlie general 
 promised the soldiers^ a groat reward. 8. He' is a bad man 
 who does not respect any one.* 9. Children respect their 
 parents, slaves fear their master. 
 
 301. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ad-iniror, 1, wonder at, admire. Cimbri, -orum^ m., Cimbri, aGer* 
 
 Alexander, -dri, m., Alexander, man tribe. 
 
 king of Maccdon. *i comltor, 1 [comes, -Itls], accom- 
 
 boncflolum, -I, n., benefit, favor. ;'<'",'/. (ittcnd. 
 
 caelum, -i, n., sky, heavens. oon-flteor, 2, -fessus, confess. 
 
 ^ Louge latequo. 
 
 " Not accusative. 
 
 8 l9. 
 
 * Aiif any one — no one. 
 
 . > 
 
 ■! I 
 
 ..A 
 
 ;l 
 
 7 ^- 
 
 i- 
 
I 
 
 s» 
 
 V 
 
 V 
 
 ) n 
 
 :s 
 
 ■ft 
 
 f 
 
 f 
 
 t- 
 
 'I? 
 
 •S 
 
 DEPONENT VERBS. 
 
 139 
 
 contemplor, 1, look at, observe. 
 
 merecr, 2, be u-orthy of, deserve. 
 
 cursus, -us, M. [curro, run'], run- per, prep. w. ace, through, by. 
 
 mng, course. 
 
 polliceor, 2, promise. 
 
 Dareus, -i, m., Darius, Persian pulehritudo, -iuis,F. [puleher], 
 
 king. 
 
 beauty. 
 
 rxoinlnor, 1 [dominus], be a lord stella, -ao, f., .s^ 
 
 and master, rule. 
 faciiius, -oris, n. [facio], deed, 
 
 crime. Qi. scelus. 
 
 ar. 
 
 tucor, 2, tuitus and tutus, watch, 
 
 defend. Cf. defendo. 
 vagor, 1, go to and fro, wander. 
 
 Gernianus, -a, -uni, adj., German. vasto, 1, lay ivaste, ravage. 
 iinitor, 1, imitate. vereor, 2, reverence, respect. 
 
 magnitudo, -inis, f. [inaguus], 
 
 greatness. 
 
 sidus (286), a star, a great star, a constellation. 
 Stella, a star as a bright heavenly body. 
 
 \^i:U^(>x4 
 
 aAy 
 
 302. 
 
 2. 
 
 COLLOQUIUM. 
 Patek kt Filiolus. 
 
 p. Ades, ml flliole, ot niilii libcllum ostontfi. 
 
 come here little book bIiow 
 
 F. Eccum, care pater, si libellum Latlnum viderc cupls. 
 
 hero it ia wLh 
 
 P. Quod pcr.3um tibi hodie imperavit i)raeceptor? 
 
 impose 
 
 F, Peusum verborum dcponentium quae ad conjugatioucm 
 
 deponent 
 
 prlmam atque secundam pertinent. 
 
 belong 
 
 P. Quam ob rem sic appellantur ista verba? 
 
 wherefore uamo 
 
 F. Quia formam actlvani et sT<^nificati6nem passivani 
 
 form incaninii; 
 
 pleruir^'ue deposuerunt. Sic nos praeeept(M' docuit. 
 
 generally lay aside 
 
 P. Quod autem peusum in craatinum diem imperavit 
 
 _ for tomorrow 
 
 praeceptor r 
 
 F. Ad baec addidit praeceptor alia deponentia. At tu, 
 
 add but 
 
 ml pater, Latlnac liuguae jam puer studebas? 
 
 H 
 
 'i\ 
 
 
 \-A 
 
 ..5 
 
 m 
 
 11.1 
 
a.^;iS«ar,/ui,iT- 
 
 ttitm 
 
 1 
 
 140 
 
 DEPONENT VEKBS. 
 
 P. Certe, filiole, idqne vehementer. 
 
 riglil hard 
 
 F. Num ego, si dlligenter didicero, orndTtiis, nt tu, flam? 
 
 learn learned uh become 
 
 P. Procul dubio. At jam tibi eundum est dormitum. 
 
 you must go to bed 
 
 -»oJ*J<«>- 
 
 CHAPTER XL VI. 1. 
 
 DEPONENT VERBS. 
 Third and Fouiitit Conjugations. 
 
 "V 
 
 
 . I 
 
 303. Examine the foUoivinrj : — 
 
 1. Utor vestr5 benlgnitate, / avail n7?/scIfof(^H^c) i/nur lindnes^s. 
 
 2. Abutitvir patientia nostra, he ahuscs our paderice. 
 
 3. Lux qua fruimur a Deo nobis datur, the lujht which we 
 
 enjoy is (jiven us Juj God. 
 
 4. Fungor vice cotis, / i<crve as (jlischarge the office of) a whet- 
 
 stone. 
 
 5. Magna praeda potitus est, he f/nf great booty, 
 
 G. Lacte et carne vescebantur, they lived upon milk and Jlesh.< 
 
 Compare tlie translation of the examples with the Latin. Ob- 
 serve that the direct object of the verb, or of the preposition closely 
 connected with the verb in English, is represented in Latin by the 
 ablative case. 
 
 \ 
 
 304. Rule of Syntax. — The doponcnts utor, 
 fruor, fungor, jmUor^ vescor, and their coiupound.s, 
 take the abhitive. 
 
 .305. Examine the following : — 
 
 L Meminit praeteritorum, 7(6 rr wc7H7(r';'.<f /7/^ ;5a,s7. 
 2. Haec 51ini meminisBe juvSbit, to remember these things will 
 one day give pleasure. 
 
 \' 
 
DKPONENT VERBS. 
 
 141 
 
 we 
 
 3. Totam causam oblTtus est, he forgot the whole case. 
 
 4. Totius causae oblitus est, he forgot the whole case. 
 
 Observe that in the above examples the genitive is used in 1 
 and 4, the accusative iu 2 and 3. 
 
 .300. Rule of Syntax. — Verbs of rememhering 
 jind forgetting tjikc the genitive or accusative. 
 
 1. Neuter ])roiiouns and adjectives are commonly put in the 
 accusative. Recorder regularly takes the accusative. 
 
 307. Ileview the jxassive indicative, imperative, and infinitive 
 of rego and audio. (180, 223). 
 
 308. EXERCISE" 
 
 I. 1. Srdla iirbem IvOmuin armatus' ingressiis est. 2. Athe- 
 niensiiim dux infixiinain ack'ptus est gluriam. 3. Alexander 
 Magnus iu Asiam profectiis est. 4. Emu mult! et uobiles 
 virl secuti sunt. 5; (^uas injuriiis passus es obllviseere.' 
 
 ,[y'Q). Beueficia quae accepluius uOn obllvisceniur. 7. Quod 
 beneticiuui aceC'[)il44r<^'*li^'i^^'^'^^^ ^* Omnia patP diseimns. 
 0. ("icero maixnii euni oloria consulatu functus est. 10. Lux 
 qua fruimur donum est Dei. 
 
 II. 1. Alexander and his companions entered Asia. 
 2. Thev suffered both* hunger and thirst. 3. He obtained 
 great glory by his victories. 4. He did uot forget the words 
 
 • of his master. 5. For he had been the pupil of a wise man. 
 G. The soldi'jrs folU)w their general. 7. Thev* are bad 
 men who forget benefits. 8. AVe can learn to endure all 
 things. 9. AVho does not enjoy the light which is given 
 us by God? 10. The boys faithfully discharged their duty. 
 
 rill 
 
 1" 
 
 309. 
 
 2. 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Caesar, romi)ejus, Crassus, imperium inter se partltl 
 sunt. 2. Caesar Galliani provinciam sortltus est. 3. Sae- 
 
 ^ Armed, 2 i,Yiperative. « i>i.t,gent infinitive of patior. 
 
 4 Kt. ^ II. See 270. 2. 
 
 i-.- / 
 
 -'■I, i| 
 • ■ ■•- 1 1 
 
 til 
 
142 
 
 •DEPONtNT VERBS. 
 
 [ 
 
 i^^ 
 
 "t-- 
 
 pissime belli fortunam expertus est. 4. Posteii tota Italia 
 potitus est. 5. Patres bona sua cun liberis partiuntur. 
 G. Multa in Italia beila orta sunt. 7. , rons, oeuli, vultus, 
 saepe mentiuntur. 8. Qui post mortem Alexanclii regno 
 illius potiti sunt ? 9. Optime scimus quod expert! sumus. 
 
 II. 1. Soldiers often try the fortune of war. 2. The 
 leaders had divided among themselves the property^ of the 
 enemy. 3. The Rhone rises not far from the sources of 
 the Rhine. 4. The Rhine, which rises in the Alps, flows 
 into the ocean. 5. The best friends slmre perils with friends. 
 G. Who possessed the kingdom after Alexander ? 7. We 
 will make trial of our valor. 8. They got possession of the 
 camp of the enemy. 9. Who gets by lot Sicily (as) his 
 province ? ^ 
 
 310. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 adlplscor, 3, adeptus, get, obtain. 
 Cf. potior. 
 
 castra, -oium, n. (pi.), camp. 
 
 Crassus, -I, m., Crassus, a rich 
 Roman, contemporary of Caesar. 
 
 ex-perior, 4, expertus, make trial 
 of, test. 
 
 frous, frontlS) f., brow, forehead. 
 
 frnor, S, fruitus apd fructus, 
 enjoy. 
 
 fUngor, 3, fSnctus, perform, dis- 
 charge. 
 
 imperium, -i, n. [Impero], com- 
 mand, authority, power. 
 
 in-gredlor, 3,gressu8 [gradlor], 
 enter. 
 
 mentlor) 4, lie, deceive, 
 
 obliviscor, 3, oblitusy forget. 
 
 oceanus, -i, m., ocean, 
 ofncium, -i, N., duty. 
 optime, adv., most excellently, best. 
 orior,^ 4, ortus, rise, appear, begin. 
 partior, 4 [pars], divide, share. 
 patior, 8, passus, bear, suffer. 
 Pompejus, -ei, m., Pompey, a 
 
 celebrated Roman general. 
 postea, adv., ajlerwards. 
 potior, 4, become master of, get, 
 
 Cf. ndipiscor. [warcA. 
 
 proficiscory 3, -fectus, set out, 
 provincia, -ae, r., province, 
 regnum, -i, v., kingdom. 
 scquor, 3, secntus, follow, 
 sortior, 4, draw lots, obtain fiy lot. 
 Snlla, -ae, m., Sulla, a Roman 
 
 general and statesman. 
 
 1 Compare I. 6. * Predicate accusative. * See vocab. p. 247. 
 
 \ 
 
 / 
 
 ./ 
 
 / 
 
 f- 
 
 
 ; 
 
 * 
 
 i:'V., 
 
'1:1 
 
 NUMERALS. 
 
 143 
 
 a 
 
 I 
 
 
 311. 
 
 CHAPTER XLVII. 1. 
 NUMERALS. 
 
 
 CARDINALS. 
 
 ORDINALS. 
 
 1. 
 
 unus, -a, -uiu 
 
 primus, -a, -uni 
 
 2. 
 
 duo, diiae, duo 
 
 secundus (or alter) 
 
 3. 
 
 tres, tria 
 
 tertius 
 
 4. 
 
 quattuor 
 
 quartus 
 
 5. 
 
 quiuque 
 
 quintus 
 
 G. 
 
 sex 
 
 sextus 
 
 7. 
 
 septeiu 
 
 Septimus 
 
 8. 
 
 octo 
 
 octavus 
 
 9. 
 
 iiovem 
 
 nonus 
 
 10. 
 
 decern 
 
 decimus 
 
 11. 
 
 undecim 
 
 undecimus 
 
 12. 
 
 duodecim 
 
 duodecimus 
 
 13. 
 
 tredecim 
 
 tertius decimus 
 
 14. 
 
 quattuordecim 
 
 quartus decimus 
 
 15. 
 
 quliideciiii 
 
 quintus decimus 
 
 16. 
 
 sedecim, 07' sexdecim 
 
 sextus decimus 
 
 17. 
 
 septendeciin 
 
 Septimus decimus 
 
 18. 
 
 duodeviginti ^ 
 
 duodevicesimus 
 
 19. 
 
 undeviginti ^ 
 
 iindevicesimus 
 
 20. 
 
 viginti 
 
 vicesimus — ' 
 
 21. 
 
 <■ viginti unus, or 
 X unus et viginti 
 
 < vicesimus primus,, or 
 \ unus et vicesinuis 
 
 00 
 
 (■ viginti duo, or 
 ( duo et viginti 
 
 ' ■ vicesimus secundus, or 
 1 alter et vicesimus 
 
 «W4^« 
 
 28. 
 
 ■ duodetrigintu 1 
 
 duodetricesimus 
 
 29. 
 
 lindetriginta * 
 
 iindetricesimus 
 
 30. 
 
 triginta 
 
 tricesimus 
 
 40. 
 
 quadraginta 
 
 quadragesimus 
 
 50. 
 
 quinquaginta 
 
 quinquagesinms 
 
 ■m. 
 
 sexaginta 
 
 sexagesinms 
 
 70. 
 
 septuaginta 
 
 septuagesimus 
 
 ^ Duodeviginti — two from twenty ; undeviginti = unus de vig^ntl^ 
 one from twenty. Similarly are formed 2b, 29, 38, 39, etc. 
 
 '' I 
 
 ^;i 
 
 'M M I 
 
 If I 
 
 1 ^' 
 
 

 i 
 
 f 
 
 144 
 
 NUMERALS. 
 
 / 
 
 CARDINALS. 
 80. octogiiitu 
 90. nonaginla 
 loo. centum 
 
 <■ centum unus, or 
 
 101. 
 
 200. 
 
 300. 
 
 400. 
 
 500. 
 
 600. 
 
 700. 
 
 800. 
 
 900. 
 
 1,000. 
 
 2,000. 
 
 100,000. 
 
 (centum et unus 
 ducentl, -ae, -a 
 trecenti 
 quadringenti 
 quingenti 
 sescenti 
 septingenti 
 octingenti 
 nongenti 
 mille 
 duo milia 
 centum milia 
 
 ORDINALS. 
 
 octogesimus 
 
 nonagesimus 
 
 centesimus 
 ( centesimus primus, or 
 \ centesimus et prinms 
 
 ducentesinms 
 
 trecentesimus 
 
 quadringentesimus 
 
 qulngentesimus 
 
 sescentesimus 
 
 septingentesinms 
 
 octingentesinms 
 
 nongentesimus 
 
 millesimus 
 
 bis millesimus 
 
 centies millesimus 
 
 
 1. Cardinal numbers answer the question how manyl Ordinals, 
 vohich in order? * 
 
 2. The cardinals from quattuor to centum, inclusive, are in- 
 declinable : quattuor homines, four men ; quattuor hominum, 
 of four men. 
 
 3. UnuB is declined like bonus, except that it has genitive and 
 dative singular unius, unl, like alius (201). 
 
 4. Duo and tres are thus declined : 
 
 
 MASC. 
 
 FEM. 
 
 NEUT. 
 
 M. & F. 
 
 NEUT. 
 
 N. 
 
 duo 
 
 duae 
 
 duo 
 
 trSs 
 
 tria 
 
 G. 
 
 duorum 
 
 duarum 
 
 duorum 
 
 trium 
 
 trium 
 
 D. 
 
 duobus 
 
 dutbus 
 
 duobus 
 
 tribus 
 
 tribus 
 
 Ac. 
 
 duos, duo 
 
 du^s 
 
 duo 
 
 trgs 
 
 tria 
 
 Ab. 
 
 duobus 
 
 duabus 
 
 duobus 
 
 tribus 
 
 tribus 
 
 5. The hundreds, ducentl, etc., are declined like the plural of 
 bonus. 
 
 6. Mnie is indeclinable in the singular, and is sometimes an 
 adjective and sometimes a noun : miUe hominSs, a tliousand men , 
 mllle hominum, a thousand (of) men. The plural has the forms 
 milia, milium, mllibus, and is always a noun: tria milia 
 hominum, three thousand men (three thousands of men). 
 
 
 a 
 
\ 
 
 nals, 
 
 e i Il- 
 ium, 
 
 and 
 
 l1 of 
 
 5 an 
 ten , 
 rms 
 lUa 
 
 NUMERALS. 
 
 145 
 
 il 
 
 7. The ordinals are declined like bonus. 
 
 8. Other kinds of numerals are the distributive^^ : singuli, -ae, -a, 
 one each, bini, -ae, -a, two each, etc.; and the numeral adverbs: 
 semel, once, bis, twice, etc. 
 
 r 312. Examine the following : — 
 
 1. Decern annos Troja oppugnabatur, Troy was besieged for 
 
 ten years. 
 
 2. Turris alta est centum pedes, the tower is a hundred feet high. 
 
 The accusative annos donot<'S duration or extent of time, 
 pedes, extent of space. The accusative, then, is used to answer 
 the question how lon(jf or how fir? (in ti)ne or space), and may be 
 called the Accusative of Extent. 
 
 313. Rule of Syntax. — Extent of time ov space 
 
 is expressed by the aceiisative. 
 
 /.:' 
 
 "i 
 
 • 2, 
 
 314. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Homo finiim Os, diu'is mires, duos oculos luibet. 
 2. Alexamler IMfigiuis trcdecini imnos regnfivlt. 3. Teniplum 
 Dianae quadriugentos quiiiquagiuta pedes longum et ducen- 
 tos vTgintT pedes latum erat. 4. Annus spatium treecuturum 
 sexaginta quTnque dieruni est. 5. Duodecim sunt niLMises.,\L^ 
 G. Mcnsis tilgiuta dies haliet, Februarius duodetriginta. 
 
 7. Dies vTginti quattuor boras habet. 8. Konianorum vete- 
 rum annus decern menses babebat ; Martius erat primus, 
 December decimus. 0. Aut tertius deeimus aut quTntus 
 decimus dies mensis Idus nominabatur, 
 
 II. 1. Romulus, the first king of Rome, reigned thirty- 
 seven years. 2. This house is fifty-nine^ feet long and 
 forty-eight feet wide. 3. Tiie river is fourteen feet deep and 
 ninetj'-two feet wide. 4. With^ the ancient Romans Septem- 
 ber was the seventh month ; with us September is the ninth 
 month. 5. The Roman consuls held power for one year. 
 
 !<1 
 
 
 : i I 
 
 in 
 
 >n 
 
 ' See p. 143, note. 
 
 2 Apud) with accusative. 
 
 ■M 
 
r 
 
 ii^ 
 
 • I' 
 
 I 
 
 r 
 
 146 
 
 IRREGULAlt VERBS : Volo, Nolo, Malo. 
 
 6. In the five liuiidrecl and fiftieth year of the city Scipio 
 was consul. 7. Five and twenty languages were known to 
 King Mithridatcs. 8. In the first month of the year there 
 are tbirty-one days. 0. A Roman legion liad five thousand 
 foot-soldiers and three hundred horse-soldiers. 
 
 annus, -i, m., year. 
 
 aiiriH, -is, v., car. 
 
 Oeccinber, -bris^ ."m. [deccin], 
 
 December. Often as adj. 
 Diana, -ao, v., Diana, goihk'ss of 
 
 the cliase. [as adj. 
 
 KehruJii'lus, -!, m., Fehnianj. ( )ft. 
 Idfis, -iiiiin, I., jdiir., the Idea of 
 
 Uie month. (244. 1.) 
 
 'A 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 lingua, -ac, i ., ton(jue, langiiac/e, 
 .>lartius, -i, m. [Miirs], March. 
 
 Often as adj. 
 IMitliridates, -is, M., Afithridates, 
 
 king of I'ontus. 
 OS, oris, \., iiKiiith, face. 
 September, -bris, m. [scptcnij, 
 
 September. Often as atlj. 
 Kpatiiiui, -i, N., ruum, sjiace, period. 
 
 f ' ^::^0«— »- 
 
 .'51 (J. 
 
 CHAPTER XLVIII. 1. 
 IRHiaa;LAll VERBS. 
 
 Volo, velle, voliii, - 
 Nolo, nolle, iioluT, - 
 Mcilo, m&Ue, m^lui, 
 
 -, he irlllhiff, irtll, irish. 
 -, he unwi/Un;/, tvi/l not. 
 — , he more w'diuKj^ prefer. 
 
 1 uKs. vols 
 vis 
 vult 
 
 volumiis 
 
 vultia 
 
 volunt 
 
 Impfu. voiebam 
 
 FuT. volam 
 
 VvMV. volul 
 
 I*LUi'. volueram 
 
 F. P. voluerO 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 iidl5 
 non via 
 n6n vult 
 
 nSlumus 
 ndn vultis 
 nolunt 
 
 ndl6bam 
 
 n51am 
 
 nfllul 
 
 nSlueram 
 
 Ii51uei5 
 
 mai5 
 
 m&via 
 
 niaviilt 
 
 m&himus 
 
 niclvultia 
 
 niSLliint 
 
 inSlfibam 
 
 mftlam 
 
 mftlnl 
 
 niAlneiam 
 
 maiuerd 
 
 4 
 
npio 
 u to 
 here 
 iarnl 
 
 \- 
 
 uje. 
 hirch. 
 
 iliitcs, 
 
 em I, 
 
 tiiud. 
 
 *. 
 
 . 
 
 *\ 
 
 I II REGULAR VERBS: Volo, Nolo, I>lair). 
 
 
 < 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 
 ruEs. 
 
 velim 
 
 nolim 
 
 malim 
 
 
 veils 
 
 nolis 
 
 malls 
 
 
 velit 
 
 nolit 
 
 malit 
 
 
 velimus 
 
 nolimus 
 
 mallmua 
 
 
 velitis 
 
 nolitis 
 
 malltis 
 
 
 velint 
 
 nolint 
 
 m^lint 
 
 Tmi'i:!:. 
 
 vellem 
 
 nolleni 
 
 mallem 
 
 
 velles 
 
 nollSs 
 
 malles 
 
 
 vellet 
 
 nollet 
 
 mallet 
 
 
 vellemiis 
 
 nollemus 
 
 mailgmus 
 
 
 vellStis 
 
 nollgtia 
 
 malletis 
 
 
 vellent 
 
 noUent 
 
 mSUent 
 
 VvAiV 
 
 voliierim 
 
 nohierim 
 
 mSluerim 
 
 Vlvv. 
 
 voluissem 
 
 noluissem 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 mSluissem 
 
 PUKS. 
 
 ( Wdiitltif/) 
 
 noli 
 nSlite 
 
 ( Wfiiifitif/) 
 
 FUT. 
 
 ( Wantiufj) 
 
 "nolito, etc.] 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 ( M'dtitmij') 
 
 Pkks. 
 
 velle 
 
 nolle 
 
 maile 
 
 Pkuk. 
 
 voluisse 
 
 noluisBC 
 
 mftluisBc 
 
 riiKS. volSns 
 
 PARTICIPLE. 
 nolSna 
 
 ( Wnnlhuf) 
 
 147 
 
 t{l 7. l-i'.ini llic lenses of tli(^ iiidiraHve ,'ui<l infinitive of srol6, 
 ndid, iind mftlo, aiicl the present imperative of n515. 
 
 V 2. 
 
 318. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. NoH H('rll)ere vohitmiM, tfi vTh lejroro, ille pnor lOdoro 
 vult. 2. C'fir ill horto amhuh'iro volunt? 3. Tn horto ambn- 
 lilro rnjllunt qnod ibl piint fontes ot ar})on'H. i. Voir-ltnutno 
 vitiu sua cxcfisftre? T), Noll cxcuHuro vitui tua. C. Nulltc 
 
 . M 
 
 ■■ ' 
 
 ' "'I 
 
 ■ 1 1 
 
 --% 
 
 I 
 
 
— -««■ 
 
 ■•^ •Jw :iipy w_B ii |g j ! ** i ' 9 *<am 
 
 m 
 
 148 
 
 IRllEGULAli VERBS : VoK . Nolo, Malo. 
 
 I 
 
 Jt V'l 
 
 '\\ 
 
 obliviscl pnieceptorum * parentuu. 7. TImoleou mfiluit 
 diligl quum nietui. iS. Viilere maluciut quaiii dives esse. 
 9. Alieiia (luisqiie vitia repiehendeie mavult quam sua cor- 
 
 rigere. 10. Voluiiius ad tmeui itiueris piugredl. 
 
 ■^ 
 
 11. 1. Why woulcj you rather read than write? 2. We 
 would rather walk iu tlio fields with you. ;3. ^Vho would 
 not rather be praised than blamed ? 4 . They will be un- 
 wiUiug to aecept your gift. 5. Do not lorget,- boys, the 
 preeepts of your teacher. G. Do not forget, uiy boy, the 
 lesson which I have exphaned. 7. lie listened because he 
 wished to learn. 8. lie would not'* blame another's fault ; 
 he greatly desired to correct his own. *J. We wish tlie same 
 (things) as* you. 10. Our friends will wish the same 
 (thing) us ourselves. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 319. 
 
 allcnus, -a, -um, adj. [alius], 
 
 lnloit<j'm<j to anotlicr, atiot/mr's. 
 ninbulO, 1, tvallc, take a iralk. 
 corriyjo, (J, -rexi, -rectum [com, 
 
 rcgo, keep sttaUjhl\, make stru'ujht, 
 
 reform, correct. 
 dillgo, o, -lexi, -lectum [dis, 
 ■* apart, I'Cgo, choose], esteem, lore. 
 
 Cf, arno. 
 ox-cuso, 1 [causa], excuse^ 
 ex-pll<'o, 1, -jivi, iitum, ami -ul, 
 
 -Itum [pllco], unfold, <x plain, 
 tbi, adv., there. Cf. iibl, where. 
 iter, Itliierls, n. [eo, 327. 1], 
 
 Journei/, (202) 
 liido, ;}, lusi, lilBum, pfn;/. 
 nifi15, milllo, inillul, [mn- 
 
 gls, volo], icish rather, prefer, 
 
 would ratl{er. 
 
 maxime, adv. (sup. of magls, 
 mor(), most, ispeclalh/, i/r((ttlij. 
 
 met uu, '>\, -ui, iituui [mctusj, 
 fear. Cf. timco. 
 
 nolo, nolle, n«>lui, [uon, vo- 
 lo], be iinu'dlinfj, wiU nut, not wish. 
 
 praeceptuiuy -i, n. [pracclplo), 
 v\nrim, precept. 
 
 progrctlior, JJ, -grcssus jgradi- 
 or], '/<* fiinntrd, tiihance, 
 
 quod, conj., because. Cf quia. 
 
 rcprohcndd, '<\, di, iiLnsuni, 
 hold back, restrain, reprove. 
 
 Timoloon, -ontln, m., Timolcon, a 
 Corintliian* 
 
 valoo, 2, -ui, -Itum, be strmrj or welt. 
 
 vltium, -i, ^., fault, blemish, vice. 
 
 volo, vcllc, volul, , be willing/, 
 
 will, wish, desire. Cf. d«j«ldcr0. 
 
 * From praeceptum. 
 '" Cf. I. 0. 
 
 • Was unwilling. 
 4 Sec p. 128, note 6. 
 
 Iq ^ Ot-f ^«^'**^ 
 
 
 • • 
 
 ) 
 
'//. 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 
 0- » 
 
 ; 
 
 lUUECJULAii VEiins: Fero. 
 
 149 
 
 amo, love, not inii)lyinj; and not excluding esUcm ; the eonnnon word. 
 (lili^o, liive unselfishly and with esteem; more restricted in mean- 
 ing than ainu. 
 
 volo means Iioth less and more than icisli, namely, consent and rriU ; 
 
 very mucli used. 
 desidero means ivish (irdcnili/, with the notion (which volCi has 
 
 not) of lackinij or missint/ the thing nmch desired ; more restricted 
 
 in meaning than voio. 
 
 4 
 
 3. 
 
 320. FOR TRANSLATION. 
 
 MullI lioininGs voliiiit ({iiidiMii recte fiicere, scd iion fjiciiint ; 
 nam velle ot fjioere nOii idem est. Saepe liomo recte agere 
 villi, sed vTreH desimt. jMuUT peceata sua exefisare qiiam 
 deponere mfdunt. Saei)e alii'iia peeeata vitiiju'iare (iuam 
 nostra eorri^crc mfdumus. i\IuUi sua s orte iion sunt con- 
 teiitl, sed alieiia appetere mfdunt. At cur nun folIcitiT vTvere 
 pu'ivls? Felix is est (pii recte agere vult recteque ag't. 
 
 -<>"j'.»*ii>^ 
 
 CHAPTER XLIX. 1. 
 
 ;J2I. TIIK IHHKCUILAU VKUH Fero. 
 
 Fero, fene, tull, latum : hcdr, carri/, cndnre. 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 ACTIVi:. 
 
 TitEs. fer6 ferimiia 
 
 fera fertis 
 
 fert f erunt 
 
 Imi'Kk. 
 Fit. 
 Pkuf. 
 I'l.t p. 
 F. W 
 
 I'UKH. 
 
 Imi'kh. 
 
 rKUK. 
 
 Plup 
 
 fei5bam 
 
 feinm 
 
 tull 
 
 tuleram 
 
 tuleiO 
 
 feiam 
 fen em 
 tuleiim 
 tulissem 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 I'ASSIVK. 
 
 feror ferimur 
 
 ferris, <n- -re feriminl 
 feitur feruntui 
 
 fpr§bar 
 ferar 
 
 lAtus Hum 
 IfttUB cram 
 lAtua er5 
 
 ferar 
 ferrer 
 IfttUB aim 
 lAtua caaeni 
 
 ri: 
 
 ■J 
 1 . 
 
 ill 
 
HWiiiiJIHn 
 
 150 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS: Feru. 
 
 
 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 ACTIVE. I»ASSIVE. 
 
 Pres. 
 
 feri 
 
 terte [ferre] feriminf 
 
 Fur. 
 
 feito fertote fertor 
 
 
 ferto ferunto fertor feruntor 
 
 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 Pres. 
 
 
 ferre ferri 
 
 Peuf. 
 
 
 tulisse latus esse 
 
 FuT. 
 
 
 laturus esse latum irf 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Pkks. 
 Fur. 
 
 
 fAfOTlQ - 
 
 
 laturus (ii:u. ferendus 
 
 
 
 
 
 G. 
 
 GERUND. 
 ferendi 
 
 
 1). 
 
 fereudo 
 
 
 Ac. 
 
 ferendum 
 
 
 Ab. 
 
 fereiido 
 
 
 Ac. 
 
 SUPINE, 
 latum Ab. latll 
 
 imi 
 
 [)22. Coinpouiuls of fero arc conjugatnd like the f?imple verl>. 
 Observo tho changes suH'cred by certain of tho propositions iu the 
 i'oliovviiig; 
 
 auferS, auferre, abstulT, ablSitum. v tkMjr^' 
 
 adfero, adferre, attulT, allJltum (adl). \ 
 
 com- confero, conferre, contull, coUSltum (conl). c^.U. 'V^. 
 dia- differ5, diffcrre, distull, dil^tum. . , 
 
 effero, eff erre. extull, 6iatum. ' ^f- CvV 'y^^ • 
 Infers, Inferre, intull, illfttum (iul). t^^x^J^^'^ 
 offers, offerre, obtuir, oblfltum. ^^^W*^*^' 
 
 ab< 
 
 ad- 
 
 ex- 
 
 in- 
 
 ob- 
 
 Bub- suffers, Buf. erre, Bustull, subiatum. -A/'^^CS4>v^y'^« 
 823. Loarn tho tfMiscs of the; indicative, the iinjM*rative, and 
 
 the present and perfect inlinitive, active und pa.sHive, of ferS. 
 
 /-■ 
 
 1 For feri»; dieo, ilfiro, fucio, ferS, have iinperativt! present 
 aevund bingulur die, due, lue, icr. 
 
 / 
 
IRREGULAll VEKIJS : Fcrci. 
 
 161 
 
 324. 
 
 EXERC^ISES. 
 
 revh. 
 I the 
 
 n- 
 
 t , 
 
 A. 
 
 , and 
 
 ' 
 
 ./ 
 
 euent 
 
 .1 
 t 
 
 i 
 
 r 
 
 I. 1. Aiifert, aufcrtur. 2. Aiiferet, nuferetnr. 3. A])S- 
 tulit, ablfiius e^t. 4. Conferre, cOnfeiii. 5. Coiiferunt, 
 cOn'fcriintur. G. Cunfeient, conforentuv. 7. ConUilt'iiint^ 
 coUat! erant. 8. DistiilLTiint., dllatl suut. 9. Distiilerit, 
 dilatus erit. 10. Distulisse, dilatus esse. 11. Differubaut, 
 difTerebantur. . 
 
 II. I. Wo bear, we are borne. 2. We were bearing, we 
 were borne. .S. We have l)orne, we hav(; been borne. 
 1. We shall bear, wc shall be borne. 5. We liad borne, 
 we had been borne. C. Bear thon, bear ye. 7. To offer, 
 to be offered. 8. Ye shall offer, ye shall be offered. 1). To 
 have offered, to have ])een offered* 10. Ye offer, ye will 
 oiler, 11. Ye are offered, ye will be olJered* 
 
 X 
 
 325. 
 
 2. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Ferte patienter' labores. 2. Rone ferro mfipinam 
 fortunam disco. 3. Ferte patienter jlnnac" injUarl non 
 posHunt.) 4., Non oninis agerquT serituii fert fruges. .). IJ(^ 
 nlgnuHi rep;em non tulistis ; Jam ferinn et barb!irmn fertote. 
 G. Nollte differre pensuni quod iiodie facerc potestis. 7. Im- 
 I)crator mllitibus delV'ssis nuxiliiiin attulit. 8. In uninn loeimi 
 collatum est ex norls oinne frrnnentuni. 1). Loiiira' nobis 
 est onmis niorjii Iquae ^audia differt. 10. Caesar onmibua 
 qnl contra se arnia tulerant vcniani deilit, .** - 
 
 II. 1. Thev bore labor with patience. 2. Thev did not 
 endure a good kini.':; now they are endnrin<]j a bad one.* 
 3. Wo cannot put off our tasks. 4. We sliall learn to l)car 
 our £jood fortune well. 5. Tliey bore with patience that* 
 whieli tliev could not chanjjfe. (5. Tlie robbers bore ofl' tho 
 
 1 Wlint niiu'lit lie suhstittittMl for tin- ndvi-rl) ? Sec 144, 145. 
 a y«jc J), lau, uutu a. 8 Tedious, * Umit. i^ Id. 
 
 .a.* HI 
 
 
 ' ft I 
 
 ■Tt 
 
 *f 
 
 I / 
 
 / 
 
 
52 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS I Eo, FlO. 
 
 ii r^ 
 
 4ii 
 
 i 
 
 f 
 
 r i 
 
 booty which they had seized. 7. Do not^ ])rinf!r me that 
 which I do not want. 8. Delays whicli postpone our joy are 
 always tedious. 9. The townsmen carried their all^ with 
 them out of tlie town. 
 
 326. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ad-fero (afForO), adfcrro, at- 
 tuli, adlsitiiiii, Ixai to, br'nvj. 
 
 aii-fero, aulerre, abstuli, abltl- 
 tuiu [iil>(s)J, huir oJj\ carrtj 
 aicay. 
 
 auxiliuin, -i, n"., help, auL 
 
 barbarus, -a, -um, ad]., foreign, 
 Ixirharons. 
 
 bcnigiius,-a, -urn, adj., hind, good. 
 
 cou-lero, conferre, oontiili, 
 culliltum (coiilatum), bring 
 together, collect ; se coiiferre, be- 
 take one's self. 
 
 dif fero, dinrcrro, dlstuli, dila- 
 tiiin [dis, (tjKirl], bear apart, 
 scatter, /nit off, postpone. 
 
 cf-fero, eirorre, extuli, clatuia 
 [ex], bear out, bring forth. 
 \ 
 
 IXJJ-©:JOO 
 
 327. 
 
 CHAPTER L. 1. 
 iRRKGULAU VKKIJS. 
 
 f«ri!S, -a, -iim, adj., irild, cruel. 
 
 friiges, -um, r., lAnr., fruits. 
 
 gaiidiiiin, -i, n. [gaudcu, re- 
 joice], jog, delight. 
 
 in-fcro, inferre, iutuli, illiitiim 
 (inlatiiin),icarin,ca«se;bclluin 
 iufcrrc, to make war, w. dat. 
 
 jam, adv., alrcadg, now, at last. 
 
 mora, -ao, f., dcJag. 
 
 of-fero, olTerrc, obtuli, oblatum 
 [ob, Ixfore], present, ofer. 
 
 patienter, adv. [patiens], pa- 
 tientlg, with patience. 
 
 soro, .3, sevi, satuin, sow, plant. 
 
 suf-fero, suflForre, siistiili, sub- 
 latiilii [sub I, umUrgu, endure. 
 
 veuia, -ac, r., indulgence, kind- 
 nesSf mcrctj. 
 
 I 
 
 E6, Ire, IT flvl], Itum, go. 
 
 Flo, fterl, factuB sum (supj)lie.s pass, to faclo), be made, become. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 E6. FI6. 
 
 PuKS. e5 Imu9 fio fTmus 
 
 1.3 ifis fis fltis 
 
 it eunt fit flunt 
 
 CompttTu J. 0. 
 
 ^ 'fhtir all, uuiulu sua. 
 
 N 
 
 f. 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
IRREGULAR VERBS; Eo, Flo. 
 
 153 
 
 re- 
 
 
 i 
 
 \ 
 
 
 
 Eo. 
 
 
 
 Flo. 
 
 Imper. 
 
 lb am 
 
 
 
 fiebam 
 
 FuT. 
 
 ibo 
 
 
 
 flam 
 
 Perf. 
 
 ii 
 
 
 
 factiis sum 
 
 Plup. 
 
 ieram 
 
 
 
 factus eram 
 
 F. P. 
 
 iero 
 
 
 
 factus ero 
 
 Pres. 
 
 earn 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 
 flam 
 
 Imper. 
 
 irem 
 
 
 
 fierem 
 
 Perf. 
 
 ierim 
 
 
 
 factus sim 
 
 Plup. 
 
 iissem 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 
 factus essem 
 
 Pres. T 
 
 Ite 
 
 
 fX 
 
 fite 
 
 FUT. ito 
 
 Itote 
 
 
 
 its 
 
 eunto 
 
 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Ire 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 
 fieri 
 
 Perf. 
 
 iisse 
 
 
 
 facfcus esse 
 
 FUT. 
 
 ittlrus esse 
 
 
 factum iri 
 
 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 
 
 Pres. 
 
 FUT. 
 
 i6ns, Gen. 
 iturus 
 
 euntis 
 
 G 
 
 
 
 KR. 
 
 faciendus 
 
 
 
 Pi.' I. I. 
 
 . factus 
 
 G. 
 
 eundl 
 
 1 \ 
 
 GERUND. 
 
 
 D. 
 
 eundo 
 
 
 if 
 
 
 Ac. 
 
 eundum 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 ' '4 ^y :s jO 
 
 Al). 
 
 eund5 
 
 SUPINE. 
 
 
 
 Ac. 
 
 itum Al 
 
 ). ita 
 
 
 
 1. The root of eo, iiaincly /', is chanj^ed to c boforo a vowel, 
 except in perf. plup. and fut. ptM-f., and in nom. sintf. of pres. part. 
 
 2. Compounds of e5 generally form the perfect in il instead 
 of lyl. The simph? verb rarely, if ever, has iri, ircnim, etc. 
 
 3. The I of fI5 is long except when followed by er, and in fit. 
 
 328. Learn the tenses of the indicative, the imperative, and 
 the present and perfect iiiiiuitivu of e5 and fid. i 
 
 -tG ^Z- 
 
 
 \M 
 
 i /*' 
 
f^^*"*"" 
 
 '^^ ^-twct'-^v v'.'-a-<3 ^tC y-y^-^^u -*>...ijA'/~ T;<t^-i-«.w 
 
 164 IRREGULAR VERBS: Eo, Fio. 
 
 ^i\ 
 
 329. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Nollte vello id quod fieri nOn potest. 2. AniTcT 
 Alexandrl reges fact! sunt. 3. Nemo nascitur sapiens, nemo 
 cusu lit bonus. 4. Leve fiebat onus, quod bene ferebatur. 
 
 4ifi--*fJ. Apud veteres Ilonuinos ex agiicolis flebant consules. 
 G. Omnes fere ^ homines senectutc fiuut prudentiores. 
 7. Quidam amnes subeunt terram rursusque in terram rect- 
 eunt. 8. Alpes nemo jure ITannibalem eum exercitfi trans- 
 iit.X 9. Miltiades 'i.i "nsulam expugnare non potuit ot in 
 l)atnam rediit. 10. Popi.lns solet non nunquam- dignos 
 praeterire. / / 
 
 II. 1. That has been done which you wished. 2. My 
 friend b, you become wiser bv old a";e. 8. Men never be- 
 come good by chance. 4. Who will cross the river with me.''^ 
 T). The generals crossed the mountains wnth a large part^ 
 of their forces. 6. Licjht become the burdens that are 
 jiationtly borne. 7. Our friends have gone away, but they 
 will return. 8. The people passed by many worthy men. 
 {}. The inhabitants of the cit}' went out with their horses 
 and wagons. 10. The genernls return to'' tlieir countrv with 
 prisoners and booty. 11. Do not** cross the very deep river. 
 
 <;--" 
 
 330. 
 
 2. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 >jHiSU>s -' r> ».. 
 
 I. 1. Sopties Marius, qui Cimbros ct Teutones duobus 
 JicerrimTs i)roeliTs vTcit, consul factus est, 2. Socrates aequo 
 animo diem supremum obiit, 3. AriovistT copiae intra 
 annos quattuordecim tectum non sul)iernnt. 4. Autumno 
 multae aves in alias terras proficiscuntur, at vere novo 
 
 ^ Fore !s often tluis placed he- 
 tweon an adjective and its noun. 
 
 '■^ Nou nunquaui, not never — 
 sovietivies. 
 
 » See 205. 3. 
 
 < See p. 21, note 1. 
 
 * To =r Into. 
 
 *'■ biet; 318. 1- and G. 
 
 > 
 
 
 f 
 
 r 
 
 •tf^' 
 
. -M/, Vi' 
 
 • 
 
 \ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 \ 
 
 Tci 
 
 
 1 
 
 no 
 
 
 ' 
 
 11* 
 
 
 \ 
 
 \ ^ 
 
 I 
 
 \ 
 
 J 
 
 4 .- 
 
 ccy^^ 
 
 o^- 
 
 JULAR VERBS ; Eo, Fio. 155 
 
 C0- ■ 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS; Eo, Fio. 
 
 O^yttto 
 
 redeuut. 5. Abeiiut omuiii uude ortti sunt, 6. Alexander 
 eousilio^ fortitudineque omnes iiuteibat -, oranes hibores 
 subibat. 
 
 II. 1, \\\ winter" the days become shorter and the nights 
 longer. 2. After the battle many [)erished of cold'' and 
 hunger. 3. Cicero was made consul^ bv the Konians. 
 4. By tlie prudence {cdnsiUani) and valor of Scipio, Hanni- 
 bal was com})elled to return into Africa, a. AVe ought to 
 meet our last day with equanimity.^ G. Alexander came off 
 victorious* from all his battles. 
 
 ;}3i. 
 
 ^^ 
 
 VOCABULARY- 
 
 .'^^ 
 
 t-^^ 
 
 ub-co, -ire, -ii, -ituiii, (jo ojj', come 
 
 oj;<juaivai/. (;527. 2.) 
 aeqiiiis, -si, -um, adj., lecel, equal; 
 
 culm. 
 aiite-eo, -ire, -ii, , (jo Ixfure, 
 
 surpdss. 
 tipiid, prep, with :vcc., in'th, in, 
 
 near, ainoHij. 
 Ariovistus, -i, m., Ariovistus, king 
 
 of a German tribe. 
 iiutuinuus, -i, M., autumn. 
 t'ogo, I], -cgi, -Jictuiu [com, 
 
 uh;oJ, drive tu(jether ; vomjxl. 
 oopia, -ae, i'., potm', abitiidancv, 
 
 wealth; plur. trooiis, Jbrce3. 
 debeo, 2, -iii, -itiiiti, otce, outjht. 
 ex-eo, -ire, -ii, -itiiiii, 70 out, 
 fere, adv., ne.arltj,for the must part. 
 infra, i)rep. with ace, within. 
 Mariiis, -i, m., Afarius, a famous 
 
 Roman j-eneral. 
 utiHcor, .'5, untiiH, hf. born. 
 
 ttr- ^ 
 
 ob-eo, -ire, -ii, -ituin, yo towards, 
 
 meet. 
 Parus, -i, 1'., Paros, an ishind in 
 
 the 'gean Sea. (11. 1.) 
 
 per-eo, -ire, -ii, , jurish. 
 
 praeter-eo, -ire, -ii, -itiiiii, ijo hi/, 
 
 pass 1)1/, omit. 
 red-eo, -ire, -ii, -ituin, rctui-n. 
 refero, -ferre, -tuli, -latiiiii, 
 
 carry baek. 
 rHrsiis, adv. [re-vorsus, rc- 
 
 verto], turned back, bach, aijain. 
 septles, num. adv. [ }epteniJ,«ej;<;H 
 
 times. 
 siib-eo, -ire, -ii, -itum, ijo under, 
 
 ( nter, undenjo. 
 teetiiiii, -i, N. ItegO, <(wcr], cover- 
 ing, shelter, roof. 
 Teutoue.s, -uni, m., the Teutons, a 
 
 German tribe. 
 Irans-eo, -ire, -Ii, -itum, <jo over, 
 
 cross. 
 
 / ^' 
 
 f 
 
 V. 
 
 y^ 
 
 , } See 200. 
 ^ Compare 
 3 Ablative. 
 
 1.4. 
 
 < Compare I. 1 ; also 47. 
 *» Compare I. 2. 
 *^ Victor. 
 
 Jj 
 
 r 
 
 tV; 
 
 A \ 
 
 ' i. 
 
 
 4; 
 
156 
 
 PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 3. 
 
 332. COLLOQUIUM. 
 
 TiTYIlUS ET MkLIBOEUS. 
 
 T. Aliquis jfinuiiin pulsut. 1, piUT, aperi juniiam. 
 
 door knock open 
 
 \_Melihoeus trlstl vultu 2^cifisihus tardls introit.'] 
 
 Btepa Blow enter 
 
 Salve, amice, diu me non adlstl. Cur iste vultus trlstis? 
 
 liow do you do 
 
 M. Elieu ! ml Tltyrc, abeo e mefi patria. 
 
 T. Cur abis ? Quo abibis? Noll relinquere haec arva 
 dulcia. ■ '^'''^« ^i*-'''^^ 
 
 j\r. Quid tibi vis? IMeos agros militibus impiis donavit 
 
 what would you liavo mo ilo wicked has given 
 
 Octfiviauu.s. jNlagua pars gregum iuteriit. Ipse peril. 
 
 am undone 
 
 T. iNIinime, amicc ; adi ad Octavianum ; ille est beniguus, 
 neque vult te perlre. Tu agros recipies. 
 
 M. Parvac spes milii suut redeundl ; tamen ibo, ut tu 
 moiies ; Oetaviano ad petles me proiciaui. 
 
 T. Et redlbis in agros tuos ; redibit pax aurea. Vale, mi 
 Meliboce, es bono animo. 
 
 keep up your courage 
 
 M. Et tu vale, bone TItyre. 
 
 -0-0*:*>4CK>- 
 
 CHAPTER LI. 1. 
 Prepositions. 
 
 333. Thus far sovoral prepositions have been used in the exe^ 
 cises, some followed by the accusative and some by the ablative. 
 These are tiie only cases in Latin that follow prepositions. 
 
 Prkpositions followed hy tue Ablative. 
 5 (ab, abs), awai/ frmn, hy. e (ex), nut of, from. 
 
 absque, vithout. 
 corctni, in presence of. 
 cum, with. 
 dS, from, concerning. 
 
 prae, before, in comparison %dth, 
 
 pro, before, for. 
 
 sine, without. 
 
 teuuB, as far as, up to. 
 
 \ 
 
M; 
 
 EXPRESSIONS OF PLACE. 
 
 157 
 
 1. In, meaning into, to, towards, for, that is after verbs denoting 
 motion, takes the accusative. 
 
 2. Jn, meaning in, on, at, that is after verbs denoting rest, takes 
 the ablative. See 334. 
 
 3. Sub, under, up to, after verbs of motion, takes tlie accusative; 
 after verbs of rest, the ablative. 
 
 4. Remember that all prepositions except the ten mentioned, 
 and in and sub, are followed by the accusative only. 
 
 Expressions of Place. 
 334. Examine the followiixj: — ' 
 
 1. In oppido, in the town. 
 
 2. In navl, on shipboard. 
 
 3. Ad montem, to the mountain. 
 
 4. Ex agrls, from the f elds. 
 
 5. In Italia, in Italy. 
 
 6. In Italiam, to Italy. 
 
 7. Ex Italia, from Italy. 
 
 8. Athgnis, at (in) Athens. 
 \). Coriuthi, at {in) Corinth. 
 
 10. Thuriis, at (/«) Thurii. 
 
 11. CarthaginI, at (in ) Carthage. 
 
 12. Romae, at (in) Rome. 
 
 13. Romam, to Rome. 
 
 14. Roma, from Rome. 
 
 Observe the ways of denoting the place in, on, at, to, from which. 
 In English we always ^ use a preposition with the noun of place, 
 as the examples show. So in Latin (see examples 1-7), except 
 with names of towns. ^ For these a rule may be inferred from the 
 examples 8-14* 
 
 336. Rule of Syntax. — With names of towns — 
 1» The place in or at which is expressed by the 
 locative. (See 14,2; 40; 175.) 
 
 2. The place to which, by the accusative without 
 a preposition.^ 
 
 3, The place from whicli, by the ablative without 
 a preposition.^ 
 
 1 Except in the case of the word 
 home, after a verb of motion. 
 
 ^ Names of small islands are 
 often treated like names of towns. 
 
 ^ This accusative may be called 
 
 the Acousativo of Limit, be- 
 cause it denotes the limit, or end, 
 of motion. 
 
 < This ablative is the ablative 
 of separation. (128, 129, 130.) 
 
 ■I ; . 
 
 ! 'il 
 
 I A 
 
 'hi 
 
 
 1 
 
 / 
 
.^^««iaw~ 
 
 I 
 
 158 
 
 EXPRESSTONR OF l^LACE. 
 
 336. Domus, liomr, house, and rus, the counlry, have the con- 
 struction of names of towns : 
 
 domi, at homo.. 
 domum, (/«) home. 
 domo, from home. 
 
 ruri, in the countrt/. 
 rus, to {info) the country. 
 rure, from the country. 
 
 X . 
 
 337. 
 
 2. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 -t 
 
 2. Porscna 
 Ivomfuu ex 
 
 ■-V/' 
 
 I. 1. Consults in stKlem siiam processGrc' 
 rex Tnfowto cum cxercitu Romam veiiit. .T 
 agns in urbcni deinigrant. 4. Nova Ivoniac clTsrnitfis crefita 
 
 Oct C!> 
 
 est, quae dictatura appellata est. T). Tarquinius Cumas se 
 contulit. G. ISIissi sunt Roma ad Corioklnum oratorChJ de 
 pace. 7. Is de foio doinuni se recipiebat. 8. Erat quldam 
 AthenTs qui se sapicutcin })rofitebatur. 9. Regulus in Afri- 
 can! trajecit. 10. Deinde Roniam missus est, sed mox 
 Cartliagincm rediit. 11. Roma miss! sunt Carthilgincm 
 legiltT. 12. RomanT duas clfides in Hispania acceperunt. .\V-' 
 
 \- 
 
 13. Tunc ScTpio ex Sicilia in Africam profectus est. 
 
 14. Hannibal ex an<>:ustiTs evasit. 
 
 ^^ 
 
 II. 1. The consul set out from Rome with a large army. 
 
 2. "We have removeel from the city into tlie country. 
 
 3. Then the general retreated ^ into Campania. 4. I have 
 lived in Athens three years. ^ 5. Tarquin remained at 
 Cumte a long time. G. Scipio defeated Hannibal at Zama. 
 7. Regulus returned from Africa to Rome. 8. Afterwards 
 he was sent back from Rome to Cartha2;e. 9. Ciesar 
 carried on war in Gaul eiglit years.'' 10. Cicero was ])orn at 
 Arpinum. 11. The consul proceeded to Athens with his 
 army. 12. From Athens he sailed* to Italy. 13. Do you 
 remain {im/perative) at home ; I will return to the army. 
 14. Shall you come home eoon? ^ 
 
 
 y' 
 
 1 
 C 
 B 
 t 
 
 ^ From procedo, perfect tense. 
 2 See I. 7, and 239. 
 
 ^y 
 
 8 See .313. 
 
 4 See 272. II. 6 
 
 t 
 
 h 
 
con- 
 
 >cna 
 ex 
 
 efita 
 s se 
 i de 
 (lam 
 Lfri- 
 mox 
 ncm 
 
 Ullt. 
 
 est. 
 
 
 « 
 
 ,v 
 
 
 'my. 
 try. 
 lavc 
 at 
 .ma. 
 ards 
 esar 
 11 at 
 his 
 you 
 mv. 
 
 </> 
 
 EXPRESSIONS OF PLACE. 
 
 159 
 
 838. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ungiistiac, -arum, i\, plur. [an- 
 
 gustus, 7uirrou'], uarruw ])a.ss. 
 
 Cf. Eiig. uarruws. 
 appello, 1, address, call, name. 
 Arpliiiiitiy -i, N., Arpinum, a town 
 
 in Italy. 
 Atheuae, -siruni, v. plur., Athens. 
 Carthago, -iiiis, v., Cnrtluuje, a 
 
 city in Africa. 
 CoriolJiuus, -i, m., a surname of 
 
 C Marcius, a lioman cons^ul. 
 Cuiuae, -arum, r. plur., Canuv, a 
 
 town in Campania. 
 (le-migro, 1, emit/rate, remove. 
 dictjitura, -ae, i\ [dictator], 
 
 o/Jlce of dictator, dictatorship. 
 dignitas, -atis, f. [diguus, 
 
 icvrthi/], worth, dirjniti/, ojjire. 
 e-vado, 3, evasi, evasum, (/o 
 
 forth, escape. 
 
 .•J39. 
 
 iufestus, -a, -uni, adj., Iiostile, 
 
 truuhlesouw, dantjerous. 
 orator, -oris, m. [oro, speah^ 
 
 plead], orator, ambassador. 
 Porsena, -ae, m., Porsena, an 
 
 Etruscan king. 
 pro-fiteor, 2, -fessus [fateor], 
 
 acknowledje, confuss, declare. 
 re-mitto, '•], -misi, -missum, send 
 
 hack-. 
 sedes, -is, v. [sedeo, sit], seat, 
 
 (d)ode. 
 Tarquiiiius, -i, m., Tan/itin, a 
 
 lioman king. 
 tra-icio, .'], -jeci, -jcctum f tmns, 
 
 jacio], throiv across, pass orer, 
 
 cross. 
 turn, adv., then, at that time. 
 Zama, -ae, i., Zama, a town in 
 
 Africa. 
 
 FOR TRANSLATION. 
 The Battle of Cannae, b.c. 216. 
 
 Hannibal in Apuliam pcrvenerat. Adversus cum Roma 
 profecti sunt duo cousiiles, Aemilius Paullus et Tereutius 
 VaiTo. TauUo^ cunctatio Fabi^ magis placebat ; Varro 
 autom, ferox*^ ct teinerarius, acriora sequebatur consilia. 
 Ambo consules ad viciim, qui Caunae appellabatur, castra 
 CO >muMlverunt. Ibi delude Varro invito collega'* acieui Tn- 
 Btruxit '^t sTguum pi'ignae dedit. Hannibal autem ita consti- 
 tiieral acicm, ut RomanTs'^ et*^ solis radii et ventus ab oriente 
 
 1 For the case, see 34.3. 
 
 2 Fabiu's Maximus, wliose policy 
 had been one of prudence, or 
 rather, of extreme caution. 
 
 * Impetuous. 
 
 * Ifis colleague unwilUvq = 
 against the ivishes of his col' jue. 
 See 412. 
 
 ^ To the Romans, dative with 
 advcrsi. *" Both. 
 
 in 
 
 
 ( 
 
& 1 
 
 1 
 
 160 
 
 ADDITIONAL PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 V. 
 
 pulvoreni {ulllfins^ adversl cssent." VTctus caesus(iuo est 
 l^">m^mus cxercitus ; nusquaui grtiviure vulnere aflilcta est 
 res publica. 
 
 [^Coitttnued on p. 177.] 
 
 )( 
 
 -o-o*,<>;oo- 
 
 CHAPTER LIL 
 ADDTTIONAL riUNCIl^LKS OF SYNTAX. 
 
 34-(). Exumine the foUoirlufj : — 
 
 1. Alter consulum, one of the cnnsnls. 
 L*. Uniis mi'litum, one of the soldiers. 
 1). Quis vestrum? v:ho of youf 
 
 4. Nihil novl, nothhuj (of) new. 
 
 5. Satis pecuniae, enou(jh ((f) monet/. 
 
 C. Unus ex mllitibus, one of the sohlirrs. 
 7. Minimus ex illls, the youngest of them, 
 
 Tlu! first fivi' of tlu; exaiiiplos iilustratf; wliat is called the 
 Partitive Genitive, tluivvord in the genitive deiiolnig a »r//o/e, and 
 tlie word which it limits a part of tiiat whole; G and 7 illustrate 
 aiiollier way of expressing the pa'litivo idea. 
 
 ;J41. Exam\)ie the folloicing : — 
 
 1. Catillna fult ingeni5 malfl, Catiline was (a man) of had 
 
 di<ji(>;'iilon. 
 
 2. Iccius aumiii^ nSbilitSte fuit, Iccius teas (a man) of the 
 
 hii/hesf rank: 
 
 3. Puer flSdecim anndrum, a l>oi/ (f sixteen i/ears. 
 
 4. Vestis mJIgn'i prctT, a (/ar>iieiit of t/reaf value. 
 
 5. Vir aummae virtGtis, a man of the hiyhest courage. 
 
 Tlio nhove aro o\niny>les of tho Daacrlptivo Ablative a'ld tlie 
 Deacriptive Oenitivo. Ohscrvf? lliat in fiu'ii instance the abhi- 
 tivc or j.',tMiitIvi' is liniitcd hy an adj 'ctive, and that tin* adjective 
 and nonn togi^thtir denote a (ptaliti/ or characteristic of that whicli* 
 is described. 
 
 1 Present participle of adflO. 
 
 * Were an annoyance. 
 
 Vi'« 
 
 • 
 
ADDITIONAL I'lilNCirLES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 161 
 
 842. Examine the following : 
 
 1. Regi Bervio, / serve the king. 
 
 2. Civita.ti piodest, he hencjits the state. 
 8. Caesari placuit, it jdeased Ca:s<ir. 
 
 4. Fratri persuadet, he persuades his brother. 
 ;"). Crede niihi, hellcrc inc. 
 (I. Legibua civitatia pargbat, (220. T. 2). 
 7. Intel dum amlcTs iiocet, (272. I. 8). 
 
 Observe that the verbs, which in Kiigli.sh liave a direct object, 
 are followed in Latin by the dative; (the ca.so of the indirect object). 
 Such verb.s should be carefully noted as they occur in tlie exercises. 
 They may be sunnned up in the following — 
 
 i 
 
 84;$. liULK OF Syntax. — Many verbs Nif^iiifyiiip: 
 t<» jtfrasr or (tisj>Irase^ hruvflt or injure ^ rominand or 
 ohri/, .sv'/wv, /v.s/.sY, Oclicvi't threaten, persuade, uiiti 
 the like, take the <hitive. 
 
 . i 
 
 l^) 
 
 4» « f 
 
 K.^amine the followiufj : 
 
 1. Milgno iisni nostris fuit, it was of great service to our men. 
 
 2. Est nuhi curae, // is { Jhr) a a re to inc. 
 
 \\. Equitatiim auxilid Caesaii mlaerant, they had sent cavalry 
 
 to aid C(rs<tr {/or aid to ('(vsar). 
 4. Quinquf: coh6it5s caatrls praesidio relinquit, he leaves 
 
 Jice cohorts to defend the camp {for defence to the camp). 
 
 Observe in each of (he abovii sentences two datives, one trans- 
 lated (lilf Tidly) with for, the other with to. in 1 and 2, QbuI and 
 cQrae arc like the itredicate nominative, which is often us m1 where 
 Me mi<4ht expect this dative; in !l and I. auxilid and praesidid 
 denote a purpose. Thi.s dative for which is sometimes called tlie 
 Dative of Eervice. The two toguthci" arc sometimes culled the 
 Double Dative. 
 
 Ob.serve ii, stances of the forej^oing constructions us tliejl occur 
 in tlio eKercises and readiuLT Icssoiis. 
 
 \i 
 
162 
 
 DERIVATION. 
 
 .. m 
 
 n 
 
 '. fi 
 
 U 
 
 CHAPTER LIII. 
 
 DERIVATION. 
 
 (145. Some derivations have been indicated in the vocabu- 
 laries \>y separating the parts of compound words, and, beginning 
 with 221, by putting words in i)rackets. The bracketed words, 
 however, are not to be understood as the primitives or origi- 
 nals of the words against which they stand, as is customarily 
 the car.e in lexicons and special vocabidaries, but that they are 
 connected with them in formation from a common root or stem. The 
 habit of observing such relationships is the important thing. Tiie 
 following list is selected from previous vocabularies for further 
 study of the subject : — 
 
 1. amo, love, amicus, lovhuj, frlcndln ; amlcitia, friendship ; in- 
 
 imlcus (f(»r in-amicus), unfrii ndly, hostile. 
 'J. a^er, field, land, soil' agri-cola (colo, cultivate), one who cultivates 
 the soil, farmer ; agri-cultura, cultivation of the soil, affriculture. 
 Colo also means divcll, hence incola, inhabitant. Moaning of 
 incolo ? 
 \\. civia, citizen; cXvilis, pertaining to a citizen ; clvit5s, the condi- 
 tion of a citizen, or a body if citizens, state. lAkv clvllis, form 
 and define adjectives from the stems of pnar antl hostis. 
 4. reg5, rule; r€x (rSg«), ruler, king ; rfigiua, ruler, (jueen ; r6- 
 
 guuni, kingdom ; x€gn6, he king, reign ; rSgxila, rule. 
 r>. facid, do; f acinus, thing done, deed ; facilis {that may be done), 
 
 easy; diflTicilis (for dis-facilis), not to he done, dijjicidt. 
 C. n6sc6, know; nomen {that by which a thing is known), name; 
 liSminS, v., name; nSbilis {that can be known), well known, 
 noble, cf. facilis. 
 7. iuga, Jlighl; fugi6,y7r«. liber, adj., /rcr; Ifbcr 6, v., free. 
 
 metus, u.yfear; metuS, v., fear, laus, n., praise; lavidS, \'., praise. 
 timor, u.,fear ; time6,\., fear. AiHc6,le(irn ; di8cipuhiB,//'r/r/i^r. 
 d6, give ; d6num, ////?. n.oved, move ; ni6tUB, 7n()tion. 
 
 f\n6, flow ; fluvius, flflmen, sfvavi, river. 
 domlnus, lord, masiir; domina, mistress; dominor, b<i master, 
 b. fturum, gold; aureus, of gt,/il, golden. 
 Uguum, woodi Ugneus, ofwoodt WQyduih 
 
in- 
 
 • 
 
 DERIVATION. 
 
 163 
 
 ferrum, iroji ; ferreus, of iron, iron. 
 
 argeutum, silver. Form an adjective from the stem of argeii- 
 
 tuni, luid (lefiiio it. 
 ^ 0. alo, nourish; alimentum {that which nourishes), food, pro- 
 
 vAsions, 
 mone5, remind ; monumentum {tliot irhirh reminds), monument. 
 oino, (idon) ; meaiiiiin' of ornamentiim ? 
 
 10. pulcher, hraulifnl ; piilchritudo, Ijcduti/. 
 fortia, hniri' ; fortitude, /'rarer//, 
 tiirpis, hose ; turpitiido, Ixiscness. 
 
 altus, hif/h. Form a noun from the stem of altus, and define it. 
 
 11. Ignavus (not husy), idle ; IgaSvia, idleness. 
 memor, mindful ; memoria (mindfulness), memori/, 
 piger, lazi/ ; pigritia, hiziness. 
 
 prudSns, wise, jirndotf ; piiidentia, icisdom, prudence. 
 
 sapiens, wise ; sapientia, wisdom. 
 
 RtnicxiH, friend ; amicitiH, friendship. 
 
 Form a noim from tlu; stem of inimlcua, and deline it. 
 I'J. eqnuB, hor<e ; eques, hor^icnion. 
 
 p6a (.s»<:m ped), fiif)i ; ped^s, Joot-soldier. 
 \.\. aro, v., plnuijh ; arStrum, u. (ihimj to ph)U;;!< widt). plnuf/h. 
 
 (rodo, ipniw); roatrum i^/hiU which (jnaws), beak; snout, hence 
 heak of a shi/). 
 IJ. vir, m(in ; virtua, nifrnliness, cirtue. 
 
 BVTVU», slave ; HevvitiiB, slareri/. 
 
 c6n8ul, ctnisid ; conaulStua, ojlicc of a consul, consulship. 
 
 magister, master; magiatiStua, ojfice of a magistei, mat/is- 
 Iracf/, ul>o mnfistratc. 
 V). pcrrctiium, dantjer ; peilonlSans, /»/// of diinipr, ilanfjerous. 
 
 fifina, i<(if; froiidOaiia, conn d with hnves, leaf'/. 
 
 •tndinm, :eal ; mciiniiii;' of studiOaus? 
 10. atidoO, dare; andilx, ilarimj. 
 
 rapid, seize; rap&x, i/raspintf. 
 
 teneO, hold ; imntiuii; of tenRx? 
 17. •crTbo, write; soiTptor, writer. 
 
 vinc6 {vlctum,, conifuer ; vlotOT, conrpierur. 
 
 defendd, defend ,* dgfffliisor, defender. 
 
 From stem of am6, /o/v, form a word meaning lover; from stem 
 (»f audi5, hear, in the «an»o way, a word moaning hearer. 
 
 
r 
 
 ^\ 
 
 164 
 
 THE RUR.TUNCTIVE : FOKMS. 
 
 18. nllus, nni/; nulius, not any. 
 
 scio, know ; nescio, know not. 
 1\). homo, 7nan; humanus {helonrjing to a mau), human. 
 mors, death; mortalis (belonfjlnt/ to death), inortal. 
 alius, another; alienus (hdotif/iiKj to another), another^s. 
 20. Observe also tlie force of tlie various ])i-('ii xcs, a, ad, de, dis, in, 
 prae, pro, re, sub, etc., as in S-mitto, ac-cSdo, de-scendo, 
 dl-mitto, in-fero, prae-sum, pro cedo, re-fero, s\ib-e6, etc. 
 
 ^ 
 
 j:*ioo- 
 
 CHAPTER LIV. 1. 
 THE SUIUUNCTIVE INIOOD. 
 y Sequence of Tenses: Piiactice on Forms. 
 
 oX 340. I.oani the subjunctive of sum (73) and its coni»)oun(ls 
 ' (292, 293). 
 
 'I'lie chief use of the subjunctive is iu subjoined, that i. , de- 
 pendent, clauses. ^..--^ '^"'' 
 
 / 
 
 847. Exaviine the foUorchig: — 
 
 1. Audio ubi sit. fuerit, futuruu v.L, / hear vihere he is, has been 
 
 I or W(tf, is f/ohif/ to he. 
 
 2. AtidSvI ubi sit, fuerit, futiirus sit, / hare heard where he is, 
 
 fias been '^n' wtm^ in iJoiiKj to he. 
 JJ. Audiam ubi sit, fuerit, futiirus sit, I ahaJl hear whre he is^ 
 
 has been oi" was, is (foinf/ to be. 
 4. AudlverS ubi alt, fiierit, futflrus sit, f shall have heard 
 
 where he is, has been or was, is yoin<i to be, 
 
 6. AudiSbam ubi esset, fuissct, futdrus esset, / heard where 
 he was, had been, was qointj to be, 
 
 6. Audiv: ubi esset, fuisset, futflrus esset, / heard nMre he 
 
 was, htul been, wai (jointj to bi*, 
 
 7. Au I'^verorn ubi c iset, fuiaset, futflnu cisaet, T had heard 
 
 where /it was, had beeti, was yuint/ to be. 
 
SEQUENCE OF TENSES: 
 
 'ORMS. 
 
 165 
 
 IS, 
 
 m. 
 
 \ere 
 
 he 
 
 ml 
 
 \o^ 
 
 'f 
 
 Notice wluii tfiiscs aie u.ieil in the princii.a) clauses of eaca of 
 the preci'ding groups of examples. Those in the first group — the 
 present, perl'oct (lermile,^ future, and future perfect — are calLi! 
 primanj ov priitcijial tenses. 1'hose in th.; second group — tl'i* 
 imperfect, perfect itulefinite,'^ and the pluperfect — are callett 
 second inj or Ji'mtorical tenses. 
 
 Observe also that primary tenses of tlie subjunctive are used in 
 tin; first four, secondary in the last three. ^--»-^i__^ 
 
 ,S4S. IvlLE OF Syntax. — Primary t«'iisos <»f tlie 
 suhjiiiK'iiNo follow iiriiiiiiry ti'iise.s of ilie iiiilicutivey 
 and sct'oiHlary follon jsofoiidary. 
 
 ()bs(!rve that liie subjunctive iu the foregoing examples is trans 
 lated like the indicative. 
 
 i541). Exdmiitc the foHoic'uKj : — 
 
 1. Nemo adest qnm .sit fortis, no one is present who is not hrnve. 
 
 2. Quis adest quia sit fortis? who is present who rs- not hravef 
 ;3. Nemo dubitat qiilii bit fortis, no one douhls that he is brave, 
 
 or his heiini hrnrr. 
 4. Noil dubium est qulu ait fortis, there is no doubt that he is 
 
 brave, or of his belnr/ brave. 
 .'>. Noil dublto quTn sit fortis, / do not doubt that he >..■■ Varc, 
 
 or his beinij brave. 
 
 Observe (1) that the subjunctive follows quia; (2) that qufii 
 is used after negative expressiivus and questions that exp(T> a 
 negative answer; (H) tliat tlie subjuiu!tiv< clause with qxifu (con?- 
 pounded of qui, who, and n6, )iol) may be variously rendered. 
 
 2. 
 ■^^ 350. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Qiiis (lu})itat qniii ninl fortvs ? 2. NdmO tlubitat 
 qiiTn vTtrt sit brevis. H. Nun dublto <|aln adfuiu'iiit. 4. Noa 
 dul)iaHi enit qtiln csacat fortcH. {>. QuIh dubitubat quin 
 
 1 Thnt is, the perfect translated \v»th /»«»•« or hatt. 
 
 2 That is, the perfect lran^shitt^l without have, or has. 
 
 
 i ". 
 

 % 
 
 166 
 
 THE SUBJUNCTIVE: FORMS: Ut. 
 
 .J^ 
 
 fuissent fortes ? 6. Nemo dubitaverat qiiTn adfuisset; ad- 
 fuissentr 7. Non est dubium quiii possit ; possint ; potuerit ; 
 potueriut. 8. Quis dubitabat quTii posset? possent? potuis- 
 set? potuissent? 9. Non est dubium quiii praesTs ; praesTtis ; 
 pracfueris ; praefueritis. 10. Quis dubitaverat quiu afuisset? , 
 
 afuisseut?' y"^ 
 
 II. 1. I do not doubt that he is present ; has been present ; . r 
 is absent ; has been absent. 2. Who doubted tliat he could ?Cv'^i t 
 ^l, tliey could? we could? you could? 3. Tliey do not doubt 
 that he is at the head of (praesnm) ; has been at tlie head of. 
 4. Who has doubted his survivinur? their survivin*'? 5. Who 
 doubted their injuriupj? having injured? G. Tliere is no 
 doubt that he can ; we can ; you can ; they can. 7. There 
 was no doubt that he could ; I could ; thev could. 
 
 i^: 
 
 Vi 
 
 V 
 ^ 
 
 
 r 
 
 ^ 
 
 J 
 
 3. 
 
 ''7 
 
 »■!;.:*:»: sfr4w 
 
 1551. Loarn the subjunctive, active and passive, of amo (86) 
 and mon^o (112). ^^ 
 
 1. Observe that iu the active voice the iu)perf(-ot siibjiuictive. 
 can be formed readily from the pres(Mit iiiliiiiti\(', und the phiper- 
 fect subjuncijve from the perfect infinitive. Compare the perfect 
 subjuM'itive with the future perfect indicative. 
 
 iJ52. Examine the following: — ^. 
 
 S6 armant ut :nignent, they arm thr^n.^dvcs ihnf they may Jiyhty 
 in order ih<u they may Jiyht. to jiyht, .<(/ as tojiyht, in order to 
 Jiijh', for tht vurpose of Jiytilhuj. 
 
 Observe Otai !Ne v trious ((^uivalcnl^i of ut pugnent have A 
 common notiot\ or i-u-u hat of purpose. 
 
 ;i5;i. R( i.E OF Syntax. — vt with the subjunotivo 
 
 may be ised to <ieMotc w pui|>osi\ ami mnity he \arl- 
 uuHly r 'iiishited. 
 
 354. Keview the indicative and iuqierative oi «6, tjo (327). 
 
 \ 
 
 *« 
 
 
 m. 
 
 II 
 
ad- 
 
 n-it ; 
 
 tuis- 
 
 itis ; 
 
 set ? 
 
 ent; , r. 
 ild?fj^>^£ , 
 
 juht 
 
 I of. 
 
 Vhu 
 
 no 
 ;iei'e / A 
 
 u 
 
 [86) 
 
 live 
 por- 
 teet 
 
 
 *• ii 
 iri- 
 
 \ 
 
 TnE subjunctive: forms: Ut. 
 
 167 
 
 355. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. It Ut nionstret ct moneat. 2. Ibat nt mOnstrarct ct 
 moncrot. 3. lit ut mOnstret ct moueat. 4. lit ut niou- 
 straret ct moncrct. 5. Ibuut ut monstreut ct moucnnt. 
 6. lerunt ut uioustrfireut ct moucrcnt. 7. Icrant ut uiou- 
 strarcut ct luonerciit. 8. Non dubitavl quTu uioustriivissct 
 et uiouuissct. 0. Quis du])itrivciat qiiTu nioustravisscut 
 et ui<)!Hiiss(Mit? 10. Nemo dubitfivit quTu uioustiTivisscmus 
 ct monuisscmus. 11. Nou est dubiuui quiu nioustrcmus ct_- 
 nioncamus. 
 
 ^ 
 
 II. 1. lie goes to spo nnd praise. 2. Tlioy go for the 
 purpose of seeing and praising. 8. We will go in order to 
 sec and praise. 4. AVho will not go tliat lie may see and 
 praise? 5. You will go to sec and praise. 0. They have 
 gone to see and praise. 7. lie has gone for the piU'[K)sc of 
 seeing and i)raising. 8, He went in order to sec and i)raise. 
 9. Go (plxr.) to see and praise. 10. He was going that 
 he might see and praise. 11. AVho doubts his having seen 
 ^ and praised? 12. No one doubted that thev had sceu and 
 praised. 
 
 4. 
 
 M50. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Kt (cTa, mihi, nobis) imperatut' — 
 conelur, conentur, coner, ronr'nuir. 
 
 2. Ki (els, mihi, nobis) imperabat ut — 
 
 conilretur, ('onarentur, coufire^, conan'mur. 
 
 3. Quis dubitat (piln — ■ 
 
 (;onatui^ sit. conatl sint, conatus sim, confill siraus? 
 
 4. Nemo dubitfibat (piTn— > 
 
 cOuattis esset, cOnatI csscnt, cOniXtUH OMHB^ cuuati 
 essrunus. 
 
 / 
 
 H- 
 
 1. 
 
 f 
 
 • Translate thus : He orders him to try (thai he try) ; them to try {that 
 they try). 
 
 {'■ 
 
 t it 
 
 i' 1*1 
 
wittmim 
 
 I 
 
 1 
 
 \h^ 
 
 168 THE subjunctive: forms: Ut AND Ne. 
 
 5. Earn (cos, me, nos) monet ut — 
 
 tiieatur, tueantiir, tuear, tuofimur. 
 
 6. Eum (eos- me, nos) mouebat ut — 
 
 tuen'tur, tueieutur, tuerer, tueivmur. 
 
 7. Quis clubitat qiiTn — 
 
 tuitus sit, tuiti sint, tuitus sim, tuiti sTmus? 
 
 8. Nemo tlubitabat quTii — 
 
 tuitus esset, tuiti esseut, tuitus cssoni, tuiti ossGmus. 
 
 11.^ 1. They will order liim^ (them, inc, us) to imitate/ 
 
 2. They have ordered him (tliem, me, us) to imitate. 
 
 3. Who doubts his^ (tlieir, my, our) having imitated? 
 
 4. They ordered him (them, me, us) to imitate, .j. Nobody 
 doubted his (their, my, our) having imitated. C. They 
 advise him (them, me, us) to promise. 7. Tiiey advised 
 him (them, me, us) to ])roniise. 8. There was no doubt 
 that he (they, I, we) had promised. 
 
 5. ^^ 
 
 357. Learn the subjunctive, aotiv(3 and passivo, of rego (180), 
 audio (223), capio (235). 
 
 358. 'J'l-e conjunction n§, in order Hint not, (lint not, in order not 
 to, so ns not to, lest, is used to dcnoti' a lu'i^^ativo purpose, just as ut 
 denotes a positive purpose. See 352, 353. 
 
 359. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. 1. Eum (eos) monet ut — 
 regat, regatur, 
 regant, regantur, 
 
 '^. 2. Eum (eos) mmuiit ut- 
 regat, regatur, 
 regant, regantur, 
 3. Eum (eos) monebut ut 
 regeret, regeretur. 
 
 audiat, audiiltur, 
 
 audiant, audiantur. 
 
 audiat, nudiatnr, 
 
 audiant, audiautur. 
 
 nudTret, audlretur, 
 regerent, regorcntur, andlrent, nudlrentur. 
 
 * Imitate tho arrnnfjomont in I. - Dative. 
 
 ^ That is, (hat he, lliei/, /, u'c, havr imitated. 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 sh 
 
?. _ t- 
 
 THE SUBJUNCTIVE : FOKMS : Ut AND Nc. 
 
 169 
 
 0), 
 
 not 
 ut 
 
 I 
 
 (• 
 
 
 4. Eiim (cos) momiit ut — 
 
 rt'gerc't, rcgeretur, audiret, audiiotur, 
 regerent, regerentur, audlrent, audlrentur. 
 
 5. Te (vOs) nioiiet iiG — 
 
 capias, capifitis, capiiiris, capiiimiiii. 
 
 6. Me (nos) inomiit uc — 
 
 capiam, capifiinus, capiar, capifimur. 
 
 7. Mo (nos) inonchat nc — 
 
 ca[)crcm, capcrcimis, capcrcr, capcrcmur. 
 
 8. Me (nos) monnit nc — 
 
 capcrein, caperCMiiiis capcrcr, capcrcmur, 
 
 II. 1. They advise him (tlicni) — 
 
 to lead, to be led, to find, to be found. 
 
 2. They warn him (tliem) — 
 
 not to receive, not to be received. 
 
 3. They will advise him (them) — 
 
 to lead, to be led, to find, to be found. 
 ' 4. They were warning him (them) — 
 J not to lead, find, receive, ] 
 
 •K not to Ik; led, be found, be received. 
 
 5. Who doul)ted that he (they) — 
 
 had led, had found, had received, 
 
 had been led, been found, been received? / 
 
 / 
 
 (300. Learn 
 
 ^^ 
 
 6. 
 
 the subjunctive of eo (327), and fero (321). 
 
 301. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 ^ 
 
 I. 1. Me hortatiM- ut earn ; fennu. 2. Eos hortamur ut 
 eant; ferantur. 3. Vos hortantnr ut catis ; fenTtis. -1. Kum 
 hortatt sunt ut Tret; ferret. 5. Me hortfitl sunt ne earn; 
 feram. <>. Te horiabantur ne Ires ; ferres. 7. Eos hortati 
 erant ut Trent; ferrent. 8. Non dubium erat quTn iis- 
 sent ; tulissent. 9. Non est du])ium quTu ierit; tulerit. 
 10. Nemo dubitabat quTu Tret ; ferretur. 
 
 H 
 
 'Mil 
 
 « ii 
 
 n 
 

 fWWffl 
 
 gjiw m.war-jffl 
 
 :1 
 
 170 
 
 THE subjunctive: FORMS: Ut AND Ne. 
 
 ^• 
 
 II. 1. lie commands that ho (they, I, we) <^o ; bear; 
 be borne. 2. lie was commanding that he (they, I, we) 
 should go; l)ear ; be borne. 3. There is no doubt of liis 
 (their, my, our) having gone ; borne ; been borne. 1. There 
 was no doubt that lie (they, I, we) had gone ; borne ; been 
 borne. 
 
 362. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Impcrator exercitum in collem subdfixit, ut fortfinam 
 belli experlretur. 2. Pater Ilorati popuhim orabat ne se 
 orbum faccret. 3. Illud facit ut hostes circuraveniantur. 
 4. Consul curavit ut pk"1)s agrOs coleret. 5. Non dubiiim 
 crat quTn Romanl auxiliuin ferrcnt. G. jManlius edicit ne 
 quis^ extra ordinem pugnet. 7. Omnes occTdentur ut vires 
 hostium frangantur, aut omnes dlmittentur ut beneficio obli- 
 gentur. 8. Non est dubium quin terror animos omnium 
 civium occupaverit. 9. Incidit- ut eo tempore Ilnsdrubal 
 ad eundem portum venlret. 10. Scipio uxorem oravit ne 
 corpus suum Romam referretm\, ,. ^ ' 
 
 ^ II. 1. The ambassadors beg the senate to render aid to 
 their ^ kingdom. 2. The ambassador l)egged the senate to 
 render aid to Ills'* king. 3. Nobody doubts that Hannibal 
 is brave. 4. Nobody doubted that Hannibal had fought 
 bravely. 5. They did this that they might surround the 
 enemy. 6. Tliis they do in order to surround the enemy. 
 
 7. 8cii)io begs his wife not to carry his body back to Rome. 
 
 8. Scipio begged his wife not to carry his body back to 
 Rome. 9. It turned out that the soldier received a wound 
 on the head. 10. We will draw up the soldiers on a hill to 
 try the fortune of war. 
 
 ^ Ne quia, lest any one = that no one. 
 
 2 After verbs meaning to happen, to turn out, and the like, ut means 
 that, hilt not in order' that. 
 
 ^ Suns, hec&nsQ theirme&ns their own, &nd not of them. 
 * Suus. 
 
 4 f 
 
 
 .4 
 
J 
 
 2^^-^ 
 
 . 1 
 
 ^ 
 i 
 
 THE SUBJUNCTIVE: RELATIVE OF PURPOSE. 171 
 
 363. 
 
 circum-vonio, 4, -veni, -ventuni, 
 
 eoUis, -is, m., /////. Cf. nious. 
 Conor, 1, a I tempt. 
 t'liro, 1 [ciirii'],carejur,((iker(iie. 
 di-iuitio, •">, -iiiisi, -iiiissuin, ^cud 
 
 (twill/, send oj/'. 
 e <lico, 3, -dixi, -(llctiitn, sjwal- 
 
 (Jilt, declare, pidchtim. 
 c-veiiio, 4, -veni, -vcntuui, ronu 
 
 fortli, turn out, happen, (,'f. ui'cido. 
 extra, pri'p. w. ace, icit/iuut, uut- 
 
 side of. Cf. intra. 
 fran<40, •'], frej»i, friictiini, hreak. 
 ilasdriibal, alis, m., llasdndiid, 
 
 liiotluT of Iliiiinil)iil. 
 horfor, 1, '//•'/'', emonrai/e. 
 in c-ido, .'], oidi, -cusuni [cado], 
 
 JiUl into, happen, be/ad. - -* 
 
 VOCABULARY. ^' 
 
 ]>Ianlius, -i, M., Manlius, a Roman 
 
 "^L'liLral. 
 inonstro, 1, shoic, point out. 
 ob-ligi), 1, bind, pat under obliijU' 
 
 tion, oltlii/e. 
 oc-cido, ;], -c'idi, -cisiini [ob, 
 
 cacdo, cut J, cut down, kill. 
 occiipo, 1 [ob, capio], take pos- 
 
 s< ssnin (if\ aeize. 
 orbus, -a, -uin, adj., bereuird, 
 
 c/tildlcss. 
 ori), 1 [iis, mouth'], pray, beg. 
 plebs, -bis, i., the common people. 
 st'iiatus, -lis, Ai. [senex], council 
 
 iij'i Idem, senate. (345. 14.) 
 sub-diico, .'J, -duxi, -ductiiin, 
 
 draw from under, draw up. 
 uxor, -oris, v.,u-ife. Cf oonjiiiix. 
 vis, via, r., strength, power. (20i2.) 
 
 \ 
 
 ■^^1 
 
 i.' 
 
 X 
 
 n 
 
 
 * 
 
 i 
 
 CHAPTER LV. 
 THE SUBJUNCTIVE: KELATIVE OF PURPOSE. 
 
 [It is BiiggfHli'il tliat tlie turiiiiii,' of EiigliMli into Latin be now dtfcned till after 
 \.he Urailing LcHHuns, \i\). 'ZD-'l'l'l, liavc !iecn liulBlied.] 
 
 3(>4-. Ill all the Latin .sentences in the preceding lesson in 
 which ut and ne are used with the subjunctive, except 362. I. J>, 
 the dependent chiuse expresses a purpose. And, on the other hand, 
 in thd English sentences al' the dependent clauses expressing pur- 
 pose ("/(> render aid,"' ^^ not to carry" etc.) had to be turned into 
 Latin by ut or ne with the subjunctive, lint the Latin often 
 expres.ses a purpose by means of a relative pronoun followed by 
 the subjunctive. See the first six sentences below. 
 
 305. EXERCISES. 
 
 1. 1. Aliens legfituni laittit ut res repetat. 
 
 legatuiii mittit qui res repetat. 3. LegatI veneruiit ut p 
 
 2. Ancua 
 icem 
 
ssHd 
 
 saS 
 
 A/. 
 
 ^2 ^> '^^' oQ. 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 1.25 
 
 2.8 
 
 1^ 
 
 MM 
 
 M 
 
 lis iio 
 
 1.4 
 
 1.8 
 
 1.6 
 
 V] 
 
 <^ 
 
 /} 
 
 c^y. 
 
 
 ^:^^ 
 
 7 
 
 >!SJ 
 
 PhotogTciphic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 33 WiST MAIN STRUT 
 
 WnSTIR.N Y MS80 
 
 (716) •72-4»03 
 
 
^ 
 
 / 
 
 o 
 
 
 Mo 
 
 I/a 
 
 ij. 
 
 \ 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
i^s(. 
 
 '-'t-. c rmitimi mm 
 
 h- 
 
 \ 
 
 172 THE SUBJUNCTIVE: KELATIVE OF PUIIPOSE. 
 
 peterent. 4. LegatI veneruut qui pucem peterent. 5. Pater 
 filio cqimm dedit iit cquitaret. G. Pater filio eqiiuiu dabat 
 qui eum veheret. 7. Ad singulfis iirbes scrlbemus ne iniiros 
 diruant. 8. Non diibiuia est quin Cato ad urbes scripscrit. 
 9. Qiiis du])itavit qiiiii Cato irnperavissc^t ut ur])ea inuros 
 diruereut? 10. Romuhis iirbcm fecit quae asylum esset ; , |' \ 
 KOiuuhis urbem facit quae sit asylum. ^ [^,- 
 
 II. 1. A horse was i2;ivcn to the bov by his father, for^ " 
 him to ride. 2. A father sent a messenger to Home to 
 spcak^ to liis son. 3. A father sends a messenger to Rome 
 to speak- to his son. 4. Uonmliis makes proclamation that 
 no onc^ shall leap* over his w;Ul. f). Romulus [)roclaime(l 
 that no one should leap over his wall. (>. We will warn 
 them not to leap* over our walls. 7. Romulus sent messen- 
 gers to invite'* neighboring [)eople to his games. 8. The 
 father will give his son a horse for him to ride. 1). AVho 
 doubts that a kind father gives his son books? 10. Nobody 
 doubted that the father had given his son many things.'^ 
 
 •'• 
 
 '■J 
 
 3««. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 aMo(nior, o, -lucutiis [ad], fipvaJc 
 
 to, address. 
 Aliens, -i, M., AncHs, a lloiuan 
 
 king. 
 asylum, -i, n., a place of rrftttjc, 
 
 asi/luin. 
 Cato, -uiiis, M., Cato, a famous 
 
 Koinan censor. 
 di-ruo, 3, -rtii, -rutuin, tear 
 
 asunder, dcstroi/. 
 cquito, 1 [tMiues], art tlie cqiioH, 
 
 ride. 
 
 fiiiitiiiiii», -a, -iiiii, adj. [fiiilsj, 
 horderinij on, neiyhboring, 
 
 iinporo, 1, order, command, villi 
 dativo, Cf. Jiibeu with ace. 
 
 liidiis, -i, M, [ludo], ijamc, play, 
 
 iiuntius, -i, M., bearer of vews, 
 niessi iK/er. 
 
 rc-peto, .'>, -ivi, -li, -itiim, seilc 
 again, demand back; res rcpe- 
 tcre, demand restitution. 
 
 triiii silio, 4, -II, and -iii, 
 
 [sal in, leap'], leap over or across. 
 
 * Ihit he might ride. 
 
 * Translate in two ways. 
 
 * ISee 302. 1. G, and uote. 
 
 \ 
 
 * Prppcnt ftjlijunctlve. 
 
 6 See 302. 1. 10. k 
 
 " Many things, iiiulta. ■ \ 
 
i 
 
 n 
 
 I. 
 
 C^C'O 
 
 
 u . 
 
 THE SUBJUNCTIVE : lit AND Ne. 
 
 173 
 
 finis], 
 
 tU'll'S, 
 
 (icrus.'i. 
 
 CHAPTER LVI. 
 
 THE SUBJUNCTlVi: : Ut and Ne. 
 
 307. Tlio subjuiictivo witli lit to donate purpose has })ecii illus- 
 trated (352). lint tlie subjunctive with ut lias other uses. 
 
 30S. Examine the Jhlloichig : — 
 
 i. Tantua est milituni ardor ut ad bellum duca-utur, so grrnt 
 
 is f/ie (inlor of tlic soh/irrs tJicit (Jicij are led to war. 
 
 2. Accidit ut iion domi essem, it happened that I vas not at 
 
 Itomc. 
 
 3. Fabricius adeo inopa decessit ut nihil reliquerit,^ 7a- 
 
 hricius died so poor as to leave nothing. 
 
 In those oxauijilcs (he depcndcMit clause denotes a result. Com- 
 pare the translation oC ut and the subjunctive in puri>')se clauses 
 and in result clauses. That not in result (ilauses — ut non. Cf. 358. 
 
 800. Still another use of tlie subjuictivc with iit 
 unci lie is illustrated in the following sentenees: — 
 
 1. Timeo ut veniat, I fear that he is not rorniiu/, or will not come, 
 
 2. Timeo ut vSnerit, 1 jVar that he has not come. 
 
 3. Timebam ut venisset, I feared that he ha<l not come. 
 
 4. Timeo ne veniat, I J\:<ir that he is coming, or will come 
 
 5. Timeo ne vSnerit, I fear that he has conic. 
 
 G. Timgbam ne venisset, / feared that he had come. 
 
 An inspection of the forei^oin,!;' examples shows that, ut ami n6 
 seen sometimes to exchange mejinings. 
 
 After verbs of fearin;/, ut is translated that not, and iiB, that. 
 
 Observe that in 1 and 1 the present subjunctive nuiy be trans- 
 Jtttud as a future. ' 
 
 370. CXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Pompr'jnH ita r'«.!:it ut u Sulla (llli^prr'Un'. 2. Th, ut 
 Srdlne' HiibvouuH.'t, nMlitt's colU'j^it. 3. Postea in'' Siciliani 
 
 u CurbOiie ret'ii)t'rct. 
 
 profectud est, ut (jam provincium 
 
 t 
 
 m 
 
 1 An exception to 34H. ^ See 343. » See 333. 1. 
 
 ■\ 
 
174 
 
 THE SUBJUNCTIVE: Ut AND Ne. 
 
 Wi ■, 
 
 •i 
 
 i 
 
 « 
 
 > s 
 
 i 
 
 4. Catilmae excrcitus adeo acritcr dlmicfivit, ut neino super- 
 esset. 5. Accidit ut esset plena luna. 6. Atticus sic 
 Graece loquebatur, ut AtliGnls iiutus videretur. 7. Atticus 
 AtlieuTs ita vTxit, ut omnibus clvibus csset carissinms. 
 
 8. Non dubito quin uostii milites hostes ^upcrfiverint. 
 
 9. Non est dubiuni quTn semper fidem servaveritis. 
 
 10. Timeo ut sustineas labores. 11. Metiio ne malum 
 consilium eapijis. 12. Metuo ut sustinueris labores. 
 13. Quis mctuit no malum consilium capiam? 
 
 Point out the purpose clauses in the above. 
 
 II. 1. The boy so acts that he is loved by all. 2. They 
 so acted that they were loved by all. 3. He will so act as to 
 1 ^ loved by all. 4. He has so acted as to l)e loved by 
 all. 5. They will not doubt our having come.- G. They 
 had not doubted our havins^ come.'' 7. I fear that vou arc 
 not well. 8. I feared that you were not well. i). 1 fear 
 that you are sick. 10. I was afraid that you had been sick. 
 
 11. The enemy are fighting so spiritedly that no one will 
 
 survive.'' 12. They have fought so sharply that not one has 
 survived. 13. We will set out for^ Sicilv in order to receive*" 
 that province. 
 
 Cf. 
 
 871. 
 
 ac-ohlo, o, -cidi,— 
 
 J}tll upon, fall out, Iiajijicn 
 evenio and inohlo. 
 
 ad-cti, adv. {to t/iis), thus far, so, 
 so very. 
 
 AtticiiH, -I, M., Atticus, a friend of 
 (Mccro. 
 
 Oarbo, -oiiIb, m., Carho, a Konjan. 
 
 Catiliiia, -ao, m., Catiline., a fa- 
 mous Roman conspirator. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 [adjcurto], col Uffo, .'], -Icgi, -Icctuin r<'om, 
 h'go], collcrt. AIgo coiiligo. 
 
 <H-ini(*o, \,Ji(jiif, amtcnd. 
 
 (iracce, adv. [(Jraeous], in Greek. 
 
 loqiior, o, i^octitiis, speak, talk. 
 
 sub vciiio, 4, -vcnl, -voiitiiin, 
 come to the aid of, aid, assist, 
 with dative. Cf. s.irourro. 
 
 KusHnoo, 2,-flniii,-tontiiin [8ub, 
 tenoOj, /((//// up, hear, endun. 
 
 1 Aa to he, ut, etc. 
 8 '/'hat we fiare cmne. 
 ^ That we had come. 
 
 * Trcs. Bubj. 
 
 * See I. .'?, and note. 
 
 * JSut uiUnitive. 
 
 / 
 
 \ 
 
THE SUBJUNCTIVE: Cum. 
 
 175 
 
 / 
 
 vV 
 
 X 
 
 CHAPTER LVII. 1. 
 THE SUBJUNCTIVE: Cum. 
 
 372. The subjunctive occurs very frequently in de- 
 pendent clauses beginning with cum, nieuning (1) when^ 
 while^ asy of time ; (2) since, because, as, of cause or 
 reason ; (3) althou(jh, of concession : 
 
 1. Cum Servius in domo Tarquini esaet, mlrSbile accidit, 
 
 ichile Scrcius /rus in (he house of Tarqu'ni, a wonderful thuuj 
 
 hdp/KIHcL 
 
 2. Cum Tarquiniua occTsus esset, ejus uxor populum allo- 
 
 cuta est, when Tarqiiin had been killed, hia tcije addressed 
 
 Ike people. 
 3. TuUia, cum domum rediret, super corpus patris carpen- 
 
 tum egit, Tidliu, as she teas returning home, drove her 
 
 VKt(/on over the hodij of her father . 
 
 An inspection of the above examples shows that — 
 
 (1) Tiie tenses of the subjunctive are the iiuperf. and pluperfect. 
 
 (2) The cum clause marks the time of the act of the i)rincipal 
 clause, the verb of which is in the perfcict. 
 
 (;5) The sentences may be called narrative sentences. __ 
 
 37;5. Rule of Synt^v.v. — Cum temporal, tliat is, 
 cum ill narrative clauses, is followed l>y tlie imper- 
 fect and i)Iuperfc<t subjunctive to luurk the time 
 of the action in th 5 pi'^wcipal claujie. 
 
 374. Examine the folh)ivin(j : — 
 
 1. Cum huic IggI sen&tus repugnSret, Caesar rem ad popu- 
 
 lum d£tulit, since the senate opposed this law, Ccesar referred 
 ike matter to the people. 
 
 2. Cum d5 improvlso venisset, RCml IggatSs mlB6runt, since 
 
 he had come urn .rjxeh dh/, the h'iml snil andiass(«l(n:'<. 
 
 3. Cum vita metda pISna sit, amlcitias parftte, since life in 
 
 full (if fear, firm j'rirndshljis. 
 
 4. Cum mo iiiteriogaveris, le&poudBbo, as you have usktd me, 
 
 I will answer. 
 
 * CI 
 
 if 
 
1 ' I 
 
 I 
 
 i I 
 
 ) 
 
 I, 
 
 176 
 
 THE SUBJUNCTIVE: Clllll. 
 
 5. Nihil me adjuvit cum posset, he gave me no aid (aided me 
 in nothing), although it wan in las jjuicer. 
 
 Notice that — 
 
 (1) All the four tenses of the subjunctive are used. 
 
 (2) The cum clause states the cause or reason of the act of the 
 principal clause ; or denotes a concession, indicated in English by 
 though, admitting that, etc. 
 
 375. Rule of Syntax. — Cum causal or conces- 
 sive is followed by the siibjuiictive in all its tenses. 
 
 1. Cum followed by the present or perfect subjunctive is almost 
 always causal, and may be translated since or as; followed by the 
 imperfect or pluperfect it is very often temporal. 
 
 2. Cum temporal and the subjunctive can often be translated 
 in some other way better than by ichen or as wiDi the indicative. 
 Thus, in 372. 2, we might translate. After the killing of Tarquin^ 
 etc.; and in 3, Tallia, returning home, or TulUa, on her wag home. 
 
 *^ 37C». EXERCISES. 
 
 * I. 1. Cum jussT cssent inviccm dlccrc, unns orsus est. 
 2. Pyrrlius, cum tot Komfinos inortuos vidcret^ manfis ad cae- 
 lum sustulit. 3. Cum explorfitores cepisset, eos per castra 
 circumduxit. 4. Quae cum ita sint,^ perge. 5. Cum sit in 
 nobis consilium, cur dubitfunus ? (>. Cum do improvTso 
 vencrit Caesar, ad cum k'gatos mittenuis. 7. Cum amici 
 adsint, gaudemus. 8. Cum' nox approinnqufirct, abierunt. 
 9. Cum nox a})iiropTn(pirivisset, aluGrunt. 10. Caesar, cum 
 frustrfi mlsisset, solus naviculam conseendit ne agnosceretur. 
 
 ir. 1. AVhcn one had beguu,'^ tlie rest became (?wre) silent. 
 2. Pyrrhus, liaving seen* the bravery of tlie Romans, spoke 
 these words. ?>. Since lie has seen the bravery of the 
 Romans, he raises his hands to lieaven. 4. Since night is 
 
 1 Since these things are so :-- such of night; or, since night teas ap- 
 
 being the case. jinxtrhiiig. 
 
 - Cum may bo tninslatt'd ns 8 jc;^,^, 37'|. 
 
 temporal or causal : on the approach * Pyrrhus, when he had seen. 
 
 ■I 
 
 \> 
 
i^ 
 
 THE subjunctive: Ciim. 
 
 177 
 
 
 approaching, wo will go ofT. 5. Wlien our friends liad 
 arrived, we went to Boston. G. On the arrival of o'lr 
 friends we went to Boston. 7. While Caesar was embarking 
 in a boat, no one recognized him. 8. As^ Csesar was alone, 
 he was not recognized. *J. As^ T was telling him a story, he 
 suddenly laughed. 10. As^ they had prudence, we did not 
 hesitate. 
 
 377. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 a gn6s('o,'),-gn*>vi,-gnitiiin, [ud, 
 
 (g)nosco, A/zn/r], rci'ixjiiizc. 
 ap-propinqiio, 1 [a<l|, (ijipruuch. 
 Bostonia, -ac, i'., Uuston. 
 ceteri, -ac, -a, adj., the rest. 
 circ'uiu-duco, 3, -xi, -(liietiiiu, 
 
 lead around, 
 con-scondd, 3, -di, -scriimiia 
 
 [scaudo, climb], ascend, einla. , 
 
 go on hoard. 
 dubito, 1 \j\\\h\vk^'\ydouht, hesitate. 
 dubius, -a, -iiiu, adj., donlit/ul. 
 gaudeo," 2, gavisus sum, le 
 
 (jlad, rejoice. 
 in» proviso, ail v. [video], unex- 
 pectedlij. 
 
 in-virom, adv., hi/ turns, in rum. 
 julx'd, '2, jussi, jnssiiiii, hid, 
 
 order. Cf. iiiiporo. 
 inortiius, -a, -uiii [V. of inorior], 
 
 dead. 
 niivicula, -ac, f, [iiavis], little 
 
 riss'l, boat. 
 ordior, 1, orsus, ho/in, uiuhrtide. 
 pergo, 3, porrexi, porrectiiiii 
 
 [per, r'CK**!* .'/" <'"> continue. 
 taceo, 2, taeui, taeitiiin, he sdent, 
 
 sdi/ nothing rdiout. 
 tollo, 3, siistuli, sublatuin, raise, 
 
 lift up. 
 tot, adj.jindc'cl., .so vianij. Cf. qiiot. 
 
 2. 
 
 378. 
 
 FOR TRANSLATION. 
 The Battli; of Cann.k. — Continued. 
 
 Aemilius PauUus tells obrutus cecidit. (^U(!m'' cum mediu 
 in })ugnri sedentem in saxo o[)pletum cruore conspexisset (iui- 
 
 ^ Tin? as of reason, or of time 9 
 2 Four coTuinon vorl).", aiideo, 
 dare, f<;andeu, rejoice, soled, he 
 (iMustomed, fldu, trust, have tlic 
 imssive form in the j)erfoet, and 
 hence are called semi-deponents. 
 
 " Translate lir.st nun^ally, tak- 
 ing the words as they stand, ren- 
 
 dcrinji' oiiiii, when; then recast 
 this i>r('liiiiiiiary transhition, l)e- 
 ^inniiii.^ with eiiin qnidain (ribii- 
 liUH, and rendering quuin, him. 
 
 FoUow tills inetiiod, wlien a 
 Latin sentence ni)iiears dilhcnlt ; 
 but keep a sharp eye on the ter- 
 minations of the words. 
 
 'M 
 
 '. ill 
 
 f| 
 
 .1 
 
1' 'I 
 
 ^1 
 
 178 THE SUBJUNCTIVE : INDIRECT QUESTIONS. 
 
 (lam tribunus milituni : "Cape," inquit, '^ luinc equum et fuge, 
 AemilT. Etiam sine tufi morte lacriinamm ^ satis luctusque 
 est." Ad ea consul:- "Tu quidem macte virtute esto.'^ Sed 
 cavC',"* exiguum tenipus e manibus Iiostiiim evadeudl perdds.'* 
 AbT, nfintia patribus, lit urbem muuiant ac,^ )rius quum 
 hostis victor adveniat, praesidils firmeut. IMe in hac strage 
 nieoriini niTlitiim patere" exspTiTirc." Alter consul cuin panels 
 equitilnis Vennsiani" pcrfugit. Coiisulares aut praetoriT 
 occiderunt* vTgititT, senatores captl aut occTsT sunt trlginta, 
 nobiles viri trecentl, nnlitum quadraginta inTlia, equitum tria 
 niTlia et quTngenti. Hannibal in'"* testimonium vTctoriae suae 
 tres modios aureorum anulorum Carthaginein mlsit, quos de 
 manibus equitum Romanorum et senatorum detraxerat. 
 
 -<xji^o**" 
 
 CHAPTER LVIII. 
 THE SURJIINCTIVE: INDIRECT QUESTIONS. 
 
 .; ; V9. Examine the following : — 
 
 DiUKCT. 
 
 1. Quia est? ivho is he? 
 
 12. Ubi suniiis? 7v7iere are wr? 
 
 a. Cur ridSs ? vhj, do ynu laugh ? 
 
 4. Quein vidisti? ichom hare 
 you seen f 
 
 Indirect. 
 Scio quia sit, / ktioio vho he is. 
 Scio ubi simua, / Inoio luhere 
 
 ice are. 
 Scio cur rideau, / know why you 
 
 laugh. 
 Scio quem videria, T Inow 
 ichom you have seen. 
 
 1 Sec 340. 5. 
 
 ^ Supply dixit or respoiidit. 
 lUit it is livelier witliout a verb. 
 
 8 Perhaps the literal transhx- 
 tlon of this phr. ,e is, he thou 
 . hh'ssed in (or for) thi/ conraije ; 
 iiiucte for inactiiH, because tO 
 is here almost more of a vocative 
 thuu u uoiuinative. 
 
 * Supi)ly ne after cuv5, hevare 
 lest i/uu lose ~ Iwware of losing. 
 
 ^ Connects muuiant and fir- 
 itieiit. 
 
 ^ Imperative from patior. 
 
 ' Account for the case. 
 
 ^ From occido. But occ'si, 
 in the next clause, from oocldu. 
 
 ^ Fur; In expresses purpose. 
 
 4 ■<■ 
 
THE subjunctive: indirect questions. 179 
 
 
 Compare each of the foregoing examples in the left hand column 
 with the corresponding one on the right. Observe thai each depen- 
 dent clause in the right hand column begins with an interrogative 
 word, and contains the substance of a question, though not a 
 question in form. Such dependent clauses are called Indirect 
 Questions. Observe the mood, and how it is translated. 
 
 880. Rule of Syntax. — Indirect (luestious take 
 the subjunctive. 
 
 1. The commonest interrogxtive words introducing indirect 
 questions are quis, who? ciir, ichy? num, ichethcr? ubi, where f 
 quo, tvhiiker? unde, whence? quot, how manij? 
 
 381. EXEi^CISES. 
 
 [Head again the remarks and rule, p. 165. '| 
 
 I. 1. 8cit quid agtis. 2. Scit quid Ogoris. 3. Sciel)at 
 quid ageres. 4. Sciebat quid egissGs. 5. Audlvi quid agat. 
 
 6. AudivT quid egerit; 7. Audivl quid ageret. 8. Audlvl 
 quid egisset. ) 9. Audlveram quid agerot. 10. Audlveram 
 quid egisset. 
 
 II. 1. Volo scire unde veueris. 2. Die' mihi num nioam 
 sororem vTderis. 3. Nescio unde vcniant tot niilites. 
 A. Quaeram num omnia fellcitcr evenerint. 5. Speculabiinur 
 quot homines in urhem ineant et quot exeant. G. NfisTca 
 h' minera interrogavit num numibus ambulfire solitus cssct. 
 
 7. Quaerebat quae^ civitfites in arniTs cssent. 8. Quidam 
 liomo interrogatus est quae naves essent tfitissimae. 1). Die 
 mihi quid in manu Ifabeas. 10. Caosar omnem cquitatum 
 mittit, qui videat'' quas in partes* hostes iter faclaut. _^' 
 
 III. 1. He sees who is walking; has walked. 2. They 
 see \*IiO are walking; hive walked. 3. "We shall sec who 
 walk ; have walked. 4. \Vc knew why he was laughing ; had 
 laughv^d. 5. You knew why I was laughing ; had laughed. 
 
 i^ 
 
 ;^! 
 
 
 ' il 
 
 i. ti 
 
 I. 
 
 * 
 
 * See p. 160, note. 
 a Sec 270. 3. 
 
 « Compare 305. I. 2 and 4. 
 
 ^ Into wnat ^aris ^ in what direction. 
 
180 
 
 THE SUBJUNCTIVE: 
 
 6. They wondered why he was praised ; had been praised. 
 
 7. They will wouder why I am praised ; have been praised. 
 
 8. Do yoLi not wonder wh}' wo are praised ; have been 
 praised? 9. 1 wonder whether lie has ))een admonished y- is 
 bein<»' admonished. 10. Thev wondered whether we were 
 admonished ; had been admonished. 
 
 382. VOCABULARY. 
 
 interrogo, 1, ask, inquire. rogo, 1, ask, question. 
 
 Nasica, -ac, m., Nasica, surname 
 of one of the Scipios. 
 
 iiutii,' interrog. adv., u-hethcr, in- 
 troducing indirect questions. 
 
 so id, 4, scivi, scituin, know 
 soleo," 2, solituS) be accustomed, 
 speciilor, 1, spy out, watch. 
 tutus, -a^ -iiin, adj., safe. 
 
 interrogo, ask a question, inquire, and nearly limited to that sense. 
 rogoj^isk a question, but much more commonly ask a favor, make \ 
 
 a request. "', 
 
 quaerojK'i'^' a question, but much used in the sense of seeking to i' ,i 
 I gain or to know, searching/ into, j QM'<\Sy\A^'\Ji_^ j ,0<- O^H^^jj^^y^ ^\1^^^ 
 
 t CHAPTER LIX. 1. 
 THE SUBJUNCTIVE: WISHES AND CONDITIONS. 
 
 383. Examine the folloimng : — 
 
 1. Utinam pater veniat! icould that father would come! I wish 
 
 father icould come ! that father icould come! 
 
 2. SI pater veniat, laetus aim, if father should come, I should 
 
 he glad, 
 
 3. Utinam pater adesset! would that father icere here ! 
 
 4. Si pater adesset, laetus essem, if father were here, I should 
 
 he glad. 
 
 5. Utinam pater adfuisset! icould that father had been here ! 
 
 G. Si pater adfuisset, laetus fuissem, if father had been here, 
 I shoidd have been glad. ; 
 
 1 Introducing direct questions, it indicates that the answer no is ex- 
 pected, but does not usually admit of translation. ^ ggg p, 177^ ^^ 2. 
 
lised. 
 
 lised. 
 
 been 
 
 d V is 
 
 were 
 
 med. 
 
 3ense. 
 , make 
 
 kingi to « . 
 
 LtA/-<- 
 
 < . . 1 ,, 4 
 
 3NS. 
 
 I wish 
 should 
 
 should 
 
 re! 
 X herCf 
 
 Is ex- 
 ,n.2. 
 
 \ajI 
 
 WISHES AND CONDITIONS. 
 
 181 
 
 (1) In 1 and 2 ^\'hat time do the words would come, should come, 
 should be, point to V Plainly not to the past, nor to the instant pres- 
 ent, but vaguely to the future ; and this vague future is expressed 
 in Latin by the present subjunctive. The wish and the condition 
 referring to the future may be fulfilled ; the father 7naf/ come. 
 
 (2) In 3 and 4 the wish and condition refer to the present ; and 
 this present is expressed by the imperfect subjunctive. The wish 
 and condition are plainly contmrij to tvhat is the fact ; the father is, 
 in fact, not present. 
 
 (3) In 5 and the tense of the subjunctive offers no difliculty. 
 The wish and condition are plainly contrary to what was the fact ; 
 the father was, in fact, not present. 
 
 * 
 
 384. Rule of Syntax. — in wishes and conditions 
 the present subjunctive is used of what tnay come 
 true, the imperfect subjunctive of what is not true, 
 the pluperfect subjunctive of what ivas not true. 
 The same mood is reguhirly employed in the con- 
 clusion of such conditional sentences. 
 
 The indicative is not used in wishes. The use of the indicative 
 in conditional sentences is easily understood. 
 
 385. Examine the folloiving: — 
 
 1. Si pater adest, bene est, if father is present, it is well. 
 
 2. Si pater aderat, bene erat, if father was present, it was well. 
 8. Si pater aderit, bene erit, if father shall be present,^ it will 
 
 be well. 
 
 Observe that in examples 1 and 2 a condition is stated without 
 implying anything. In example 3, as the time is future, that which 
 is supposed may be fulfilled. This form, then, of stating , . supposi- 
 tion is almost exactly equivalent to that of the present subjunctive 
 in 383 ; it is only a livelier way of putting it. 
 
 1 In Enfflish we commonly use 
 a present form in such conditions 
 that refer to the future. Thus we 
 say, If he is {to-morrow, next week, 
 
 etc.) present, it ■'vill he well. Do not 
 be deceived, when translating into 
 Latin, by this apparent present. See 
 if the couclusioQ cuutaius a future. 
 
 II 
 
 »' 
 
 
182 
 
 THE SUBJUNCTIVE: 
 
 386. 
 
 EXERCISES.! 
 
 I. 1. Si victoriam certain videam, nunquam pugnera. 
 
 2. Si me virum bonum judicares,' non me corrumpere velles.'^ 
 
 3. Dictator,^ si adfuisset, rem non melius gessisset. 
 
 4. Varro, si Cartbagiuiensium dux fuisset, temeritatis 
 poenas dedisset.* 5. SI patrem tuum eras videam, quid 
 dicat? G. Non profectus essem, nisi Caesar jussisset. 
 7. SI recte facias, lander is. 8. SI maneat Marcus, gaudea- 
 mus ; sin autem eat, taraen cum laudemus. 9. SI 1'jo 
 accederet,^ omnes fugerent. 10. Utinam frater meus viveret 
 classemque iterum duceret ! 11. Utinam mater nobis f abulam 
 narret ! 12. Utinam tecum "^ in agrls ambulavissem ! 
 
 II.' 1. Would that I were walking in the fields with you 
 to-day! 2. I wish you had been wallving^ with me'' yester- 
 day- 3. O take^ a walk with us in the fields to-morrow ! 
 4. If 30U should see victory certain, my friend, should you 
 not fight? 5. I should not now be setting out if Caesar did 
 not order it. 6. If you were acting rightly, you would be 
 praised. 7. If you had acted rightly, you would have 
 been praised. 8. I wish^ you would act rightly, so as 
 to^" be praised. 9. If we should see a lion, we should flee. 
 
 / 
 
 V 
 
 ■I 
 
 1 In translating these sentences, 
 render the present subjunctive in 
 such a way as to indicate vaguely 
 future time ; thus, videam . . . pug- 
 uem, should see . . . should Jiffht. 
 
 2 Compare 383. 4, and read 
 again 383 (2). 
 
 8 Notice the position of this 
 word, wliich is the subject of ges- 
 sisset. It may be translated as it 
 stands, first. 
 
 * (riven pnnishinents of — paid 
 the penalty for. 
 
 ^ If a lion were coming, not were 
 
 to come, which would be expressed 
 by the present subjunctive. 
 
 6 See 265. 3. 
 
 ' In turning these sentences 
 into Latin, do not be misled as 
 to the real time of the verbs ; were 
 loalking, m the first sentence, de- 
 notes present time. Read again the 
 examples, 383, and the remarks. 
 See also the varied translation of 
 the first example. 
 
 8 Compare I. 12. 
 
 » Compare 383. 1. 
 10 Ut. See 352. 
 
WISHES AND CONDITIONS. 
 
 18,'^ 
 
 ;nem. 
 elles.'^ 
 iisset. 
 ritutis 
 quid 
 dsset. 
 Ludea • 
 
 51 I'JO 
 
 Tveret 
 bulam 
 
 ,h you 
 rester- 
 >rrow ! 
 d you 
 ar did 
 lid be 
 have 
 so as 
 i flee. 
 
 )ressed 
 
 itences 
 lied as 
 ; wei'e 
 CO, (le- 
 al n the 
 marks, 
 Eion uf 
 
 10. I wish I had seen a liugc lion. 11. If niv brother' wore 
 living, he would now be coniintindiug the fleet. 12. Would 
 that your brother were alive ! 
 
 387. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ac-cedo, 3, -cessi, -cessiini [ad], judloo, 1 [jiidox], /»(7<7r, denu. 
 
 (JO or come near, ajijiroach. 
 
 recte, adv. [rectus], ri<ihtbj. 
 
 cor-runipo, 3, -rupi, -ruptuin sin, conj, [si, iiej, bnt if, If /low- 
 [com], break in pieces, destroy ; ever, if. 
 
 corrupt, bribe. 
 dictator, -oris, m. [dicto, dicoj, 
 
 chief magistrate, dictator. 
 iiiiinanis, -e, adj., huge, immense. 
 
 388. 
 
 temeritas, iitis, r. [temcrej, 
 
 ( hance ; rashness. 
 uti-nain, adv., would that, thai, 
 I icish that. 
 
 COLLOQUIUM. 
 Johannes et Jacobus. 
 Jo. DTc niihi, Jaeol)c, undo venifis, quid egeris. 
 
 liave been doing 
 
 Ja. Rure venio, ubi fC'rifiruni partem egi. Kt tu? 
 
 vacation Bpent 
 
 Jo. Ego iter cum pareutibus feel, ueque scio qiiando 
 douuira revertar. ^^ *"' 
 
 return 
 
 Ja. Utinam ego quoque iter faciam ! SI i)arentes ades- 
 sent, iter mecum facerent. 
 
 Jo. Ego itiueris diuturnitfite sum defessus, et gauderem sT 
 m schola essem. 
 
 Ja. VenT mecum in schohim et uiifi ediserimus. 
 
 logf thiT Id U8 loani 
 
 ,7b. Tecum libenter in scholam TbO, sod cogndscere velim 
 
 - ., , know Bliould like 
 
 qui sit praeceptor. 
 
 Ja. Praeceptor est vir doctissimus. Vim Lathii scit, 
 
 cvor fio much 
 
 atque semper est benlgnus, morosus uunquam. 
 
 pleasant 
 
 Jo. Quid te docet? 
 
 1 Imitate the order in I. 3 and 4; the subject might, however, be 
 placed after si. 
 
 m 
 
 
 "A 
 
IMMMl 
 
 184 
 
 THE SUBJUNCTIVE AND IMPERATIVE. 
 
 Ja. Docot nos modum siibjiinctTvum. Heri, exempli causa, 
 
 for example 
 
 nolns (le sul)jiiiu;tTv(3 in intv^rroofitionibiis iiullrectls expliciivit. 
 
 questions 
 
 Jo. MulUi (IG iiiterrogfitioiiibiis indlrectls aiidTvi, ncqiie 
 unqujun intellegere potui. Fecitne priieceptor ut tu ista 
 iutelleii-eres ? 
 
 Ja. Sfuie, in! aTiiiee, ct ego, ut op'inor, fnciam ut tu quoque 
 
 yes indeed 
 
 eadeni intellegfis. ST dTeam, Ubi ed f rater tims? interrogfi- 
 
 qncBtiou 
 
 tuin sit diifu'tinn ; sTu autem, Ne.scw nhi sit frdter, iuterroga- 
 tum sit indTrectuui. Jutelle<>-isne? 
 
 Jo. Satis intellei»o. Sed in lunic (''/jm lifiotenus. 
 
 for 
 
 BO-SO 
 
 c'Uuugh 
 
 -o-Cj'^^^^Cr- 
 
 CHAPTER LX. 
 
 THE SUBJUNCTIVE AND IMPERATIVE. 
 
 38!). Lcnni tlio I'uiiu'c iin]M'rativ(\ aotivo and ]iassivo, of the 
 regular and iiTognlar verh.s, and review the pn^sent imperative. 
 
 iiUO. In the last lesson occurred the first illustrations of tho 
 SI. Injunctive not hi dependent clauses, that is, in wishes and in tha 
 princii>al clauses of ' .'^nditional sentences. TIk; subjunctive is 
 similarly used in commands and appeals, and when so used is 
 called the Hortatory Subjunctive. 
 
 301. ICcamhie the fulloicnKj )>ara<h'(j)n,^: — 
 Commands and Api-kals. 
 
 
 \ 
 
 PoSlTIVK. 
 
 moneam, \< t mr tidritc. 
 
 mong, or nioneas, mlrif/c. 
 
 moneat, \ Id liim adrisr, or 
 
 monnerit, ( he hIkiII aiivise. 
 
 moneftmuB, Id us adiunc. 
 
 mon?t-e, (id rise, 
 
 let them ailrisef 
 or (het/ shall 
 advise. 
 
 moncant, ( 
 mouueriut, ') 
 
 NKfiATrVF-:. 
 
 ng moneam, let me not advise.. 
 nG monueris, do not adnise. 
 n5 moneat, j // / him not, or he 
 nS monnerit, I rdiall not, advise. 
 n5 moneamus, hi ns not advise. 
 n6 moniieritia, do not advise. 
 nemoneant, i <' f f^'^^n not, or 
 n5 mouuerint, ;) f^>ni x^^^^H not, 
 ( advise. 
 
 \ 
 
 Y 
 
THE SUBJUNCTIVE AND IMPERATIVE. 
 
 185 
 
 •ansa, 
 
 iple 
 
 CUV it. 
 
 ncque 
 1 ista 
 
 uoque 
 
 rrogji- 
 
 cHtiou 
 
 rrogti- 
 
 of the 
 
 vc. 0/ 
 
 of the^-'' 
 
 in tlia 
 Itivo is 
 iisod is 
 
 (1) Observe that positive commands and appeals are expressed 
 by the subjunctive only, except in (lie second person; and negative 
 commands and appeals, by the subjunctive uith n§. ^ 
 
 (2) Observe also that the prese' and perfect subjunctive, in 
 the third person, are used witliout essential difference of meaning; 
 and that in negative commands and ajipeals in the second person 
 the perfect 2 only ^ is given. 
 
 (3) The future imperative is mostly confined to laws and 
 maxims : Homiiiem inortuiim in iirbe ne sepelito, t/ion shall 
 not bury a dead man within the cit;/. Percontatorem fugito, nam 
 garrulus "dem est, avoid a qiiestio,ier, for he is a halAiler too. 
 
 (4) The preceding paradigni."«, with the meanings, sliould bo 
 thoroughly conunitted to memory. ,_ X- — 
 
 392. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Cotidie scribe ad nu", nil fill, quid f'-ccris. 2. ruor 
 ad patrem scrlbit quid fecerit. 3. Mlttfinnis iifmiiuni ad 
 Caesarem qui"* euni moncat. 4. No niccuni in lltorc hodie 
 ambuldveris. f 5. No pueri iiicautr cultios habeant. 0. Ini- 
 perator consilium couUciat. 7. NolTto, uiTlites, hostiuni 
 exercituni tinu'ro. 8. Ne, niTlitcs, hostiuni cxercituni linui- 
 eritis. 9. Omnia sua* sccum" incolao iK)rtaveriut. 10. iSIild 
 aures pracbclc, discipulT, et dTli<j;ontcr audltc ([uac dlcam. 
 11. Ne id quod est falsum dlxoris. 12. Leo dlNiit : Kestat 
 pars quarta, at ne quisquam^ audeat cam tangen*. _^ 
 
 II. 1. Thcv shall not send" a messcnt^cr. 2. Lot iu> one 
 touch" the fourth [)art. JL Touch not'" the fourth part of the 
 
 X 
 
 I t 
 
 Vvise. 
 Ve. 
 
 L or he 
 mdvisc. 
 \advise. 
 'ise. 
 
 hiof, or 
 \i!l not. 
 
 * I'rohibitions nre more com- 
 monly expressed by noli (nolitr) 
 with the infinitive. Ste 318. l. 
 f) and 0. 
 
 2 This form of tlu' Hubjiuu^tivo 
 in this use is here ciilkil tlie /«;•■ 
 fret, in deference to cujitoui : it is 
 really the Hubjunctive vf the future 
 perfect. 
 
 " The impenitive so used is not 
 eointnon, and not to ho iniitated. 
 4 Compare ;Mjr.. I. 2 and 4. 
 ^' Oiiinhi Hiiii, llii'ir tdl. 
 « See 1205. ;5. 
 ' h't no (»if. See 27f). <5. 
 " NO with perfect suhjunctivo. 
 « See I. 12. 
 '' r-xi>n'«B in two wayn. 
 
 
"■,:r.~K;,#*« ,.-j.\.. 
 
 THE SUBJUNCTIVE AND IMPERATIVE. 
 
 booty. 4. Let the pupils listen attentively to the words of 
 the master. 5. Do not listen,^ boys, to the counsels of 
 the bad. 6. Write dail}' to your parents what^ you are 
 doing. 7. Carry your books home'' witli you and study 
 diligently. 8. Do not forget' what* has been said to you 
 to-day. 0. Touch not' wine; let us not touch wine; they 
 shall not touch wine. 10. Let us go out and carry our all 
 with us. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 at, conj., but. Of. aiitcin. (214.) 
 audeo/' 2, ausus sum, ddie, he 
 
 hold. 
 con-ficlo, ;{, -feci, -fectuni [coin, 
 
 faciol, make, accomplish, carry 
 
 out. 
 cotidle, adv. [quot, dies], daili/. 
 
 falsiis, -a, -um, adj. [fallo, de- 
 
 rrivc], deceptive, false. 
 in-cautus, -.t, -iini, adj. [cavco], 
 
 incautious, liredless. 
 re-sto, 1, rcstiti, , stai/ behind, 
 
 remain. 
 tango, 8, tetigi, tactuiii, touch. 
 
 at, but on the rnntrarif, hit for all that. 
 
 Bod, but, without special oinpliasis. 
 
 autcm, but, often to be rendered hoivemrf weaker tkan atorsed 
 
 394. FOR TRANSLATION. 
 
 Maucus roiicius Catu, Vvvau 
 
 M. Porcius Cato jam puer" invTelum anlml robur ostcndit. 
 Cum in donio DrusT aviincull suT educaretur, Latin! de civi- 
 tatc impetranda^ Koiiiam vCMu'runt. Popedius, Lalliioriun 
 princeps, qui DrusT h()si)es erat, Catonein puenim rogavit, ut 
 Latinos upud avunculiiiii adjuvaret. Cato viiltu coiistanti 
 
 • ■ 
 
 
 * Express in two ways. 
 ^ Compare I. 10. 
 
 « 8ce 330. 
 
 * Id quod. 
 
 * See p. 177, note 3. 
 
 ^ Jam puer, already a boy =•. 
 even in boifhood, 
 
 "^ I>B civitflit« Impetrnndif, 
 
 rerpertnuj the eitizinship to he ob- 
 taified — to obtain citizenship. 
 
rds of 
 els of 
 )u are 
 study 
 ;o you 
 ; they 
 )ur all 
 
 116, de- 
 ;avco], 
 
 I hcliiud, 
 touch. 
 
 ?T sed 
 
 THE INFINITIVE. 
 
 187 
 
 ndit. 
 
 cTvi- 
 
 lurmn 
 
 it, ut 
 
 stantl 
 
 1,01/ =-. 
 
 aiulftf 
 
 he o6- 
 
 negavit id se facturum.^ Iterum deinde ac saepius interpel- 
 latns^ in proposito perstitit. Tunc Popedius pueiuui in exeel- 
 sam aediuin partem levatum tenuit,^ et se abjecturum'' inde 
 minatus est, nisi preeibiis obtemperaret ; noque hoc nietu^ a 
 sententia eum potiiit dunovere. Tunc Popedius exclaniasse* 
 fertur:^ "• Oratuleniur^ nobis,® Latlnl, hunc esse tarn par- 
 vum ; sT enirn senator esset,'" ue speriire quidem" jus'" civi- 
 tatis liceret.^** 
 
 -ooJOiJo-o- 
 
 CHAPTER LXI. 
 
 THE INFINITIVE. 
 
 395. Learn tlio infinitives of the regular and ir'-eguUir verbs. 
 (86, 112, 180. 223, 235, ete.) 
 
 8J>(>. Examine the following : — 
 
 1. Errare est humanum, to err is humnn. 
 
 2. PoBsum videre, / am able to see. 
 ;]. Volo legere, I wish to read. 
 
 4. Earn aequi sg jubet, he orders her to follow hi7n(itel/). 
 f). Sftturnus in Italiam vSnisse dTcitur, Saturn is saiil tt* 
 have come into Ilal//. 
 
 Observe that in o.ich sentence the infinitive is used in liatin 
 precisely as in English. This ns«5 of the infinitive, as ollVring no 
 difficulty, has been tacitly illustrated in some of tin; foregoing 
 exercises. 
 
 ^ Nogilvlt . . . faoturuin, de- 
 nied himself to be yotiuj to do it = 
 refused to do it. 
 
 2 Torf . part. See amflltufl, p. .*?♦. 
 
 ^ Piioriiiii . . . Icviltiiin feiiiiU, 
 held the raised-up boy ~ raised up 
 and held the boi/, 
 
 * Se ubjeotiiriiiii, that he would 
 throw (him) down. 
 
 ^ Hue iiietu, by this Jemr «= Itt/ 
 /ear of thiu. 
 
 ^' KxrltlinuHHO exrluiiiii- 
 
 vlsao. 
 • ' Fcrtiir - dioitiir. 
 " Cirnt.ileiimr, Irt us eotujratu- 
 late. Scc'M)!. 
 
 » Nobih. See iUil. 
 !<> KsHot . . . lleeret. Ste 383. 
 1^ Ne . . . quldt^Mi, uot tiv«u. 
 ^'^ Ju8 civltutitt. CI. civlt&io, 
 liuu 2. 
 
 M 
 
 I; I 
 
 . ! 41 
 
188 
 
 THE INFINITIVE. 
 
 I 1. ' 
 
 f.' 5 i 
 
 m 
 
 i t: 
 
 897. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Cur me vis coiTumpere? 2. Tiraere incipiebat. 
 
 3. Soror flere inci[)iebiit. 4. Vincere scTs/ victoria^ uti ^ 
 nescis. 5. Tarquiiiius Cuiiifis se contulisse dicitiir. G. Pon- 
 tera jubet rescind!. 7. Diilce est pro patria iiiorl. 8. Cato 
 esse quam videri bonus millebat. U. ruerOs decet tacere, 
 10. Tune Mariura audebis occldere ? 11. Nobis est in 
 anirao^ per provinciam i^er faeere. 12. Caesar ab urbe 
 profieisci inatilrat. 
 
 II. 1. Pyrrhus wanted to bri])e Fabricius. 2. Fabricius 
 could not^ be turned from (tlie path of) honor. 3. Why 
 did 3'ou begin to weep? 4. Did Hannibal know how* to 
 conquer? 5. Tarquin was said to have besieged Rome. 
 6. Rome is said to have been besiogof^ 7. Seeing is believ- 
 ing.® 8. The consul was ordered ' to tear down the bridge. 
 9. The bridge is said to have ])een torn down. 10. It is 
 pleasant^ to live for (one's) friends. 11. "NVe intend to tear 
 down the bridge. 12. lie is said to liave departed from 
 Italy. 
 
 308. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 a-verto, i), -ti, -sum, turn airai/ 
 
 from, avert. 
 credo, 3, -didi, -ditiim, trust, 
 
 hel'u've, w. dnt. (34;{.) 
 docet, 2, docult, , iinpors. 
 
 (p. 200), it is hecomiivj, Jittimj, 
 
 pro])rr. 
 lioiiestiis, -iltls, v. [huuustuH], 
 
 honor, inteyritji, honest ij. 
 
 iii-oipio, 3, -cepi, -ocptum [ca- 
 pioj {take in hand), begin. 
 
 iiiaturo, 1 [inatiirus, ?/;>t],/ms^en. 
 
 inorlor,' 3, inortiiiiB, die. 
 
 |)ou8, poiltls, M., bridge. 
 
 rc-soiudu, 3, -soldi, -scissuiny 
 tear uwai/, tear down, break 
 down. 
 
 Horor, -oris, f., sister. 
 
 1 YoH know how, 
 
 2 Sc'o 304. 
 
 ■* Jt Is in mind to us = we intend. 
 * Could not — was not able, 
 » Sue I. 4. 
 
 *> To see is to belie cc. Cf. I. 7. 
 ' Uscjiibco. 
 8 Neuter. Cf. I. 7. 
 " Morlor luis future participle 
 niorlturuB. 
 
. : 
 
 CHAPTER LXII. 1. 
 ACCUSATIVE AND INFINITIVE. 
 
 Indirect DjscpuKaEr 
 
 399. Examine the following: — 
 
 Direct. 
 
 1. Homo est, he ?'< a man. 
 
 2. Ignis calcil, fre is hot. 
 
 3. Amicus adest, (Jiis) friend in present. 
 
 4. Mundus a Deo regitur, the world is ruled by God. 
 
 Indirect. 
 
 1. Dicit se hominem esse, he says that he is a man. 
 
 2. Sentlmus ignem calere, ?re perceive that fre is hot. 
 
 3. Putat amlcum adesse, he thinks that his friend is present. 
 
 4. Sclmus mimdum a Deo regi, tee knoiv that the world is 
 
 ruled bi/ God. 
 
 Notice the difference between the direct and indirect forms of 
 statement. 
 
 In the second group, compare the English with the Latin. 
 Observe (1) that after the leading verb there is nothing in the 
 Latin corresponding to the conjunction that; (2) that, while the 
 English retains the nominative and indicative of the direct form, 
 the Latin has instead the accusative and infinitive. 
 
 The second group illustrates the indirect discourse, so called 
 becanso what some one says, thinks, or knows, is stated in the 
 dependent clause indircctli/. 
 
 400. Rule of Syntax. — Tlic arcusativo and in- 
 fiiiitivo aro rt'K-ularly us«»<l aftoi* vorhs of sayingt 
 thinklniff knowing^ jtercelvlng, aiul the like. 
 
 401. Rule of Syntax. — Tho Nubjectof the iuliui- 
 tive in in tho accusative. . 
 
 n 
 
 L III 
 
 I 
 
A*ii&WiemmffiS^-'^srrfsir<^^' 
 
 iJgar jtawLitoiiin •rfwwi tgsww« 
 
 ''*'<i1RS!'A "■■Ji»-. t-V-iTi' 
 
 -"mm 
 
 • i . 
 
 190 
 
 ACCUSATIVE AND INFINITIVE. 
 
 402. 
 
 Tenses of the Infinitive. 
 Pkesent. 
 
 dicdt ^ 
 
 dicet > te scrlbere, 
 
 dixit ) 
 
 dicit » 
 
 dicet > epistulam scribl, 
 
 dixit ) 
 
 dicit \ 
 
 dicet > tS scripturum esse,, 
 
 dixit ) 
 
 5 he says that you are writing, 
 he will say that you are v;riling. 
 , he said that you ivere writing. 
 
 he says thai the letter is being written, 
 he will say that the letter is being written, 
 . he said that the litter was being written. 
 
 Future. 
 
 1 
 
 dicit ) 
 
 riTr^Pf- ' epistulam sciip- 
 
 °*^®^ C turn i",i 
 
 dixit) 
 
 he says that you will write, 
 he will say that you will write, 
 he said that you icould write, 
 
 / he says that the letter will he written. 
 -| he will say that the letter will be written, 
 ( he said that the letter would Is written 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 the says that you wrote (have written). 
 < he will say that you wrote (have written). 
 
 (} 
 
 dicit ^ 
 
 dicet !- te scripsisse, 
 
 dixit ) ( he said that you wrote (had ivritten). 
 
 dicit \ epistulam e he says that the letter was (has lieeii) written. 
 dicet >• Bcriptam 4 he will say that the letter was (has been) written. 
 dixit ) esse, i he said that the letter ivas (had been) loritten. 
 
 A study oi the above table will show that the present infini- 
 tive denotes the same time as that indicated by the tense of the 
 leading verbi that the future infinitive denotes time after that 
 indicated by the leading verb ; and that the perfect infinitive de- 
 notes time before that indicated by tlie leading verb. 
 
 40;j. Rule of Syntax. — The teiiHos of tlio infini- 
 tive refer to present, future, or past time, relatively 
 to the time of the leading verb. 
 
 * Moro commonly, fore ufc epistula with pubj. Also see p. 102, n. 1. 
 
tively 
 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 ! 
 
 cV 
 
 -Jayu^(-^y 
 
 ACCUSATIVE AND INFINITIVE. 
 
 191 
 
 K 
 
 2. 
 
 404. "^^ EXERCISES. 
 
 [It will be best to translate each of the following sentences twice ; 
 first, literally, just as they stand, then into good English : thus, 
 History relates two aons to har° been to Cornelia — history relates that 
 Cornelia had two sons. The eightli thus : The ambassador said him- 
 self a public messenger to be of the Roman people — the ambassador 
 said thai he waSj etc.] 
 
 I. 1. Historianarratduos filics fulsse Corueliae. 2. Cor- 
 nelia dixit filios siius esse ornanienta sua. 3- ScTmiis matres 
 fllios auiare. 4. Tradituni^ est Caesarem a Bruto et Cassio 
 occisiim esse. 5. Certura est easu boniim fieri neniiuem.^ 
 G. Scio haec vera esse. Ji* Marcellus Haiinibalem vincI 
 posse dociiit. 8, Legatus dixit se pQblicum iiuntiiini esse 
 populi Roniani. 9. Thales aquam dixit esse iiiitium reruni. 
 
 10. Traditum est Ilomerum fiiisse caecurn. 11. Legatus 
 dicit moutem ab hostibus tenerl. 
 
 [Before translating into Latin, cast each sentence mentally into 
 the fiatin form; thus the first sentence will be, It is said two sonn 
 to have been to Cornelia, or Cornelia !wo sons to have had ; and the 
 seventh, We know you the truth to he about to tett. This practice is 
 of capital importance.] , . 
 
 IL 1. It is said that Cornelia had two sons. 2. Have 
 we not heard that Cornelia had jewels? 3. I think that you 
 will have jewels, 4. We know that Cornelia loved her boys. 
 5. Do not^ all mothers think that their sons are their jewels? 
 C. I think that the moon will be full to-morrow. 7. We 
 know that you will toll the truth. 8. History relates that 
 Hannibal was defeated bv Marcellus. 9. It is related that 
 Homer wrote poems. 10. I know that this has been done. 
 
 11. He said that the enemy held the mountain. 
 
 1 In the compound tenses of 
 the passive voice tlie perfect parti- 
 ciple occasionally loses its idea of 
 tiiue aud becomes virtually an 
 
 adjective. Here triKlituin 
 = it is {a thiny) related. 
 3 Subject of fieri. - 
 
 eBt 
 
 \ 
 
 V 
 
 ■m 
 
r'^lfSi'i.'n^^H 
 
 f' 
 
 
 f 
 
 I 
 
 192 
 
 ACCUSATIVE AND INFINITIVE. 
 
 3. 
 405. 'IXERCISES. 
 
 [Read the first paragraph, page 191.] 
 
 I. 1. Jurate vos rem publicam non deserturos esse. 
 
 2. Vox quondam audita est liomam a Gallis captum^ Irl. 
 
 3. Certum est Hannibalem a ScTpione vTctum esse. 4. Ferunt^ 
 eo die lunam fuisse plenam, 5. Cum NasTca ad Enniura 
 venisset, servus dixit Ennium doim iiou esse. 6. NtMca 
 sensit iUum^ intus esse. \JI. Postea cum ad NasToam venisset 
 Eimius, exclamavit ipse NasTca se'^ domi non esse. 8. Cato 
 dlcere solebat acerbos inimlcos sacpe vcrum dicere. 9. Abi, 
 
 A 
 
 ^ -^ nuntia te^vKlisse Gajura Marium in Carthaginis ruiins seden-.^^%,.i 
 
 tcra (^sitting), 10. Matrona quaedam dictitabat se tiigiiita 
 tautum annos habere** 
 
 [See second paragraph, p. 191. The first sentence expressed in 
 the Latin idiom will be, Ennlus sai/s himself at. home not to he; the 
 third, He thinks himself at home to be about to be; the fourth, Cato 
 thought his friends the truth not always to speak (compare I. 8).] 
 
 II. ■* . Eunius says tliat he is not at home. 2. He said 
 that he had not been at home. 3. He thinks that he shall 
 be at home to-morrow. 4. Cato thought that his friends 
 did not always tell him* the truth. 5. It is evident that the 
 world was not made bv chance. C. We have sworn that we 
 will not desert our leader. 7. The soldiers swore that they 
 had not deserted the republic. 8. It was evident that the 
 enemy was being defeated.® 9. Do yon not know that the 
 enemy are near? 10. It is certain that they are advancing 
 towards the town. 
 
 X 
 
 
 * Captuniy being a suphie 
 (433), (loos not change its form 
 to agree with Roinani. 
 
 '-' Perunt = diciiut. 
 
 * Observe the difference he- 
 tAveen ilium in C and se lu 7. 
 
 * To have thirty years ^ to be 
 thirty years old. 
 
 ^ Him = himself; not accusative. 
 
 ^ Notice that the time of the de- 
 pendent verb is ijresent, with refer- 
 ence to that of the leading vrb. 
 
■» 
 
 ACCUSATIVE AND INFINITIVE. 
 
 193 
 
 1 esse, 
 m^ In. 
 ^'erunt^ 
 Cnnium 
 Nasiea 
 enisset 
 ]. Cato 
 d. Ab!, 
 
 y 
 
 / 
 
 "] 
 
 8eden-..^^j^^ 
 
 
 le 
 
 trigihta 
 
 3ssed in 
 he; the 
 h, Cato 
 8).] 
 
 said 
 shall 
 riends 
 at the 
 lat we 
 t they 
 lat the 
 at the 
 aucing 
 
 = to be 
 
 isative. 
 
 the de- 
 
 h refep- 
 
 . 
 
 / 
 
 406, 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 aeorbus, -a, -um, adj. [acer], 
 
 harsh, bitter. 
 arbitror, 1, thiuf:, suppose, believe. 
 con Stat, 1, -stitit, , impors. 
 
 (41o), it is evident, clear. 
 de-sero, 3, -ui, -turn, desert, aban- 
 don. 
 Knnius, i, m., Ennius, a Roman 
 
 poet. 
 cx-clilmo, 1, cry out exclaim. 
 Gallus, -i, M., a Gaul. 
 historia, -ao, f., history. 
 in-iuiicus, -a, -iiin,n(lj. [amicus], 
 
 unfriendly, huslile ; noun, an 
 
 em my. (172.) 
 intiis, adv. [in], inside, within. 
 jfiro, 1 [jiis], sn'car, take an oath. 
 Blarcellus, -i, m., Marcellus, a 
 
 lioman general. 
 
 matrona, -ae, f. [mater], wife, 
 lady, matron. 
 
 nuntio, 1 [nuntius], announce, 
 report. 
 
 orniimeutum; -i, n. [orno], orna- 
 ment, jeicel. (345. 0.) 
 
 populus, -i, M., people. 
 
 publicus, -a, -um, adj. [popu- 
 lus] { pertaining to the people), 
 public. (34.5. 19.) 
 
 quondam, adv., once, formerly. 
 
 sentio, 4, sensi, scnsum, feel, 
 know {by the senses), see, perceive. 
 
 tantum, adv. [tantus], only. 
 
 I'halcs, -is, M., Tkales, a Greek 
 pliilosoplier. 
 
 tra-do, ■], -didi, -dltum [trans], 
 (jive over, deliver ; relate, recount. 
 
 veruiu, -i, n. [vcrus], the truth. 
 
 ^ 
 
 407. 
 
 4. 
 
 FOR Tr..\NSLATION. 
 NasIca et Ennius. 
 
 Nfislca,^ cum ad poetam Enniiim vOnisset,'' eTqiic' ab ostio 
 quaciontr' Eiinlum ancilki dixisset eiim donii^ non esse, sensit 
 illani''' domini jussu dlxisse, ct IHum'^ intus esse. Panels post 
 diebns, cum ad NfisTcam v'nisset Enuius et eum a** janua 
 quacroret, cxclamat ISfasTca so douu nou esse. Tum Ennius, 
 " Qui ^ ego uon cognOsco vocem," inquit,'-^ " tuani ? " 
 
 ^ Subject of aenslt. 
 
 - Ad . . . vcnlsset, had come 
 to, that is, to call on. 
 
 3 ro/i/'m,dat.ofl8. See 270. 2. 
 
 * TVes. i)art. of quacro, in the 
 dut. with ci, to him as/cin(/ fur. 
 
 ^ See 330. 
 
 " Refers to ancilla, and is the 
 subject ace. of dixisse. 
 ' That i,s, F:nnius. 
 ^ A janua, at the door. 
 ° Observe the jjosition of iuquit. 
 
 A I 
 
 
 .•■I 
 
 1:1 
 
 $ 
 
 Xfe' il 
 
 i 
 
]'AKT1CIPLES, 
 
 rilc^NiisTca: "Homo es impudens. Ego, cum te quaere- 
 rera, aiicilhie" tuae credidi te^ domi hop isse ; tu mihi nou 
 ciedis ipsi?*'* 
 
 CHAPTER LXIII. 1. 
 
 / 408, 
 
 / 1. l\ 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 408. Learn the participles of the re gular ^and irregular verbs. 
 ^ a. .'or declension of a present active participle, see 165. The 
 .' ablative singular generally ends in c, but in I when the participle 
 / is used as an adjective. 
 
 / 2. The other participles, ending iri ua, a, um, are declined like 
 V bonus (71). 
 
 40$). Examine the foUotmng : — 
 
 / cadit, he falls } ^ ■, - 
 
 1. FortissimS dimicans 4 cadet, he will fall \- ^'' ^ 
 
 (cecidit, hefdl ) ^'"''''^y- 
 
 2. Hostes adortiis profligavit, he attacked ami ranted (Jiavlng 
 
 attached J he routed) the enemy. 
 
 3. El advenienti aquila pilleum sustulit, an ea(/le tool: off his 
 
 cap as he icas approaching (Jo him approacldnfj'). 
 
 4. Leouidas superatus nedere noluit, Leonidas, (though) over- 
 
 jwwered, irould not yield. 
 
 5. Roma expulsus Athenas ibit, (//) expelled from Rome, he 
 
 will (JO to Athens. 
 G. Epistulam sibi commissam detulit, he delivered the letter 
 (which had been) intrusted to him. 
 
 7. Ea r§ commotus in Italiam rediit, he returned into Italy 
 
 (because he was) alarmed at this event. 
 
 8. Nos moriturl salutanius, we, (who are) about to die, salute you. 
 i). Ob virgines raptas, on account of the seizure of the maidens 
 
 (maidens seized). 
 
 ^ An adverb, hereupon. •' Subject ace. of esse. See 401. 
 
 « Dat. after credidi. Sue 343. * Emphasizes mllii. (270. 4.) 
 
Ji 
 
 PARTICirLES. 
 
 195 
 
 rjuaere- 
 ihi nOu 
 
 ir verbs. 
 .65. The 
 
 participle 
 
 lined like 
 
 yhting most 
 hravebj. 
 
 I (Jiaving 
 
 tool- ojf Ji'^^ 
 oiujli) over- 
 Ill Rome, he 
 d the letter 
 ■I into Italy 
 
 ?, salute you. 
 the maidens 
 
 5. Sie 401 
 
 (270. 4.) 
 
 Study the above examples with reference first to the tenses 
 of the participles, and observe that the time of the participles is 
 present, past, or future, relatively to the time of the loading verb. 
 
 Notice how the partici])le is translated in each example; oidy 
 in the first is it oest translated literally. What the I/atin expresses 
 by a participle we very often express by a clause beginning n.?, 
 thcnigh, if, because, etc., by a relative clause, or by a verb coordinate 
 
 / 
 
 with one following. 
 
 ■■^- 
 
 410. EXERCISES. 
 
 [It will be best to translate every sentence literally, then into 
 good English.] 
 
 I. 1. Remns irrldens mfirum trfmsiliit. 2. Abl hinc, 
 oblTta^ fratrnm, oblTta^ patriae, o. Legato res rcpetentl^ 
 siiperbe responsum est^ a LatiuTs. 4. FaliscI statim bencficio 
 victi portas Romauls aperiie''iint. 5. Fllius INIanli Latlnuni 
 ex cquo excussum transfixitJ>' 0. RCMiian! necessitate vTcti 
 legates mittuiiw 7. Iliinc Fabricius vinetiini redficl jussit- 
 8. Hannibal causam belli qiiaerens Sagimtum evert'^, 9. Ea 
 re commotus in Italiara rediit armis injuriam acceplam 
 vindicaturus.i^ 
 excepit. -- v. 
 
 10. Misso^^ a seuatu lejratos honOrifice 
 
 y 
 
 / 
 
 [Cast each of the following sentences into the Latin idiom 
 before attempting to translate. Thus, Romulus killed Remns laugh- 
 ing at (ace. in agreement with Re7nus) ; Iloratius stabbed his sistt? 
 forgetful (oblitam) ; to the aoihassadors demanding, etc.] 
 
 II. 1. Romulus killed Remus because he laughed at lus 
 wall. 2. Iloratius stabbed his sisi? • with his sword because 
 
 1 Feminine of tlio pcrf. part. 
 oblitus, from oblivisoor. Trans- 
 late, Thou who hast forgotten (lit., 
 having forgotten), 
 
 2 To the ambassador demanding 
 ■=. to the ambassador who demanded , 
 or when the ambassador demanded. 
 
 ^ Respcnsum est, // iras re- 
 plied = answer was made. 
 
 * Excussum transfixit,.s<r«r^ 
 off and stabbed. See 409. 2. 
 
 ^ About to avenge, i.e., in order 
 to avenge. 
 
 6 Compare 400. 6. 
 
 
 i' 1 1 
 
 n 
 
PARTICIPLES. 
 
 she was forgetful of her country. 3. The Latins answered 
 the ambassadors^ liauglitily, wlicn they deinarided restitution. 
 4. The Gauls entered the open houses. 5. To the lionians, 
 as they came out of the pass, the liglit was sadder tlian 
 death^ itself. 6. The old men went forth to jneet^ Manlius^ 
 as he was returninix to Ixonie. 7.* Thev bound the prisoner 
 and brouijlit him back to tlie citv. 8. Tlie letter which had 
 been written by tlie l)oy was delivered. 0. The Ivomans 
 never despaired, though they were often defeated.^ 10. Cae- 
 sar received the senate sitting," when tliev came' to him. 
 
 ^ coin-inovco, 2, -inovi, -niotum, 
 
 '' shake, disturb, excitr, nlarm. 
 
 de-fero, -ferre, -tnli, -Isitiiin, 
 
 [brinij down), deliver. 
 de-spero, 1, he hopeless, deqvtir. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 e-verto. 
 
 -sum, overlnni, 
 
 overthrow, destroy. 
 cx-cutio, 3, -cussi, -cussum 
 
 [qiiatio], shcdce out, strike off, 
 
 drive aicaij, cast out. 
 Falisci, -oruin, m., the Fallscans, 
 
 a people of Etruria. 
 hinc, adv. [liicj, from this place, 
 
 hence. 
 ir-rideo, 2, -risi, -risiini [in], 
 
 laiii/h at, ridicule, jest, mock. 
 liatliius, -a, -nm [Latium], 
 
 Latin ; noun, a Latin. 
 
 ncccssitsls, -atis, f. [nccesse], 
 
 ncressiti/, constraint. 
 ob-viain, adv., in the 7ray ; with 
 
 verb of motion, meet; w. dat. 
 pateo, 2, -ui, , lie open, he 
 
 open ; part, patens, opni. 
 porta, -ae,F., //'//'', door. Cf. jilniia. 
 re-diico, 3, -xi, -ductuni, lead 
 
 hack, hrinrj hack. 
 senior, -oris, m. & f, (comp. of 
 
 senex, old) , elder, old person. 
 statim, adv. (sto), {standing there), 
 
 on the spot, imniediatehj, at once. 
 superbc, adv. [superbus], 
 
 jiroudlij, hau(/htili/. 
 triins-figo, 3, -fixi, -fixuni, 
 
 pierce through, pierce, stab. 
 vindico, 1, claim, avenge, punish. 
 
 1 Dative. 
 
 2 See 211, 212. 
 
 8 7 o meet, obviam. 
 * Compare I. 7. 
 
 s Not the last word: the Ttomans 
 often defeated, etc. 
 
 <5 In at>recnu'nt with Casar. 
 ' Had come. See 373. 
 
 V 
 
 / 
 
 \ 
 
 \ 
 
 
 \ 
 
 y 
 
 \ ; 
 
iswcrcd 
 
 Itutlon. 
 
 Lomaiis, 
 
 er than 
 
 lanlius^ 
 
 prisoner 
 
 ik'li had 
 
 Eomans 
 
 10. C»- 
 
 hiin. 
 
 [nccessc], 
 
 way; with 
 ; \v. diit. 
 [e open, he 
 open. 
 
 .Cf.jJinua. 
 ctuniy kad 
 
 (comp. of 
 Id person, 
 inding there), 
 
 hj, at once. 
 
 iuperbws], 
 
 -fix vim, 
 
 stah. 
 mfje, punish. ^ f 
 
 V 
 
 :the Jlomans 
 
 \ Casar. 
 
 J73. 
 
 \ 
 
 \ , 
 
 rAUTICIPLES: ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE. 
 
 197 
 
 CHAPTER LXIV. 
 
 PARTICIPLES: AliLATIVE ABSOLUTE. 
 412. Examine the follow in (j : — 
 
 tthe sii/i risin(/, -i 
 
 ' ° < ivhen the sun rlsrjt, \- theshidowsjleeaumy, 
 
 teiiebrae, i . ,i • • /*,; \ 
 
 \ at the riKiiKj oj the sun, ) 
 
 I the sif/nal havinej hv.cn f/icen, 
 
 Dato sTgno, virgines ) i ,i • , 
 
 ° ° ■< iciu'.n the SKjnai was <jicen, 
 
 raptae sunt, i , n • • ; 
 
 *^ \at the (J wen siijnai, 
 
 he rcifjning, 
 
 . -^ijn, |- (I wiir arose. 
 
 \ichUe he ?/v/,s' rciqning,) 
 
 the maidens 
 tec re seized. 
 
 (he reif/ninq, 
 
 E6 regnante, belluni ) . , . " 
 
 ° -; in /ii.'< rcKjn, 
 
 escortum est, / ; •; ; 
 
 Consul, bello confec- 
 to, Romain rediit, 
 
 the tear hacinrf been Jinishcd, ) 
 
 7 ,7 ' j: • 1 > ( the cons III, re- 
 
 vvien the war was Jinisheil, - 
 
 , . /. • 7 T w \ tnruid to iioinc 
 
 hacing finished the war, 
 
 \ 
 
 cemus, 
 
 enemy. 
 
 ( you (heiny) leader, ) 
 
 Te duce, hostes vin- ) .. ; ? ( ""<-' shall roiK/uer the 
 
 -i ij ijou are our leader, V '■ 
 
 ( with you for a leader, ) 
 
 f ]\f. and P. Qieiny') consuls. 
 
 Messalla et Pisone ) ; i r ? 7j ; 
 
 •< ivhen J/, and P. icere consuls. 
 
 COUSUlibUS, / • .7 7 ;• ^ ir 7 Ti 
 
 Km the consulship at M. and I'. 
 
 Sereno caelo, 
 
 (the sky (Jjeing) clear. 
 ■< when the sky is clear. 
 C in a clear sky. 
 
 1. The foregoing examples ilhistrate the very common construc- 
 tion callcfl the Ablative Absolute. 
 
 2. In the first four examples there is a noun (or pronoun) in the 
 ablative, and a participle agreeing with it. Jn the last three tiiere 
 is no p)articiple expressed, but instead, another noun or an adjective. 
 
 3. Carefully -compare the Latin with the English translation, 
 and observe that each ablative absolute may be rendered by a 
 clause beginning with when, ivhile, or if (in other instances because, 
 although, etc.), the Latin noun in the ablative beconung the subject 
 of the clause in English, and that this noun refers to a different 
 person or thing from the subject of the leading verb. 
 
 
 ■i il 
 
 ■i 
 
1^8 
 
 PARTICIPLES: ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE. 
 
 ^V 
 
 
 I 
 
 1 'ItJ 
 
 i«{ 
 
 4. We may also sometimes translate the participle in tlie abla- 
 tive absolute by a verb coordinate with a following verb. Thus 
 the fourth might Isb traiisiated, The consul Jinixhed the war and 
 relumed. 
 
 5. Jf T wish to express in the J^atin, Whde he was reit/ning, he 
 carried on irar, he being the .uibject of both the principal and sub- 
 ordinate clauses, I say, Is regaans bellum gessit ; but if I wish 
 to express, While he was rei(jnin<j, ivar arose, he being subject of 
 the subordinate clause, and war of the principal, I use the ablative 
 absolute, thus, E6 regnante, bellum exortum est, 
 
 G. In the fourth example notice the chan;^e of idiom. We 
 niight say. The consul, hucinij finished (ne war, returned to Rome; but 
 the liatin luis no perfect active partici})le corresponding to haoing 
 finished ; therefore, in Latin the perf(>ct passive participle nuist be 
 used in the ablative with the nonn bellum. '1 "he same idea may, 
 of course, be expressed by a cum clause. See 372. 
 
 7. From the nature of depon(Mit ver])s (passive form with active 
 meaning), it will be seen that the English participle with having 
 may be directly expressed in Latin, if there is a deponent verl) of 
 the right meaning; thus, Casar having encouraged his men, Caesar 
 militSs hort§tus. 
 
 8. Most instances of the so-called ablative absolute may be 
 resolved as the ablative ot time, means, cause, etc, 
 
 '/ 
 
 ■/ 
 
 413. EXERCISES. -^ 
 
 [Translate each ablative alvsolute in as »nany ways as possible.] 
 
 I. 1. Stricto p;ljuli6, trfinsfLxit puelhiin. 2. ExpulsTs 
 rti<ril)us, duo consules erefitl sunt. 3. (,^uo facto,' infitfita 
 est prooll fortfinn,. 4. Occupfitfi Sicilifi, cpiid postcii acturus 
 OH? ' t). Hunnibal, vTso friitris (xicisl capite, dixit: ''Agnosco 
 fortunain C'artliaginis." G. Ills paralTs rebus, Caesar mil i ten 
 nfives conscendi're julx't^ 7. IToe facto, tutus oris. 8. Al- 
 pihuH supcrjItTs, Hannibal in ItaliMm veuit. 9. Caesar, 
 niortuo Srdia, Khodnin scccdere sfatuit. 10. Deletls Teu- 
 tonibus, C. Marius in Cind>rds se convertit, 
 
 ^ When this had been done. What is it liternlly ? 
 
 / 
 
 r 
 
"f? 
 
 I tlie abla- 
 i-b. Thus 
 ; war and 
 
 eiyning, he 
 a and sub- 
 i if 1 wisb 
 svil:)ject oi 
 ,be ablative 
 
 liom. We 
 > Rome ; but 
 \o- to having 
 pie nuist be 
 e idea luay, 
 
 1 with active 
 
 with havinij 
 
 ncnt verb of 
 
 „i(^M, Caesar 
 
 Ivite may be 
 
 PARTICirLES: ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE. 
 
 190 
 
 as possible.] 
 l^ KxpulHis 
 
 .tC),' mutata 
 iHlea ficiunis 
 
 Itu'sar milites 
 M'is. H. Al- 
 <). Caesar, 
 jelGiis Teu- ^ 
 
 I— ^ 
 
 [Before trying to translate the following sontenccs, consider well 
 in each case what the probable Latin form of expression, or idiotn, 
 would be for the subordinate claus«% adverbial phr.is(>, etc.; thus, 
 When he had stabbed the (jlrl = the girl (^harlng been) stabbed ; 117/en 
 Numa teas king = Aiiiiki. (being) king; lig hnrling their javelins 
 = by the javelins hurled.^ 
 
 II. 1. When he had stabbed the girl, lie put by his sword. 
 2. On the expulsiou of King Tarquiii, lirutus and C'oUatiniis 
 were made consuls. 3. When Nuina was king, the toin})Ie 
 of Janus was built. 1. Ca»sar, jifter he had overcome the 
 Gauls, waged war with Pompey. .'). On the death of Cato, 
 there was no longer* a republic. G. Having learned these 
 facts (things), he hastened against the enemy. 7. The 
 soldiers, bv hurllnix their javelins, broke the enemv's line. 
 8. Having held a levy, the consul sets out innnedij'U'ly for 
 {ad) the army. 9. O my country, thou hast overcome my 
 anger by employing a mother's entreaties. 10. If we do^ 
 this, we shall all be safe. 
 
 414. VOCABU 
 
 acl-moveo, 2, -movf, -niotiiiii, 
 
 (more rip, toii'drdu), "j>j>/i/,n)ij)/(>i/. 
 
 cognusco, .'}, -giiovi, -gnltuni 
 [coin, (g)no8coJ, learn, recog- 
 nise, knoiv. 
 
 Colltitiniis, i, m., Colldtimi.s, 
 surnanK' of L.Tarquinius. 
 
 oon-lclo, .1, -Jeoi, -Joctiiin [Ja 
 do] (throw togithrr), throir, hurl. 
 
 con-tcndo, .'), -<li, -tuiii {draw 
 tight), exert one's self, strive, has- 
 ten ; contend . 
 
 con-verto, ;J -ti, -simi, turn 
 round, turn, change ; sr convcr- 
 tere, turn one's self, turn, 
 
 dSlectiis, -fis, M. [dellgO, choose 
 ottt'], selection, levy. 
 
 LARY. 
 
 (Icpono, ;', -posiil, -pOHitiiiii, 
 
 put dt)u-)i, jnif hji^ I'll/ diin-n. 
 ox-pello, •>, -pull, pulHiiiii, drive 
 
 out or away, expel. 
 fliliiiis, -I, M., Janus, the two-facod 
 
 j^od. 
 pcrfrhigo, '•), -fregi, -fractnni 
 
 [frailgu, lireak-^, break: through, 
 
 tin Ilk. 
 llhudus, -i, I'., lihodex, ail iwland 
 
 in the /K^'ean. 
 se-ofulO, J», -oohhI, -rr>HHUiii, go 
 
 apart, withdraw, retire, 
 statiid, .'J, -III, iituni, put, place; 
 
 think-, believe, determine, 
 HtriiigO, .'], -iixl, Rtrlctiim (drmn 
 
 tight), graze; draw, unsheathe. 
 
 1 JS/o longer nulL^ Jam. ^ (j we do this - this doni» 
 
 S 
 
 m 
 
I 
 
 200 
 
 IMPERSONAL VERBS. 
 
 CHAPTER LXV. 1. 
 IMPP:RS0NAL VERliS. 
 
 415. Examine the folio idng : — 
 
 1. Pluit, it rains. 
 
 2. Tonat, // thmulfrs. 
 
 3. Me pudet stultitiae raeae, / am ashamed (it shames me) oj 
 
 my folUj. 
 
 4. Bum paenitet sceleris, he repents (it repents him) of his crime. 
 
 5. Pugiiabatur, fight in;/ ?cas fjoing on (it iras being fought). 
 
 G. Caesari^ parendiim - est, Cw^uir must he ubeged (it must he 
 obeged to Cwsar). 
 
 7. Tibi licet exTre, you mag go out (it is permitted to you to go out). 
 
 8. Hoc nos facere oportet, we ought to do this (it behooves us to 
 
 do this). 
 
 9. Caesarl placuit lit legates mitteret, Ca:sar determined (it 
 
 pleased Cwsar) to send ainbas.':adors. 
 
 (1) Observe in each of the forcgoiiif? examples that tlie loading 
 verb has no personal subject either expressed or implied. Jn 7, 
 the subject of licet is the inlinitivc^ exTre ; in 8, the phrase hoc 
 n5s facere is the sultject of oportet; in I), the clause ut legStos 
 mitteret is the subject of placuit. In each of the first six the 
 subject is contnincd in the vcib itself. 
 
 Q?) Some vtsrhs, like pluit, tonat, pudet, paenitet, licet, the 
 use of which is mostly conlined to the third person singular, are 
 called Impersonal Verbs; many others, as in the examples pug- 
 nftbcltur, oportet, placuit, are sometimes used imjn'rsona/ly. 
 
 • (8) Examples 7 and 8 show quo way of rendering may and must 
 into Latin. 
 
 (4) In 3 and 1 notice the nsi! of the accusative and genitive 
 after the verbs. 
 
 41«. Rule of Syntax. — Tlu^ imiMM-sonal verbs 
 tniserct, paenitet, %}lyet, putletf taedet tiike the uccusa- 
 
 1 Siiti 417. 2. 
 
 9 Sue 425. (4). 
 
■is mc) of 
 
 his crime. 
 
 hi). 
 
 t must, he 
 
 to go out'). 
 )oves us to 
 
 rmincd (}t 
 
 10 leading 
 
 (1. Ill 7, 
 
 iraso hoc 
 
 t legatoB 
 
 I six iluj 
 
 licet, iho 
 
 vilar, ave 
 
 'Ihj. 
 
 ij and must 
 
 ,1 ocmlivo 
 
 a I verbs 
 c accusa- 
 
 i 
 
 
 t * 
 
 IMPERSONAL VERBS. 201 
 
 I 
 
 . 1 
 
 tive of the person and tlie g-enitive of the object or 
 cause of the feeling". 
 
 Some examples of verbs used impersonally have already been 
 given. See 362. T. ; 370. 1. 5 ; 410. 1. 3. 
 
 417. Examine the following : — 
 
 ACTIVK. 
 
 Passive. 
 
 1. Fratrl persuadet, he persuades Fratrl persuadetur, his brother 
 
 his brother, 
 
 is j)ersua(led. 
 
 2. Legibiis parebant, they obeyed Legibus parebatur, the laws 
 
 ICC re obeyed. 
 Mihi creditur, / am believed. 
 4. AmTcIs nocent, they injure Amlcia nocetiir, their friends 
 
 the laws. 
 3. Credit mihi, he believes me. 
 
 thtir friends. 
 
 are injured. 
 
 Observe that the verbs are intransitive. Compare the active 
 and passivt! in tiie examples one by one. Observe that in each 
 case the passive is expressed by putting the verb in the third . 
 person singular, leaving the indirect object of the active unchanged. 
 
 418. Kttle of Syntax. — Intransitive verbs arc 
 used impersonally in the passive, the person or tiling 
 affected (^the subject in Knglish) being expressed by^ 
 the dative. 
 
 C- 
 
 41J). 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. OniiiGs decot iGctc agoro. 2. Difi et ficriter pugnfi- 
 tum est. 3. Seqiiitur lit falsnni sit. 4. Eoriini nOs miseret.^ 
 5. TiUMlet nu" vTtao./ C! St:ituendiini- vobTs ante noctoin est. ;j 
 7. Lict't inilii ex urbe eo-fi'dT. H. Nos oportiiit'' hoc fiicere. 
 
 P 
 9. Trfidituni est ScTpiuneni (loctiini fuisse. 10. Kfidein noete 
 
 aocidit lit esset Ifinti [iK'ntu 11. Obsistltiir illTs. 12. C'lii* 
 
 pare! potrdt ? !.">. IVi'sufuletur euiisuli. 
 
 1 Compare 415. 3 and 4. 
 * The dntij (fdcridiui/ is to you = 
 lyuu must decide. t^'Mupure 425. 7. 
 
 • It hvhoovcd us to do = we ought 
 to have done. 
 « 8uu 343. 
 
 
if 
 
 202 
 
 IMPERSONAL VERBS. 
 
 [Observe that the following sentences are modelled closely on the 
 foregoing, and on the illustrative examples. Cast each one into 
 the Latin form before thinking of the Latin words ; thus the fifth 
 sentence will be changed to It <llsfjmts me of the folly, etc.] 
 
 II. 1. It becomes us nil to live well. 2. The battle will 
 be fought bravely. 3. It followed that' the enemy were 
 defeated. 4.^ He was ashamed of his cowardice. 5. I am 
 disgusted with the folly of the men. G. What must we do? 
 7. What ought we to have done?'' 8.'* May 1 take the 
 book? 9. It was reported to Caesar that the enemy were 
 approaching. 10. It resulted^ from these circumstances'' 
 that- all were silent. 11. The winds are opposed with 
 difficulty. 12. Can the soldier be spared? 13. Are not 
 the laws of the republic obeyed ? 
 
 420. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 decet, 2, dccuit, inipers., it is 
 
 seemly, heromintj, fttiiuj. 
 e-gredlor, 8, -gressiis [gradior], 
 
 go out, (JO forth, march out. Cf. 
 
 exco. 
 fortlter, adv. [fortis], bravely, 
 
 courageously. 
 Ilcct, 2, -ult, or -itiiin est, inipers., 
 
 it is permitted, it is lawful, [one] 
 
 may. 
 mlsoret, 2, -Itum est, impcrs. 
 
 [miser], it makes miserable, it 
 
 err lies pity, (one) pities. 
 ob-sIst5, n, -stlti, -stltuin, oppose, 
 
 withstand, resist, w. (Int. 
 oportct, 2, -ult, impers., it is 
 
 ^ A result clause, ut, etc. 
 a Compare 415. 3. 
 8 Compare I. 8. 
 
 necessary, it behooves, (one) must 
 or ought. 
 
 parco, J}, peperci (parsi), par- 
 sum, s])are, w. (lat. 
 
 piget, 2, -uit, or -itum est, 
 inipers., it disgusts, (one) is dis- 
 gusted. 
 
 pudct, 2, -uit, or -itum est, im- 
 pers., it shames, (one) is ashamed, 
 
 piigno, I [piigna], Jiglit. 
 
 stultitla, -ac, V. [stulUiH^foolish], 
 foil II. (345. 11.) 
 
 taedet, 2, -uit, or taesuui est, 
 inipers., it disgusts, wearies, (one) 
 is disgusted. 
 
 vix, adv., hardly, with difficulty. 
 
 * Compare 415. 7. 
 6 Fiel)at. 
 8 Hes. 
 
 ^ 
 
iwf-ii'(t*r*'^!f0ik> 
 
 FOR TRANSLATION. 
 
 203 
 
 ly on the 
 one into 
 the fifth 
 
 ittle will 
 ny were 
 5. I am 
 t we do? 
 take the 
 my were 
 istances'' 
 ied with 
 Are not 
 
 (one) must 
 irsi), par- 
 ity m est, 
 
 ())i() is dis- 
 
 III est, im- 
 
 s ashamed, 
 
 \,ht. 
 \s, foolish], 
 
 ,0811 III est, 
 
 (tries, (one) 
 
 difficulty. 
 
 i . 
 
 
 2. 
 
 421. FOR TRANSLATION. 
 
 The Death of the Pet Sparrow. 
 
 Liigete, o Veneres Cupidinesqiie, 
 Et quantumst^ hominum- venustioruin. 
 Passer niortuus est meae pueUae, 
 Passer, deliciae nieae puclhie, 
 Quern phis ilia oeulis'' suis amabat: 
 Nam mellitiis erat suamqiic* norat* 
 Ipsa*' tam ])eue quam puella matreni 
 Nee sese a gremio illius^ movebat, 
 Sed circinnsiliens niodo hue niodo illuc 
 Ad solam dominani usque pipiabat. 
 Qui* nunc it per iter tenebricosum 
 Illuc unde negant redire quemquam.* 
 At vobis male sit,''' mulae tenebrue 
 Orci, quae omnia bella" devoratis :^ 
 Tarn bellum niihi'- passerem abstu'istis. 
 O factum Tiiale ! ''^ io miselle passer ! 
 Tua nunc opera ^* meae puellae '^ 
 Flendo tuririduli rubent'*'' ocelli. — Catullus, 
 
 1 For qiiantuiu est. Trans- 
 late, all ye lovely ones, ivlioevcr ye 
 are. What is it literally 1 
 
 ^ Depends un quautuin. See 
 340. 
 
 * Ahlative after the eonipara- 
 tive plus. Set" 212. 
 
 * Supply (loiniiiam. 
 
 * For iiiSverat, but with the 
 meaning of tho ini])t'rfeut. 
 
 ^ With puelht. 
 ^ That is, puellao. 
 
 " Refers to passer. 
 ^ Subji'ct aec. of redire. See 
 401 and 279. 0. 
 1'^ /// Itetide you ! 
 
 11 From hcllus. 
 
 12 Translate my. 
 
 i!» Faetiim male, ivo/ul deed. 
 What is it literally ? 
 
 1* On your acrontit, 
 
 i** (icnitivi' aftor oeelli. 
 
 10 Tiirgldiili rubeut, are all 
 itvolien and red. 
 
' 
 
 PERirHKASTlC CONJUGATIONS. 
 
 CHAPTER LXVI. 1. 
 
 PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS. 
 
 FuTUKE Active Participle. — Gerundive. 
 
 [^Review the participles of the regular and irregular verhs.'\ 
 
 r 
 
 422. The future active participle with the verl) sum forms the 3' 
 First, or Activk Peuipiirastic Conjugation : amaturus sum, -, 
 eram, etc., / am, was, etc., about to {goin(j to, intendiwj to) love. ~ 
 
 4'-i3. The gerundive with the verl) sum forms tlio Second, or ' 
 P^StTVE Pkrii'HUASTIC CONJUGATION : amaiidus sum, eram, etc., 
 I am, was, etc., to be loved , I deserve, ought, etc., to be loved. 
 
 
 424. 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 PARADIGMS. 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 Pres. amaturus sum 
 Imi'ER. amaturus eram 
 Fut. amaturus ero 
 Pere. amaturus ful 
 Plui'. amaturus fueram 
 F.P. amaturus fuero 
 etc. 
 
 V 
 
 425. Examine the followiiifj : — ' — ' r*-^ 
 
 1. Non dubito quin moniturus sit, I do not doubt that he will *- 
 
 PASSIVE. 
 
 amandus sum 
 amandus eram 
 amandus ero 
 amandus fui 
 amandus fueram 
 amandus fuero 
 etc. 
 
 '-U 
 
 Vv.. 
 
 H 
 
 advise. 
 
 2. Non dubito quIn futurum sit ut id flat, I do not doubt that 
 {it will happen that it be done) it will be done, ■ ^ 
 
 3. Scifibam quid acturua esses, 7 knew what you ivcre going to do. A) 
 
 4. Pontem faciendum curat, he {takes care a bridge to be built) - 
 has a bridge built. 
 
 5. DSlenda est Carth5g6, Carthage must he destroyer, 
 
 6. Caesarl omnia crant agenda, everything had to be done by 
 Cttsar. 
 
 7. Mihi Bcrlbendlim est, {the duty of writing is to me) I must 
 
 write. 
 

 brms the -^ \^ 
 us sum, ", 'p^^ 
 'ove. . ^ 
 
 :coND, or 
 rani, etc., 
 
 C 
 
 '—4 
 
 v^ 
 
 am 
 
 N 
 
 r 
 
 hat he will ■- c 
 
 doubt that 
 
 fjning to no. "^ 
 
 to he built) - < _. 
 
 he done by 
 ne) 1 must 
 
 PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS. 
 
 8. Omnibus moriendum est, (the necessity of dying is to all) 
 
 all must die. 
 
 9. Vobia judicio utendum est, (the duty of using judgment is to 
 
 you) you ought to use Judgment. 
 
 (1) The first three examples show how a future tense may be 
 supplied for the subjunctive mood. 
 
 (2) Observe in the fourth example the use of the gerundive 
 agreeing with a noun which is the object of euro, the whole ex- 
 pression denoting to have a thing done. 
 
 (3) The last five examples show some uses of the passive peri- 
 phrastic conjugation. Xotice that the idea of necessity, or duty, 
 is pronunent in these forms. 
 
 (4) In 7, 8, and 9 the verbs are used impersonally, that is, with- 
 out any personal subject, the gerundive being in the nominative 
 singular neuter. This impersonal use belongs to transitive verbs 
 without an object expressed, and to intransitive verbs. For the case 
 of judicio, see 304. 
 
 (5) In the last four examples, Caesarl, mihi, omnibus, and 
 vobis, denote in each case the person to tvhom there is a duty or 
 necessity of doing something. This dative is most conveniently 
 rendered with by, and is called the Dative of Agent. 
 
 426. Rule of Syntax. — The dative is used with 
 the grcruiidive to denote the person hy whom the act 
 must be done.^ 
 
 / 
 
 427. 
 
 2. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 r ('I 
 
 I. 1. Quis (lubitat qnln futurl sitis docti? 2. Quis dubi- 
 tat qiiTn ludos visiiri bImuis? ?>. '^iJn erat dubiuni quin 
 ludos vTsurus csset. 4. Noll d'abitfiro quTn crus ventfirus Him. 
 5. CognOvT quid rioturus wit. 0. Audiam quid ilcturus sis. 
 7. CognOverjun quid fic'tun esscmt. 8. Dux caatra moturus 
 est. 9. Seribenda est mihi epistula. 10. Sciibenda erat 
 
 1 IIow is the a^'ent with a verb in the passivo otherwise and com- 
 monly expressed 1 
 
 tv 
 
 >■«<*•- 
 
 i\i II 
 
 hi '■ 
 
 if 
 
206 
 
 PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS. 
 
 #! 
 
 tibi epistula. 11. Oppidum imlitibus oppugnandiim erit. 
 12. HIc liber niihi legondus est^ /-J, 
 
 II. 1. There is no doubt that you are going to be a hero. 
 2. I dou])t not tliat you will sec the games. 3. Do not 
 doubt ^ that he will be present. 4. Do you know wliat he is 
 going to do? 5.- We ought to cultivate virtue. 6.^ I must 
 give the signal. 7.^ We ought to read the poets. 8. The 
 commander must be obeyed.^ 0. The boy is not to be 
 believed. 10. The town had to be fortified. r - - 
 
 3. \ 
 
 428. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Quaesivit ex oraculo Croesus utrum ipse superaturus 
 esset. 2. Non erat dubium quin FaliscI sese Komanis dedi- 
 turl essent. 3. Nisi vinum defecisset, i)lura et graviora 
 dicturi fuimus^ 4. Magnam in spem veniebat fore* ut 
 pertinacia desisteret hostis. 5. Cum Scipio, graviter vulne- 
 ratus, in hostium nianus jamjam venturus esset, fllius cum 
 perTculo liberfivit. 6. Hoc censeo et Carthaginem esse 
 delendam. 7.,Aemilius llberos GraecTs iTtterTs erudiendos^ 
 curaveratj^-^. Caesarl dandum erat tuba signum. i). Mihi 
 utcndum est judicio meo.*^ 10. Ita nobis vivendum est, ut 
 ad mortem parati sTmus. 
 
 II. 1. I will ask of the general whether he is going to 
 advance. 2. Who doubts that the Romans will surrender 
 themselves to the Faliscans? 3.^ If words had not failed, I 
 was going to write a longer letter. 4. I think the enemy 
 will be defeated. 5. When Ciesar was on the point of 
 
 1 Noli dubltiirc. How else 
 may this be expressed ? 
 
 ^ Express in two ways — by 
 using oportot, and then by the 
 gerundive. 
 
 8 Lit. it must he obeyed to the 
 commander. Cf. 415> 0. 
 
 ■* Fore = futiiruin esse, to be 
 
 about to be, may be omitted in 
 translation. 
 
 ^ Compare 425. 4, and (2). 
 
 « Sec 425. 9. 
 
 ' Compare 1. 3. i 
 
1 erit. 
 
 I hero. 
 )o not 
 t he is 
 [ must 
 B. The 
 to be 
 
 V 
 
 n 
 
 raturus 
 E dedi- 
 raviora 
 Di-e* lit 
 • viilne- 
 Lis eiim 
 in esse 
 icndos^ 
 . Mihi 
 est, ut 
 
 3ing to 
 •render 
 lilcd, [ 
 (Miemy 
 jint of 
 
 so, to be 
 itted in 
 
 (2). 
 
 PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS. 
 
 207 
 
 starting^ for Rome, he received a letter from I'ompey. 
 G. My opinion is- that the town ought to be besieged. 
 7. These things must not be despised by^ us. 8. A wise 
 man will have his boys trained* in Latin literature.^ i). The 
 citizens^ must obey the laws. 10. The soldiers must use 
 their own judgment. 
 
 429. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Aeinilius, -i, 3i., yEmilius, a Ro- 
 man consul. 
 
 censeo, 2, -ui, -uin, estimate ; 
 think, deem, be of opinion. 
 
 Croesus, -i, m., Crcesus, king of 
 Lydia. 
 
 de-do, 3, -didi, -ditum, { put away 
 from one's self) surrender, de- 
 liver up. 
 
 de-fieio, 3, -feci, -fectum [fa- 
 cio], (make away from) revolt; 
 Jail, be icantim/. 
 
 de-sisto, 3, -stiti, -stitum, (stand 
 off or apart) leave off, cease, de- 
 sist. 
 
 doctus, -a, -um, adj. [P. of 
 doceo], learned. 
 
 gravis, -e, adj., heavy, serious. 
 
 graviter, adv., heavily, seriously. 
 
 ito, adv., thus, so. 
 
 janijani, adv., already; jamjam 
 
 vcnturus, on the point of coming. 
 judicium, -i, n. [judico], judg- 
 ment, opinion. 
 op-pQgno, 1 [ob], attack, assatdt, 
 
 besiege. 
 uriiculum, -i, n. [oro], oracle. 
 paratus, -a, -um, adj. [P. of 
 
 paro], ready, prepared. 
 pcrtinacia, -ae, f. [pertin»ix,per- 
 
 sistent'j, perseverance, obstinacy. 
 
 (345. 11.) 
 signum, -i, n., mark, sign, signal. 
 utor, 3, usus, use, employ, w. abl. 
 utrum, adv., whether. Cf. num, 
 
 382. 
 
 ^ 
 
 Judico, censeo, existimo, arbitror, puto, and opinor, all mean 
 think; but the first four imply more deliberation and reflec- 
 tion; primarily think as a judge, a magistrate, an appraiser, an 
 arbiter; hence, in general, of official, authoritative opinion. 
 Puto and opiuor imi)ly rather private, personal judgment or 
 opinion. 
 
 1 On the point of starting 
 ready about to star't. 
 
 2 This I think. Cf. I. 0. 
 » See 426. (0). 
 
 al- 
 
 ♦ Cf. I. 7, and 425. (2). 
 ^ Compare 232. I. 4. 
 ° A civibus, to distinguish Uie 
 agent frum the iudiruct object. 
 
 m 
 
208 
 
 GERUND: GERUNDIVE: SUriNE. 
 
 I ^i 
 
 i^ 
 
 r: 
 
 CHAPTER LXVII. 
 
 GERUND. — GERUNDIVE. — SUPINE. 
 
 ■> 430. Learn the gerunds and supines of the regular and irregu- 
 
 lar verbs. 
 
 '^ Gerund. 
 
 4,31. Examine the following : — 
 
 G. Caesar loquendi finem facit, Cwsnr makes an end of 
 
 speaking. 
 Cupidus est te audiendi, he is desirous of hearing you. 
 D. Aqua utilis est bibendo, tcatcr w useful for drinking. 
 Ac. Inter pugnandum triginta naves captae sunt, during the 
 
 fght {amid the fighting^ thirty ships ivere taken. 
 Ab. Mens discendo alitur, the mind is strengthened by learning. 
 
 1. The above examples illustrate the use of the gerund in its 
 several cases. It will be seen that the gerund is used like the 
 English verbal noun in ing. The nominative is supplied in Latin 
 by the infinitive; e.^., videre est credere, seeing is believing. 
 
 Gerund and Gerundive. 
 432. Examine the f-^lloidng : — 
 
 G. Consilia -^ urbem delendi, > plans for (of) destroying 
 
 ( urbis delendae, > the city. 
 
 D Ooeram dat I ^S^°^ colendo (rare) \ he devotes himself to 
 
 ( agris colendis, i tilling the fields. 
 
 Ac. Vgnerunt ad \ P^^®"' petendum (rare) ) they ca, 
 
 ( pacem petendam, S for 
 
 Ab. OccupStus ( litteras scribendo (rare) > / was engaged ir 
 sum in ( litteris scribendis, ) writina letters. 
 
 came to sue 
 peace. 
 
 i in 
 
 1. What is to be particularly studied in the above examples is 
 the difference between the gerund and the gerundive construction, 
 as shown within the braces. Observe (1) that the gerund is put 
 in the required case, and has its object in the accusative ; (2) that the 
 noun is put in the required case, and the gerundive agrees with it. 
 
 Si. 
 
"^ i<"v^-Vu- vy\Jiy^y\\^^ \x^-oj.\ '^.^ju 
 
 GERUND: GERUNDIVE: SUPINE. 
 
 201^ 
 
 2. Except in tlie genitive, where the two constructions are 
 about equally common, the gerundive construction is ahnost always 
 preferred. 
 
 3. Notice that the accusative of the gerund or gerundive with 
 ad denotes a purpose. This construction is nuich use^l. In what 
 other ways may a purpose be expressed? 
 
 Supine. 
 43>'$. Examine the folloicing : — 
 
 1. Legati Romam veniunt pacem petltum, ambassadors come 
 
 to Home to sue for peace. 
 
 2. Id perfacile est factu, (hat is very easy to do, or to be done. 
 
 Observe in the first example that the su])ine pecitum has the 
 same meaning as ut petant, qui petant, or ad petendam ' that is, 
 it expresses purpose. This use is common after verbs of motion. 
 
 434. Rule of Syntax. — The supine in um is used 
 after verbs of motion to express purpose. 
 
 In the second example the supine in U answers the question 
 in what respect ? Perfacile factu, easy in respect to the doing. This 
 use is common after adjectives. 
 
 The supine in a is really an ablative of specijication. See 260. 
 
 435. EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 1. Mult! convencM'e studio^ videndae novae urbis. 
 2. Ars piieros educandl dillicilis est. 3. Ea'^ aquae causa' ..i^ 
 hanriciidae deseenderat. 4. Brutus ad explorandum cum 
 equitibus auteces,sit. o. Militcs ad doraum custodieudam a 
 rege missi sunt. G. Neminl dubium est quln Fabius rem 
 Ronifinara cunctando restituerit. 7. ^s opportiinus vTsus 
 est locus conirnuniendo praesldio. 8. Omuls spGs evadendl 
 adempta est. 9. Legatos ad Caosarcm niittunt auxilium 
 rogfitum. 10. Quod optimum est factu, faciam. 
 
 1 From a desire ; abl. of cause. ^ The ablative causa, for the 
 
 2 /)7i«. See 270. 2. sake of, followg its genitive. 
 
 (X C'\ . Vv^../vyVV ^rS- --v' N^ -QryX\ . 
 
 ,» ^1 
 
I 
 
 I' 
 
 t 
 
 210 
 
 GERUND: gerundive: supine.. 
 
 II. 1. You will have time to lead (of leading) out the 
 arm}' from that place. 2. He uudei'took the war for the 
 sake^ of destroying the republic. .'3. Bodies are nourished 
 bv eating and drinkini:;. 4. While drinkinij;- we conversed 
 about many things, a. Many leaders had assembled to 
 see*^ Sciplo. G. Night puf* an end to the fighting. 7. This 
 seems (to be) a su'ital)le place for building a house. 8. The 
 enemy had entertained^ the hope of getting possession of 
 the camp." 9. A multitude of men came together to wit- 
 ness'' the games. 10. It is ditHcult to say what he will do." 
 
 r 
 
 436. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ad-iino, 3, -enii, -cinptuin 
 
 [emo], take awa/, remure. 
 alo, .'}, -iii, -turn, nourish, slremjthen, 
 
 support. 
 uiite-cedo, 3, -cessi, -oessum, (jo 
 
 before. 
 auxiliuni, -i, n. [ongeo], hflp, 
 
 aid, support ; ])\. auxiliaries. 
 col-loquor, ?>, -lociitiis [coin], 
 
 speak toijethrr, con verse. 
 com-munio, 4, [fortifij strong! ji) 
 
 secure, intrench. 
 con-venio, 4, -veni, -ventuin 
 
 [com], come together, assemble. 
 cimctor, 1, linger, hesitate. 
 
 edo, edere or esse, edi, esum or 
 essiini, xit. 
 
 ex-ploro, 1, search out, examine, 
 explore ; reconnoitre. 
 
 Fabius, -i, m., Fabius, a Roman 
 general. 
 
 haiirio, 4, hausi, haiistuni, 
 draw (umter^, drain, drink up. 
 
 opportiinus, -a, -iiin, a(lj.,y//, con- 
 venient, suitable ; opportune. 
 
 re-stitiio, 3, -iii, -utuni [statuol, 
 (replace) give back, return, restore. 
 
 sus-cipio, 3, -cepi, -ccptuni 
 [sub, capioj, undertake. 
 
 1 Causa. Sec p. 200, note 3 
 
 2 Inter bibenduin. 
 
 '"^ Express in three ways. 
 * Put an end to -~ make an end of. 
 ^ Entertain the hope = come into 
 the hope. 
 
 •*' What case witli potior? 
 
 ' Why must tlie subjunctive 
 l)e used ? What tense of the sub- 
 junctive to express future time? 
 AVliat form expresses the im- 
 mediate future 1 
 
out the 
 :• for the 
 lourished 
 onversed 
 nbled to 
 
 7. This 
 
 8. The 
 ession of 
 iv to wit- 
 will do." 
 
 U, esiim or 
 
 at, exdviine, 
 s, a Tvoman 
 
 haustum, 
 
 drink up. 
 
 lortuni'. 
 n [statuol, 
 et nrn, restore . 
 , -ceptuni 
 take. 
 
 potior 1 
 subjunctive 
 e of the sub- 
 future time? 
 ses tlie im- 
 
 ^ - 
 
 READIISTG LESSONS. 
 
 :.^*^;o« 
 
 LETTERS: Cicero to his Wife Terentia. 
 
 437. B.C. 49. 
 
 Si vales, bene est, valeo.^ Da operaui' ut convalescas. 
 Quod opus^ erit, uf* res tempusque postulat, provideas* atque 
 administres ; et ad me de omnibus rebus quam** saepissime 
 lltteras mittas. Vale. 
 
 438. B.C. 49. 
 
 S. V. B. E. E.' V. Valetudinera tiiam velim^ cures® dlli- 
 gentissime.^" Nam mihi et" scrlptum et nuntiatum est te'^ in 
 febrim subito incidisse. Quod '^ eeleriter me fecisti de Caesa- 
 ris litteris certiorem,^* fGcist! milii griltiim. Item posthac, si 
 quid^^ opus erit,^*^ si quid acciderit uovi,^^ facies^^ ut sciam. 
 Cura ut valoas. Vale. i 
 
 1 The llomans often began 
 their letters with these five words, 
 or rather witli the abbreviatioi^ 
 S. V. B. E. V. 
 
 - Give labor = try. 
 
 ^ An indeclinable noun, need} 
 opus est, is necessary. 
 
 •* "What indicates that ut does 
 not mean in order that ? 
 
 5 The hortatory subjunctive. 
 See 390. 
 
 ^ Quain strengthens the super- 
 lative ; quam saepissinie, as ojien 
 as possible. 
 
 ' For ego. 
 
 * / could wish ; volo, / u>ish. 
 
 ^ Equivalent to ut cures. 
 
 '^ Notice the emphatic position 
 of the adverb, after the verb. 
 
 ^^ Et . . . et, both . . . atid. 
 
 12 Subj. of incidisse. See 401. 
 
 " In that. 
 
 ^* Fecisti . . . certlorem, made 
 more certain = informed. 
 
 15 Anything; quid is regularly 
 used instead of aliquid after si, 
 nisi, ne, and uuni. 
 
 ^•^ See note 3, above. 
 
 '^' Of new; partitive genitive. 
 
 1^ A future equivalent to the 
 imperative. Facies ut sciam, 
 inform me. What is it literally? 
 
 
 I 
 
 >. 
 
212 
 
 READING LESSONS. 
 
 439. 
 
 B.C. :g. 
 
 SI val^s, bene est.* Constitueramua, ut^ ad te antea 
 scripseram, obviam Ciceromur/* Caesaii mit^re ; sed iiiuta- 
 vimus consilium, quia de illius* adveiitu nihil jiuJiebamus. 
 De ceteris reUis, cft^i uiliil erat novl,^ tameu quid velimus'^ 
 et quid lioc temi)ore putemus" opus^ esse ex Sicca** poteris 
 cognoscere. 'i'uUiam adbuc niGcuni tento. Valetudiuem 
 tuam cura'-* dllige liter. Vale. 
 
 440. 
 
 B.C. 46. 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 "•S. V. B. E. V. Nos neque de Caesaris adventu neqiie 
 de litterTs quas ritilotlmus habere d'citur, (juidquani" adhuc 
 oerti'- habeuius. SI (juid erit certl, faciaui te stalim certio- 
 rera.^ Vuletfidineui tuam fac" ut cures. Vale. 
 
 1 Compare tin's form of bof^in- 
 ning a letter with those of the two 
 preceding. 
 
 !* Compare the use of ut iu 
 437, line 2. 
 
 * That is, his son Cicero. 
 
 * That is, Cajsar's. 
 
 ^ Genitive Douter of novtis deA 
 pending on nihil. Compare the ^ 
 same word in 438, and the note. 
 
 " Translate the words quM ve- 
 Uinus, etc., just as they stand. 
 
 ' Compare opus orit in 437 
 and 438, aii.l the note. 
 
 ^ A friend of ('i('(<ro. 
 
 * Compare with this the begin- 
 ning and r " ending of 438. 
 
 ^ Obaervu how nearly this letter 
 
 can be translated in the order of 
 the Latin words. 
 
 ^^ Aiiijthnuf at all. To express 
 unijthiutj at all, after a lu'gative 
 word, as here after iicqut;, the 
 Komans ti.sed quidquaiii, not 
 illiquid. See 270. 0. 
 
 #- Qenitive neuter of certus, 
 dei)en<ling on quidquain. Com- 
 pare iiovi in 438 after quid, and 
 in 431) after nihil. 
 \" Compare IT-elsU certiorem 
 in'" 438, and the note. 
 
 '^ See J). 150, note. Fac ut 
 etires, he sure to tale aire. What 
 is the literal menning? Compare 
 with this ilie «'n(ling8 of the two 
 preceding letters. 
 
w . 
 
 READING LESSONS. 
 
 213 
 
 e antea 
 (1 muta- 
 ebjxiiius. 
 
 *> poteris 
 itudinem 
 
 441. 
 
 FABLES. 
 De Vitus IIominum. 
 
 Jfippitcr nobis* diuTs perfis imposuit : alteram,- quae nos- 
 tris vitiis rei)lC'ta est, post teriium nobis dedit ; alteram' 
 autem, qua" alioruni vitia contincntur, ante pectus nostrum* 
 suspendit. Quare non videmus quae'* ipsi peccamus ; 8i 
 autem alii peccant, statim eos vituperamus. 
 
 442. 
 
 MULIER ET GaLLTNA. 
 
 itu neqiie 
 n*^ adhue 
 im certio- 
 
 hc order of 
 
 To express 
 
 a negative 
 
 io(iUi', tiie 
 
 uain, not 
 
 |()f certiis, 
 am. Coni- 
 ir quid, ami 
 
 tertloreni 
 
 Fiu' lit 
 
 [;)•<■. Wliai 
 Compare 
 lof the two 
 
 ]\rulier quaedam habebnt ffallinain, quae ci" cotldie ovum 
 pariebat aureum. Illnc susi)iearl cocpit illam^ auri massam 
 intus celare, et jxallTnain occidit. Sed niliil in ea repperit, 
 nisi quod^ in alils gallTnis reperiri solet.' Itaque dum 
 majoribus divitils inhiat,"' ctiam minores^^ perdidit. 
 
 443. 
 
 Vui-PKS ET UVA. 
 
 VulpCs uvam in vTto conspicata^" ad illam subsiliit omnium 
 virium suaruni coiitentione," sT earn forte attingere posset. 
 
 1 With Iniposuit; has jdaccd 
 on us, 
 
 2 Alter . . . alter, ihr onr . . , 
 the otlrr. 
 
 8 Qtiii - in qiiii peril. 
 
 * Compare ante peetns nos- 
 trum with post terKuni nobis. 
 
 '' Whnt we sin — vluit sins tre 
 commit. On ipsi, see 270. 1. 
 
 *"' For her. 
 
 ~ Illani - lll.'ini p^alllnani, 
 subject of celare. 
 
 ^ Nisi quod - practer id 
 quod. 
 
 * fs wont = 1*5 uaucUiy, 
 
 ^'^ Gapps for — ts grrrdi/ for. 
 Notiee hero a peculiarity of the 
 Jjatin: tlio present is used after 
 duin, thoufjh the perfect perdi- 
 dit follows. The Eiifflish idiom 
 recjuires us to translate such a 
 jjreseiit by the imperfect, xcat 
 greedij for, 
 
 '* Supjily the Latin noun in the 
 proper form. 
 
 ^^ Perfect participle of c(Jn- 
 spleor, u^'reeiiit? with vulpes. 
 Translate by the present parti* 
 ciple. 
 
 " With the extrtiim. 
 
 !f? 
 
h 
 
 hi 
 
 I 
 
 214 
 
 KI'JADlXd l.K8SO^^S. 
 
 Tandem defatlgfita inanl laborc disccdens, "At nunc etiarn," 
 inqiiit, "acerbae^ sunt, uec eas* in via repertas- tollerein."^ 
 
 444. 
 
 RusTicus ET Canis Fidelis. 
 
 Rusticus in agros cxiit ad opus suum. Flliolura, qui in 
 cunTs jacGbat, rolliiuit canl^ fideli atquc valldo cnstudienduni.^ 
 Adrepsit anguis imiiianis, qui i)ueruluiu cxstincturus erat. 
 Sed custos fidGlis corripit eum dcntibus acutls, ct, duin cum 
 necare studct," cunas sinuil evertit su[)or exstinctuin an<2;uoni. 
 Paulv") post ex arvo lediit agrieola ; eum eunas Gversas cruen- 
 tumquo eanis iTctum videret,^ irfi aeconditur.^i TemerG igitur 
 eustodem filioli i.iteiieeit ligonc, quem manibus tenG))at. 
 Sed ubi eiiufiH restituit," super anguem ocelsuni repperit 
 pueium Yivum et iueolumem. Paeniteutia faeinoris'*^ sera^^ 
 fuit. -^ 
 
 445. 
 
 PUEK IMkNDAX, 
 
 Puer in prfito oves pascGbat,*- atquc per joeum clamitfibat, 
 ut sibi auxilium ferretur, (piasi lu[)us gregem esset adortus. 
 Agrieolae undique suceun'Gbant, lUMpio''' hij)um inveniGbant. 
 Ita ter quaterciuo se Ghlsos a puero vTdGrunt. Delude'* eum 
 ipse" lupus aggredeiGliu", et puer rG vera'" inq)Ioraret au- 
 
 1 Tlio phiral, iis if iivao liad 
 hocn used. 
 
 - Kiis roportiis, llirm found ■- 
 if 1 liad fnuiul tlinn. 
 
 ^ Would I pick (hem up, 
 
 * The 80 cnlled dative of the 
 agent with rustodleiidum. 
 Transhitc, hjl for Ina . . . doj to 
 guard, 
 
 fl Literally, to he guarded. 
 
 Sec p. 2\l), Hole 10. 
 
 ' For the Huhjunetive, see 373. 
 
 8 Present for perfect, called 
 historical present. 
 
 ^ Translate as if it were rostl- 
 tuerat; aft(>r iibi, ut^ and post- 
 quain, meaning irhrti, tiie i>;'rf»'et 
 indicative is connnonly used, but 
 it Is best rendered by the plu- 
 perfect. 
 
 ^'^ TranslatCjyJ^r //vfl depd, 
 
 ^1 Too 1(1 tr. 
 
 '- Tlie inijx'rfeet, denoting cus 
 toniary action ; render, used totend, 
 
 !■' Hut . . . vol. 
 
 ^* iSee p. lUO, note 1. 
 
 10 Rcalhj. See 270. 0. 
 
 1" RS vCrJi, in earneit. 
 
 ti 
 
c etiarn, 
 lerem." ^ 
 
 READING LESSONS. 
 
 2ir) 
 
 xilium, nemo grog! siibvenit,^ et oves luiu praeda- sunt factae. 
 MendacI liominT^ non erGdimus, etiam cum vera dicit. 
 
 446. 
 
 Senex et INIoks. 
 
 ira, qiu in 
 .diendum.^ 
 
 urus erat. 
 duni eum 
 11 anguoni. 
 isas cruen- 
 uiere igitur 
 IS tenebat. 
 m repperit 
 31'W sera^^ 
 
 ('"Ifunitabat, 
 sot adoitus. 
 
 woniebant. 
 )elnde^* cum 
 
 )loirirot au- 
 
 it wore' rostl- 
 
 ut^iiiul post- 
 
 ;i, tho piTfoet 
 
 ,,nly usoil, l>»it 
 
 ,1 by tlio pbi- 
 
 [, (linotiuR CUB 
 
 W\. 
 270. 0. 
 
 Senex quidam llgna in silvfi cecTderat,'' ot, fasce in ume- 
 ros subliitO,'' donuim rcdire coepit. Cum fatlgatus cssef' ot 
 onere et itinere, dcposuit Ugna, et, senecU'itis" et inoi)iae^ 
 miserias secum re[)utfii)s, clfiia voce invocavit mortem, ut se 
 omnibus malls'^ llbciaret. Mox adest'' mors et interrogat 
 quid vellet. Tum senex perterritus : ''Pro! hunc lignorum 
 fascem, quaeso, umerls'" mels imponas."" 
 
 447. 
 
 VuLPKS ET Leo. 
 
 Vulpes nunquMiu konem vidcrat. Cum liuTc forte occur- 
 risset, ita exterrita est, ut i)aene moreretur'- formidine.^ 
 Eundem conspicfita est iterum. Turn extimuit ilia (piidem, 
 sed ne({ua(iuam ut autea. Cum tertio'* leonl obviam facta 
 esset, adeo non i)erterrila fuit,'"' ut auderet'' accedere pro[)ius 
 et colloqui cum eo. 
 
 1 Cf. sucoiirro. Sec 34JJ. 
 
 IIow (loos tlu' 'ii(;;<iiinj; help come 
 from the priniitivt' lufaiiing ? 
 
 " I'rt'dii-ati' uoiuiimtivc. 
 
 !» Why dative \ S-.. ;J4.'{. 
 
 ^ From cjumIo, not cjulo. 
 
 '* From folio, not HiiflVro. 
 
 ^ For tilt' siihjuiictivf, si'i' .'J7.'$. 
 
 ' Notict' tlu' ordor: thf niiii- 
 tives coming first ai<j made em- 
 ])liatie. 
 
 •* Abl. of sopiiration. Sec l.'{(). 
 
 » Si'f p. 2\\, note 8. 
 ^^ ITincriH . . . itiiponSs, cf. 
 uSbiB . . . iiiipuHutt in 441. 
 
 '^ Qiiiioso iinpunas — qiiaoso 
 ut iinpunas. 
 
 '- Is this claiist* a purpose or 
 result clause / See ill list rativu t'X- 
 ami)h's, .'Jo^ ami iUiH. 
 
 Arc tla- clau.scs beginning with 
 eum tvtnportil or vinisalf Kead 
 ajAiiin the illustrative examples, 
 .•J72 and .■$7*. 
 
 ^* Thv (hird time, 
 
 "• 7*() such a ({I'ljrve was not 
 fri'i/liteneil — was su Jar from btiuij 
 f'litlhti'tud. 
 
 Id 1 1 
 
 ft I 
 
216 
 
 READING LESSONS. 
 
 448. CESAR'S GALLIC WAR, L, 1-5. — B.C. 68. 
 
 1, Gallia est omnis ^ dlvisa in partes tres ; qiu'irum ilnam 
 ineolunt Belgae, aliani^ AquTtfuiT. tertiam qiiT'^ ipsoruin lingua'* 
 Celtae, nostra Gall! appellautur. Ill onnies lingua,^ institutTs, 
 legibus inter se** differunt. G alios ^ ab AquTtanls Garumna 
 flumen, a Belgis Matrona et Sequana dividit. Horum omnium 
 fortissimi sunt Belgae, [)ropterea quod a cultu atque liumani- 
 tate provinciae^ longissimc absunt, minimcqne''' ad eos merea- 
 tores saepe eommeant atque ea quae ad etleminandos ^^ animos 
 pertinent important ; proximlque sunt Germanis, qui trans 
 Rhenum ineolunt, ([uibuscum '^ eontinenter bellum gerunt. 
 Qua de causa Helvetil quoque reliquos Gallos'- viitute '^ prae- 
 cedunt, quod fere cotidianis proelils '* cum GermauTs conten- 
 duut, cum ant suis ''' flnibus eos '•'' prohibent, aut ipsT in eorum 
 finibus '^ bellum gerunt. Korum ''* una pars, quam G alios obii- 
 nere dictum est, initiumcapit fi ''•* (lumine Kliodano ; conlinetur 
 Garumnii Uumiue, Oeeano, flnibus Belgarum ; attingit etiam 
 ab-"*' Sequanis et Helvetils flumen Rhenum ; vergit ad septen- 
 
 1 omuls : (IS a whole. 
 
 ^ aliaiii : alteram in the sense 
 of sccuadam would be more com- 
 mon. 
 
 8 qui : supply mentally li, as 
 antecedent. 
 
 * Ipsurum llnguit : in their 
 own touifiie. 
 
 ^ lingua: 200. 
 
 * Inter so : froin each other. 
 What literully '( 
 
 '' Gallon : that is, the Celtic 
 Gauls. 
 
 * provineiae: not reckoned a 
 part of (iallla. 
 
 " inluliiie . . . saepe : ceri/ ntl- 
 dorn. 
 
 1' eflTeminaiKlos: 432 (2). 
 
 '• quibiiseuin : 2(>o, .'5. 
 
 1- reli<iuos Cilallos: the. rest of 
 the Gauls. 
 
 i'^ virtiite: see lingua and 
 refercnco. 
 
 i< proellis: 144, 145. 
 
 ^^ suis : refers to llelvetli, the 
 subject. 
 
 ^•^ COS . . . ooruiii : refer to 
 Germanis; Ipsi, to llelvetli. 
 
 *' finlbiis : territories, 
 
 ^^ Korum : of their cuuutri/, 
 thou^rh (iramiiKitically referring to 
 III oiiinrs, or Iir>rum above. 
 
 ''' initlum capita: hey ins at, 
 
 ii" ab : 0/1 the side of. 
 
READING LESSONS. 
 
 217 
 
 m iinam 
 11 lingua'' 
 iistitutis, 
 jarumiia 
 
 I omnium 
 ! humfuii- 
 Os merca- 
 
 w animos 
 
 qui trami 
 
 II iierunt. 
 
 itc ^^ prae- 
 Ts conten- 
 1 in eovum 
 liillosobii- 
 conlinetur 
 iiiiit etiam 
 ad sL'pten- 
 
 4:V2 (2). 
 
 ,s : the. rest of 
 
 liiio;uii and 
 
 145. 
 
 llclveUi, the 
 
 kit : rt'for to 
 llelvetli. 
 
 brim. 
 
 \lhelr couutni, 
 ly re for ring to 
 liin fibove. 
 ft : bey ins at. 
 
 of. 
 
 triones. Belgae ab extremis Galliae finibus oriuntur, per- 
 tinent ad Inferiorem partem tlfimini.'s Rlieni, spectant in 
 septentrionem et orientem solem, Aquitrinia a (iarunma 
 flumine ad Pvrcnaeos monies et earn partem OeeanT quae est 
 ad Ilispfmiam^ pertiuet, speetat" inter oeeasum solis et sep- 
 tentriones. 
 
 2. Apud Helvetios longe nohilissimus fuit et ditissimus 
 Orgetorix. Is M. Messala' et M. Pisone consulibus regul 
 cupiditate indiietus eoniurationem nol)ilitritis feeit, et elvitatl* 
 persuasit ut de finibus suis eum omnibus eoi)Us exTrent : per- 
 tacile esse,* eum*^ virtute omnibus i)raestarent, totlus Oi'Jdim; 
 imperio'' potiri. Id lioc faeiUus els persuasit,^ quod undi(pie 
 loci^ natura Ilelvetil eontinentur ; '" una ex parte" Huinine 
 Rheno latissimo at(jue altissinio, qui agrum '- Ilelvetium a 
 GerraanTs dividit ; altera ex parte moni" lura altissinio, qui 
 est inter vSCniuanos et Helvetios ; tertia '•' laeu Lemanno et 
 flumine Kliodano, qui provineiam no.stram^' al) IlelvetiTs divi- 
 dit. HTs rehus ffebat ''^ nt '"^ et minus Ifite vasarentur et 
 minus facile flnitimls '' belluni Tnferre possent ; qua ex parte '^ 
 homines ^'•' bellandi eupidi magno dolore adlleiebantur. Pro 
 
 1 a<l IllvSpftniain: uextto Sj'fiin. 
 
 - apootat: it lies or faces, 
 
 ^ M. MoHsala . . . <'oiisuHl)U8 : 
 412, 0th example. Tlic Koinans 
 indicated the year by naming,' the 
 consuls. This was in n. 0.(51. 
 
 ■* civltati: 342 and ;{43. 
 
 ^ perfacile esse : (.sv/y/m/ that) 
 it ivas verij easi/. 403. 
 
 ^ cum . . . praestareut : since 
 they surfHtssed. iJ75. 
 
 7 linpcrio: .'U)4. 
 
 •* Id . . . persuasit : lie per- 
 suaded this (1(1) to them (ois) = 
 he persuaded them to this course the 
 more easHi/ on this account (hoc). 
 
 ® loci: of their country. 
 
 ^'' ooiitiiientur : lias not the 
 same nieanin;^' in <;hap. 1. 
 
 '' fina ex parte: on one side. 
 
 1- aKruiii : countii/. 
 
 '' tertia: ;/'., tertia ex parte. 
 
 " proviiiciaui uostraui: see 
 p. 210, n. 8. 
 
 "^ His rebus flehat: the con- 
 serjiience of this teas, bit., it was 
 coinimj (dutnt from these thiwjs. fie- 
 bat: .'$27. 
 
 ''■ ut . . . vau;areutur : see 
 308. 
 
 1" ffiiitiuiis : 117. 
 
 '^ qua ex parte: and for this 
 reasou. qua eteii, parte eausS. 
 
 '■' houiines : {beimj) men. 
 
218 
 
 READING LESSONS. 
 
 fit 
 
 n 
 
 H 
 
 i 
 
 I I 
 
 
 1 
 
 M 
 
 ; 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 h ' 
 T 
 
 multitudine autem lioniiiuim et pro gloria belli ' atqiie fortitu- 
 dinis angiistos - sG fines habere arl)itrribantiir, qui in longi- 
 tiidinem iiiilia passiuiin^ ccxl, in latitudineni clxxx patebant."* 
 3. Ills rebus adducti et auctoritate Orgetorigis permoti, con- 
 stituerunt ea quae^ ad proilclscendum [)ertinerent comparare, 
 jumentoruiii et carrorum quam maximum*^ uuuierum eoeniere, 
 semeutes^ quam maxinias faeere, ut in itiuere copia frfanentl 
 suppeteret, cum ])roxiniis eivitatibus pacem et aniicitiam con- 
 flrniare. Ad** eas res confieiendas biennium sibi satis esse 
 duxerunt;'** in tertium annum'" profectioueni lege conflr- 
 mant. Ad eas res confieiendas Orgetorix deliiiitur. Is sibi " 
 legationem ad civitiltes suscejHt. In eo itinere persuadet C'as- 
 tico,'-Catamantaloedis filio, Sequauo, cujus pater regnum '' in ^* 
 Sequnnis multos annos obtinuerat et a senatu popull Romanl 
 amicus appellfitus erat, ut'"' regnum in oivitilte sua occuparet, 
 quod pater ante habuerat ; Itemque Dumnorigl Aeduo, fratri 
 Divitinci. qui eo tempore prlncii)rituin in civitate obtinebat iic 
 maxime plebl acceptus erat, ut idem couaretur'" persuadet, 
 elque flliam suam in mfitrimonium dat. Terfacile '' faetu esse 
 illis probat coiiMla })erricere, propterea quod ipse suae clvi- 
 
 ^ gloria belli: roiown in war, 
 
 - aiij»«istos : too )i<trmir. 
 
 •'' niTIi'ipassiiiiiii : t/iousands of^ 
 par€s-=r-iitil(H. •'{40. The IJonmii 
 passiis was five feet, and a thou- 
 sand of tlioni niado a Ixonian 
 mile. Was this longer or sliorter 
 tlian our mile ? 
 
 •• patebaiit: extended. 
 
 ^ ea tjiiae : surh t/n'm/s tis. 
 
 ^ quam iiialxiiniiiii iiiinic- 
 riini : t/ic (jreatest possible n lim- 
 ber. 
 
 ' seniontes . . . farcrc : to 
 nude tJie greatest possible sowinifs — 
 to soir as miir/i '•' id an possible. 
 
 '^ Ad . . . cuuliclcudus : 4.'i2. 
 
 ^ (liixeriiut: thei/ thoiigbt. 
 
 ''• in tertium annum: for the 
 third jH'ur. Mark the force of 
 in. 
 
 " sibi : upon himself. 
 
 1- Caslioo: see p. 217, n. 4. 
 
 1'' regnum: sovereiyntij. 
 
 '^ in : anumij. 
 
 ^^ ut . . . occuparet: to seize; 
 depends on persua<let. 
 
 1" nt idem conuretur : to 
 make the same attempt, 
 
 '" Perfacllo . . . perflcero : to 
 areomplish then' iiiidfrtahiiiijs^ (co- 
 nlita perlicere) he proves to them 
 to t>e veri/ east/ to do (facta). On 
 factn, see 433, J. 
 
HEADING LESSONS. 
 
 
 'ortitu- 
 
 lony;i- 
 Gbaiit/ 
 ti, cOn- 
 parave, 
 jeinere, 
 ruiuenti 
 Liin con- 
 itis esse 
 
 coiifir- 
 Is sibi" 
 det Cas- 
 
 Romani 
 ^cupfiret, 
 lo, fratn 
 i neb at ac 
 ersufn-let, 
 [ictfi esse 
 uae c'Tvi- 
 
 loiifjht. 
 iin : for the 
 force of 
 
 117, n. 4. 
 
 f»t : to seize ; 
 iretur : to 
 
 •rflcpro : to 
 
 (ihltiijs, (oo- 
 ■ores to them 
 laotu). <^>n 
 
 tatis iinperium obtenturus esset : ^ uOu esse dubiuiu-quTii totius 
 Galliae plurimum'^ Helvetil possent ; se"* siiis coplls suoque 
 exercitfi illTs regna conciliaturuni couflniiat. Hac oratioue 
 adductl inter se ^ tidem et jusjuranduin dant, et regno occn- 
 piito/' per tres potentissimos ac firmissimos populus totlns 
 Galliae' sese** potlri posse sperant. 
 
 4. Ea res '* est IlelvetiTs per indicium '" enuntiata. iMoribus 
 sills Orgetorigem ex vinclls '^ causam dicere '- coegerunt. Darn- 
 uiituni ^'' i)oenam sequT oportebat ut Tgnl cremaretur. Die eon- 
 stituta '^ causae dictionis Orgetorix ad judicium '^ omneui suani 
 farailiam ad liominum imlia decern undicpie coegit, et omnes 
 cli.-ites obaeratosque suos, quorum magnum numerum liabc- 
 bat, eodem couduxit ; per eos ne '*' causam dlceret se Orii)uit. 
 Cum civitas ob earn rem ^" incitata armis ius suum exsecpii 
 conaretur, multitudinemque liominum ex agris magistratus 
 
 ^ obteuturus esset : was (ibout 
 to get. Observe that obtineo 
 has not the same meaning as be- 
 fore. 
 
 - noil esse dubiiiin : depends 
 upon a verb of saying, understood. 
 400. 
 
 ^ plui'liiiuiii . . . possent : n-erf 
 the strongest. 
 
 * se : f/jad /if, subject accusative 
 of ooncilhlturum (esse). 401. 
 
 ^ inter se . . . dant : they give 
 among t/icms"ires -. theg exchange. 
 
 ^ regno occnpiito : if thei/ 
 should seize the supreme power, 
 412. 
 
 " totius (lalliao : find potior 
 with the ablative in chap. 2. 
 
 •^ sese : subject accusative of 
 posse. 
 
 '•* Ka res: this ronspirdci/. When 
 rgs occurs, consider what word 
 other than " thing " will best ex- 
 
 press the meaning. Note where it 
 lias already ocx-urrcd. 
 
 " per indicium : tliat is, per 
 indices, through informers. 
 
 " ex vincITs: we shouhl say, 
 in chains. 
 
 '- dicere : p/fad. 
 
 " Daninatuni . . . orenulre- 
 tur: the ctlauso nt . . . ereinti- 
 retur e.xphuns poenaiu ; the pun- 
 ishment of being burned alive 7vas 
 bound (oportel>at) to follow, if he 
 should bi' condemned. With dani- 
 natiini suj)ply eiiin, whirli is the 
 object of sequi, as pofiiani is 
 the subject a(!cusiitive. 
 
 '* Die ('rmstituta: on the day 
 appointed. \'M\. 
 
 '^ Judicium : trial. 
 
 "' \\v, . . . diceret: depends on 
 se eripuit, hr escaped pleading his 
 rase. He overawed the court. 
 
 *^ rem : act. See note 9. 
 
.\ lil 
 
 I i ; 
 
 m ji 
 
 kp:ading lessons. 
 
 eOgerent/ Orgetorix mortuus est; Meque abest suspicio, ut" 
 Helvetii arbitmntur, quin •' ipse sibi mortem cuusciverit. 
 
 5. Post ejus mortem nihilo minus'' Helvetii id quod c5n- 
 stitueraut faeere coiiautur, ut^ e flnibus suTs exeant. Ubi 
 jam se ad earn rem paratos esse arbitrati sunt, oppida sua 
 omnia iiumero ad" duodecira, vicos ad quadringentos, reliqua 
 pru'ata aediticia ineeLidunt ; frumentum omne praeterquam 
 quod secum portaturi erant" eomburunt, ut domura reditiouis 
 spe sublata" parfitiores ad'"^ omnia perlcula subeunda essent ; 
 trium mensium '" molita cibfuia sibi quemque" domo efferre 
 jubent. Persuadent'- Rauraels et TuUngis et Latobrlgls flni- 
 tin)is uti eodcm fisl'''^ cOnsilio, oppidls suis vTcTsque exustis, 
 una cum ils '^ profieiscantur ; Roiosquc, qui trans Rhenum 
 incohioi-ant et in agrura Noricum transierant Noreiamque 
 oppugnarant, ree(q)tos '"' nd se socios ""' sibi adscTseunt. 
 
 I, 
 
 f . 
 
 ' coscmit : nftcr cum, like 
 roniirr'tiir. .*J7J5. 
 
 - ut: (IS. 
 
 •' qii'fn . . . oons<'ivorit : htit 
 ti'iut he Iiinisrlf (IrrrrccI dratli io him- 
 self ~. that he died bi/ his oirn hand, 
 
 Tlie golden rule for discovering 
 the meaninq of a T^atiii sontonee 
 is, Take the words in tli(> Latin 
 order. Four-tiftlis of tlie follow- 
 ing (.'liaptcr may be read mentall}' 
 this way. Try it. Wlien once the 
 meaning is clear, translate; that 
 is, render into good English. 
 
 "• iiihilo iniriiis : nonetheless. 
 
 '• ut . . . exeant: that is, to cjo 
 forth from their countri/. 
 
 •'' ad : ahntit. 
 
 ' portatiirl orant: 422. 
 
 ** sublata : from toUo, remove. 
 
 ^ ad . . . subcuuda : sec ad 
 
 eas rCs oorifioiendas, chap. 3, 
 and the note; subeunda, from 
 subeo : iJ27. 
 
 1' triuin niensiuin: for three 
 
 7noiiths. 
 
 ^1 qucnique: 270,4. 
 
 12 Porsuadent Rauracis . . . 
 uti . . . profieiscantur: find the 
 same constructions with persua- 
 deo in chapt. .T. 
 
 "^^ usi: from litor. Translate, 
 to adopt the same phui, hum their 
 towns and villatjeSy and set out with 
 them. But liow literally ? 
 
 '* cum ils : that is, with the 
 Helvetii. 
 
 15 receptos . . . adsciscunt : 
 it is best to translate receptos as 
 ;if it were recipuunt et. 
 
 '" soeius, as allies, appositive 
 to Boios. 
 
READING LESSONS. 
 
 221 
 
 )icio, ut" 
 iiit. 
 
 aod con- 
 ,nt. Ubi 
 )pida sua 
 s, reliqua 
 leterquam 
 reditiouis 
 la essent ; 
 inO efferre 
 jrio;is fmi- 
 10 exustis, 
 s Khiinuni 
 loreiamqvu' 
 lint. 
 
 us, chap. ?>, 
 inula, from 
 
 m: 
 
 for three 
 
 ^auracis . . • 
 111- : find the 
 ith persua- 
 
 .. Translate, 
 ,,», hitrn their 
 t(l set out with 
 
 •ally 1 
 
 is. with the 
 
 ;e 
 
 adsciscunt : 
 recoptos as 
 
 tet. 
 
 iVs, appositive 
 
 449. VOCABULARY. 
 
 b'or words not found Lero, see ijeaeral Vocabulary. 
 
 acceptus, -a, -urn, adj. [I', of ac- 
 
 cipiu], acci'ptaiU', a/jreeuble. 
 ud-(iuco, ."), -xi, -ctuui, iujineiice, in- 
 duce. 
 ad-ticio (af-), o, -fOci, -ffctuni 
 
 [faeio], more, ojf'cct. 
 ad-scisco, :J, -scivi, -scituni, tiike u> 
 
 one's self, take. 
 AediiT, -uriun, ai. plu., i/ie yEdnans. 
 Aeduiis, -a, -um, adj., ACdnon. 
 aiigustiis, a, -uni, adj., narrow. 
 ante, adv., iKj'ure. 
 Aqiiitani, -uruui, m. plu., thf A'y' 
 
 Itinldns, 
 Aqiiitaiiia, -ao, i'., A'piitanid, a 
 
 province of >outht'rn IJaul. 
 bienniiiiii, i, n. [bis, anmisj, 
 
 s})(ice of' tiro i/e(irs. 
 Boil, -uniin, m. pin., the Boil. 
 Casti<'iis, -i, M., Cdsticns. 
 Catamaiitaloedes, -is, m., t\iln- 
 
 mantxdocdes. 
 Celtae, -arum, m. jdu., Of ('>'lt.-<. 
 cibariiis, -a, -uin, adj. [oil)iisJ, 
 
 lii'rtainin;j to food ; as noun in 
 
 phi., firorisions, supplies. 
 co-eni6, ;>, -Onn, -cniptuni [ooin], 
 
 hmi up. 
 roni-buro,.'},-brissI,-l)ustuMi[uro], 
 
 burn lip, drsfroi/. 
 
 ooiu-ni(M>, 1 \iio'],conie(nid iiii,rfsort. 
 
 roin-pa.ro, '[^ furnish, fimcure. 
 
 fon-cilio, 1 [ooiuiliuin, rnoi t- 
 iu\i], hriini tnijelhi'r, ijiiiii orrr, inn. 
 
 oori-(iruM», ;i, -xi, -ductuni fc'Oiu], 
 lead ioijdher, rollert. 
 
 eoii-nrino, 1 [com J, rstahlish, ap- 
 point, assure, assi rl, 
 
 oou-juratio, -onis, i . [coujuro, 
 cous[)ii'L'J, toiispiraci). 
 
 con-scisco, 3,-scivi,-scituni[comJ 
 
 adjndije. 
 «'ontiiu;iiter, ailv. [coutiuensj , 
 
 continnousli/, incessautli/. 
 con-tiueb, 2, -ui, -tentuni [com, 
 
 tciicoj, bound, hem in. 
 ( otidiuuus, -a, -um, adj. [quot, 
 
 tiies], dailij. 
 cremo, 1, bum. 
 ciiitiis, -us, M. [colo, cultivate], 
 
 cirilizdtion., riilture. 
 cupidiis, -a, -um, adj. [cupio], 
 
 desirous, 
 dc-ligo, o, -le<,n, -lectum [lego], 
 
 r/i()<).-;f nut, silcrt. 
 <lictio, -on is, I. [dico], a saijin(j, a 
 
 p'eadimj. 
 ditissiiuiis, -a, -um, same as divi- 
 
 tissimus, richest. 
 dividb, ;5, -vi.'^i, -vi.-um, divide, sepa- 
 rate, 
 Divitiaciis, -i, .m., Ih'ritiacus. 
 Diiiiiiiorix, -i<iis, m., Diannorix. 
 ci-ltinino, I [ex, Iciniua, a fe- 
 male], uiali- fj/'t iiiiiiiile, iceaken, 
 ox-se(iiior, •'>, -secutus, yo/ZoM; out; 
 
 assert, ni'iiiitain. 
 cxtrcmiis, -a, -un> [superl. of cx- 
 
 ter], /'urlhisf, reuiotist, extreme. 
 ex-uro, o, ussi, ustum, burn up, 
 
 consume. 
 facile, adv. [lacilis], easily, 
 faiiiilia, -ae, v, [famulus, slave], 
 
 hiinsi liiild ; dependants. 
 (■aruuuia, -ae, M., the Garonne. 
 llelvctii, -oruin, m., the Helvetians. 
 Helvetius, -a, -um, Helvetian. 
 huniiinltas, -alis, i'. [humuuus], 
 
 n fiiii III' hi . 
 iiu-porto, 1 Ll"J. l^i'i>"J '". iuiport. 
 
222 
 
 READING LESSONS. 
 
 II 
 
 In-ceudo, 1, -di, -censum [cando, 
 
 glow], setjire to, burn. 
 in-cito, 1, incite, arouse. 
 in-daco, 3, -xi, -duotum, britig into : 
 
 arouse, persuade, induce. 
 inferior, -ioris, adj. [comp. of iu- 
 
 ferus, below], lower. 
 institutiini, -i, n. [instituo], cus- 
 tom, habit. 
 JuTnentum, -i, n. [jungo], beast of 
 
 burden. 
 Jura, -ae, m., Jura, a mountain. 
 jus-jiirandiiin, juris-jurandi, x. 
 
 [jus, juro], oath, 
 late, adv. [latus], widely, cxten- 
 
 siceh/. 
 latitudo, -inis, f. [latus], breadth, 
 
 width . 
 LatobrigT, -r)runi, m. plu., the La- 
 
 tobrif/i. 
 legatio, -onis, v. [lego, depute], 
 
 em bass I/. 
 Lieinannus, -i, m.. Lake Geneva. 
 loiigitiido, -inis, v. [longus], 
 
 length. 
 inatrlinoniuiii, -1, n. [mater], 
 
 marriage. 
 Matrona, -ae, m., the Marne. 
 iiierojitor, -Oris, m. [ineroor, 
 
 trade], trader, merchant. 
 Mcssala, -ae, m,, Messala, a Roman 
 
 consul. 
 inolo, 3, -ui, -itum, grind. 
 nihiliiin, -i, n., nothing. 
 uubilitas, -utis, i'. [iiobilis], the 
 
 nobility, the nobles. 
 Noreia, -ae, f., Noreia. 
 Niiricus, -a, -um, adj., of Noricum. 
 ob, ]n'ep. w. ace, on account of. 
 ob-aeratuK, -T, m. [aevs], debtor. 
 Orgetorlx, -igis, m., Orgetoriv. 
 per-faoilis, -e, adj., very easy. 
 per-licio, 3, -feci, -fectuni [facio], 
 
 make- thoroughly, perform, accom- 
 plish. 
 
 per-moveo, 2, -niovi, mo turn, move 
 
 thoroughly, excite, arcuse. 
 per-suadeo, 2, -sua.sl, -suasum, 
 
 persuade., induce. 
 per-tineo, 2, -ui, -ter turn [teneo], 
 
 reach, extend; tend, concern. 
 Piso, -onis, m.. Pi so, a Roman con- 
 sul. 
 plurimum, adv. [plurimus], 
 
 most; very much. 
 prae-cedo, 3, -cessi, cessum, go be- 
 fore ; surpass, ex:el. 
 praeter-quum, adv., beyond, ex- 
 cept. 
 principatus, -us, m. [princepsj, 
 
 pre-eminence, sovereignty. 
 privatus, -a, -um, adj. [P. of pri- 
 
 vo], private, isolated. 
 probo, 1 , shoir, prove. 
 profeetio, -onis, f. [proficiscorj, 
 
 setting out, departure. 
 propterea quod, because. 
 Rauraci, -orum, m. plu., the Rau- 
 
 raci. 
 reditio, -onis, f. [redeo], return. 
 Khodauus, -I, m., the Rhone. 
 senieutis, -is, f., sowing. 
 septenitrio, -onis, m., m plu., the 
 
 seven stars of' the Great Dipper; 
 
 north. 
 Sequana, -ae, v., the Seine. 
 Sequani, -orum, m. plu., the Sequa- 
 
 nians. 
 Sequanus, -a, -um, adj., Sequanian. 
 sup-peto, 3, -ivi, -il, -itum [sub], 
 
 be at hand, in store. 
 suspioio, -onis, f. [suspicor], sus- 
 
 ])lcion. 
 Tulingi, -orum, m. plu., </(e Tuliitgi. 
 una, adv. [unus], at the same time, 
 
 together. 
 vergo, 3, no perf. or sup., turn, 
 
 slope, lie. 
 vinculum, (vlncluni) -i, n. [vln- 
 
 doj, bond, chain. 
 
lotura, .move 
 
 ie. 
 
 , -suasuiu, 
 
 nti [teneo], 
 ncern. 
 Rutnan con- 
 
 [)luriinus], 
 
 5 sum, go be- 
 heijond, ex- 
 
 princeps], 
 
 it I/. 
 [P. of pri- 
 
 roliciscor], 
 
 use. 
 
 lu., the Rau- 
 
 fo], return. 
 Rhone. 
 
 , in pill., the 
 real Dipper; 
 
 Seine. 
 
 lu., the Sejjun- 
 
 Ij., Sequanian. 
 -itum [sub], 
 
 isplcor], sus- 
 
 x,,the TuUngt. 
 the same time, 
 
 or sup., turn, 
 IX) -1, N. [vin- 
 
 VOCABULARIES. 
 
 
 \ 
 
 >' \ 
 
 t« I 
 
 M"« :^ 
 
Ill 
 
 mn 
 
 
 ii 
 
 " 
 
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 In this vocabulary words inclosed in brackets are, in most cases, those which are 
 given in Lutin loxieons and Hpecial vocabularies as the primitives of those against 
 which they are set. But, except in compounds, it would be more correct to regard 
 the bracketed words as connected with the others in formation from a common 
 root or stem. It is on this ground that such instances will be found us metut 
 referred to metuo, and metuo to metus. Neither is, strictly speaking, deriveu from 
 the other, but both are formed from the stem metu. 
 
 Words printed in Qothlc Italic type are at once derivatives and definitions. Many 
 other more or less remotely derived words, not definitions, are added in small 
 CAPITALS. ^ 
 
 It will be seen that comparisons of words in reference to meaning are much more 
 frequent than is usual in special vocabularies. This has been done from the convic- 
 tion that the pupil should make such comparisons frequently from the outset. 
 
 1 
 
 >^ 
 
 a. or ab 
 
 a or ab, prep. w. abl., awaj/ from, by. 
 ab-do, 3, -didl, -dituni, remove, con 
 
 ceaL Cf. cC'lO. 
 ab-duco, 3, -duxl, -ductum, lead 
 
 away, take off. 
 ab-eo, -ire, -ii, -itum, go from, go 
 
 off, go away. (327.) 
 ab-icio, 3, -jecl, -jectum [jacio], 
 
 throw off, throw down. 
 ables, -etis, F.,Jir-tree. (11. 4.) 
 ab-sum, -esse, af ui, be away, absent, 
 
 distant ; with a or ab and abl. 
 ac, conj., see atque. 
 ac-cedo, 3, -cessi, -ccssum [ad], go 
 
 or come near, approach. Accede. 
 
 Cf. appropinquo, 
 ac-cendo, 3, -di, -eensuni [ad, and 
 
 supposed candd], kindle, inflame. 
 accldo, 3, -cidi, [ad, cado],ya// 
 
 upon, fall out, happen. Accident. 
 
 Cf. incido and evenio. 
 acclpio, 3, -cepT, -ceptum [ad, 
 
 capio], {take to), receive, accept; 
 
 suffer. 
 
 ad-iino 
 
 accuso, 1 [ad, causa], accuse. ' 
 
 acer, acris, acre, adj., sharp, keen; 
 
 active. (160.) Acuid. Cf. acutus. 
 acerbus,-a, -um, adj. [acer], bitter, 
 
 sour, harsh. 
 acies, -t'i, f. [acer], edge; order of 
 
 battle. 
 acriter, adv. [acer], sharply, eagerly. 
 acutus, -a, -um, adj . [acuo, sharpen'], 
 
 sharp. Cf. acer. 
 ad, prep. w. ace, to, towards, near. 
 ad-eo, adv., to this, thus far ; so, so 
 
 very. 
 ad-eo, -ire, -ii, -itum, go to, ap- 
 proach, visit. (327.) 
 ad-fero, adferre, attuli, allatum 
 
 (adl), bear to, bring. (321.) 
 ad-huc, adv., hitherto, up to this time. 
 ad-flo, 1, blow upon. 
 ad-lclo, 3, -jeci, -jectum [jacio], 
 
 (throw to or against), add, join to. 
 ad-imo, 3, -emi, -emptum [emo], 
 
 (take to one's self from another), 
 
 take away, remove. 
 
Il 
 
 afl-ipiscor 
 
 226 
 
 alieuus 
 
 N 
 
 I 
 
 
 ad-ipiscor, II, adeptus [jipiscor], 
 
 ni't, obtain. CI', potior. 
 atl-jiin<^o, 3, -jfin.xi, -\\\i\ci\\m, add, 
 
 joir. Adjunct. 
 ad-juvo, 1, -juvl, -jutum, «;V7, help. 
 iKl-iiiiiiistro. 1, iiicnKiyc, do, jhT' 
 
 Jhnii, administer, 
 acl-iniror, 1, imndir at, admire. 
 U(l-ino(liiiii, !ulv., r( i-ji. 
 ad-iiioveo, U, -inovl, -niotum {move 
 
 up or tdicards), (ip}>li/, ein]>lo'/. 
 ad-orior, 4, -ortus {rise vp ayainst), 
 
 attack. Cf. aggrc'dior. 
 ad-repo, 3, -rojisT, -rr-ptuni, cncp 
 
 totciirds., steal sloicli/ up. 
 ad-^p!('io (asp), 3, -spexT, -spoc- 
 
 tuill [•!<!, ■^Vvc'in'], loaf'' (if ; look. 
 ad.si)e('tiis, -us, n. [adspicioj, .s/y///, 
 
 appearance, aspect. 
 ad-siini, -cssi', -fui (alTui), he pres- 
 
 uif, st'Did hji, side with, w. dat. 
 adulescens, -t'litis, m. and f. [ado- 
 
 li'sco, groic'\, i/onfh, i/oinuj p'-rson. 
 
 AnoLKMCKNCE. Cf. jiivenis, 
 advnilo, 4, -vOni, -voutuin, come 
 
 li>, arrii-e. CL jn'rvi'iiio. 
 ad^'t'iitus, -us, M. ladvi'iiioj, aj)- 
 
 ptoarli, arrived, Akvknt. 
 adxMTsiis, j)rc'j). w. ace, aijalitst, 
 
 tuivards. 
 ad-vor.siis, -a, -uni, adj. [P. of ad- 
 
 vi'rluj, oppnxiic, appih<ed, adversB ; 
 
 rt's ailvi'r.sat', adversity. 
 acdiliciiiiiir -i, n. [jit'diticJ], huiJd- 
 
 iuij, Kdiiick. 
 uodlfico, 1 [ai'dis, ia{'i(')J, hnild. 
 ardih (t's), -irt, I'., bid/ditiff, temple i 
 
 jilur., //»».«, . 
 a<';j[<»r, ai'gra, ac^rum, adj., siek, 
 
 trial, I'll hie. (71.) 
 AoiliiliiiH, -1, M., /Emilius, a lioman 
 
 consul, (70.) 
 actliiiUls, -i', adj. [tuqiius], equal; 
 
 QUUii, e(jual in aye, cumpaniou. 
 
 acqiius, -a, -uni, adj., level, equal; 
 
 calm. 
 aer, auris, :m., air. 
 aereus, -a, -uni [aes], oj" copper, of 
 
 bronze, 
 aes, aen's, n., crij,per, bronze ; monei/. 
 aesttls, -alls, f., smmner. 
 acstuS) -us, M., tide, 
 aetv;,, -atis, v., age, time of life. 
 
 (105.) 
 af-llij>o, 3, -XI, -ctum [ad], cast 
 
 duirn, prostrate, ruin, 
 Africa, -ae, v., Africa, 
 Afrk'jlnus, -I, m. [Africa], Afri- 
 
 canus, surname of Seipio. 
 >frlrus, -I, .M., sout/i-irest {wind). 
 «').er, ajrrl, M.,f<ld, territnrij. Cf. 
 
 caiiii)us. (');").) 
 a«r;»(»r, -ens, yi, [ad, gcrn], {wliat is 
 
 carried to, i.e.) niatiri(ds far a 
 
 mound ; mouml, ranipurt. 
 aj^grodior, 3, -j^ivssus [ad,gradior], 
 
 (JO to ; attack, Auouessivj:, Cf. 
 
 adorior. 
 a^ito, 1 [frequentative of ago], 
 
 shake, disturb, r<.r, chase, A(il- 
 
 TATK. 
 
 fiKnoseo, 3, -nr»vT, -nituni [ad, 
 ^^j-flnosct"), know'j, recognize, Cf. 
 erj;nuser). 
 
 "n*^> '•> *'K^ uvtmu, drive, lead, act, 
 do. 
 
 auricula, -ae, ^r. [ager, eolo], 
 
 fanner, 
 a^Tl cultiira, -ae, r. [a{,'er, colo], 
 
 agriculture. Cf. agricola. 
 ilia, -ae, v,, iciu;/, 
 albiiH, -a, -uni, adj., white, Cf. 
 
 enndiduH. 
 Alexander, -dri, m., Alexander. 
 
 kiiiij of Macedon. 
 alieuus, -a, -uni, adj. [uliusj, 
 
 bclongiuj/ to another; anothtr'a, 
 
 Aliun. 
 
it 
 
 alimcntuni 
 
 227 
 
 ar5 
 
 '(', equal; 
 
 copper, of 
 :e; money. 
 
 ne of Ufe. 
 [ad], cast 
 
 ica], Afri- 
 
 no, 
 
 •I'tnriJ. Cf. 
 
 r.], {ahat is 
 rials for (I 
 rt. 
 
 djf^radior], 
 SSIVK. Cf. 
 
 e of ago], - 
 ise, A(ii- 
 
 litiiui [ad, 
 i.piizii, Ct. 
 
 , l((t<l , act, 
 
 xvr, c'olo], 
 
 a^;i'r, colo], 
 cola. 
 
 nhltc. CI. 
 
 Alexander. 
 
 Ij. [alius], 
 I; anotfui'a. 
 
 alimentum, •!, n. [alo], nourish- 
 ment, food, provisions. 
 aliquandu, adv. [alius], at some 
 
 time, ever ; for inerlij, once. Cf. olim. 
 aliquis, -qua, -quid (-quod), indef. 
 
 pron., some one, some. (-70.) 
 alius, -a, -iid, adj., umitlur, vllnr; 
 
 alius . , . alius, one . . . miul/ur. 
 
 (201.) 
 nl-loqiior [atU], 3, -locutus [ad], 
 
 i<}i((ik to, address. 
 alo, o, -ui, -ituiu and -inm, nourish, 
 
 support, stremjtlicn ; keep, 
 Alpes, -iuin, i\, the Alps. 
 altor, -era, -cruui, adj., the other (vf 
 
 txco)', alter . . . alter, the one , , . the 
 
 other; asnuni.adj.,,sTr«/(r/. (200.) 
 altiis, -a, -uin, adj., hiyh, dvrp. 
 umbo, -ae, -o, num. adj., hath. 
 ' atnbiilo, 1, n'(dk, tttlo <t indl\ 
 Aiiicrira, -ae, r.. Ami rira, 
 aiiiicitia, -ai', r. [auiTcus], /)•/'<»(/- 
 
 ship. 
 aiiiious., -a,-uui, adj. [^ain!'*'], friend- 
 ly ; noun, friend. 
 «-initto, J3, -inLsi, -missuin, send 
 
 '11(11/, let (JO. loMi. C'f. perdu. 
 aiiiiiis, -i^, M., river. (104, 172.) 
 aniu, 1, lore, like, bo fond of. (•>!!>.) 
 aiiipliis, -a, -uni, i\i\'\., Inryc, .tph n- 
 
 did, renowmd. .Ami'I.k. 
 ail, conj., or, nscil iii the second 
 
 member of a d()id)k' question. 
 aiieilla, -ne, v., maid-.tervont, 
 ancora, -ae, v., anchor. 
 Aliens, •], Ancus, fourth lin<j 'of 
 
 Ixouir. 
 And roe 1 UK, -T, :m,. Androclus, 
 ailfinlH, is, M.,smdi-, serpent. (104.) 
 aiiKustiac, -arum, i'. [an^ustus, 
 
 Uiirrow], narrow pass. Cf. Ku^. 
 
 "narrows." 
 uuiinal, -uliH, n. [unima, breath^, 
 
 living heinij, animal, (HO.) 
 
 animus, -l, m., mind, soid, spirit. 
 
 (273.) 
 annus, -i, m., year. Ann'ual. 
 anser, -eris, m., goose. 
 ante, prej). w. ace., hfore. 
 aiiteii, adv. [ante], before. 
 ante-eedo, .'], -cessT, -eessuni, go 
 
 before. Cf. auteeo. 
 ante-co, -ire, -ii, , go before, 
 
 surpass. Cf, anteeedo. 
 antlquiis, -a, -uui, adj. [ante], 
 
 old, ancient. A'STUiVlTV. Cf. 
 
 vetus. 
 unuliis, -T, M., rin(j,fnger-r{ng. 
 aper, apri, m., trild boar, 
 aperiil, 4, -uT, -tuni, open. 
 apertiis, -a, -um, adj. [T. of apo- 
 
 riu], unriin n d, ojx n. 
 ap-p<'llo, 1 l_;\iV],addn ss,C(dl, name. 
 
 Al'I'KAL. 
 
 ap-pefii, '>, -IvT, or -ii, -Ttuin [ad], 
 
 '.sv»7.' (ijh r, strirc fi<r. 
 ap-propinqiio, 1 [ad], come mar, 
 
 appi'tHuh, Cf. aecr'dd. 
 aptli. L, Jit, apply, adjust. Adapt. 
 apud, i)rep. w. ace, icith, by, near, 
 
 antoiig. 
 Apiilia, -ae, r., Apulia, a division 
 
 nf /laly. 
 aqua, -ae, r., 7rr/fr. Ayi ath*. 
 a(iuila, -ae, v., eagle. 
 ara, -ae, r., altar. 
 aratniiii, -T, \. [an'i], plough. 
 arbitror, 1, think, suppose, luJievn, 
 
 (420.) 
 arbor, -oris, v., tiPfi. 
 are«'o, 2, -ul, keep off. 
 
 aiMMIS, -US, M., /'""'. .\w\ 
 
 Ariovistus, -1, M , Ariovistus, king 
 
 of a derma n trdie, 
 anna, -Mrum, n. [artnu], arms, 
 
 U'Kljinns, Idiils. 
 
 arniu, 1 [arma], u/-/h, eymy*. -— — 
 urO, 1, plough. 
 
 i: 
 
 \i 
 
 ri M 
 
ii 
 
 *'] 
 
 ii 
 
 II 
 
 :il 
 
 .11 
 
 i! 
 
 Arpinum 
 
 228 
 
 bonum 
 
 Arpinum, -I, n., Arpinum, a town 
 in Italy. 
 
 ars, artis, f., art. 
 
 arvum, -i, n. [aro], ploughed land, 
 field. 
 
 arx, arcis, v., citadel. (lOo.) 
 
 Ascalaphus, -I, m., Ascalaphus. 
 
 Asia, -ae, f., Asia. 
 
 aspcr, -era, -crum, adj., rouffh, harsh, 
 serere. Asi'KKITY. 
 
 asylum, -i, n., place of rrfwje, asy- 
 lum. 
 
 at, conj., but. (393.) 
 
 liter, -tra, -trum, adj., black, sable. 
 
 Athienac, -firum, v., Athens. 
 
 Atheniensis, -e, adj., [Athenac], 
 of Athens, Athenian. 
 
 at-que (before vowels and conso- 
 nants, ac before consonants only) 
 [ad, in addition'], and also, and 
 especially, and. Cf. et and -que. 
 
 atrox, -ocis, adj. [ater], savage, 
 Jicrce, harsh, cruel. Axiiociors. 
 
 Attlcus, -I, M., Atticus, a friend of 
 Cicero, 
 
 attingo, 3, -tigi, -tactuni [ad, 
 tango], touch, approach, arrive at, 
 reach. 
 
 auctor, -oris, m. [augeo. increase], 
 inaker, author. 
 
 auctorltas, -fitla, k. [auctor], coun- 
 sel, advice, authority. 
 
 audactcr, adv. [audax], boldly. 
 
 audiix, -ficis adj. [audeo], daring, 
 bold. (104). Ai;i)A('i()us. 
 
 auclcS, 2, ausus [audfix], dare, be 
 bold. (p. 177, note 2.) 
 
 audin, 4, hear, listen. (223.) 
 
 AtlDIKNCR. 
 
 au-fcrO, auferre, abHtull, ablatuni 
 [ab(8)], bear off) carry away. 
 (321.) Ahlativr. 
 
 augeO, 2, auxl, auctuni, increase, 
 enlarge. 
 
 aureus, a, -um, adj. [aurum], of 
 
 gold, golden, 
 auris, -is, F., ear. 
 aurum, -i, n., gold. 
 aut, conj., or; aut . . . aut, either 
 
 . . . or. Cf. vel. 
 autem, conj. (never the first word), 
 
 but, however, moreover. (393.) 
 autumnus, -i, m., autumn. 
 auxilium, -I, n. [augeu], help, aid, 
 
 support; plur., auxiliaries. 
 aviirus, -a, -uin, ti^]., greedy, rapa- 
 cious. Avaricious. 
 a-verto, 3, -tl, -sum, turn away 
 
 from, avert. 
 avis, -is, v., bird. (l'')'t.) 
 avunculus, -i, m. [diminutive of 
 
 avus], (maternal) uncle. 
 avus, -i, M., grandfather. 
 
 barbarus, -a, -uin, adj., foreign, 
 
 barbarous, barbarian. 
 beiitus, -a, -uin, adj. [beo, bless], 
 
 blessed, happy. B.",atit!:I)K, 
 Bclgac, -arum, M., the Delgae, a 
 
 Gallic tribe. 
 bello, 1 [bellum], tear, carry on 
 
 war. Cf. bellum gero. 
 bellum, -1, N. [bcilu], war. (38.) 
 bellus, -a, -um, adj., pretty^ charm- 
 ing, lovely. 
 bene, adv. [bonus], well. 
 boncficium, -i n. [bene, facio], 
 ^ benefit, favor. 
 
 bonignc, adv. [Itenignus], liudfy. 
 bcnignufl, -a, -um, adj. [bene, 
 
 jjjenus], {of good birth), kind, good. 
 
 Hknkjnant. 
 bestia, -ae, v., beast. 
 blbn, 3, bibi, potum, drink. 1m« 
 
 IIIIIK. 
 
 bonum, -T, n. [bonus], good thing, 
 Iflessing,- plur., goods, posseBsiom. 
 
m m 
 
 lurum], of 
 
 . aut, either 
 
 first word). 
 
 (393.) 
 Ttn. 
 
 ■>], help, aid, 
 aries. 
 ireedif, rapa- 
 
 turn axcaij 
 
 iminutive of 
 
 icle. 
 
 r. 
 
 adj., foreign, 
 
 n. 
 
 [beo, fc/fssj. 
 
 hn Dclgae, <i 
 
 \ar, carry on 
 'vr>. 
 
 war. (38.) 
 vrettijt charm- 
 tell. 
 \)vi\o, facioj, 
 
 ims], liffdfjf- 
 adj. [bone, 
 i),k{nd,(jood. 
 
 drink. Im- 
 
 |, (food thing, 
 pos8e»»ioni. 
 
 bonus 
 
 229 
 
 caveo 
 
 bonus, -a, -um, adj., comp. melior, 
 superl. optimus; good. (71, 208.) 
 
 bos, bovis, M. and f., vx, cow. 
 (262.) 
 
 Bostonia, -ae, f., Boston. 
 
 bracchlum, -i, n., arm. 
 
 brevis, -e, adj., short, brief. 
 
 Britauni, -Orum, m., the Britons. 
 
 Britannia, -ae, v., Britain. 
 
 Brutus, -i, M., Brutus, a Human 
 surname. 
 
 C., abbreviation Jbr Gajus. 
 cachinno, 1, laugh aloud. Cf. 
 
 rideo. 
 cado, 3, cecidi, crisum,y<///. 
 caccus, -a, -um, adj., blind. 
 oaedo, 3, cecidi, caesuin, cut, rut 
 
 to pieces ; kill. 
 caelum, -i, n., skg, heaven. 
 cacruleus, -a, -utn, adj. [forcaelu- 
 
 leus, from caelum], dark-blue. 
 Caesar, (,J.), -aris, m., Julius Cae- 
 sar, a famous Roman. 
 CaiuB, -i, M. See Gujus. 
 calathus, -i, m., basket. 
 calcar, -uris, n. [calx, hei'l'\, spur. 
 
 (149.) 
 callens, -entis, adj. [P. of calku, 
 
 be hard], hard, tough. 
 calUdltas, -atis, f. [callidus, cun- 
 ning], shrewdness, cunning. 
 <MiIor, -oris, m. [calcu, be warm], 
 
 htat, u'armth. Cai.okio. 
 Campania, -ae, f., Campania, a 
 
 division of Italy. 
 campus, -1, M., field. Cami>. \jt. 
 
 agcr. 
 candldusy ^n -um, adj. [(tandco, 
 
 thine], bright, fair, uhitf. Candid. 
 
 Cf. albus*. 
 canis, -is, m. and f., dog. (153.) 
 
 Canink. 
 
 Cannae, -arum, f., Cannae, a vil- 
 lage in Apulia, 
 Cannensls, -e, adj. [Cannae], of 
 
 Cannae. 
 Cantlum, -I, n,, Kent (in Britain). 
 canto, 1 [cano], sing. Chant. 
 cantus, -us, m. [canuj, singing, song. 
 
 (278.) Chant. 
 capUlus, -i, M., Iiair {of the head). 
 
 Cai'illauy. 
 caplo, 3, cC'pI, captum, take, seize 
 
 (235) ; consilium capiO, adopt a 
 
 plan. Capture. 
 captivus, -I, M. [capiu], captive, 
 
 prisoner, 
 caput, -itis, N.,/<ra(/. (105.) Capital. 
 Carbo, -onis, m., Carbo,a Roman. 
 career, -eris, m., prison. Incak- 
 
 CEKATE. 
 
 careo, 2, -ul,-ituin, be without, want. 
 
 carmen, -inis, n., song,poiiii. (278.) 
 
 euro, carnis, v., flesh. 
 
 carpo, 3, -si, -turn, pluck. 
 
 carrus, -i, m., wagon, cart. Car. 
 
 Carthaginlensls, -c, adj. [Car- 
 thago], of Carthage, Carthaginian. 
 
 Carthago, -inis. f., Carthage, a 
 town in Africa. 
 
 Carthago Nova, a town in Spain. 
 
 carus, -a, -um, adj., dear, precious, 
 
 castra, -orum, n., camp. 
 
 casus, -us, M. [cado], a falling; mis- 
 chance, misfortune, chance. 
 
 catellus,-!, M. [diminutive of catu- 
 lus], little dog, puppy. 
 
 Catllina, -ai>, m.. Catiline, a famous 
 Roman conspirator. 
 
 Cato, -onis, m., Cato, a celebrated 
 Roman censor. 
 
 Cauda, -ae, f., tail. 
 
 causti, -ae, f., cause, reason ; causii 
 (after a genitive), ybr the sake. 
 
 cavoo, 2, ciivi, cautum, beware, 
 guard agatHut. 
 
 I I 
 
 i 
 
 r f 
 
 lllil 
 
 M 
 
cedu 
 
 230 
 
 couies 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 Cedo, 3, cess!, cossum, go, (hpart, 
 
 wilhdrmo ; grant. 
 celer, -oris, -ere, adj., swjj't. (170.) 
 
 ClOLKUITV. 
 
 ccleriter, adv. [eclor], swi/tli/. 
 celo, 1, conceal, Cf. abdo, 
 censeo, 2, -ui, -um, r<cion; think, 
 
 deem, be of opinion. Cen.su uk. 
 
 (125).) 
 ecntiiiii, num. iulj., indecl., liun- 
 
 dred. Cent. 
 Ceres, -oris, r., Ceres, goddcsa of 
 
 (ujricnJiurc. Ckkka i,. 
 ccrte, adv. [certus], certainly, sitn- 
 
 1^, of course. 
 ccrto, 1, conti nd, stride, vie villi, 
 onrtus, -:i, -um, adj., f.red, ddrr- 
 
 viincd, certain, sure; cortioriMU 
 
 facio, 7naLc (om') more certain, 
 
 inform. 
 [ccterus], -a, -um, n(^j. (usually in 
 
 1^1 Ui".), tlie other, the rest. 
 oibus, -T, M.,,food. Cf. jifihulum. 
 Cicero, -unis, ji., Cicero, a finnnis 
 
 Roman orator. 
 Chnbri, -urum, y\., the Cimbri, a 
 
 Herman trilie. 
 t'lllgo, .'}, cinxi, eitictum, hind, <ii- 
 
 circle, surround. 
 clrciter, adv. [circus, circle], 
 
 round about ; about. 
 circum-ilQco, ^5, -dfixT, -ductum, 
 
 lead around. 
 clroiint-sillo, 1, -ii, [.salio], 
 
 jump or hop around, 
 clreiiiii-vonio, 4, -voni, -ventum, 
 
 surround ; circumvent. 
 civis, -is, M. ami v., citizen. (IT)!.) 
 civltils, -utis, 1'. [dvis], (^bodi/ if 
 
 citizetis), state; citizenshij). ClTV. 
 cliidos, -is, T., destruction, defeat, 
 
 disaster. 
 clfimltS, 1 [frequentative of elil- 
 
 mo], cri/ out , call out. Cf . exclaiuo. 
 
 clamor, -T^ris, m. [clfimo], shout, 
 
 cry. Clamor. 
 clarus, -a, -um, adj., clear, re- 
 
 nowned, fovious ; loud. 
 clussis, -is, F., class of citizens; 
 
 feet. (154.) 
 clieiis, -cutis, .v., client. (1G3.) 
 coepi, c'()('i)is.se (difective verb, 
 
 te'ust's from pres. stem wantinfi^), 
 
 lt(i/(in. 
 coerceo, 2, -ul, -Itum [co(m), 
 
 arcco, inclosr'j, confine, check, r< 
 
 strain. 
 cojjuosco, '], -uuvi, -nitum [com, 
 
 (i;)urtscu], learn, recognize, know. 
 
 Cf. agnusco. 
 cogo, ."», -cgT, -actum [com, ago], 
 
 drirc tixji ihi'r, compel. 
 co-hortor, 1 [co(ui), intensive], 
 
 exhort, urge, encourage. 
 Colliitinus, -7, a:., Collatinus, sur- 
 name <f Lucius 7ar<]uinius. 
 collcga (colli), -ac, .m. [lc},n'»], (^one 
 
 irho is chosen ivith another), col- 
 league. 
 colligtl (colli), n, -IcgT, -Icctiim 
 
 [com, li'K<'>], collect. 
 collis, -is, M,, A///. (lo4.) Cf.mons. 
 colloqiiiiiin, 1, n. [eolloquor], con- 
 
 versatioti, colloquy. 
 col-loquor, li, -locutus [(;omJ, 
 
 speak together, converse. 
 coIo, 'i, eolui, cultum, cultivate, 
 
 till. Cf. iucola, jigricola. 
 coloiiia, -ac, r. [colonus, husband- 
 man, colo], colony. 
 color, -oris, m., color. 
 coliiiiilia, -ac, I'., dove. 
 com (col, con, cor, co), primitive 
 
 form of cum, a prefi.K denoting 
 
 completeness or union; soine- 
 
 tinu'S intensive. 
 comcK, -itis, m. and v. [coniitor 
 
 (com, co)], comrade, companiotv. 
 
comitor 
 
 231 
 
 eontemploT 
 
 in], shout, 
 
 clear, rr- 
 
 f citizens ; 
 
 (163.) 
 tive verb, 
 
 I wanting), 
 
 II [co(m). 
 ', chn'l-, r( 
 
 turn [com, 
 jnize, know. 
 
 'com, ago], 
 
 intensive], 
 
 c. 
 
 latinus, snr- 
 
 itiins, 
 
 [lego], (..».' 
 lother), coi- 
 tal, -leotum 
 
 ) Cf . nions. 
 li^quor], cun- 
 
 Lus [com], 
 
 li, cultivate. 
 
 lola. 
 
 us, husband' 
 
 )^ ]>rimitive 
 jix dcnt)tinn 
 lion; sonu'- 
 
 i\ [comitor 
 irompanion. 
 
 comitor, 1 [comes'], accovipnni/, at- 
 tend. 
 comineatus, -us, m. ['jonimeo, fjo 
 
 to and J'ro'], passage, trip, exp di- 
 
 tion. 
 com-iiiitto, 3, -niisi, -mlssuni, (/(>//« 
 
 together), commit; proelium cotn- 
 
 mittero, join battle, cnguijr, b<ijln 
 Jightlnq. 
 com-inodiis, -a, -um, adj. Qh'-t has 
 
 proper measure), convenient, suit- 
 
 able. 
 com-moror, 1, staij, linger, deh'i/, 
 
 remain. 
 com-inoveo, 2, -niovi, -Hir>tuin, 
 
 (^pnt in violent tnotlo*'^ . .'•hake, dls- 
 
 iu'h, agitate. Comm<.iIo.s'. 
 ooiii-niuiiio, 4, (j'ortl/i/ strong! ij), 
 
 secni'e, intrench. 
 com-pcrio, 4, -peri, -pertuin, as(( r- 
 
 tain, learn, Jlnd out. 
 com-plco, 2, -plC'vT, -plotum, jlll 
 
 out, Jill iij>. Cf, iniplco, 
 com-priino, o, -prcssT, -pressuni 
 
 [preino], p"ess together; check, 
 
 suppress* 
 con-cutio, .1,-cuss!, -cussnm fcom, 
 
 qnatio], shake rioh ntli/. 
 con-ioro, confcrre, contulT, collfi- 
 
 tuni (conl), [com], bring together, 
 
 collect; sG confcrrc, betake oni\s 
 
 S'lf. CONI'KH. 
 
 fOn-lioio, 3, -fccT, -fcctiua [com, 
 
 faciri], make, uccnmpllsh, carrg 
 
 out. 
 con-liteor, 2,-fcssua [com, fateor], 
 
 confess. 
 roii-fli;;o, 3, -xT, -ctum [com], nni- 
 
 tend, fight. C'oMiJCT. 
 eoii-loi», 3, -jcci, -jcctum [com, 
 
 Jacio], (Jhroio togithcr), throw, 
 
 Iinrl. 
 coii-Jiinx, -jugis, M. ami v. [com, 
 
 jungo,jo(H], s^>ouse, wife ; husband. 
 
 Conor, 1, attempt, trg. 
 con-seendO; 3, -di, -sconsum, [com, 
 pcando, cliinhj ascend, embark; 
 (JO in board 
 oon-seqiior, 3, -cfitus [com], fol- 
 low close upon ; follow. 
 
 oOn-sido, 3, -scdl, -sGssum [com], 
 (.s// together'), encamp. 
 
 consilium, -T, x. [cunsulo, consul], 
 advice, counsel, prudence; phni, 
 design. 
 
 cou-siinilis, -o, adj., verg simifar, 
 quite like, 
 
 con-spicio, 3, -spcxl, -spectum 
 [(•om, Ppocio, look], look at atten- 
 tive! g; observe, see, behold. 
 
 coii-spicor, 1, [cons])lcio], see. at <( 
 glance, thsen/, cate/i night o/* 
 
 constiliis, -ant is, adj., [l\ of con 
 sii')'],frm,steadg. > 
 
 con-stat, 1,-stitit, imi)crs., it Is evi- 
 dent, c!i (ir. 
 
 cou-stitiio, 3, -uT, -fitum [com, 
 staiiio], (^jilaci or put togcthtr), 
 station, place ; d( tt rtnine, 
 
 coii-siicsco, 3, -sucvT, -siiclum 
 [com], bicome accustomed ; in 
 ])i'rf., // ' accustomed. 
 
 coiisiietudo, -inis, i'. [consuctus], 
 habit, custom. 
 
 consul, -ulis, m. [coiisulo, roH.sw//], 
 consul, (l-'l-) 
 
 cOnsularis, -c, adj. [consul], /'»•/- 
 talnlngtou consul, Consular ; noun, 
 e.r-consul, 
 
 (>onKiiIiItMS, -Hs, M. [consid], qlflcc 
 of consul, consulship. 
 
 cnii-sfinio, ii, -.siimpsi, -siimptum 
 [com], take, up voniphtilg, con- 
 sume. 
 
 coii-teiiiiin, 3, .])sT, -j)tinn [com]], 
 di s/)ise. CoNiT.MV. 
 
 conteniplor, 1, look at, vbstrve. 
 
 CUMKMI'LATK. 
 
 w 
 
 . 
 
con-tendo 
 
 232 
 
 cupio 
 
 
 contends, 3, -di, -turn [com], 
 (draw tight), exert one's self, strive ; 
 hasten. Contend. 
 
 contentio, -onis, f. [contendo], 
 stringgle, exertion, effort; conten- 
 tion. 
 
 contentus, -a, -urn, adj. [P. of 
 contiiR'*")], contented ; w. >^A. 
 
 con-testor, 1 [coin, testis, witness'\, 
 call to witness, invoke. 
 
 con-tinens, -entis, f. [P. of con- 
 tineo, sc. terra], continent. 
 
 con-tlneo, 2, -ui, -tentuin [com, 
 teneo], hold together, hold, con- 
 tain. 
 
 contra, prep. w. icc, against. 
 
 con-valc8Co, 3, -valui , [com, 
 
 valeo], get ivell, grow strong. Con- 
 valescent. Cf. valeo. 
 
 con-venio, 4,-vcnT, -vcntum [com], 
 come together, assemble. 
 
 con-verto, 3, -ti, -sum [com], turn 
 around, turn, change. Conveut. 
 
 copia,-ae, F. [co\\\,o\)^'], abundance, 
 wealth; plur., troops, forces. 
 
 cor, cordis, n., heart. 
 
 coram, prep. w. abl., in presence of. 
 
 Corinthus, -T, f., Corinth. (11,4.) 
 
 Coriolanus, T, m., Corio/anus, sur- 
 name of C. Marcius, a liovian 
 consul. 
 
 Cornelia, -ae, f. Cornelia, mother 
 of the Gracchi. 
 
 Corncliufl, -T, m., Cornelius, a lio- 
 manfamilij name. i 
 
 cornu, -US, n., horn. 
 
 corpus, -oris, n., bodg. (MO.) 
 
 COKI'SE. 
 
 corrlgo, 3, -rcxT, -rectum [com, 
 rego], make straight, reform, cor- 
 rect. 
 
 corrlpl5, 3, -ui, -reptum [com, 
 rapio], seize, take hold of. 
 
 cor-rumpo, 3, -rupi, -ruptum, 
 
 [com], break in pieces, destroy ; 
 
 corrupt, bribe. 
 ccrtex, -icis, m. and f., bark-, shelly 
 
 rind. 
 corns, -i, M., north-west (irind). 
 cotidie, adv. [quot, dies], daily. 
 eras, adv., to-morrow. 
 Crassus, -i, m., Crassus, a rich lio- 
 
 vutn, contemporarij of Casar. 
 creator, -oris, m. [creoj, creator. 
 creber, -bra, -brum, mVy, frequent, 
 
 numerous. 
 credo, 3, -didi, -ditum, trust, believe ; 
 
 w. dat. CuEoiT. 
 creo, 1, make, create; choose, elect. 
 Croesus, -I, m., Croesus, king of 
 
 Lydia. 
 crudellSf-CfUd]. ,cruel,hard-hearted. 
 crudellter, adv. [crudelis],crwe///. 
 cruentus, -a. -um, adj. [cruor], 
 
 stained with blood, bloody. 
 cruor, -oris, m., blood, gore. Cf. san- 
 guis. 
 crus, cruris, n., leg. 
 culpa, -ae, f. [culjx")], blame, fault. 
 
 Culpable. Cf. vitium. 
 culpo, 1 [culpa], blame, find fault 
 
 with. 
 culter, -tri, m., knfe. Coulter. 
 cum, conj., whrn; since, as; though^ 
 
 although. (372 ff.) 
 cum, prej). w. ubl., with. 
 Cumae, -firum, f., Cumae, a toicn 
 
 in ('(nn/intn'ii. 
 cunac, -a nun, f., cradle. 
 cunctutio, -unis, f. [cuiictor], de- 
 laying, delay. 
 cunct^ir, 1, linger, hesitate. 
 cuplilittis, -atis, f. [cupidus. cupio], 
 
 desire, eagerness, Cui'iorrv. 
 Cupido, -inis, m. [cupidusj, Cupid, 
 
 god of love. 
 cupfO, 3, -IvI, or -ii, -itum, desire, 
 
 be eager fur. Cf. dcoIderO. 
 
! jV' 
 
 Ml 
 
 cur 
 
 233 
 
 desidero 
 
 , destroy; 
 
 mrk; shelly 
 
 cind), 
 ], daily. 
 
 a rich lio- 
 '^(isar. 
 creator. 
 
 \., frequent, 
 
 •nst, believe ; 
 
 honsr, elect. 
 US, Iciwj of 
 
 ard-hearfed. 
 
 lis],cTwe///. 
 
 Ij. [cruor], 
 
 dy. 
 
 re. Cf. pan- 
 
 \)lamc, fault. 
 
 im. 
 
 L find faidt 
 
 IC«)UI>TKR. 
 
 I, as; thoughj 
 
 bae, a toivn 
 
 Imctor], de- 
 ll e. 
 
 liluB.cupio], 
 VnnTY. 
 ]\is], Cupid, 
 
 [um, destre,^ 
 lero. 
 
 Ciir, adv. [qua, re], why, wherefore. 
 
 cGra, -ao, f. [euro], care, anxiety. 
 
 euro, 1 [cura], care for, take care. 
 
 curro, 3, cucurri, eursum, run. 
 
 currus, -us, m. [curro], c^ar/o/, car. 
 
 cursus, -us, M. [curro], a running, 
 course. 
 
 curvus, -a, -uni, adj., curved, bent ; 
 bending. 
 
 custodiO) 4 [eustos], guard, pro- 
 tect, defend. 
 
 eustos, -odis, M. and v. [custr)dio], 
 guardian, keeper. Custodian. 
 
 eyniba, -ae, v. boat. Cf. navieula. 
 
 Cyrus, -1, M., Cyrus, king of Persia. 
 
 Daedalus, -T, m., Daedalus, builder 
 of' the Lahijrinth. 
 
 danino, 1, condemn. 
 
 Dareus, -1, m., Darius, icing of 
 Persia. 
 
 Datls, -is, M., Datis, a J'ersian 
 general. 
 
 de, prep. w. abl., from, about, con- 
 cerning, of; (of time), in, during, 
 about. 
 
 dea, -ao, v., goddess, (p. 8, note 1). 
 
 debeo, 2, -uT, -itum, owe, ouglit. 
 Debit, Dkht. 
 
 decern, num. adj., indecl., ten. 
 
 December, -brls, m. [dtccm], De- 
 cember. Often as adj. 
 
 decem-plex, -ieis, adj. [plico], ten- 
 fold. 
 
 de-cerno, 3, -crevl, -cretum {sepa- 
 rate from), decide, determine; 
 decree. 
 
 de-cerpo, 3, -si, -turn [earpo], pi.cfc 
 
 off"' 
 
 decet, 2, decuit, impers., it ia be- 
 coming, fitting, proper. 
 
 declmus, -a, -urn, num. adj. [de- 
 oemj, tentii. 
 
 de-do, 3, -didi, -ditum (put from 
 one's self), surrender, deliver up. 
 
 de-duco, 3, -duxi, -ductum, lead 
 away, draw down, launch. De- 
 duct. 
 
 de-fatigo, 1, tire out, exhaust. 
 
 de-fendo, 3, -dl, -fensum [defen- 
 sor], {strike off from), defend, 
 protect. 
 
 defensor, -oris, m. [defendo], 
 defender, protector. 
 
 de-fero, -ferre, -tulT, -latum {bring 
 from), deliver; report. 
 
 de-fessus, -a, -um, adj., tired out, 
 iccarij. 
 
 de-flcio, 3, -feci, -foctum [faeio], 
 {make away from), revolt ; fail, be 
 tranting. 
 
 de-forniis, -e, adj. [forma], mis- 
 shapen, ugly; base, disgraceful. 
 
 de-Inde, adv. {from tiience), tiien, 
 afterwards. 
 
 delecto, l,deligfit. 
 
 delectus, -us, m. [deligo], sefec- 
 tion ; levy. 
 
 deleo, 2, -evT, -etum, destroy. Dk. 
 
 LETE. 
 
 deliclae, -arum, f., de/ig fit, darling. 
 
 de-migro, 1, migrate from ; emi- 
 grate, remoi^e. 
 
 Demosthenes, -is, m., Demostfie- 
 nes, a famous AtJienian orator. 
 
 deuique, ii(\y.,Jinally, at last. 
 
 dens, dentis, m., tooth. Dentist. 
 
 de-pereo, 4, -il, , go to ruin, 
 
 perish, be lost. 
 
 de-pono, 3, -posuT, -positum, put 
 down, put by, lay down. Dei'o- 
 
 NENT. 
 
 de-seendo, 3, -di, -seensum [scan- 
 do, climb'], come down, descend. 
 
 de-sero, 3, ■m,-U\u\, desert, abandon. 
 
 desidero, 1, desire, long for, miaa 
 (319). Cf.optu, volu, and cupio. 
 
 Ii:'.i 
 
'^^mmmmmmmmm 
 
 de~silio 
 
 234 
 
 dSnuiii 
 
 Y 
 
 "^ ii 
 
 nt 
 
 . y 
 
 (te-siliO, 4, -silui [salio, Icdp"], 
 
 leap down. Cf. subsilio and tran- 
 
 silio. 
 de-sisto, 3, -stitl, -stitura [^staml ojf 
 
 or aparQ, leave oJf\ cease ; desist. 
 dti-spero, 1 [sprs], he /lo/^r/r.ss, 
 
 despair. 
 de-suiii, -esse, -fui, , be ictml- 
 
 ing, lack ; w. (lat. Cf . dOficiu. 
 de-truho, 3, -traxi, -tractuin, draw 
 
 <>//] t(i/,c (iwai/. 
 deiiR, -i, M., (/od. (202.) 
 ilevoro, 1, swallow up, devour. 
 Diana, -ac, r., Diana, goddess of 
 
 the chase. 
 dico, 3, dlxT, dictum, saii, tell. 
 dictator, -oris, m. [dicto, dicu], 
 
 ehicf' iintiiislrate, dictator. 
 dicttitura, -ao, r. [dictator], o///Ve 
 
 of dictator, dictatorship. 
 dictlto [frequentative of dicu], 
 
 Jceep saijiiKj. 
 dies, -cT, m. and v., da>/. (2r).'>.) 
 dif-fero, ditTerro, distull, dilatunj 
 
 [dis], scatter, separate, put ojj'; 
 
 differ. QV21.) 
 ditTwilis, -c, adj. [dis, facilis, /<;r 
 
 J'roin <asi/^, hard, difficult. (207.) 
 <lijL>'itiis, -I, M.fjiiiipr. DiciT. 
 <lif>;nitas, • itis<, r. [dignus], icorth, 
 
 dignity; ojfice. 
 dijj(nii8, -a, -uni, adj., worthy. 
 dlli^i'iis, -entix, adj. [l\ of diliyr.], 
 
 diligent, careful. 
 diligciiter, adv. [diligcns], dili- 
 gently. 
 dili^'oiitia, -ae, i\ [diligens], dili- 
 gence, rarej'uliif ss. 
 di-li^o, I], -IcxI, -lOctuni [lego], 
 
 esteem, lore. (.'UO.) 
 ditiiioo, 1, Jight, contend. Cf. 
 
 pfigno. 
 di-inidiu8, -a, •uin, adj. [uuhHuk], 
 
 half. 
 
 dl-mittS, o, -misi, •mlssuin, send 
 
 a waif, let go. 
 di-iiioveo, 2, -niuvT, -niotum (move 
 
 asinifhr'), separate, drive away. 
 di-ruu, 3, dirul, dirutum, tear 
 
 asunder, destroy. Cf. rcscindo. 
 dis, di (a prefix denoting sopjira- 
 
 tion), astindi r, apart, in dij/erent 
 
 directions. Cf. /difl'eru, discGdu, 
 
 dissimilis, dlnii^xtu, diruu. 
 Dis, ])Itis, M., /?/s, (mother name 
 
 of Pinto. 
 dis-cedo, 3, -ccsisT, -c»>suni, depart, 
 
 loilhdraw, go oj}'. 
 discipuliis, -T, n. [disco], learner, 
 
 schoiitr, pu])il. Disfii'i.K. 
 
 disco, 3, didiei, , It am. 
 
 dis-siniilis, -e, adj., (fir from liice'), 
 
 unlike, dissimilar. (207.) 
 diil, iu\y.,far a long time, long. 
 dives, -it is, adj. (conip. ditior, 
 
 super], divitissinms), r/V7/. (1()7. 
 
 divitiac, -iiruni, v. [dives], riches, 
 
 wai/th. 
 do, dare, dedl, datum, gire ; put. 
 docco, 2, -uT, -turn, tiach, show, 
 doctiis, -a, -um, adj. [P. of doceo], 
 
 haruLil. iJocToi!, 
 dolor, -oris, y\., jxdn, grief. Dol- 
 
 oKors. 
 dolus, -T, M., trivl-, den if. 
 doiiiicilitiiii, -T, \. [domus], home, 
 
 aliode. 
 doinina, -ae, r. [dominus], 7nistress. 
 doitiiior, 1 [dominus], be a lord 
 
 and inffihr, rule. Domim-.ki:. 
 doniiiiiis, -i, M. [domina], lord, 
 
 master. (OG.) 
 doiiius, -fis, r., house, home ; domi, 
 
 af home. (202, 330.) 
 diino, 1 [donuni], give, present. 
 
 Donate. 
 donuin, -i, n. [dt")], gif, presenU 
 
 V 
 
jiij 
 
 \ 
 
 dui'iiiio 
 
 235 
 
 erro 
 
 nissum, send 
 
 niotum (move 
 drive aicay. 
 irutum, tear 
 Cf. rc'scindo. 
 lotiiig sepHTiv- 
 <-t, in dijjerent 
 tTeru, discGdo, 
 diruo. 
 tknother namf 
 
 iGssuni, de-part, 
 
 lisco], learner, 
 
 -, /( ar?t. 
 
 (/(n- from like"), 
 (207.) 
 
 time, loiKj. 
 
 (comp. dltior, 
 \ii),rirJi. (!(>". 
 
 [illvi's], richca, 
 
 111, girr : p»t. 
 It iicli, shoin. 
 [I'.of docco], 
 
 hi, ijrivf. Doi- 
 
 j( n it. 
 ([domus], home, 
 
 iiitius],7///s^T.s-s. 
 |nus], ho. a lord 
 
 DoMlNKKK. 
 
 Idomhui], lord, 
 
 Lr, home ; donil, 
 
 V>.) 
 
 (jive, present. 
 
 1 '/(/^ present. 
 
 dormlo, 4, s/fry. Dormitort. 
 
 Drusus, -i, M., Drusus, a Ronum. 
 
 dubito, 1 [dubius], hesitate, doubt, 
 Indcuitaulk. 
 
 dubiur^, -i, n. [dubius], doubt. 
 
 dubius, -a, -um, adj. [duo], doubt- 
 ful. DCIJIOUH. 
 
 ducfinti, -ac, -a, num. adj. [<luo, 
 
 centum], two luuulruL 
 ducu, •», -duxi,-ductum [dux], lead. 
 Duilius (C), -T, M., Caius Duilius, 
 
 a Roman (jener<tl. 
 dulcis, -e, adj., sirert, pleasant. 
 
 DfiLCET. Cf. sufivis. 
 duni, adv., while, as lowj im ; until. 
 duo, duae, dnn, num. adj., tiro. 
 
 ('511. 4.) 
 duo-dcchn, num. adj., indccl. [do- 
 
 (■cm], twelve. 
 duo-de-triglnta, num. adj., in- 
 
 decl., twent;i-ei(jht. 
 durus, -a, -um, adj., hard. F.n- 
 
 DUUE. Cf. dilHcilis. 
 dux, ducis, M. and f. [ducO], leader, 
 
 general. Duke. Cf. imperator. 
 
 ecce, intevj.. In! see! see there! 
 e-dico, .'}, -ilixi, -dictum, speal: out, 
 
 declare, proclaim. Edict. 
 edo, oderc or esse, edi, esum or es- 
 
 sum, eat. 
 educo, 1, bring up, train, educate. 
 e-duco, 3, -duxl, -ductum, lead out, 
 
 bring away. 
 cf-fero, efferro, extulT, elatum 
 
 [ex], hear out, bring forth. QVl 1 .) 
 
 Elate. 
 efllcio, W, -fecT, -fectuni [ex, faci*')], 
 
 bring to pass, effect, romplete; 
 
 make, constrnet. 
 egens, -cutis, adj. [P. of e^eo], in 
 
 want, needg, destitute. 
 ©go, pcrs. pron., /. (204.) 
 
 e-sredior, .">, egressus [gradior. 
 
 step}, go out, go forth ; disembark, 
 
 land. Cf. cxeo. 
 egregie, adv. [r-gregius], remark- 
 
 abtij, excelh-nt'i/. 
 e-gregius, -a, -um, adj. [grex], re- 
 markable, excellent. Ecjregious. 
 Elegans,-antis,adj.,(V/(</rf', e/e5ra/?^ 
 elcphantu.s, -i, m., elephant. 
 e-lfldo, .'], -si, -sum, deceive, mock ; 
 
 elude. 
 e-niorgo, .3, -si, -sum, arise, come 
 
 forth; emerge. 
 eino, .'j, enii, emptum, huj/,purrhase. 
 cuiin, conj. (never tlie first word), 
 
 for. Cf. nam. 
 Eunius, -I, M., Ennius, father of 
 
 lioinan poetrij. 
 e-uuntio, 1 , say out, divulge, tleriare, 
 
 report. Enunciate. 
 e, see ex. 
 eo, adv. [is], to that place, thither, 
 
 there. 
 CO, ire, ii, itum, go. (;>27.) 
 codeni, adv. [idi'iu], to the .same 
 
 place. 
 Kpirus, -1, v., Epirus, a division of 
 
 (/recce. 
 epistula, -ae, f., letter, epistle. 
 eques, -itis, m. [ecpius], horsem(rn, 
 
 knight. 
 equester, -tris, -tre, adj., [eipies], 
 
 []i( rtaining to a horseman), eques- 
 trian. 
 cquitaitus, -us, m. [equito, eques], 
 
 {body ofequites"), cavalry. 
 equito, 1 [eques], (be a horseman), 
 
 ride. 
 C(iuus, -I, M., horse. 
 ergo, adv., therefore, accordingly. 
 
 Cf. igitur and itaque. 
 e-riplil, .'}, -ul, -reptum [rapio], 
 
 snatch out, seize and bear oj[f. 
 erro, 1, wander ; err, mistake. 
 
 'I 
 
 -F -JT 
 
- i 
 
 J f 
 
 e-rudi5 
 
 236 
 
 facto 
 
 If 
 
 u 
 
 ■>i 
 
 i 
 
 i i 
 
 
 e-rudlo, 4, [rudis, rough}, train, 
 
 teach, instruct. 
 esseduniy -i, n., two-wheeled war- 
 
 chariot. 
 et, conj., and; et . . . et, both . . . 
 
 and. Cf. atque, ac, and -que. 
 etiam, adv. and conj. [et, jam, 
 
 and now], also, even. 
 et-s!, conj., though, although. 
 Kuropa, -ae, f., Europe. 
 e-vado, 3, -vasi, -vusum, go forth, 
 
 escape. Evade. 
 e-venio, 4, -veni, -ventum, come 
 
 forth, turn out, happen. Evknt. Cf. 
 
 accido and incido. 
 e-verto, 3, -ti, -sum, overturn, over- 
 throw, destroy. 
 ij-volo, 1 , flij away. 
 ex or e, i)rep. w. abl., out of, from. 
 examinOy 1 [examen, test'], weigh 
 
 out, weigh. 
 excelsus, -a, -urn, adj. [P. of ex- 
 
 cellO], elevated, lofty, high. 
 ex-cipio, 3, -cepi, -ceptum [capio], 
 
 take out, except; receive, wel- 
 come. 
 ex-clamo, 1, cry out, exclaim. Cf. 
 
 clamito. 
 ex-cGso, 1 [causa], excuse. 
 ex-cutio, 3, -cussi, -cussum [qua- 
 
 tio], shake out, strike off, drive 
 
 away, cast out. 
 ex-eo, -ire, -il, -itum, 170 out, come 
 
 out. Exit. Cf. egredior. 
 ex-eroeo, 2 [arceo], keep busy, 
 
 employ; train. Exercise. 
 excrcltus, -us, m. [exerceo], (the 
 
 thing trained), army. 
 exiguus, -a, -um, adj., scanty, small, 
 
 slight. 
 expeditlo, -onis, v. [expudio], ex- 
 cursion, expedition. 
 ex-pellO) 3, -puli, -pulsum, drive 
 
 out or away, expel, 
 
 ex-perior, 4, -partus, make trial of, 
 test. Expert. 
 
 ex-plico, 1, -avi, -^'^nm, and -ui, 
 -itum, unfold, explai 
 
 exploratory -oris, m. '^xplGio],a 
 searcher out, explorer; spy, scout. 
 
 ex-ploro, 1, search out, examine, 
 explore; reconnoitre. 
 
 ex-pono, 3, -posui, -positum, put 
 or set out, expose; draw up, mar- 
 shal. 
 
 ex-pugno, 1, take by storm, assault. 
 Cf. oppugnu. 
 
 ex-sisto, 3, -stiti, -stitum (stand 
 forth), exist, appear. 
 
 ex-specto, 1, await, wait for, ejr- 
 pect. 
 
 ex-spiro, 1, breath out, breath one's 
 last, expire. 
 
 ex-stinguo, 3, -nxl, -nctum (quench 
 completely), extinguish ; kill, de- 
 stroy. 
 
 ex-terreo, 2, -ui, -itum, frighten, 
 affright. 
 
 ex-timesco, 3,-timui, [timeo], 
 
 fear greatly. 
 
 extra, prep. w. aec, without, out- 
 side of. Cf. intra. 
 
 ex-turbo, 1, thrust out, drive away. 
 
 faber, -bri, m., worker, carpenter. 
 
 FAnRic. 
 Fabius, -i, m., Fabius, a famous 
 
 Roman general. 
 Fabrlcius, -i, m., Fabricius, a 
 
 famous Roman general. 
 fSbiila, -ae, f. [for, speak"], story, 
 
 tale, fable. 
 facllis, -e, adj. [facio], (that can be 
 
 done), easy to do, easy. Facility. 
 faeiuus, -oris, n. [facio], (the thing 
 
 done), deed ; crime. Cf. scelus. 
 facioy 3, fuel, factum, do, make. 
 
fagus 
 
 237 
 
 frater 
 
 , make trial of, 
 
 "^nm, and -ui, 
 
 r. ^xplOio], a 
 
 >er; spy, scuut. 
 
 out, examine, 
 
 e. 
 
 -positum, put 
 draw up, mar- 
 
 I storm, assault. 
 
 -stitum (_stand 
 ar. 
 
 t, wait for, ex- 
 out, breath one's 
 
 , -nctum (cfuench 
 iguish; kill, de- 
 Mum, frighten, 
 
 |ui, [timeo], 
 
 c, without, out- 
 uut, drive away. 
 
 rker, carpenter. 
 \bius, a famous 
 
 Fabricius, a 
 
 {•neral. 
 r, speakl, story, 
 
 lio], {that can be 
 \isy. Facility. 
 icio], {the thing 
 ?. Cf. scelus. 
 \u, do, make. 
 
 fSgus, -I, F., beech-tree. (11. 4.) 
 Falisci, -crura, m., the Fa/iscans, 
 
 a people of Etruria. 
 falso, adv. [falsus], falsely, 
 falsus, -a, -um, adj. [fallo, deceive'], 
 
 deceptive, false. 
 fUma, -ae, f. [for, speakj, rumor; 
 
 fame, renown. 
 fames, -is, f., hunger, famine. 
 fas, N., indeel. [for, speak], divine 
 
 law; often translated as adj., 
 
 right, lawful. 
 fascis, -is, M., bundle. 
 fatigo, 1, tire out, iveary. Fatigue. 
 fatuni,-i,x. [for, speak], (that which 
 
 is spoken), fate, destiny. 
 faveo, 2, favi, fautum, be favorable 
 
 to, favor, befriend; w. dat. 
 febris, -is, f. [ferveo, be hot), fever. 
 Februarius, -I, m., February. Often 
 
 as adj. 
 feliciter, adv [fellx], luckily, for- 
 tunately. 
 felix, -icis, adj., hicky,forttinate. 
 fera, -ae, f. [ferus], wild animal, 
 
 wild beast. 
 fere, adv., nearly^ for the most part, 
 
 almost, about. Cf . panne. 
 fero, ferre, tull, latum, bear, bring ; 
 
 ferunt, they say, (321.) Cf. 
 
 porto and veho. 
 ferox, -ocis, adj. [ferus], fierce, 
 
 impetuous. 
 ferreus, -a, -um, adj. [ferrum], of 
 
 iron, iron. 
 ferrum, -i, n., iron. 
 ferus, -a, -uni, adj., ivild, savage, 
 
 cruel. 
 fldelis, -e, adj. [fides], trusty, faith- 
 ful. Cf. fidus. 
 fldeliter, adv. [Qdi^Vis], faithfully . 
 fides, -Ci, F. [fido, trust], trust, faith. 
 fIdus, -a, -um, adj. [fido, trust], 
 
 trxuty, faithful. 
 
 filia, -ae, r., daughter, (p. 8, note 1). 
 Cf. nata. 
 
 niiolus,-!, M. [diminutive of filius], 
 little son. 
 
 filius, -1, M., son. (79.) Filial. 
 
 finlo, 4 [finis], cn(/,/7/»/sA. Finitk. 
 
 Huis, -is, M., end, boundary. (154.) 
 
 finitimus, -a, -um, adj. [finis], 
 bordering on, neighboring. 
 
 fio, fieri, faetus (supplies pass, to 
 facio), be made, become. (327.) 
 
 firmo, 1 [firmus], make strong. 
 
 firinus, -a, -um, adj. [firniw], stead- 
 fast, strong. Firm. 
 
 flagro, 1, burn. 
 
 flecto, 3, -xl, -xum, bend, turn. 
 
 fleo, 2, flevl, fletuni, iveep, cry. 
 
 flo, 1, bloiv. 
 
 flos, floris, M., forcer. Floral. 
 
 fluinen, -inis, n. [fluo], {that which 
 flows), river, stream. (172.) 
 
 fluo, 3, fluxl, fliixum, fow. 
 
 fluvius, -i, M. [fluo], {the f owing 
 thing), river, stream. (172.) 
 
 folium, -I, N., leaf. Foliage. 
 
 fons, fontis, y., spring, fount, foun- 
 tain. 
 
 fore, for futurum esse. 
 
 forinido, -inis, v., fear, terror. 
 
 forte, adv. [fors, chance], perchance, 
 perhaps, possibly. 
 
 fortis, -e, adj., strong, brave, cour- 
 ageous, 
 
 fortiter, adv. [fortis], bravely, 
 courageously. 
 
 fortitudo, -inis, f. [iortis], strength, 
 bravery, endurance, fortitude. 
 
 fortuiia, -ae, f. [fors, chance], for- 
 tune. 
 
 forum, -1, N., market-place; forum, 
 
 fraiigo, 3, fregl, fractum, dash in 
 pieces, break. Fraction. 
 
 frater, -tris, m., brother. Frater 
 
 NAL. 
 
fretii.s 
 
 238 
 
 Uasdrubal 
 
 
 W- 
 
 fretus, -a, -urn, adj., reli/ing on, 
 
 trusting to ; w. abl. 
 frigidus, -a, -urn, adj. [frigeo, 
 
 frcczi], cold, frigid. 
 froiidosus, -a, -um, adj. [frdns], 
 
 covered ivith leaves, leafy. 
 frons, froiidis, v., leaf , foliage ; gar- 
 land of leaves. 
 frons, -tis, r., brow, forehead. 
 
 Front. 
 fructus, -us, M, [fruor],y/v//7. Cf. 
 
 fruniontuni. 
 friiinentarius, -a, -uni, adj. [fru- 
 
 mentuui], pertaining to grain; 
 
 rC'S I'runientaria, grain-supplg. 
 frunicntuni, -I, x. [iruor], corn, 
 
 grain. Cf. fructus. 
 fruor, '^, fructus, enjoij ; w. abl. 
 
 (;3()4.) 
 
 frustra, adv., in vain. 
 
 (frux), frugis, v. (oftener plur. ; 
 gen. frugum), [irwm'], fruit of the 
 earth, fruits. Cf. fructus. 
 
 fuga, -ac, F. \^fnij;io, fee'], ^flight. 
 
 fugio, 3, fugl, -itum [fugo, fuga], 
 run an-ai/. Fugitive. 
 
 fugo, 1 [fugio, fuga],;jM< to flight, 
 chase, drive. 
 
 fuiigor, 3, functus, perform, dis- 
 charge ;\v.iihl. (304.) Function. 
 
 CJaJus, gen. Gal (also written 
 
 Cuius), M., Caius, a Roman frst 
 
 name. 
 Galba, -ae, m., Galba. 
 CJallia, -ae, f., Gaul. 
 Gallicus, -a, -um, adj. [(iallus], 
 
 belonging to the Gauls, Gallic. 
 galliua, -ae, f. [gallus, cod-'], 
 
 hen. 
 Gallus, -1, M., a Gaul. 
 gaudeo, 2, gavisus [gaudium], Je 
 
 gladf rejoice, (p. 177, note 2.) 
 
 gaadium, -I, n. [gaudeo], joj/. 
 
 delight. 
 gcner, -eri, m., son-in-law, 
 gens, gentis, f., clan,familg. Gen- 
 
 tkkl. 
 genu, -us, n., knee. (245.) 
 genus, -eris, >'., birth^ race; kindf 
 
 nature. Gender. 
 Gerniauus, -a, -um, adj., German ; 
 
 noun, a German. 
 gero, 3, gessi, gestum, bear^ carrg ; 
 
 icage, manage, do. 
 gladiator, -oris, Ji. [gladius], 
 
 {swordsman'), gladiator. 
 gladius, -I, M., sword. 
 gloria, -ae, v ., g lory , fame, renotcn. 
 gracilis, -e, adj., slender. (207.) 
 gradus,-iis,M.,s^7). (245.) Grade. 
 Graece, adv. [Graecusj, in Greek. 
 Graecia, -ae, f., Greece. 
 Graecus, -a, -um, adj., Grecian, 
 
 Greek; noun, a Greek. 
 granien, -inis, n., grass. 
 granuni, -i, N., grain, seed. 
 gratulor, 1 [gratus], coz/^rrafw/afe; 
 
 \v. dat. 
 grjitus, -a, -um, adj., acceptable^ 
 
 pleasing. Grateful. 
 gravis, -e, adj., heavy, serious. 
 
 Grave. 
 graviter, adv. [gravis], heavily^ 
 
 seriously. 
 grentluni, -T, n., lap, bosom. 
 grex, gregis, M.,fock, herd. 
 gusto, 1, taste, eat. 
 
 habeo, 2, have, hold. 
 
 habito, 1 [frequentative of habeo], 
 
 inhabit; dwell, live. (104.) 
 Hannibal, -alis, m., Hannibal, a 
 
 famous Carthaginian general. 
 Uasdrubal, -alis, m., Hasdrubat, 
 
 a Carthaginian general^ brother of 
 
 Hannibal. 
 
• \i 
 
 al 
 
 ludeo], joy, 
 
 aw, 
 
 amihj. Gen- 
 
 245.) 
 
 !, race; kind, 
 
 idj., German ; 
 
 1, bear, carry ; 
 
 ,,. [gladius], 
 ator. 
 
 r 
 
 • 
 
 fame, renown, 
 ndcr. (207.) 
 (245.) Gi?Ai>i"'. 
 cusj, in Greek. 
 
 eece. 
 adj., Grecian, 
 
 eek. 
 
 \n, seod. 
 , coiigraiutate ; 
 
 111]., acceptable, 
 
 ylwavij, serious. 
 
 javis], heavily, 
 
 hosuTti. 
 \k, herd. 
 
 Itiveof habeo], 
 
 f. (104.) 
 
 I, Hannibal, a 
 
 \n general. 
 
 Ii., Hasdruba!, 
 
 \erali brother of 
 
 hasta 
 
 239 
 
 iniporiuin 
 
 hasta, -ao, r., spear. 
 
 huurlo, 4, hausi, haustuir, draw 
 
 (water), drain. Exhaust. 
 Hector, -oris, u., Hector, chief of 
 
 thn Trojan tcarriors. 
 Henna, -ue, i., Henna, a city of 
 
 iSicily. 
 heri, adv., yesterday. 
 hie, haec, hue, dem. pron., this, 
 
 this of mine ; abl., hue;, on this 
 
 account ; as pers. pron., he, she, 
 
 it. (275.) 
 hiems(hieinps), hicMius, f., iv inter ; 
 
 storm, 
 hlnc, adv. [luc], from this place, 
 
 hence. 
 Hispania, -ae, f., Spain. 
 Hispiinns, -T, si., a Spaniard. 
 bistoria, -ao, v., history. 
 hodie, adv. [hoc, die], to-day. 
 Honierus, -I, jr.. Homer, the earli- 
 est and (jrcatest Greek port. 
 homo, -inis, Ji. and f. (Jmiuan 
 
 heiny), man. (l.^S.) 
 honestiiSj-fitis, r. [lioncstu.';],//o»or, 
 
 integrity, honesty, 
 houorilioe, adv., honorably. 
 honor, -oris, .m., honor. 
 honoro, 1 [honor'], honor, respect. 
 hora, -at", v., hour. 
 Horatius, -i, M., Horatius, Horace. 
 horridus, -a, -lun, adj. [horrco, 
 
 shudder at], frightful , rough, zci'd. 
 
 HOUKID. 
 hortor, 1, urge, exhort, encourage. 
 hortus, -1, M., gardrn. (38.) 
 hospes, -itis, m. and p., host, guest, 
 
 guestfriend. Hospital. 
 hostis, -is, M. and f., enemy. (149, 
 
 172.) Hostile. 
 hue, adv. [for old form hoc], to 
 
 this place, hither. 
 haniSnus, -a, -uni, adj. [homo], 
 
 human ; cultivated^ refneJ. 
 
 huniilis, -c, adj. [huinns, ground^ 
 (^pertaining to hunms), low, lowly, 
 humble, poor. (207.) 
 
 ibi, :idv. [}>], in that jtlace, there. 
 
 Icarus, -i, Icarus, son of Ucedalus. 
 
 idem, cadem, idem, dL'term. pron 
 [is], same. (270.) 
 
 idoncus, -a, -um, adj.,y/V, suitablr, 
 firoj'i r, 
 
 Idus, -uum, F. plur., the Ides Oy' 
 themontli). The thirteenth, except 
 in March, May, July, and Octo- 
 ber ; in those months the fif- 
 teenth. (244. 1.) 
 
 igitiir, onj. (seldom the first 
 word), tlurefore, then. Cf. ergo 
 and itaqtie. 
 
 ignsivia, -ae, f. [ignfivus], laziness, 
 idleness, ctnra rdice. 
 
 iguslvus, -a, -um, adj. [in, not, 
 gnavus, busy], lazy, idle, cowardly. 
 
 Ijjfnis, -is, yi.,fre. (140.) 
 
 ii»iioro, 1 [Tgnarus, ignorant], not 
 know, be ignorant of 
 
 ilie, -a, -utl, demon, pron., that 
 (^i/ondcr) ; as pers. pron., he, she, 
 if. (275.) 
 
 illuc, adv. [illc], to that place, 
 thither, there. 
 
 imago, -inis, v., image, likeness, 
 picture. (I'i4.) 
 
 imitor, 1, imitate. 
 
 immauis, -c, adj., huge, immense, 
 monstrous. Cf. mfignus. 
 
 impedio, 4 [in, pos], (mtangle the 
 feet), impede, hinder, pre\ nt. 
 
 im-pello, 8, -pull, -pulsum [in], 
 urge on, impel, prompt. 
 
 Imperii tor, -oris, m. [impero], 
 commander, general. Emferor. 
 
 imperinin, -I, K. [impero], com- 
 mand, authority, power. Empirk. 
 
 ill 
 
 wm 
 
iiupero 
 
 240 
 
 in-sum 
 
 1 f 
 
 1 
 
 H 
 
 111 
 
 fimpero, 1 [imperiumj, order, com- 
 mand; w. dat. 
 
 impetro, 1, accomplish; gain, pro- 
 cure, obtain. Cf. adipiscor. 
 
 impetus, -up., m. [inipcto, rush upon'], 
 attack, onset. Imi'ETUC'JS. 
 
 Im-plcoy 2, -c'vi, -tJtum I'm}, Jill up, 
 Jill Jull, Jill. Cf. conjpk'u. 
 
 im-ploro, 1 [in], cry out to, beseech, 
 imp/ore. 
 
 im-pono, 3, -posul, -positum [in], 
 f)iit or place uj)on. 
 
 iinprobuS) -a, -urn, adj. [in, no/, 
 probus, good}, bad, wicked. Cf. 
 n.ilus. 
 
 im-pro-viso, adv. [video], uner- 
 pectcdiy. 
 
 im-pudcns, -ontis, adj. [in], shame- 
 less, impudent. 
 
 In, prep. w. ncc. into, to, against, 
 for; w. abl., in, on. (.333, 1, 2.) 
 
 .'n, prefix, in composition with 
 nouns, adjectives, and parti- 
 ciples, often liaving negative 
 sense. Cf. Eng. iin-, In-, not. 
 
 inunis, -c, adj., emptg, useless. 
 
 iii-eautu5, -a, -um, adj., incautious, 
 
 heedless. 
 In-certu9, -a, -urn, adj., uncertain. 
 ln-ci(Io, 3, -cidi, -cusum [cado], 
 /all into; happen, befall. Cf. ac- 
 
 cido and evenio. 
 In-elplO, 3, -cepi, -ccptuni [capio], 
 
 (/«/•<? in hand), begin. Cf. ordior. 
 In-coKnitus, -a, -uin, adj.,«H^7i(;(i». 
 iueola, -j>e, m. and r. [inculuj, /;«- 
 
 habitant. 
 Iii-colu, 3, -uT, [incola], diretl 
 
 in, ttdinbit, live, dwell. Cf. luiliito 
 
 and vivo. 
 IneolumiH, -e, adj., unharmed, safe, 
 IikIo, adv. [is], thence. 
 iutlloiumy •!, N.| discovery, din- 
 , closure. 
 
 in-eo, -ire, -il, -itum, go in, enter; 
 
 begin. (327.) 
 inferi, -orum, m. (inferus, below'}, 
 
 inhabitants of the lower world, the 
 
 dead. Infernal. 
 in-fero, inferre, intuli, illatum 
 
 (inl) (^bear in or against) , cause ; 
 
 belium inferre, make war upon; 
 
 w. dat. (321.) 
 infestus, -a, -urn, adj., hostile, 
 
 troublesome, dangerous. Infest. 
 iu-iicio, 3, 'feci, -fectum [facio], 
 
 stain, color, 
 in-finitus, -a, -urn, adj. [finis], 
 
 boundless, unlimited, infinite, vast. 
 in-flcctu, 3, -xi, -xuni, bend ; change, 
 
 alter. Inflect. 
 in-grcdior, 3, -gressus [gradior, 
 
 step}, enter. 
 in-hio, 1, gape at, long for. 
 iu-lmiciis, -a, -uni, a(lj. [amicus], 
 
 unfrieiidlg, hustile ; noun, enemy. 
 
 (172.) Ini.mical. 
 initiuin, -i, N. [ineu], beginning. 
 
 Initial. 
 injuria, -ac, f. [in, jus], injustice, 
 
 injur I/, wromj. 
 injustc, ad/, [injustus], (/w/wsf//. 
 inopia, -ao, f. [inops, without re- 
 sources}, want, poverty. 
 inquani, defective verb, say; in- 
 quit (placed after one or more 
 
 quoted words), said he. 
 in-stituO, 3, -ui, -utum [statuo, 
 
 place}, fix, determine, undertake. 
 
 Institi TK. 
 instiiictuB, -a, -uni [P. of instruo], 
 
 firnished, e(piipped. 
 iu-strtio, 3, -struxi, -structum 
 
 [struo, build}, build up,Jorm, in- 
 struct, teach. 
 iMHula, -ae, r., island. Pkninhula. 
 iu-HUm, -esse, -fui, , be in, 
 
 among; w. dut. and in w. abl. 
 
a 
 
 illt4»l-l<'}40 
 
 :>41 
 
 jiKlioiiini 
 
 , go in, enter; 
 
 nferuB, below'], 
 ower world, the 
 
 intull, illatum 
 against), cause; 
 lake war upon', 
 
 adj., hostile, 
 rous. Infest. 
 fectum [facio], 
 
 n, adj. [finis], 
 pd, infinite, vast, 
 im, lend; change, 
 
 rcssus [gradior, 
 
 long for. 
 
 n, adj. [amicus], 
 
 Je ; noun, enemy. 
 
 L. 
 
 incC], beginning. 
 
 11, jus], injustice, 
 
 uatus], unjustly. 
 inops, without re- 
 overt y. 
 TQ verb, say ; in- 
 
 tor one or more 
 
 said he. 
 -utum [statuo, 
 
 :rmini', undertake. 
 
 L [l\ of lustruo], 
 
 vrd, 
 
 Itruxl, -strrictum 
 
 Uild up, form, in- 
 
 \,„d. Vkninhui.a. 
 
 Ifui, » ^' •"' 
 
 lund in w. abl. 
 
 intcl-lego, .'J, -lexl, -ir-ctuni [inter], ita, adv., so, thus. Cf. sic. 
 
 see into; understand. Istkiaa-.ct. I Italia, -ao, i"., /fa//. 
 inter, prt'p. vv. mc, between, tiinong, • Italiis, -a, -uiii, adj., Italian. 
 
 amid. ! ita-qiio, ronj., (f/j(/ .so, /A»ny<>r<?. Cf. 
 
 Intcr-eo, -Iro, -ii, Aunw, perish. I lt^u and igitur. 
 
 inter-diini, adv., sonittimts. ' Uciii, ;idv. [ita], liken'ise, ai'su. 
 
 inter-lifio, ;5, -IV-ci, -factum [j'a- ; 1 1 km. 
 
 ciu], ^///, jiiit to dedt/i, CI. nt'i'o 
 
 and occldu. 
 Interior, -us, adj. [no positlvij, 
 
 inner, interior. 
 Inter-pcllo, 1, i)iternijit ; tntreat, 
 
 {viportnne. 
 Inter-rogo, 1, as!:, in(/tiire, (jiiesliun. 
 
 (082.) Intkukogation. 
 Intcr-suiii, -esse, -f uT, , he pres- 
 ent at or innuiiij ; w. dat. Cf. ad- 
 
 suni. 
 intra, prrp. w. ace, icithin. Cf. 
 
 extra. 
 in-tueor, 2, look towards, at ^ or upon. 
 
 I.NTI ITION. 
 
 Intus, adv. [in], within, inside. 
 in-venio, 4, -vOni, -ventuni, come 
 
 tipon, jind, meet iciih^ discover. 
 
 Invf.nt. Cf. rcpyri'i. 
 in-viceni, adv., Lij iurns, in tiir:i, 
 
 alterndfelji, 
 in-viotii8, -a, -um, adj., nncompm- 
 
 abte, invincihle, 
 invito, 1, invite. 
 invftiLS, -a, -uin, adj., unwilling/, re- 
 
 liieliint, 
 in-vo<'o, 1, rail upon, invoke. 
 io, interj., ah! oh! 
 
 iter, itincriis, n. [to], waij, road, 
 
 linireh. (2(>2.) IriNKUANT. 
 iteruiii, adv., n .s( co/u/ time, ayain, 
 
 1 TKUA HON. 
 
 Ithaca, -ai', r., Ithaca, <ni island in 
 
 the Iimian Sea. 
 If ins, .■\i., Itlus, <i port in C'lud. 
 
 Jaceo, 2, -uT, 
 
 — [jacio], (/.p 
 
 t Jin urn'), lie. 
 Jaeiii, ."), jccl, jactuni [jaeoo], M?'o«', 
 
 <v(,s7, hnrl,jling. 
 jam, ailv , already, now, at last. Cf. 
 
 nunc. 
 janijaiu, adv., already; junijani 
 
 vcntiiru.s, oti tlie point of eominy. 
 jaiuia, -ae, v. [.Janus], door. Cf. 
 
 porta. 
 .lilniiM, -T, M. [jiiiuni], Janus, the 
 
 tieiifaei d mid, 
 
 Jejuiiiiini, -i, n. [jcjuiuis], j'ast, 
 
 hiint/^ '. 
 Jcjiinii.s, -a, •uin [jcjuiiiun»],ya«7- 
 
 tii(j, hnm/ry, without food. 
 Joeus, -I, .M. (plnr. joci and joca), 
 
 Joke, je.st ; per jocuni, in Jest, for 
 
 a Jokr. 
 JolianniruIuH, •!, M., little John, 
 
 ipse, -a, -inn, iiitcns, pron., self, ' Johnny, Jack. 
 
 very. (270.) 
 Ira, -ae, i\, anger, wrath ; ire. 
 
 Jiil)eo, 2, jfis.sT, jussinn, l>id, order, 
 eomnhiiiil. (.'(. inijx'ro. 
 
 lr-ri<leo, 2, -risi, -risun» [in], laugh jrieiindiis, -a, -nni, adj., jileasant, 
 
 at, ridicule ; Jtst, murk. I agreeable. 
 
 Is, ea, id, doternj. ])ron., that', asljildex, -Ids, m. [Jildico], Judge. 
 
 pers. pron., /(<, .s7ir, j>. (270.) i (lOo.) 
 lite, -a, -ud, tlcnuui. prun., //mf ((yijrdieimn, -i, n. U"*^''^'**]» judg- 
 
 j/oum). (275.) 1 ment, opinion. 
 
 m 
 
 
 1 
 
'^^^^mmmmm^mm 
 
 judieo 
 
 242 
 
 loqiiop 
 
 JGdico, 1 [judex], yW^e. (4'Ji>.) 
 
 Julius, -i, M., Julius, a Roman 
 fa mil If name. 
 
 Juppiter, Jovis, m., Jupiter, the su- 
 preme deity of the liomai<s. (2(12.) 
 
 jur5, 1 [jus], sicear, take an oath. 
 
 jus, juris, X., ri<jhi, Justice. (1-40.) 
 Cf. fas. 
 
 jussus, -us, M. [jubc'd], command, 
 order, 
 
 jOste, adv. [Justus], ri(jhtli/,j'ustfy. 
 
 Jiiveuis, -is, M. and r., i/oitth, i/ounr/ 
 jierson. Cf. aduk'sct'iis. 
 
 juventus, -utis, r. [juveuis], the 
 season of i/oulh, ijoath. 
 
 Liibienus, -T, m., Labienus, a liexi- 
 
 fi'iKint of Cirsa/s. 
 iai)()r, M., -oris, labor. 
 lahoru, 1 [lalx)!'], «•<»/•/, toil. 
 labruiii, -i, N., lip. 
 lac, lactis, v., milk. Lactkai,, 
 La<-('(la(>iiioiiii, -oruni, m., (Ik' 
 
 Lacedaemonians. 
 lacriiiiu, -ue, v., tear. li.vcHVMosi:. 
 lacus, -us, M., lake, ixind. 
 LaovinuH, -i, m., Laevinus, a ll>- 
 
 iiiitn rntisid. 
 lapis, -idis, >i., stone. LAi-iOAin. 
 Lutiue, adv. [Latiuus], in lAit'ii. 
 Latinus, -a, -um, adj. [Latiuni], 
 
 Latin ; noun, a Latin. 
 liitrd, \, hark, hark at. 
 latrii, -unis, m., rohlxr. 
 IfituH, -a, -nni, adj., Iroad, iridi-. 
 
 liATlTI 1)K. 
 
 latus, -('lis, N., side. Lati.hvi.. 
 iaiMlo, I [liiui^], jn-f I is>, laud. 
 luus, laudis, v, [laudu], jiraisr, 
 
 glori/, favir. 
 ir><j;<itu.s, -i, M. Jr-jru, dvpntr\ am- 
 
 hitssadtir, liruirnuiit. ]j;(iVTi,. 
 IcKio, -(tnis, I. [It'Ktij. (" (father iuij), 
 
 legion. 
 
 lego, .*}, iC'gi, loctuin, gather ; se- 
 lect; read. 
 
 leuis, -e, adj., <oft, oth, gentle. 
 
 leu, -unis, m., lion. ^i'J4,) 
 
 lepus, -oris, m., hare. 
 
 levis, -i', adj. [li*vo], light. (150.) 
 
 levo, 1 [levis],///i; up, raise, lighten. 
 
 lex, It^'gis, r., law. Llgal. 
 
 libeiiter, adv. [libct, it pleasco], 
 irillingli/, gladlg; iibcnter video, 
 / am glad to .see. 
 
 liber, -hrl, m., 'look. 
 
 liber, -era, -cruni, adj.,y>ee. Liu- 
 kua... (71.) 
 
 Liber, -erl, .m., Bacchus, god oj 
 wine. 
 
 lil'i're, adv. [iihor], freelg, fear. 
 J( ssli/. 
 
 liberi, -oruni, .m. [liber], children. 
 ((iOO 
 
 libero, I [lil)er], set free, free, lib- 
 erate ; w. abl. 
 
 HberJas, -litis, r. [libi-r], //Tf</o/H, 
 liberty. 
 
 lieet, 2, liciiit or licituni est, im- 
 l)ers., it is permitted, (one) inaij. 
 
 ligueiis, -a, -uni, adj. [lignum], of 
 irvddy u'oodi n. 
 
 li^iiuiu, -1, N., u-ood; [»lur., sticks 
 (f icood. 
 
 li^o, -unis, M,, mattock, hoc, 
 
 liliiiiii, -i, N., ////. 
 
 liiiKiiii, -ae, I"., tongue, language. 
 
 littera, -ae, v., letter {»f the alpha- 
 lirt)', i)lur., letter, episde; litera- 
 ture, 
 
 litus, -oris, \., shore, hrach, hank. 
 
 loeu.s -i, M. (plur,, loci and loea), 
 jihiir, position, spot, L<>('AI-. 
 
 bMiKr*, adv. [l<)ngus],/(i/-f./r; wide- 
 Ig, greatly, much, hg much, 
 
 luiijiCUH, -», -uin, udj., long. Lon- 
 • iiri i>K. 
 
 luquor, o, luculUM, speak, talk. 
 
, gather; se- 
 loth, gentle. 
 
 ^ujht. (150.) 
 i(iise,li(jhtcii. 
 
 t, it pleasrc], 
 bcnter video. 
 
 ].,free. Liu- 
 rhus, god of 
 
 biT], ihihlren. 
 
 fi'i'Ctfi'o', lib- 
 
 hi'r], freedom, 
 
 itiiin est, iin- 
 
 I lignum], of 
 
 : plur., A7/tAiJ 
 
 , hoe. 
 
 I , language. 
 \piade) litera- 
 
 [mrhy hitid'. 
 •i nnil loca), 
 Local. 
 far of: tcidv- 
 much. 
 long. liON- 
 
 I (1^, lulk. 
 
 luctus 
 
 248 
 
 melior 
 
 luctus, -us, M. [Ifigeojl, mourning^ 
 
 lamtntaticn. 
 lucus, -i, M. [luct'O, shine'], {open 
 
 place in a wood), icood, grove. 
 liidO) 13, lusT, lusum [Ifulus], play. 
 
 lnterLLi>E. 
 liidus, -i, M. \\\u\o'\, game, play. 
 
 IQjjfCO, 2, luxi, , mourn, lament. 
 
 lumen, -inis!, n. [luceo, lux], light. 
 
 LlMlNOlS. 
 
 liina, -ae, r. [luceo, lux], moon. 
 Llna. 
 
 lupus, -1, M., wolf. 
 
 lusciuia, -ae, r., nightingale. 
 liix, lucis, V. [luceo, sA/«e], light, 
 daylight. 
 
 M., abbreviation of ^farcHS, a /I'o- 
 manjirst name. 
 
 mactc, adj. [voc. of niactus], be 
 honored, be blessed; hail! tnll 
 done ! (p. 178, note .1.) 
 
 laaculo, 1, stain. 
 
 ina^is, adv. [iuri<;(nus)], more. 
 
 inagistor, -tn, m. [n»rij;(nus)], 
 master, trarhir. Cf. pi'aeceptor. 
 
 iiiagistratus, -ux, m. [ina^iistcr], 
 (///(' ojlire (if a niagister), magis- 
 tracy, magistrate. 
 
 miignifieus, -a, -uni, adj. [ning- 
 nus, faciu], sp/i ndid, magnificent. 
 
 inaguitudu, -inis, r. [niiignus], 
 fjreatness, size, magnitude. 
 
 inaKUus, -a,-un\, adj. (coini). ina jor, 
 superl. niuxinius), <jnat, large. 
 
 inftjor, -us, conip. of niagnus. 
 
 male, ndv. [nialus], hadh/, ill. 
 
 (211).) 
 mills, imille, nialuT, [in«Ki«, 
 
 volo"], he more witling, l>i''fr, 
 
 would rather. (.'IKJ.) 
 iiialiiui, -I, N., bad thing, evil, 
 maluiii, A, N., apple. 
 
 malus, -a, -um, adj. (eomp. pejor, 
 
 sup. pessinius), bad, evil; baleful, 
 
 (•JU8.) Cf. iniprobus. 
 mane, adv., in t/ie morning. 
 maneO, 2, niunsi, niansum, stay, 
 
 rtmain, await. 
 manes, -iuui, m., departed spirits, 
 
 souls. 
 31anlius, -1, m., Man I i us, a Roman. 
 manus, -us, v., hand ; force, hand. 
 
 (211,1.) Mamai.. 
 31arcellus, -i, .ii., Marcellus, a 
 
 Jioman general, 
 mare, -is, N'.,.sf(f. (110.) Mauink. 
 inarilimus, -a, -iim, adj. [mare], 
 
 hr longing to the t;i(t, bordering on 
 
 the s> a, maritime. 
 3Iarius (C). -i. -^'m (iiijus Marius, 
 
 a famous lioman general. 
 >Iarthis, -1, M. [Mars], March. 
 
 Often as adj. 
 luassa, ae, r., mass. 
 matter, -tris, v., inothcr, Matkk- 
 
 NAL. . 
 
 materia, -no, r. [mater], (^mother- 
 
 stiif), materials, timhr. 
 miitrona, -ae, v. [nu'iter], matron, 
 
 iclfi , lady. 
 iiiiitriro, 1 [mnturus, rf/)^], /Kf.s/rn. 
 maximc, adv. [mri.ximus], most, 
 
 es/ii daily, greatly. (2 1 0.) 
 maxlmus, -a, -um, «uperl. of nia- 
 
 pnus. (208.) 
 medieus, -T, m, [i;>edeor, rure"], 
 
 physician, Mkoicink. 
 mediterriineus, -a, -mn, adj. [me- 
 
 dius, tirraj, midland, inland, 
 
 MlDITKUH ANDAV. 
 
 aie<liuH, -a, -mn, atlj., middle; 
 
 (d'tetl to be tran>lale(i midst. 
 Meldi, nnini, m., the Meldi, a jwopU 
 
 of' fiaul. 
 
 melior, 
 
 (2Ub.) 
 
 •U8, cump. uf bonus. 
 
 ii 
 
 1^* :i 
 
 V 
 
 
-.- •<' 
 
 ^^^^i^i^VKmmmmmmmmsm iiifm 
 
 mollftns 
 
 244 
 
 iiiorior 
 
 n 
 
 
 i 
 
 i\i 
 
 ! 
 
 *J W 
 
 ll 
 
 iiiellitus* -a, -urn, adj. [mcl, honei/'], ' minor, 1 [minae, threats^, threaten. 
 
 h<me;i-swect, darlimj. \ minor, -us, conip. of parvus. 
 
 iiiemor, -oris, adj., mindful, (loO.) j minus, adv. [minor], less. 
 
 .VIkmohaum:. 
 iMonioria, -ao, i". [inc'riior],/7;e/77or/. 
 in<>n(hlciuiii,-i, n. [iiiendfix], Itionj, 
 
 /(ilsilitiod. 
 
 lucndax, -fu-is, ailj., [iiu'iitior], 
 
 If/illl/, (ll i-iilj'ul . 
 
 mens, nu'iitis, r., inind, iiurpnsf . 
 
 (:i7;{.) .Mkniai.. 
 mensa, -ac, i-., I(d)lf. 
 meijsis, -is, .m., wonl/i. 
 incntior, 4 [iiRiidax], AV, dcrcire. 
 3Ier('urius, -T, .m.. Mercury, ni'ssin- 
 
 (jer of the yods. (Tl*.) 
 niereo, \ 2, i<: irort/i>i of, discrrc, 
 mcrcor, \ merit. 
 lucridianus, -a, -uiii, adj. [iiurT- 
 
 (lies], of or Inloiufinif in middui/, 
 
 noon ; meridian. 
 Motellu8, -T, M., Metellus, a H'nitait 
 
 (jenertd. 
 metuo, .'], -ui, -utum [int-tus], /J '/r. 
 
 Cf. tinu'o. 
 nietiis, -us, M. [inoturi],/('-/r, <//v<f./. 
 
 ('f. tinu)r. 
 mens, -;«, -uiii, poss. i)ri)ii. (vdc. 
 
 aiii^. nia.s. nil), w*_y, miiu-. 
 mi<;ro, 1, migrate. 
 miles, -itis, M.,.s(«(/A/-. (lOo.) Mii.- 
 
 11 vuv. 
 milli', iiuiii. adj., inducl. in ^iii";. ; 
 
 in plur. niilia, -i»un, ihoHsuu<l. 
 
 (nu.o.) 
 
 Mlltla<ir's,-is, M.,MHtiades.'i (irn'i 
 
 (jriii ltd. 
 Minerva, -iw, i ., Minerva, ijoddiss 
 
 of wisdom. 
 minime, adv. [inintnius], hast,' 
 
 no, htj no metiu$, fur from it, 
 mInlHfor, -tri, m. [ininusi, (an in- 
 
 minibilis, -c, adj. [niiror, wonder 
 
 af], to be icundeied at; wonderjul, 
 
 ertrdordiuarj. 
 misellus, -a, -uiii, adj. [dlininutivi- 
 
 of iiii^cr], jxjiif Utile. 
 miser, -era, -eruni, adj., wretched, 
 
 nnhdfipi/, miserable. 
 niiseret, 2, -ituin I'st, iinpers. [mi- 
 
 SL'i'], it ///(/at.s" misf-iid)!/', it €.tciti>; 
 
 pit I/, (o«r) jiitit.^; nos niiseret, ue 
 
 pit;i. (41.-,.) 
 niis(>ria, -ae, r. [miser], wrttched- 
 
 iir.^s, misery. 
 Mithridates, -is, m., Mithridates, 
 
 Liiiij if I'lintus. 
 mitto, .'], misi, niissum, send. Mis- 
 sion. 
 modest ia, -a«>, r. [modestus], mo(/- 
 
 esty. 
 modiiis, -T, m. [modus], measure; 
 
 m<tdo, i.iiv. [modus], onhi ; niodo 
 
 . . . niodo, noil' . . . noir. 
 molestus, -a, -um, adj. [molrs, 
 
 jiii''], truidilcsume. MoLhsr. 
 mollio, 4 [mollis], so/len. Moi.- 
 
 1.11 V. 
 
 muneo, 2, -uI, -ituni, rmiind, ail- 
 visr, Irani. MoMTou. (112.') 
 
 mons, moiilis, .m., mountain, hill. 
 (M*. collis. 
 
 mdnstro, 1 [nioiieri], shmr, point 
 
 out. l)|,M»)NSTl{ATi;. 
 
 monutnentuni, -T, n. [moneo], 
 (^l/iaf irliirh frmind.s'), viemorial, 
 mnnument. 
 
 mora, -ix^, v., delay. 
 
 >lorlni, -oi'uni, m., tin Morini, a 
 l>i ifjili' if (iani. 
 
 ferior), servant. {i\i\.) Mimhtlu, niorlor, ll, mortuus [mioih], (fut, 
 Cf. uidgiiter. ' part. .norituni(<), die. 
 
iiiorosus 
 
 245 
 
 noctu 
 
 s], threaten. 
 irvus. 
 
 ess. 
 
 Iror, wondpr 
 
 ; wonderful, 
 
 [diiniimtive 
 
 Ij., wretched, 
 
 impors. [mi- 
 ■}>li', it excitrs 
 ri iniseret, ife 
 
 t], wrttched- 
 
 Mithri dates, 
 
 U,S,ud. Ml^- 
 
 k'stus], mo</- 
 
 nn], mt-asurf; 
 , oiil>i; modo 
 
 \hill'. 
 
 adj. [mr)le.s, 
 
 |(</?(«. M«»i.- 
 
 nini'itd, (id- 
 hn. (112.) 
 [o«//jfa/'/>, /""//. 
 
 . slidir, ]>ohit 
 
 U. [liutticnj, 
 
 L), iii<'iu(»ri(tl, 
 
 ., Morini, " 
 iiiois], (fut. 
 
 mSrosuSy -a, -uni, adj. [iiios],y>f/- navigjitio, -nnis, f. [iifivign], a 
 
 ful, cross ; moroso. sailing : navigation. 
 
 mortalis, -v, :idj. [unrs], (JinhJe iiJiviso, 1 [iiavis, au;.'.], nail, srt 
 tv death), mortal. \ sau. 
 
 niortuus, -a, -uiii, adj. [!'. of mo- niivis, -is, r., i/z/y. (l'>l.) Naval. 
 
 rior], dead. 
 mors, mortis, r. [niorior"), deotJt. 
 inoSj nioris, m., inaiiui r, /mliit, <'its- 
 
 torn. - (MO.) .^ItiifAi.. 
 inotuSy -us, M. [niovoo], motion, 
 
 movemoit : tnimtlt, distiirlHinrf. 
 moveo, -, iiirivi, inotuiii, move. 
 mux, adv., soon, presivflii. 
 miilier, -cris, r., woiium. 
 multitiiilo, -iiii?, v. [nmltiis], //?/;/- 
 
 iitude. 
 miiltiiin, adv. [luultus], mnrh. 
 multus, -a, -uiii, adj., conip. jilfis, 
 
 sui>('rl. jduritmis, uimJi, nimi'/. 
 Iiiundlis, -i, M., mirld, iinin rsr. (T. 
 
 orbis tiTrarmii. 
 muniU) 4 [moi'iua, ftn-tlfnifixuf^l^^ 
 
 furtifi/, d( ft lid. 
 iiiunitio, -oiiis, v. [uw'nun'], juriiji- 
 
 cation. IMimtion. 
 inuruii, -T, >!., n-alL 
 mutu, 1, i'lian-jCfidtir. Mitation, 
 
 nam, ronj. ,/»(•. ff. oniin. 
 iianolsror, :>, iianctus and nactus, 
 
 (fct, obtain ; find, virit irith. 
 uarro, 1 , /« //, r* Into, report, narrate. 
 iittsoor, .">, natiis, he liorti ; hefouuil, 
 Nusica, -ao, m., Nasica, surndute 
 
 of one of' the Sfii>ius. 
 nfita, -ai', v. [V. of iiuscor'I, 
 
 daui/htrr. C'f. filia. 
 iiiltura, -HP, V. fnuscor], nature. 
 nnuta, -ao, M. [fornfivita; nfivi.s], 
 
 if tiler. 
 ii&vloula, ac, v. [(limiiiutivc of 
 
 uavisj, little vessel, boat. (.'f. 
 
 c/mba. 
 
 ne, conj., that ?<(»/, lent ,- w. liortatory 
 
 SUlljUIK'tiVt', Hut. 
 
 no, interro}?. adv., ciii'litic. (p. Id, 
 \. 2.) a. iioiuu' and imiii. 
 
 neoessiirius, -a, -mn, adj. [tn'- 
 <'('ssc], necessary. 
 
 noj'ossltiis, -at is, i'. [lu'ccssc], ne- 
 cessity, ronstntliit. 
 
 nt'<'o, 1, /.///, slai/. ('{. iiUiTlicio 
 and occTdo. 
 
 nocti), J5, lU'MiI and ncxi, nt>xuiii, 
 bind, ti'eare. 
 
 iioS*>» ^ [•'<■> ^''''> •'■■".'/]» •^■",'/ ""^ d<nif ; 
 
 iifiise. 
 nrmo, -\n\n, m. and i-. [iii", lionio], 
 
 no one. For ^i-n. and aid. use 
 
 nfillin; , millo. 
 Noptuiius, -i, .AI., Neptune, '/ml of 
 
 I '.I' sen. 
 ne-tiiiaqiiani, adv., hij no means, 
 
 not at all. 
 n<*-<luo or noo, and not ; ncqtio . . . 
 
 ncijui', ui ithfr . . . nor. 
 no-scio, l, know not, he iijnorant of. 
 uciifor, -tra, -truni, adj., neither 
 
 (jflwo). (200.) Ni;i;tral. 
 iil.uor, -irra, -gruin, ailj., hkirk. Cf. 
 
 ;"ilrr. 
 nihil, N., ii\dctd., imihinp. 
 niiniiini, adv., tuo, tmi miieh. 
 Ill si, conj., if not, unless, rrcrpt. 
 iil.v, nivis, p., snow, (l(i7, 2.) 
 uubilis, -( , adj. [noscoj, well-known^ 
 
 famous ; noble. 
 nocrii, li, -ui, -itum, do harm to, 
 
 hurt. Injure; w. dat. 'No.xioi.'s. 
 
 rf. olisntii. 
 noctn, adv. [nox], lij uiijht, in thv 
 
 ni(/ht. 
 
 r' 
 
T 
 
 pi 
 
 Hi 
 
 iir>io 
 
 246 
 
 oct5 
 
 I' 
 
 i: 
 
 n51o, nullo, nolul, , [ne, volO], 
 
 be unwilling^ will not, not wish, 
 
 (316.) 
 noineii, -inis, n. [noscu], (jhat hij 
 
 which a thing is Inoini'), luune. 
 
 Nominal. (KU.) 
 noiriino, 1 [nomon], namp, call, 
 non, jidv. [nc, unum], not. 
 non-ue, interrog. adv., expcctliij^ 
 
 an affiriiiativi.' aiii^wer, ?/<>/ j* Cf, 
 
 -no ami num. 
 nou-nullusy -a, -iini, adj. (jwt nom'), 
 
 some. 
 nonus, -a, -urn, num. adj. [novem], 
 
 ninth. 
 iiosco, ;{, novi, nutum, learn, knuw. 
 
 r. mitu.s, -a, -uin, as adj. knutrn. 
 nostor, -tra, -trum, ])(),ss. ])r()n., 
 
 onr, ours. Nostri, our mm. 
 noviis, -a, -xun, adj., mio. Nov- 
 
 KI.TV. 
 
 no.v, not'tis, r., night. (1G7. 2.) 
 
 NoCTrUNAL. 
 
 niibes, -is, f., clond. (140.) 
 nfillus, -a, cum, adj. [n"', iillus], 
 not (ing, no, nunc. (200.) Kt l- 
 
 MTV. 
 
 imin, intcrrog. adv., cxi)oeting a 
 ncf^ativc answer, whether. Cf. 
 nun no and -nc 
 
 Nil ma, -ao, m., /ifuma (Pompilitts), 
 second king of Rome. 
 
 nuiiioriis, -1, M., number, 
 
 II 11 mm us, -1, M., piece of money, 
 coin. 
 
 nunc, adv., now, Cf. jam. 
 
 nuiKiiiaiii, adv. [no, unquam], 
 never. 
 
 iiiintlo, 1 [nuntius], announce, 
 report. 
 
 iiiintlus, -T, M. [nfiutio], hearer of 
 news, messenger. 
 
 uusqmiiti, adv. [ne, usquaui], no- 
 where. 
 
 nOtrio, 4, Jicd, nourish, support, 
 Cf. alo. 
 
 o, intcrj., 0, 0/i/ 
 
 ob-oo, -Ire, -il, -itum, go to, reach^ 
 
 meet. 
 ob-ligo, 1 [ligf), liml'\,hin<I, oblige, 
 
 put under obligation. 
 obliviscor, 3, ohhUis, forget. 
 ob-nio, 3, -uT, -utum, overwhelm, 
 
 cor< r, burg. 
 obsos, -sidis, M. and v. [ob, sedeo], 
 
 (one irho sits or remains as a 
 
 ]>h(tg.), hostage. 
 ob-sidco, 2, -sC'dl, -sessnm [sedeo], 
 
 {sit against), blockade, besiege. 
 ob-sisto, ;>, -stitl, -stituni, oppose, 
 
 icitlisfand, (ihslrnci ,- w. dat. 
 ob-siim,-c.ss('.-i'uI. y he against, 
 
 opposed ta ; injure; w. dat. 
 oh-teiiipcro, 1, romplg loith, yield 
 
 to; w. dat, 
 t)b-tiiieo, 2, -ul, -tentum [tenoo], 
 
 holdfast, keep, occupy. Uhtaix. 
 ob-viam, adv., in the wag, toicards; 
 
 with verb of motion, nie<tf w. dat. 
 oocjlsus, -us, M. [oeeidu], (a sink' 
 
 i'lg), sdting. 
 oct'ldo, 3, -cidT, -easum [ol),cadu], 
 
 fill down, fall. 
 oecido, 3, -eldl, -cisum [ob, caedo, 
 
 cut'], cut down, kill, Cf. neeo an»I 
 
 interfleio. ''^^ 
 
 oeciipS, 1 [ol), ca})ioJ, take posses. 
 
 sion of, seize; occupy. Cf. poti r. 
 oc-ciirro, 3, -currT, -curauni [ob], 
 
 rnn to mcetf mcet^ fall in with, 
 
 OcClK, 
 
 neeaiuis, -T, m., ocean. 
 
 ocoUiis, -T, M. [dimlnntivo of ecu. 
 
 his], little ei/e. 
 oc'tftvuH, -a, •uiu, num. adj. [octo], 
 
 eii/hth. 
 octo, num. adj., indecL, eigld. 
 
oculus 
 
 247 
 
 parens 
 
 •*• i 
 
 ish, support, 
 
 (JO to, rcacl\ 
 
 hind, oblige, 
 
 fonjct. 
 1, oimrJicIin, 
 
 . [ob, sedeo], 
 ('mains as a 
 
 isnm [scdei'], 
 tif/.', besiege. 
 ituin, oppoiie, 
 
 ; W. (lilt. 
 
 —J)caii(iinst, 
 
 ; w. (lat. 
 
 dy loith, yield 
 
 tiuu [tenpo], 
 npi/. Oin-AiN. 
 t/vfv, toirards; 
 , /;)('(/,• \v. (lat. 
 •itir.], (a A'i"«A:- 
 
 111 [ol),csiJo], 
 
 |ni [oh, Ciiedo, 
 Cf. ncco aiul 
 
 J, t(il-c poaacit. 
 
 f. Cf. potl r. 
 
 •iirsum [ob], 
 
 \fall in with. 
 
 lutivo of ocu- 
 H. a»lj. [octo], 
 •1., eiylU. 
 
 oculus, -i, M,, ei/e. Occlah. 
 of-foro, olTcrc, obtnli, oblatuTn 
 [obj, (J)riu(j I)p fore), present, offer. 
 
 (r.2i.) 
 
 ofliciuni, -T, x. [oinij!, facio], service, 
 
 (i'ltij, office. 
 oliiii, adv. [ollc, old form of ille], 
 
 (j.tt tlidt tiiiiey, Jhrmerli/, onee ; at 
 
 some time or other ; lureaftir. Cf. 
 
 allqiiando and quondam. 
 oniuis, -0, adj., lehole, all, ereri/. ( 'f. 
 
 tdtus. 
 onus, -cris, n., Ii'ikI, burden. 0\- 
 
 KKors, 
 opera, -ao, f. [opus], htJmr, cure, 
 
 attention; operam dare, //■//; oih'- 
 
 ra, on account of. Opkhati;. 
 oportet, 2, -uit, impi'rs. [opus], it 
 
 is 7iecessarif, it belioort s ; ("/" ) 
 
 must or oiii/lit. 
 oppicliinus, -a, -uu), ailj. [o])])!- 
 
 dum], of' a tou-n ; noun, townsman. 
 oppidiini, -i, N., tuu-n. 
 op-plod, 2, -ovi, -rtum [ol»], .//// 
 
 up; r(>r<r. 
 opportniius, -a, -um, adj.,,/(V, con- 
 venient, suitable ; opportune. 
 op-piigno, 1 [ob], attack, assault, 
 
 besieije. Cf. cxpfijjjnoand ol)sidi'r>. 
 [ops], opis, ]'., (//(/, assistance ,• 
 
 \Anr., ])oirer, stren</th, resources. 
 opthne, adv, [optimus], most er- 
 
 cellcnibi, best. (210.) 
 optn, 1, vish, desire, Ion </ J or. Cf. 
 
 cupio and drsTik'ro. 
 opus, -oris, .v., u-orh, labor (140) ; as 
 
 iiidocl. noim, need^ vecesaitij; opus 
 
 est, it is necessari/. 
 oriiouluiu, -T, >:. [<'ro], oracle. 
 oriitio, -Tinis, r. [oru], ]>rai/rr, }>li a ; 
 
 speech, oration, 
 orator, -oris, m. [r)rr)], orator, am- 
 
 ba.<!sador. 
 orb!", MB, iM., circle, orb; orbis Ict- 
 
 rfirum, earth, world. (154.) 
 orbus, -a, -um, adj., bereaved, child- 
 less, 
 Orous, -T, >r., Orcus, the loirer icorld. ; 
 
 also Pinto, the yod of thii lower 
 
 irorld. 
 ordior, 4, orsus, ber/in, undertake. 
 
 Vi, ineipiu. 
 ordo, -inis, m., row, rank; order, 
 
 (trranjcuK nt. 
 oriens, -ontis, m. [T. of orior], 
 
 rising ; east. 
 orior, 4, ortus (prc's. ind. of conj. 
 
 ."), ort^ris, oritur; imp. sul)J. orlror 
 
 or orlri'r; fut. ])art. oriturus), j/.sv, 
 
 appear; bcfjiu. 
 orniiinontuiii, -T, \. [urnr)], (jlntt 
 
 which adorns), ornament, j(nt I. 
 oriio, 1 , adorn, ornament. 
 oro, 1 [os], j>raii, hiij, Cf. ])ftr» and 
 
 rojj;'). 
 OS, r»ris, N., month, ftce, Ou.vL. 
 os-tcndo, o, -di, -turn [ob(s)], 
 
 (^strttiJi out before'), show, displai/, 
 ostium, -1, X. [os], entrance, door. 
 ovis, -is, v., sheep. 
 owwwy -I, -s., eij (J. OvAi,. 
 
 pabulum,-!, n. [jii'isco], /or**?, /W. 
 
 dcr. Cf. cibus. 
 paoiu', ailv., nearli/, almost. Cf. 
 
 paonitontia, -ao, f. [pac-nitcu], 
 repentance, penitence. I'knitkn- 
 
 TIAUV. 
 
 paliis, -udis, r., .sn-am/>, marsh. 
 
 pilr, ])aris, adj., nptal. 
 
 pariltus, -a, -um, Jidj. [T. of paro], 
 
 r< adji, prepared. 
 paroO, ;'», periuTcl (parsi), parsuni, 
 
 spare ; W. dat. 
 parr lis, -ontis, M. and t., parent. 
 
 (107. 1.) 
 
 ,.t I 
 
 
it 
 
 pSreo 
 
 248 
 
 per-spicio 
 
 pfire5, 2, -ui, , (come forth, ap- 
 pear), be obedient to, obey ; w. dat. 
 
 pariO) 3, pcperl, ])aritum and par 
 turn, bring forth, laij. 
 
 pariter, adv. [piir], eqiiallij. 
 
 paro, 1, mak-e readij, prrpare, get. 
 
 pars, partis, v., part, piece, portion, 
 share. 
 
 partior, 4 [pars], divide; part, 
 share. 
 
 Pariis, -1, F., Paros, an island i)i the 
 yKu.an Sea. (11.4.) 
 
 parvus, -a, -Tun, adj. (comp. mi. r, 
 superl. niiniiiuis), small, little. 
 
 pasoo, .3, pfivi, pastuni, feed, tend; 
 pasture. 
 
 passer, -(.tis, m., sparroir. 
 
 passiis, -us, M. [j'.tti'u], (a stretch- 
 ing out of ihj ft't in walking')^ 
 step, pace. 
 
 pastor, -oris, m. [pusco], feeder, 
 keeper; sJtepherd. (iol.) Pastor. 
 
 putcu, 2, -in, , lie open, be open. 
 
 P. patOns, oven. 
 
 pater, -f ris, ^u, father. (134.) Pa- 
 
 TKHNAL. 
 
 patieiiter, adv. [pations], patient- 
 ly, icith patience. 
 patlor, 3, passus, hear, stiffcr, en- 
 
 ilure. Passion. 
 patrla, -ae, v. [pa trius, pater; so. 
 
 terra], fatherland, natwe laml, 
 
 coitntrg. Kxiv,thiatb. 
 paiieus, -a, -uiu, adj. (^t'lierally 
 
 l)lur.), /e/c, /////". Paicitv. 
 paiilu, adv. [paulus], by a little, 
 
 little. 
 paiilus, -a, -uni, adj., little. 
 PaiiUus, -i, M., siirnanir of^Kmifiiia. 
 pauper, eris, adj., /ooor. (I(i7..'l.) 
 pilv, pacis, V. (no gen. plnr.), 
 
 peace. Pacifv. * 
 
 pecefitiini, •!, *. [peeeo"], viistale, 
 fault, sin. 
 
 peeeo, 1, male a mistake, commit a 
 
 fault, sin. 
 peetus, -oris, x., breast. 
 peeus, -oris, x., cattle, herd. 
 pedes, -ills, yi. [_\ws'], foot-soldier, 
 pejor, -us, conip. of mains. (208.) 
 pel lis, -is, v., skin, hide. Pklt. 
 pensuiii, -T, x. [1*. of pendO], Qvhat 
 
 is veigJied out, e.g. icool, as a task 
 
 for spinning), task; lesson, exer- 
 cise. 
 pi'i, prop. w. ace, through, by, by 
 
 : a,)s of, on account of, 
 })€Vi , -ae, r., bag, icallet. 
 per-u^j •, 1 [ager], wander through, 
 
 jiass over, traverse, 
 per-<lo, 3, -didl, -ditum, destroy ; 
 
 lose. Cf. aniitt"). 
 per-dileo, 3, -duxT, -ductuni, lead 
 
 or bring through, 
 per-eo, -Ire, -ii, , perish, be 
 
 ruined. (31*7.) 
 per-fodio, 3, -fodl, -fossum, dig 
 
 tlirougli, jiicrce, stab. 
 per-frliij»«» 3, -frCgi, -fractum, 
 
 [franjiuj, break through, break, 
 per-fiij;io, 3, -ffigl, ,jlee (for 
 
 refuge). 
 perf»o, 3, porrt'xl, perrectum [per, 
 
 retiu], (JO on, continue. 
 perleiiliiiii, -i, N. [perior, try], 
 
 trial, attempt; risk, danger, pen/. 
 peritiis, -a, -uni, adj. [P. of perior, 
 
 try"], (having tried), skilful. 
 |)er-inltto, 'J, -misi, -nnssnm, alluw, 
 
 grunt, sujj'tr, permit, Cf . sino. 
 per-paiicus, -a, -nni, adj. (gener- 
 ally 1)1 ur.), very few, 
 Persae, -arum, M., the Persiatis. 
 per-seqiior, 3, -cntnSffollou: persist' 
 
 ( utli/,/'uil(iw up, 
 per-spielo, 3, -spexT, -spectum, 
 
 [si)i'eiu],sre through, see tnto; per- 
 
 celve, obaerve. 1'eusi'ectivb. 
 
!i. 
 
 per-8t6 
 
 249 
 
 post-e& 
 
 e, commit a 
 
 erd. 
 
 )Ot-soldier. 
 ilus. (208.) 
 . Pp:lt. 
 L'lulo], (^ichat 
 )ol, as a task 
 lessoHf exer- 
 
 rou(jli, by, by 
 
 if- 
 d. 
 nder through, 
 
 uin, destroy ; 
 
 iluctuni, lead 
 
 |— , perish, be 
 
 fossum, dig 
 
 \i, -fractum, 
 (^i, break. 
 Jlce {for 
 
 [rectum [per, 
 
 Ipcrlnr, tryl^, 
 Xdanyer, peril. 
 'P. of perior, 
 Iskilfnl. 
 \\iss\un,alluu-, 
 
 Cf. siiw- 
 adj. (gener- 
 
 l^trsians. 
 Xfollow persist- 
 
 m, •spectiim, 
 Ts-cfi nttof per' 
 
 ll'KCTlVB. 
 
 per-sto, 1, -stiti, -statum, stand 
 fast, persevere, persist. 
 
 pcr-terreo, 2, -ui, -itum, thoroughly 
 frighten. 
 
 pertinacia, -ae, f. [pertinax], per- 
 severance ; obstinacy. Pertinac- 
 ity. 
 
 per-venio, 4, -veni, -ventum (come 
 through to the end), arrive. Cf. 
 advenio. 
 
 pes, pedis, M.,ybo^ (105.) Pedal. 
 
 peto, 3, -ivi or -il, -itum, seek, de- 
 mand, beg. Petition. Cf. oro 
 and rogo, 
 
 Philotimus, -i, y\., Philotimus. 
 
 piger, -gra, -grum, adj., slow, lazy, 
 indoUnt. 
 
 piget, 2, -uit or -itum est, imper- 
 sonal, it disgusts, (o7ie') is dis- 
 gusted. (41(5.) 
 
 pigrltia, -ae, f. [piger], laziness, 
 sloth, indolence. 
 
 piluni, -i, y., javelin. 
 
 pipio, 1, chirp. 
 
 placeo, 2, -ui, -itum [plaeidus], 
 please: w. dat. 
 
 plaeide, adv. [plaeidus], sojlly, 
 gently, quietly. Placidly. 
 
 plaeidus, -a, -um, adj. [placeo], 
 gende, quiet, calm. Placid. 
 
 planitieSy -ei, f. [planus, even, 
 level'], (a flatness), level ground, 
 plain. 
 
 planus, -a, -uin, adj. [plunities], 
 even, fat, level, plain. 
 
 Plataeenses, -ium, m., the Platae- 
 ans, inhabitants of Plativa. 
 
 plebs, plt'bis, f., the common jwuplt, 
 multitude. Vi.VAi i: i a n . 
 
 plcnus, -a, -um, adj. [pleo, fW], 
 full. 
 
 plerusquc, -aqui', -umque, adj. 
 (generally plur.), very many, most, 
 the greater part. 
 
 plumbum,-!, n., lead; plumbum 
 
 album, tin. 
 plus, pluris, adj., comp. of niultus. 
 
 (208.) 
 Pluto, -oiiis, P/uto, M., god(pJ the 
 
 luu-i r worlds ^ "-tt//^/* 
 poeuluni, -I, N., cup, bowl. 
 pocma, -atis, n., poem. 
 poena, -ae, f. [punio], quit-money, 
 
 Jinc, punishment. 1'enal. 
 Poeni, -orum, m., the Carthaginians. 
 Poeniccus, -a, -um, adj. [Poeni], 
 
 Carthaginian. See Punicus. 
 poeta, -ae, m., poet. 
 polliceor, 2, promise. C i '- 
 
 niitto. 
 Polyphemus, -i, m., Poly^.)emus, 
 
 a Cyclops. 
 Pompejus, -ri, M., Pompey, a fa- 
 
 vinus Roman general. 
 pomum, -T, >;., fruit. 
 pond us, -eris, n. [pendo, v:eigh'], 
 
 ireight. 
 pono, 3, posuT, positum, put, place, 
 
 set. Position. 
 pons, -ntis, m., bridge. 
 Popedius, -1, M., Popedius, a Latin. 
 populus, -i, M., people. 
 Porcius, -T, M., a Eoman family 
 
 name. 
 Porsena, -ae, m., Porsena, <in 
 
 Etruscan king. 
 porta, -ae, f., gate, door. Poktal. 
 
 Cf. jiinua. 
 porto, 1, carry, bring. Cf. feru and 
 
 velio. 
 portleus, -us, k. [porta], /oor//co. 
 portus, -us, M., harbor, port. (247.) 
 
 possum, i)osso, ]iotui, [potis, 
 
 a/;/f', .sum], be able, can. (202.) 
 post, ])ri'p. w. ace., afer, behind; 
 as adv., for posteii, afterwards, 
 afir. 
 post-eS, adv., aflerwardt. 
 
:r 
 
 j I 
 
 poster us 
 
 260 
 
 pro-gredior 
 
 f. I 
 
 ,4 ' ^ 
 
 posterus, -a, -um, adj. [post] 
 (comp. posterior, suporl. postre- 
 mvis or ^ostumus), folloviny, next. 
 
 post-hiic, adv., ajle}' this time, here- 
 uj'ier, hcnccjorth. 
 
 po.stridie, adv. [postcro die], on 
 the daij ajler, the J'uUowing day, 
 
 postiilo, 1, ask, demand, Ci". qua;- 
 ro iuid logo. 
 
 potcns, -cntis, adj., [P. of possum], 
 ahley poivt rj'id ; potent. 
 
 potior, 4 [po'is, able\ become mas- 
 ter of, (jit, (jet jioi>sessio7i of; w. 
 gen. or abl. Cf. adipiscor. 
 
 praebeo, 2 [prae, hahi^o^jioldjorth, 
 vj/'(r,J)irHish. 
 
 praeceps, -i pi lis, adj. [prae, ca.- 
 pu t] , /< r ( / d-J'ure most, heu dlony ; rash, 
 precipitate. 
 
 praeceptor, -oris, m. [praecei)tuin ], 
 teacher, preceptor. Cf . uiagister. 
 
 praecoptuin, -T, n. [pracccptor], 
 
 max/ III, precept. 
 pracda, -ao, ]'., booty, s/toil, prey. 
 
 Predatory. 
 pracdioo, 1 [prae, dico, -are, make 
 
 knoini'ji proclaim, boast. 
 pr.ie-eo, -in>, -il, -itum, //o before; 
 
 he at the head. (827. 2.) 
 praoiiiiiiin, -I, N., reward, prize. 
 
 Thkaiium. 
 pracsidiuin, -i, N. [prae, sedeo, sit 
 
 Ixfore^, defence, help; troojis, gar- 
 
 rison. 
 praostaiis, -antis, adj. [1*. of prao- 
 
 sto], pre-pminent, distimjnished. 
 prae-sto, 1,-stiti, -stitum (stfitum), 
 
 stand before; surpass ; fulfd, dis- 
 charge, perform. 
 prac-suin, -esse, -fuT, , he be- 
 fore ^ at the head of, command; w. 
 
 dat. 
 ppacter, })rt'p. w. aec, beyond, be- 
 
 sides, except. 
 
 praetci'-e3, -Ire, -il, •itum, go by, 
 
 pass by, omit. (327. 2.) Fret- 
 
 Einxi:. 
 praetorius, -a, 'Um, adj. [praetor], 
 
 {pertaining to a prcetor), prCBto- 
 
 rian ; noun, ex-prator, 
 pratiitn, -I, n., meadow. 
 preino, o, ])re8si, pressura, ytjress,* 
 
 with ore, bite, eat. 
 [prex], precis, f. (used mostly in 
 
 plur.), prayer, entreaty. 
 prinuis, -a, -um, adj. [superl. with 
 
 coinp. prior, no iioii.^, frst, fore- 
 
 }nost. Prime. 
 prineeps, -ipis, adj. [primus, ca- 
 
 ])io], (Jaling the first place^, 
 
 first, chief; noun, chief, leader, 
 
 (105.) Pkinck. 
 prius-quam, conj., before that, be- 
 fore. 
 privo, 1, deprive; w. abl. 
 pro, interj., 0! 
 pro, prop. w. abl., before, in behalf 
 
 of, for ; considering. 
 pro-cedo, 3, -cossi, -cessum, go for- 
 
 irard, advance, proceed. Cf. pro- 
 
 grt'dior. 
 proe ul, .'1 ( 1 V . , fa r, fa r from. 
 pro-<lo, '», -didi, -dituni, give forth; 
 
 hand doirn : give up, betray, 
 pro-dfieo, 3, -duxT, -ductuni, lead 
 
 forth. 
 prooliuni, -I, x., battle, combat. Cf. 
 
 pfigna. 
 profioisoor, 3, -fectus, set out, 
 
 march, go. Cf. exeo and egredior. 
 pro-fltcor, 2, -ftssus [fateor], ac 
 
 knowledge, confess, declare. Prih 
 
 TESS. 
 
 pro-fH<»i>, 1, overthrow, destroy, ruin. 
 
 PuOlI.KiATE. 
 
 profundus, -a, -uin, adj., deep, 
 
 profound. 
 pro-gredior, 3, -gretisus [gradior. 
 
pro-hibeo 
 
 251 
 
 qu.'teso 
 
 m, go hift 
 .) Pket- 
 
 [praetor], 
 r), prcBto- 
 
 im, press; 
 
 mostly in 
 
 uperl. with 
 Jirst, fore- 
 
 primus, ca- 
 rst place), 
 Vu'fy leader. 
 
 ore that, be- 
 
 bl. 
 , in behalf 
 
 'Uiii, gofor- 
 C'f. pro- 
 
 oin. 
 
 give forth ; 
 'trail . 
 ictuni, lead 
 
 •ombat. Cf. 
 
 s, set out, 
 
 1(1 ("'ifredior. 
 
 fateor], ar- 
 
 \lare. Vno- 
 
 Xestroy, ruin. 
 
 \n\y, deep, 
 
 [gradiur, 
 
 stepj, go forward, advance. Pro- 
 guess. Cf. procedo. 
 
 pro-hibeo, 2 [habeoj, (^hold in front 
 of), hold bark, check, hinder, pre- 
 vent, prohibit. 
 
 pro-icio, :}, -jT'cT, -jectum [jacii")], 
 throw forward, r(/.s'f aw(i>/, r((.<f. 
 Pko.ikct. 
 
 pro-mltto, .'5, -iiiTsT, -in'issuni [A < or 
 .send firth'], promise; let (jrow. 
 Cf. poUiceor. 
 
 prope, ]>rc'p. \v. ace, aii<l adv. 
 (comi). i)ropiu.s, superl. proximr"), 
 near, mitr to; near///, (diiiosf. 
 
 pro-pouo, o, -posui, -])osituni, jmt 
 bifore, srt forth ; make known, de- 
 dare. Pkopose. 
 
 proposituni, -i, k. [prupono], pur- 
 j)ose, ilcsign, resolution. Puorosi- 
 
 TION. 
 
 proprius, -a, -uni, adj., (one's) own. 
 Pkoi'ek. 
 
 pro-puguo, 1 (jight in front), rush 
 out to battlo, nialce sorties. 
 
 pro-se(iiior, .'5, -cutus, follow, pur- 
 sue. PltOSKCtrTK. 
 
 Proserpina, -ae, v., Proserpina, 
 
 daughter of Ceres. 
 pro-steriio, J], -strfivl, ■ trfitum, 
 
 ovcrlhroir, destro/; prostrate. 
 pro-sum, jjrudt'sso, prof uT, , be 
 
 useful to, benefit; w. (hit. (lJ*J;>.) 
 pro-velio, 3, -vi'xl, -vectuin, varrg 
 
 forward, convey ; in puss., ride, 
 
 sail. 
 pro-video, 2, -vidi, -visum, (see 
 
 foricard), provide. 
 provlncia, -ae, v., province. 
 proxiiniis, -a, -urn (supcrl. with 
 
 comp. jjropior, no i)os.), nearest, 
 
 next. PuoxiMiTY. 
 pradeus, -entis, adj. [for provi- 
 
 d('ns], wise, sagacious, knoiving, 
 
 prudent. (104.) 
 
 prudenter, adv. [prfxdC'ns], iviseiy^ 
 
 prudently. 
 prudontia, -ac, v. [prudv'ns], fore- 
 sight, sagariti/, wisdom, prudence. 
 piihlieiis, -a, -um, adj. [popwliisj, 
 
 (pertaining to the }i(<>i>le), public. 
 Publiiis, -1, M., Publius, a lloman 
 
 jirst name. 
 pudet, 2,puduit cr puditum cst,im- 
 
 pc'i's., // shaniis, (one) is ashamed. 
 [xiella, -ae, r. [diuiinutivc of pucrj, 
 
 girl, tnaid( n. 
 piicUiiri.s, -0, adj. [puelhi], girlish. 
 piier, -cri, M., hog, child. Pri;i!iLE. 
 piieriiliis, -T, .'M, [diiiiiiiutive of 
 
 pucr], little ho;i. 
 pil^iia, -ai', 1-. [pfigiii")], battle, con- 
 
 test. l'i;(;.NAci()rs. Cf. proclitim. 
 pu«jfno, 1 [priuim],//'////. Cf. diiui- 
 
 cn. 
 piilclier, -chra, -ehrum, adj., beauti- 
 
 f III, fair, cornel g. 
 puleliritiido, -iiiLs, r. [puk-her], 
 
 beaut g. 
 piilvis, -oris, :\i., dust. Pi;i,vkuize. 
 Puuieus, -a, -um, adj. [I'oeni], 
 
 Carthaginian, Punic ; iiifduiu Pu- 
 
 nicum, pomegranate. Set; Poeili- 
 
 ceus. 
 piinio, 4 [[Mcnn], punish. 
 pilto, 1, think, believe, reckon. (420.) 
 I'yrenaeus, -a, -um, adj., Pyre- 
 
 naean, Pyrenees, 
 Pyrrlms, -i, m., Pyrrhus, king of 
 
 Epirus. 
 
 quadragintn, num. adj., iiideel. 
 
 [(|iiattU()r], fortg. 
 (luudrin^euti, -ac, -a, num. adj 
 
 [(]uattU()r, CK'WUun'lffour hundred. 
 quaero, 3, quacsivi or -ii, quaesi- 
 
 tum, seek, ask, impttre. ('i82.) 
 quaeso, 3, -ivi, or -ii, [old 
 
 form of quaero], beg, pray. 
 
 r. t| 
 
 r* 
 
 m 
 
quam 
 
 252 
 
 regift 
 
 
 w 
 
 qiiuni, adv. ; interrog., kov), hoir 
 
 much ? rc'l., as much, as, than ; quam 
 
 sacpissiind, as ojh n as possible. 
 quantus, -a, -uiii, adj. [quam], 
 
 huic (jrent, Iiow much; as fjreat us, 
 
 a.i much as. 
 qua-re, adv. (on account of which 
 
 thing), wherefore. 
 qiiartiis, -a, -uin, iium ?A}. [qnat- 
 
 ixxovA^, funrth. Qlaut. 
 qua-si, adv., as if. 
 quater, num. adv. [quattuor],/o!/r 
 
 times. 
 quattuor, num. adj., \\u\\.'ii\.,four. 
 quattuor-deeiiti, imni. adj. [j\q- 
 
 CQm\,fnnriern. 
 -que, conj. enclitic, and. Cf. ct, 
 
 atque, and ac. 
 quercus, -iis, f., oah. (11. 4.) 
 qui, quae, quod, rcl. and adj. pron., 
 
 ivho, which, irltat, that. (L'7!).) 
 quia, conj., because. Cf. quod. 
 quidani, quacdam, quid(quod)- 
 
 dani, iudof. pron., certain, a I'l r- 
 
 tain one, a. (271*. 4.) 
 quidcm, adv. (never the first 
 
 word), indeed, certainlij, in truth; 
 
 ne . . . quidem, not even. 
 quin, conj. [qui, nc], but that, that. 
 quinftenti,-ae,-a,num. adj.,indecl. 
 
 [quTnqne, centutn], five hundred. 
 qiiinquag'iiita, num. adj., indecl. 
 
 [(juinque], ///?//. 
 quinquo, num. adj., indecl., fee. 
 quiiitus, -a, -um, num. adj. [quin- 
 
 q»e], ffth. 
 quintus deeimus, num. adj., ff- 
 
 teenth. 
 quis, quae, quid, interrot;. pron., 
 
 ivho? which? ivhat? ('279.) 
 qaisquain, quidquam (no fem. or 
 
 plur.), imlef. pron., any, any one 
 
 (at all). (279. 4.) 
 quisque, quaeque, quid(quod)que. 
 
 indef. pron., each one, rnrh, every 
 (279. 4.) 
 
 quo, adv., where, whither. 
 
 quod, conj., because. Cf. quia. 
 
 quondam, adv ., once, formerly. Cf, 
 aliquando and olim. 
 
 quoniani, adv. [cum (quom), 
 jam], since, because. Cf. cum. 
 
 qno(iiie, conj. and adv. (following 
 tlie emjjliatic word), also, too. 
 
 quot, interrog. and rel. adj., in- 
 decl., hou} many ; as many as. 
 
 radius, -T, m., beam, ray. 
 
 rado, ti, ri'isT, rusum, shave. Razok. 
 
 riliia, -ae, v., frog. 
 
 rapa.Y, -acis, adj. [Ti\]ni'>'], snatching, 
 greedy, ravenous. liArACious. 
 
 rapio, n, -ui, -turn [rapax], seize, 
 snatch, drag away. KArrLKK. 
 
 raru.s, -a, -um, adj., far apart, dis- 
 persed, single. Kaui:., 
 
 ratio, -onis, v., plan, method; reason. 
 
 re-cipio, .3, -cepT, -ceptum [capio], 
 take back, git again, receive. Se 
 recipere, withdraw, retreat. 
 
 ret'ito, 1, 7'ead aloud, recite. 
 
 re-creo, 1 [creo, make'], refresh, 
 recreate. 
 
 recte, adv. [rectus], rightly. 
 
 red-eo, -Ire, -il, -itum [re(d)], go 
 back, return. (327. 2.) 
 
 reditus, -iis, m. [rcdco], return. 
 
 re-duco, 3, -duxi, -ductum, lead back, 
 bring back. Reduce. 
 
 re-fero, -ferre, rettuli, -latum, carry 
 back, bring back. (321.) Refer. 
 Cf. reporto. 
 
 re-flcio, 3, -feci, -fectum [facio], 
 7n(ike again; repair, restore, re- 
 build. 
 
 reginay -ae, f. [rego], (the ruling 
 one), queen. 
 
 regio, -onis, r., region. 
 
, rnrhy fvery 
 
 r. 
 
 Cf. quia. 
 
 ''urmerlij. Cf. 
 
 Ill (quom), 
 Cf. cum. 
 
 ■. (following 
 also, too. 
 
 'ol. adj., in- 
 
 ^nany as. 
 
 Hive. Razor. 
 
 'u>'],sn(dching, 
 :ai'acious. 
 rapax], seize, 
 
 llAl'TURE. 
 
 Iir apart, dis- 
 
 1e.. 
 
 thod ; reason. 
 turn [capio], 
 
 receive. Se 
 retreat, 
 recite. 
 
 A-e], refresh, 
 
 ightli/. 
 [re(d)], go 
 
 2.) 
 
 »], return, 
 nm, lead back, 
 
 -latum, carrij 
 21.) Hefeh. 
 
 tum [faclo], 
 ', restore, re- 
 
 ], {the ruling 
 
 regno 
 
 253 
 
 rus 
 
 regno, 1 [rogiium, rex], he king, 
 rule, reign. 
 
 re^uuni, -T, y. [n"x], kingdom. 
 
 reso, 3, rexl, rC'cturn [rex], jule, 
 
 ReguIuS) -I, M., Regulus, a Roman 
 consul. 
 
 re-icio, 3, -jeei, -jectuni [jacio], 
 throw bacf,-, drive back. Rk.jeci'. 
 
 re-liuquo, -j, -llqui, -lictum [ru- 
 liquus], leair behind, leave. Re- 
 linquish. 
 
 reliquus, -a, -uin, adj. [irliiKiuo], 
 .remaining, t/ie rcsl. 
 
 re-initto, 3, -luisi, -iiiLssuui, send 
 back. Remit. 
 
 reiiius, -I, M., oar. 
 
 Kcinus, -i, M., Remus, twin brother 
 (if Romulus. 
 
 re-pello, o, roppull, repulsum, 
 drive back, repel, repulse. 
 
 ro-perio, 4, repperi, report um [pa- 
 Tii), ]>roriir('J,jin(l, di.^^ctirer, ascer- 
 tain. Cf. invcnin. 
 
 re-peto, o, -petTvi or -n, -i)etltum, 
 seek again, dennind back; res re- 
 peto, demand restitution. 
 
 re-pleo, 2, -evi, -etuin, {Jill again), 
 Jill up, Jill. Rei'Lete. 
 
 re-porto, 1, bring hack, caii-y back. 
 Cf. refero. 
 
 re-prohendo, o, -dl, -lieiisum, hold 
 back, restrain, reprove. Rki'Iu;- 
 
 HEXSIVE. 
 
 re-puto, 1, {count over'), reckon; 
 think over. 
 
 res, rel, f., thing, event, 'rrumstancc, 
 affair {2h\) ; res piihiicit, repub- 
 lic, state, commonwealth. 
 
 re-sciiido, 3, -scidi, -scLssum, tear 
 awag, break down. Rescind. 
 
 re-spon<leo, 2, -di, -spGn-suin, 
 
 >romise in re 
 
 turn), 
 
 answer, 
 
 replg. 
 
 (/ 
 
 respond. 
 ro-8tituo, 3, .ui, -utum [statuo], 
 
 '■ replace; givr. hark, return, restore, 
 
 IIestitl'tion'. 
 
 re-sto, 1, restiti, , stop behind, 
 
 i aland still, remain. 
 
 I re-tineo, 2, -titiul, -teutum [teueu], 
 
 hold back, restrain, retain. 
 ro-vertor, 3, -tl. -sum (deponent 
 
 in pres. imp. and fut.), turn back, 
 
 return. Rkvekt. 
 re-voc'O, 1, call hack, recall, 
 rex, reiiis, m. [rego], {ruler), king. 
 
 (lO.-i.) 
 Rhea Silvia, -ae, v., Rhea Silvia, 
 
 mother of Romulus and Remus. 
 Rheiuis, -I, M., the Rhine. 
 Rhodiis, -I, F., Rhodes, an island 
 
 in the ^V.gean Sea. 
 rictus, -us, .M. [ringor, open titc 
 
 mouth'], jaws wide open ; Jaws. 
 rideo, 2, risl, risum, laugh. Cf. 
 
 caohimio. Dkuike. 
 risus, -US, :m. [rideu], langhtir. 
 rivil.s, -i, M., brook, stream. IvIVai., 
 riibur, -oris, N., strength. 
 rogo, 1, ask, (piestion. Cf. iiiter- 
 
 rog.i. (382.) 
 Roma, -ao, v., Rome. 
 Roiiiaiius, -a, -um, adj. [Kuma], 
 
 Roman ; noun, a Roman. 
 Romulus, -I, M., Romulus, jirst 
 
 king of Rome. 
 rosa, -ae, f., rose. 
 rostrum, -T, n. [rrido, gnaw], beak 
 
 of a vessel. liosTUUM. 
 rubeo, 2 [ruber], be red. 
 ruber, -bra, -bru!u, adj. [rubeo], 
 
 red. Rlbv. 
 ruiua, -ae, f. [rud,/a//J, {a falling 
 
 down), downfall, disaster, ruin. 
 rupes, -is, f. [ru(m)po, breftk], {tlw 
 
 broken tiling) clij)', rock. 
 rursus, adv. [re-vorsus, revertoj, 
 
 (turned back), back, again. 
 rus, ruris, k., the country. (330.) 
 
 te 
 
rusticus 
 
 254 
 
 scxtus 
 
 : 
 
 i n 
 
 f 
 
 I 
 
 rustic us, -I, M. [rus], countryman, 
 peasant. Rustic. 
 
 safer, -era, -cruni, udj., sacred. 
 saepe, adv., often, /nquintlj. 
 sagittaj -ac, v., arwir. 
 Sa»untuin, -I, N., Saguntum, n 
 
 tdiin in Spain, 
 Sallustius, -i, M.,Sdlust, a Human 
 
 historian. 
 salus, -fitis, r., safety, url/arc. 
 
 SAI.rTAK\. 
 
 iSaiuuis, -Itis, >i,, a Samnite. 
 sanguis, -iiiis, m., hUnnl. S.wcri- 
 
 NAUV. Cf. oruor. 
 sapiens, -otitic, adj. [saj)ir», /)<■ I'vV], 
 
 7/'/.'>"^, si'nsihic, 
 saph'iiUT, adv. [saiilt'iisj, iriseh/. 
 Silt Is, adv., cnoni/Ii. Satisfy, 
 Saturn us, -T, m., Saturn, god vf 
 
 0(jri(:iiiii>r<'. 
 saxuiu, -!, N., rod: 
 scliola, -ao, r., schoof, 
 Kt'Io, -i, scTvT, sc'iiuiu, Inoir, linur 
 
 how. S( ncNCK. 
 ScJpio, -Tmis, M., Scipio, ti Jlinidn.-i 
 
 liiinian (jnn'ral. 
 scril>a, -ac, ji. [sciilM'], ("»(• ivho 
 
 vritcs), chrh. S<'IUHK. 
 scrilxl,.*!, scrips!, 8friptiiin[scrn)a], 
 
 vriti', SciMMiwj;. 
 si'i-iptor, -oris, y\. [scrU-*], tiritrr, 
 
 millior. 
 script uui, -T, N. [Hcrilx'], vritituj, 
 
 written work: Scuirr. 
 s<>ntuni, -T, X., shield. 
 sf'-iT'do, '), -crssT, -cr'sstini.f/rt apart, 
 
 vit/tdraw, ritirr; senedc. 
 HtM'undus, -a, -um, adj. [sciiiior], 
 
 foUowimj, wxt; second ; Jhrorafilc. 
 «<»(!, conj., Iiiif. QV.'].) 
 Hodco, l'. scdl, sOssimi, alt. Si:s- 
 
 HedeSf -Ih, r. [si'dci"], seat, abode. 
 
 semper, adv., alicays, ever. 
 sompiternus, -a, -urn, adj. [sem- 
 
 I)er], ererlastinfj. 
 senator, -oris, M. [scnox], seoafor. 
 senatus, -us, u. [sencx], council of 
 
 (Idirs, senate. 
 sonectOs, -iitis, r. [si'iu'x], old a(jr. 
 senex, sciiis, adj., old; noun, old 
 
 man. (-'<J2.) Skmle. 
 senior, n'ris, adj. [conip. of scncx], 
 
 eldi r, old person. 
 sensus, -us, M. [sontin], fcelinfj, 
 
 sense, perception. 
 sententia, -ae, F. [seutirt], oy»/n/o;(, 
 
 Jilirjio.sc SlCXTKNCK. 
 
 sentio, 4, srusT, st'nsum [.sf-nsus], 
 
 Ji'tl, knoir (J)ij tlie S( uses'), tor, per- 
 
 e-irc. 
 septeni, niun. adj., iiidcid., seven. 
 .S»'ptenil)er,-l)ri.^, m. [si i)U'n»],5e/7- 
 
 tember. < )ftcii as ailj. 
 septein-deeini, num. adj. [di'i'i'iu], 
 
 screntein, 
 septles, nutn. adv. [.scptcni], senn 
 
 ti'.trs. 
 
 septiniu'., -a, -uni, num. adj. [st])- 
 
 teni], si rrntli. 
 sequor, H, sccfitus, Jollou: Si> 
 
 sero, 'i, scvT, satuni, sow, plant. 
 
 serta, -<"rum, n. [situ, plaif], yar- 
 landK, nrc'iths ofjioirirs. 
 
 serus, -a, -u M, a<lj., laie. 
 
 servlo, 4. [sorvus], he ti shwe, to, 
 serve ; w. dat. 
 
 tervKfis, -utis, v. [scrvus], slavfn/, 
 servitude. 
 
 servo, 1, sarr, knp; jir< serve. 
 
 servus, -i, m. [fcrviu], .slarr, ser- 
 vant. ((Id.) 
 
 sexiiginta, i um. ndj., iiidcrl. 
 [sex ), si.rt.,: 
 
 sextus, -a, -uni, nwui. ndj. [i<ex]| 
 girth. 
 
fii 
 
 SI 
 
 25.^ 
 
 siihco 
 
 ver. 
 adj. [sem 
 
 ^x"], senator. 
 
 ]j cniincil of 
 
 I'X], Old Oijii. 
 ; iiDun, old 
 
 LE. 
 
 p. of sonex], 
 tiu], fceliiKj, 
 itio], oinnloii, 
 urn [srnsus], 
 
 idocl., .srrrn. 
 si'pti'in],5e/J- 
 
 ;ulj.[<U'i'iMn], 
 
 I ptcrn], scvrn 
 
 |iiu. siilj. [si'p- 
 
 j'olloir. Si> 
 
 p, pl<'i'']f V'^^ 
 tn IS. 
 
 iii: 
 V,,' i( sliwe. to, 
 
 |v»is], slaver !)t 
 
 \n I serve. 
 
 L], slni'r, ser- 
 
 Indj., !ih1«'«'1. 
 ndj. Ci»ex]| 
 
 si, conj., //) irliitlivr. 
 
 sic, adv., 60, <A«.s, m //i/,s manner. 
 
 Cf. ita. 
 Sicca, -a<% m., Sicca, <i J'rlnul oj' 
 
 Cici ro. 
 SSicllia, -ai', r., Sicily. 
 sidiis, -cris, n., .^^tur, (•>uat<]Utttlon. 
 
 Sii)i;i!i:ai.. (1)01.) 
 si^iiiint; -1, X, marl,-, sign, signal. 
 silva, -ill', r., iri)(></,j(ir(sf. Silvan. 
 siiitills, -I', adj. [siiiml], ///r, re- 
 
 semb'iiifj, similar. (*J07.) 
 .^iniple.v, -icis, adj., simple, /luu'n, 
 
 (trtli.s.i, 
 kIiiiiiI, ;m1v. [siinilis], at the xaiiir 
 
 time. 
 .sin, I'oiij. [sI-iH'j, hut if, hoii'cvrr, if. 
 sine, ])ri'p. \v. ahl., iritlionf. 
 sin^iili, -ai', -a, iiiiin. adj., ■sr/ffr/v//*', 
 
 sina\., oiii' III/ (iiir. (;)]1. b.) 
 ^«illist('r, -Ira, -tnuu, adj., /(f 
 
 (^Itiind). SiNisTKU. 
 siiio, .'5, .sivT, situm, alhur, permit. 
 
 Cf. pcrniittu. 
 sinus, -ii.s, m., Ikisoih, ht}>,fulil.-i of a 
 
 ffdrnicnt. 
 sltis, -is, I', (ace. -Ini, alil. -i), f/iir.'it, 
 sdciT, -on, M., fitlifr-in-law. 
 sociiis, -I, -M., all'/, coiiijiaiiion. As- 
 
 .^^OCIATK. 
 
 Socrates, -is, m., Socrates, afamuus 
 
 Greek phihisiipher, 
 851, solis, M., .sini (no jjon. plur.). 
 
 Soi.au. 
 solcu, U, .solitus, he. accustomed, wont. 
 
 (p. 177, note 2.) 
 Solon, -onis, m., Solon, thv grrat htw- 
 
 ijicvr (f Aflii IIS, 
 HOliiH, -a, -iirii, adj., (dour, sitiglv ; 
 
 sole. (200.) 
 Holvo, ;J, solvi, solfitum, Ws<',/wo«/'n ; 
 
 break ; weigh anehor, net sail, 
 
 SoLVi;. 
 somnuH, -T, m., ileejt. 
 
 soror, -(")ri.<, i ., .sish r. 
 
 sors, ii.s, !■•., lot, eoiiditiiiu. Sort. 
 
 .sortior, 4 [.sor.*;], dnnr lots, obtain 
 
 hij lot. 
 sparso, ;>, -.^T, -^a\\\, stn >r, seatter. 
 
 Si'vusi;. 
 Spartacus, -T, m., Sparfacus, a 
 
 (jiadiatiir. 
 s|>at!nni, -T, \., mom, space; perivd- 
 sp('ct«), 1 [spcc'io, /(-/>/ J, look at, It*-.- 
 
 Iio'il, leiiiKss. Si'ictacm:. 
 
 spCiMllor, 1, s/ii/ out, uitleh. v 
 
 spcciis, -\\^, M., earr, dm. 
 .spcro, 1 [.■<p«''^], /"'/"', hope for. 
 spcs, ^w\, V. [.^pi To], //njor, ex- 
 
 piftdtioii. 
 spolio, 1, mil, p.'iiudi r, spoil, di ■ 
 
 spoil. 
 statini, adv. [.*<tn], {stuudiug then), 
 
 on till' s^Hit, immediati lij, at otiee. 
 .statiia, -ac, r. [statiinj, (//;« thing 
 
 net ii/i), statue. 
 
 Sfatlld, ;l, -Ml, -Wtlltn, /<'(/, Jilaer ; 
 
 III li riiiiiie, thiiik, III ill re, 
 Stella, -ai',r.,.s7or. (;'.0l.) Sim.i.ak. 
 sto.. 1, stoti, Htatum, .sta^ I. 
 slrajjcs, -is, i ., Hlaughli r, carnage. 
 sfrln;;o, .'{, -iixT, stru-tiiiii (^draie 
 
 tiglil), graze ; draie, uiislnnlh, 
 stiulco, 2, -ui, [.siudium ), l>e 
 
 eager, St rice carnestlg fur ; study; 
 
 \\. dat, 
 sdidiuiii, -1, V. [sttidro], ze(d. 
 
 mill nil .ss; study. 
 sf iiltilia, -ar, i. [>lultu,s], ^/J'//y. 
 sLuItiis, •», -um, xu\l,, foolish, silli/, 
 SUilvis, •(•, a<lj., .sunt, delightful, 
 
 Vi, dulid.s. SiAVirv. 
 HUiliviter, adv. [.-.uavis], surtthj, 
 
 (lelli/htf'ulli/, 
 Hiib-dilcd, 'I, •diixl, •(lucttiiri, draw 
 
 from under, draw up. 
 8ubcu, -Iri', •il, •itutn, go under or 
 
 up to, enter; undergo, (.')J7.) 
 
siihho 
 
 2/i6 
 
 t<Mi"r>bra«^ 
 
 
 ■\- 
 
 Rubit5, udv. [siihod], suddcnhi, un- 
 
 exjx'vledhj. 
 sub-inovou, 2, -niuvT, •mutum 
 
 (jnuvc from beneath), remove, drive 
 
 aim I/. 
 subsidiiiin, -T, x. [subsidi'u], aid, 
 
 support, rcitrf, assistance. 
 siib-Kilio, 4, -uT, [salin, leap'], 
 
 Jitiiip up. ("f. (irsiliu aiul Iriiiisilio. 
 Hub-vciiio, 4, -V('in, -veiitum QDine 
 
 to oik's ?'(//V/'), liffji, aid, assist. 
 
 Cf. 8uc<;urrr». 
 siK'-i'urro, .'], -t'urri, -cursum ["^ul)], 
 
 {^rnn up to), liflp, aid, succor. 
 siif-foro, sunVrre, BiisiulT, .sulihitiitii 
 
 [sill)], IjKtr up nndir, undtrijo. 
 
 Si I'KKIt. 
 
 sui, rt'Hi'X. pron., of himself (Ju r- 
 
 srf, itsif thrnisilvrs). (2(»4.) 
 SGUa, -!U', M., Sulla, a famous Roman 
 
 (p'ueral and stati sman. 
 
 Miiin, c'ssi', fill, , //(', exist. (72 ) 
 
 siiiniiiiiH, -a, -iitii, adj., sujurl. of 
 
 siijK'rus. h'ljhi St. 
 HUiliu, o, himipsi, sumj)tum, tid.e, 
 
 t(di up : assume, 
 super, prt'p. w. ace. und ulil., over, 
 
 above, on top of. 
 miporb?, udv. [supf'/f^B], ;)ro«(////, 
 
 /l<IUi//'itll '/. 
 
 HiipcrbtiK, -a, -mil, udj. [supi-i], 
 
 proud, Sri'KHH. 
 Hiiporif»r, -us, adj., comp. of supo- 
 
 nis, hiijlu'r, superior. 
 auprrO, 1 [buijit], ptiss over; sur- 
 pass, overcome ; vouipier. (18l».) 
 Hiipt'r Hiiiii, -cssi', -ful, , re- 
 
 main over, survive, exist . 
 HiiprrMiuiH, -a, -iiin, adj., nuj». of 
 
 »iii]>t'i'iis, hii/liist ; liist, 
 tiUH'-tpIo, .'{, -crpi, -cfptum [sub, 
 
 eapio], uudrrtakc. 
 •utt pondd, 3 -di, -pi5nium [ml)], 
 
 kantf up, tUBpend, hnni;. 
 
 suspioor, 1 [auspicio, look- askance 
 
 at], mistrust, suspect. 
 Bustincu, li, -tinul, -tentum [suli, 
 
 tc'iu'u], hold up, hear, endure; SUS' 
 
 tain. 
 suns, -a, -UTH, poas. pron. [sui], his, 
 
 hers, her, its, theirs, their (j)U'n), 
 
 tareo, 2, tai'uT, taciturn, he silent, 
 
 he silt lit ahout. Tacit. 
 tacdot, 2, taeduit, taesuni est, im- 
 
 pors., // disijusts, wearies; («;ie) is 
 
 disipisled, Wf (tried. (410.) 
 ((Ilea, -ai', 1"., thin har. 
 taiii, adv., so; tain . . . (iuam, as 
 
 . . , as. Cf. ita and sic. 
 taiiion, adv., ipt, hut, nevertheless. 
 tancb'in, adv. [tani], {Just so far), 
 
 at ii iii/th, jiualhj. 
 tan^o, ;>, ti'tigT, tactiun, touch, 
 fanto, adv. [tantusj,//// so much, so 
 
 much the (with coniparativt's). 
 taiituin, adv. [tantiis], OH/y. 
 taiitiis, -a, -urn, adj., .so ijreat. 
 TarfiitiiiiiR, -a, -uin, adj., of Ta- 
 
 rrntum, Tarentine. 
 Tai-tiiiiiiiuM, -i, M., Tai'ifuin the 
 
 Proud, se> rnth liiiij of Jiiiuie. 
 tocfutn, -1, N. [togo, cover}, cover- 
 in;/, shelter, roof, 
 tf'lutn, •!, N., weapon. 
 triiierurluA, -a, -uni [temorS], 
 
 nish, iuroiisiderate. 
 hMiHTO, adv., ntslili/, inronniderai^ly. 
 IciiirritaH, -ntiii, v. fti'inon"], 
 
 dance.; rashness, temerity. 
 t(>iiip('Htas, -alin, y. [tfinpuj"], 
 
 (.s7(//c or mndilion of time), vealh- 
 
 er ; starme weather, storm, tempest, 
 tenipliinii T, n., temple. 
 toiiipuM, o\{»,s.,tiine. Temvouau 
 teiu>brai*« ilrum, r., daihneM$, 
 
 shaJei, 
 
 £^. 
 
tenebricosuH 
 
 257 
 
 tripartlto 
 
 Innk- ashince 
 
 ■ntum [suit, 
 endure; sus- 
 
 Ml. [sin],/ii'.S 
 leir (o(rn). 
 
 ini, he silent, 
 
 IT. 
 
 ■sum est, im- 
 ir!e.<; ("«e) is 
 (410.) 
 
 , . (i^uain, "••<' 
 
 u( rrrlJieU'SS. 
 
 , {just so /iiy)t 
 
 uu, ti)nch. 
 , /,»/ .so much, so 
 j)arativt's). 
 9], onf;/. 
 s*) (/t'Cdt. 
 adj., of Tti- 
 
 avifuin the 
 of luniie. 
 .»(•«/•], cover' 
 
 jin [ttMnorfi], 
 
 inixiilenvt}^. 
 (ti'inoro], 
 
 writy. 
 
 [t»'mi)UB], 
 timi ), nrnth- 
 
 .nil, tempest. 
 , dcukneM*, 
 
 tenobricosua, -a, -uni, adj. [tviw- [toloro, \,hrnr, endure. T(ilkuatr. 
 
 brai'j, (full of durhiess), dark, 
 
 yloofnij. 
 teneo, 2, -ul, tcntum, hold, keep, 
 
 /litre; ini'iiioria Wnvri^, rewernher. 
 tenor, -tra, -i-runi, adj., .sv»/i'. ddi- 
 
 i-iiif , tender. 
 toiiuis, -v, adj., thitt, li'jht. 
 ter, iJUiii. adv. [trrs], thrice, three 
 
 tillK s. 
 
 tullo, ;i, sii.stuli, suhlfituiii, lijl, 
 
 rtilse, pick up ; irei(jh (aHcAor). 
 tot, adj., iudt'td., .so vuniij. Cf.quot. 
 f otlis, -a, -uni, adj., uhule, <dl, entire. 
 
 (200.) TOTAI.. 
 
 Irju'lo, 1 \_\v;\\\u^^, liiindlr, n,aiui<je, 
 
 treat. 
 trii-<Iu, ;», -didi, -ditum [trrm>i],_r//iv 
 
 over, dilivi r : n tnti ,re(t>uut. Tkv- 
 
 Tcrontius, -T, .m., <i lummn fnnili/ ' l>ITl(».v. 
 
 uitine. trttliu, >), tra.\i, -ctuin, dniw, dra<j; 
 
 terguiii, -T, N., hack-, 
 terra, -at-, v., earth, land. Tku 
 
 nwK. 
 
 terreo, 2 [terror], //•/v/i/^-n, alarm. 
 terrify. 
 
 terror, -oris [torri-u], terror, alarm. 
 
 tertio, adv. [ti'rtius], the third time. 
 
 terthis, -a, -uiii, niiin. adj. [trcs ], 
 thuil. 
 
 tcrtius <l(>(>iiiiu.H, iiiiiii. adj., thir- 
 teenth. 
 
 tctlmoiihiiii, -I, N. [testor, hear 
 u'itntasj, iritiie.ss, evidinee, testi- 
 mony. 
 
 testudo, -ini«, v. [ti'Sta, .</<///], tor- 
 toise I sin d or eucerimj to protect 
 hcsieijers. 
 
 Teiitones, -\uu, m., thr Teutons, a 
 (i< I man trihe, 
 
 ThuIoH, -in, M , Thales, a (I reek 
 philosopher 
 
 derive. 
 tnl-lrlo, .">, -jecl, -ji'ctuin [trans, 
 
 jaciuj, tlimir across : yxjs.v urt r, 
 
 crass. 
 triijertus, -us, .m. j tniiriit ), <i noss' 
 
 iiiij Kccr, passat;e. 
 tniiKliiillituH, -atis, r. [traixjiiiN 
 
 lii.«<J, lalmnrss, tranquillity ; a 
 
 I (dm, 
 trans, \>rv\\. u. ace, across, beyond, 
 
 onr. 
 traii-mM»ii(in, .'{, -di, -scr'nsuin 
 
 [scamlii, rlimh], sit p or pass orir; 
 cross. 'I'ltANSCKNti. 
 
 trituH-eo, -Iro, -ii, -itiiin, ^/o onr, 
 
 cro^a. (.'172.) 
 traun-n;^o, ;'., -fjxi, -fixuiu, pierce. 
 
 throm/h, pim; . stah ; transfix. 
 traii-siI!o, 1, -ii, ami -iii, [«a- 
 
 lio, A'f/'], l^ap onr or across. 
 
 Cf. dt'silio and Kuli^ilio. 
 
 ThpiuiHtocles, -in, M., fhetnisio- ' tre<'eiiti, -ar, -a, iiuiii. lulj. [tn'H, 
 
 cles, <i famous Athetaati. 
 TfrinttH, -i, m . the Ticinus,it rirer 
 
 of /tall/. 
 tlgrlH, -Is, or -UViti, tiger. 
 titne«l, 2, ui, [timorj./nir, /.« 
 
 afraid of 
 Tiiiioleoii, oiifM, M., Timohon, a 
 
 Corinthian yi ncrat. 
 tlinor, oriii, m. [tiuifoj./fur, dread, 
 
 alarm. TiJUoituL'S. 
 
 iiiitiim ], three hundrnl. 
 
 tre<Ie<'lm, iiiiiii. adj., iiidcrl. [trO«, 
 lU'Ct'lll ], thirtn n, 
 
 tren, tria.nuin. ndj.,r//nv'. (.'Ml. 1.) 
 
 trlliniiUM, -i, M. [ triltiis, trilte], trib- 
 une. 
 
 (rl^liifff, iMMii. ndj., Indct'l. [IrraJ, 
 thirtif, 
 
 (ripai-tUii, iidv. [trfu, jmrtior], in 
 three dicisivna. 
 
 i 
 
 .y viV^v 
 
'mm^lm 
 
 tristis 
 
 258 
 
 veiiiitor 
 
 tristis, r., adj., .,hl, r/h-^mi/. 
 trimnphir-, i, tr.umph. 
 tu, j. • , r(yil., (Iiuii. (I'(i4.) 
 tub}', ia\ i'., inuiqni. (14.) 
 tui'or, 2, tui'tus, and tutus, look at ; 
 
 ic(tuh,dtj'rnd,(jminl. ("i". (IrR'ndo. 
 Tiillia, -ac, v., Tullia, Cii:en''s 
 
 (ltnii//i/i r. 
 tiiin, adv., at that time, then. 
 tiiuo, adv. [tuiu],u< that time, thru. 
 ti]r;>i-!iilus, -a, -uiu, iidj., sin>ii(it. 
 
 '1 I Kt.Il). 
 
 tiirpis, -V, adj., iiijh/,/oid; base, dis- 
 
 () nice fid, shamij'id. 
 turplter, adv. [tnrins'], fouK^, base- 
 
 1 11, sli<iiiiij'idh/, 
 tiirpltridu, -inio, r. [tiirpis], »'///- 
 
 III SS, IxISI HISS, 
 
 (iiri-is, -is, 1 ., tower. (1 1'>.) 
 tatus, -a, -mil, adj. [1*. ol" tiU'ur], 
 
 safe. 
 tutis, -a, -um, poss. jn-on., /////, thine ; 
 
 i/oiir, i/oiirs (of iiu\y inn). 
 tyruiiuus, -i, .m., tyrant. 
 
 obi, adv., irhire, whrn. 
 
 ilUiis, -u, -um, adj. [tor unuliis, 
 
 diininutive of ullu^J,tJH//, aui/ viie. 
 
 (200.) 
 ilttM-ior, -us, adj., iM^nip. (no posl- 
 
 Iwv), further. 
 ultiiiius, -a, -um, adj. (supcrl. of 
 
 ulterior), J'urthtst, last, Ulti- 
 
 MATK. 
 
 iinioriiH, -T. M., shvntder. 
 
 iliidr, adv., whence. 
 
 uadl qut', adv., from all parls^ on 
 
 alt sides. ■ ,<erifwhert. 
 iiiii-vcrhuti. - , -»jin, adj., Qurned 
 
 into one), all toijether. 
 Iinqiliikin, a('v., at ami time. ever. 
 fiiiU!(, -a, UIU, num. .rlj., unv; alone. 
 
 (liOO, ail.a.) 
 
 urbs, -is, K., citi/. (108.) Sua. 
 
 i:ui{S. 
 urgeo, •-', ursl, , press, drive, 
 
 iiiipil, urge. 
 us(HH', adv., all the tivie, continually. 
 lit or iiti, adv. and conj., Aor', as; 
 
 tlial, in iirdcr thai, .so that. 
 iilcr, -ira, -truni, inturrog. pron., 
 
 which iiftiro. (^2(10.) 
 iit<'r«iiu', utra(iui.',utruni([ue, indof. 
 
 prou., each of tiro, butii. (200.) 
 Qtilis, -e, adj. LutorJ, nsi'/iil, adiau' 
 
 laifcoiis, 
 utiuuui, ailv., iroidd that, that, 
 
 I wish that, 
 ntor, ;>, usu.s, use, emploij; w, abl. 
 iilriiiii, adv., irlutlur; used cidi'dy 
 
 in doi.lili' (jui'.stion.s. 
 iiva, -at', i ., 'jriijie, hunch of yrapes, 
 iixui'y -uri.s, r., wife, Cf. conjunx. 
 
 vagor, 1, ijo to and fro, wander, 
 
 V.VGU.VNT. 
 
 valoo, 2, -uT, -itnni, hi strong or 
 
 (*•(// ; \n\(',/artwell, yood hi/. IJf. 
 
 I'onvalcsco. 
 vah'tfulo, -inis • ixaleu], state oj 
 
 health, health, 
 validiiH, -a, -i.. ., adj. [vulooj, 
 
 stroinj, stout, sliirdi/, Valii>. 
 valllw (or vallOs), -is, i'., mlley, vale. 
 varliis, -a, -uni, adj., dijerent, 
 
 ehani/rahle, various. 
 Varro, -Tmis, m., Varro, a Roman 
 
 consul . 
 vasts, 1 [va.»*tu8, waste, d/.^olate], 
 
 la II waste, rarai/e. 
 vehn, '.], vex!, vectum, rarri/, draw, 
 
 eonvei/ ; pn88., ride, S(til, 
 vi'lOx, -ml!*, Hdj,, swifl, fleet, quick. 
 
 (1711.) VKLocirv. 
 v^iirttof, -Orii, ». [veiior, hunf}, 
 
 kuiUnr, 
 
 
 J^'a. 
 
ve?»eniim 
 
 259 
 
 Zama 
 
 ^1 
 
 08.) Sua- 
 ^ress, drive, 
 
 , CoutitUKtllt/. 
 
 ij., huw, as ; 
 
 hat. 
 
 nog. pron., 
 
 iniiiR', indof . 
 [h. (200.) 
 (sp/'h/, advdU' 
 
 that, that, 
 
 )!oi/ ; w. iibl. 
 used fliit'tly 
 
 '■/' <.'/*f/'""/"'-'*- 
 Cf. coiijunx. 
 
 /*;•(), irandtr. 
 he strong or 
 
 Illri 
 
 ij, s/a<c' (»/ 
 
 |dj. [vuloo], 
 Vai.m>. 
 , valley, vale. 
 
 1 , dilftri'iit, 
 
 \o, a lioinan 
 
 , d(iiulnte], 
 
 (trni, draw, 
 \a!l. ' 
 
 flert, indck. 
 
 HOT, AiifU], 
 
 venenuni, -;, n., poison. Vfvoai. 
 veiila, -ae, f., indulgence, mtrcy, 
 
 liiitiness. Vknial. 
 vciiio, 4, vrni, vcnturn, rorup.. 
 vent us, -1, M., a-iti(L 
 Veuqs, -eris, i\, Venus, goildess -/' 
 
 love. 
 Voiiii.shi, -!U', 1 ., Venusia, (t tnim 
 
 in A/)ulia. 
 veiiiistus, -a, -mil, adj. [Vonus], 
 
 lovely, charming. ^ 
 
 ^ver, veris, n., spring. Vkknal. 
 vorbiiin, -i, x., word. Vkru. 
 ven'or, "J, reverence, respect, fear. 
 vero,, adv. and toiij. [vc'riisj, in 
 
 truth, in j'act, lull in fact. 
 vcniiii, 1, N. [viTUs], the truth. 
 — -vrrus, -a, -uni, adj., true, real. 
 vosUT; -tra, -trum, poss. proii., 
 
 ilitnr, i/ours (of iiiojv tlian one). 
 veterriinus, -a, -uiii, adj., siipcrl. 
 
 of vet us. 
 vrstio, } [ve.stis, ^rr/7Hr«/], clothe. 
 veto, 1, -in, -hmu, Jhrhid, preniif, 
 
 \'i;to. 
 votuR, -eris, ndj. (comp. vetustior, 
 
 .siiperl. veterriinus), o*V/. (14 1,*20H.; 
 vctusf for, -U8, ailj., CDMip. of vctus. 
 via, -ac, r., iraij, road, street. 
 viciiius, -a,-uni, adj. [vlcus], mar, 
 
 neiiihhorlng. V U ' i N 1 1 V . 
 vi<*tor, -rtris, m. [vi(n)cri], eon- 
 
 (juernr, victor. 
 victoria, -at-, v. fvTctor], victory, 
 VM'UH, T, M., village. 
 vlcloo, 2, vidi, vi.suui, nm, iiPtceive; 
 "^ pass., lie sein, seem. Vision. 
 vigil, adj, [vincf*, /((• lii'ehi'], udtch- 
 
 ful. (lol. 4.) ViOlI. VM. 
 
 vlffllia, -a*', V. [vijiilu, vij.nlj. a 
 u'dtehing, uateh. I.e., the j'ourth /nirt 
 of the ulijht. 
 
 vigUo, 1 [vi^'irt, '<"' 1"''^. 
 
 vigliAti, num. ndj., indeed., tiuentj. 
 vincio, 4, vinxi, viiiotuni, hind. 
 vinco, .'*, viel, vietuni, contpier, de- 
 feat. {I6{j.) 
 viudU'O, 1, claim; avfuge, punish. 
 
 V'im)I(;atk. 
 viniiiii, -i, N., wine. 
 viola, -ae, i ., violet. 
 '•' ■ \'ni, yi.,yian, h< ni. (1;!S, ii»i2.) 
 vlrgo, -inis, v., maiiini, virgin. 
 virtus, -litis, f. [vir], (^nuinliness'), 
 
 courage, bravery ; virtue. 
 vis, vTs, V. (jiin. and ilat., rare), 
 
 .'i(r(/ii/tii, poieer. (_'G2.) 
 vita, -.le [vivu], ///f>. Vhm.. 
 vitis, -1.-, 1. [vien, ticist together], 
 
 vin<'. 
 vitliiin, -T, N. [v'itis], (a moral 
 
 tieist), j'liull, hlemlsli, vicO, Cf. 
 
 eulpii. 
 vitu, \, avoid, shun, 
 vltruiM, -1, N., v'ond, a di/fi. 
 vitupero, I, hlame, censure, Virr*- 
 
 ri.KAi h>N. Cf. eulpu. 
 vivo, M, vJ.xT, vletuin [vTvus], live. 
 
 (I'.U.) 
 viviis, -a, -uni, ailj. [vivu], <dire, 
 
 living, 
 vix, iu\\ .. lardli/, with dijjiculti/. 
 volo, veile, volui, , trish, Ik 
 
 willing, desir", intend. (.'>!( J, ,')!".>.) 
 vuluplas, -atls, F., pleasure, enjoif' 
 
 vn nt, 
 vox, vricis. F. [vocn, cdlll, volce. 
 vuliiero, 1 [vuliuis], iround, hurt, 
 
 injure, Vii.ni.w \ltl.j;. 
 viiIiniH, -eris, n. fvuliifro], wmmd. 
 vulpr-M, •''i. v.. for. 
 Vliltus, -iir, .M., countenitnce, looks, 
 
 /eatureci. 
 
 Zaitia, -ne, v., Zama, a town in 
 .ifriea. 
 
 

 ! I 
 
 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 a* commonbi vnt U\tnslnfrd; quTdani, 
 
 quaediim, quoddiim (•J7(). 5). 
 able (be), possum ('Jl>2). 
 about, <lt"', v\ (ilil. 
 absent (be), }U)snm (UDT). 
 accept, accii)ir», '.]. 
 at'compaiiy, coinitor, 1. 
 acconl (own), ipse, .a, -\im 
 
 (270. {)). 
 accuse, hccuso, 1. 
 a<>rus8, trans, w. one. 
 act, !i{j:r>, 3. 
 admire, !i(lniTnr, 1. 
 admonish, inoticu, - ('I'i). 
 adorsi, orun, 1. 
 
 advance, prot-rdo, J] ; pmgrcilior, 3. 
 i^dvlce, coiisiliuni, •!, n. 
 iMiviKc, iiionoo, 2 (11-). 
 alar, iongt", 
 
 affair, re's, rcT, v. (251.) 
 afriild (be), mctuo, H; tiineo, 2. 
 Africa, Africa, -nc, r. 
 after, post, ir. arc.; cum, w. sn^'j.} 
 
 ,)()stnu!un, »''. imt. 
 rfierwards, ]>oston, dc'iulo. 
 HKitin, ifcrum, rrirsu.-. 
 a^ainHt, advcrsus, contra, In, ?' . 
 
 a^e (old), BPtiectfis, -fit is, v, 
 
 aKTiculture, ajiri cultur;!, -ac, k. 
 
 aid, auxiliiun, •!, N. 
 
 air, HtT, Hcris, M, 
 
 Alexander, Alex iidcr, -dri, M. 
 
 lUivei vivuH, -a, 'Uui. 
 
 arrangremeiit 
 
 all, omnis, -c; totus, -a, -urn (200). 
 
 Alps, Alp('s, -ium, i-'. 
 
 alone, solus, -a, -uin (200). 
 
 alou<l (read), recitr>, 1. 
 
 altar, fira, -ac, F. 
 
 always, seniper. 
 
 ambassador, Icgiltus, -T, M.; ora- 
 tor, -oris, M. 
 
 amon^, in, »■. (dil.; inter, "•. arc. 
 
 ancient, antlquus, -a, -uni ; vctus, 
 -oris (141). 
 
 and, ct ; atquo, or ac ; -que. 
 
 An<lroclu8, Androclus, •!, M. 
 
 anger, Ira, -ae, r 
 
 auKi'lIy* '^""' iJ"''^ (l"^"*)* 
 
 animal, animal, -filis, n. (149). 
 
 another, alius, -a, -ud (201); one 
 . . . (tnothcr, alius . . . alius. 
 
 aaotSicr's, alh'nus, -n, -nm. 
 
 answer, rcsjjondi'o, 2, w. thif. 
 
 any, fiUus, -a, -urn (200); aliijtiiR, 
 Mjua, -quid, or -quod (27ft); quiR 
 (p. 211, note IT)); quiMjuafn, 
 , quidquaiu (270. (>). 
 
 approach, appr(»plnqu5, 1, w. dat.y 
 (tthl ad, ir. acr, 
 
 arm, »., Itracchhim, -I, M, 
 
 arm, r., intno, 1. 
 
 arms, nrnin, -4")ruin, n. 
 
 army, i-xcrcitus, 'fin, M., th^ fft'tternl 
 won/; on the march, fiijjmon, -inis, 
 N.; in order ofluittte, aclcs, -^1, r. 
 
 Arplnuni, ArpTnum, •!, n. 
 
 arraugcnioiit, urdu, -inis, M. 
 
 Wi^ 
 
 i 
 
 *^^v-fo.' 
 
arrival 
 
 261 
 
 brook 
 
 Y. 
 
 ;iit 
 
 I, .um (200). 
 
 200). 
 1. 
 
 s, -i, M.; ora- 
 
 liter, "'. arc. 
 ., -um ; vetus, 
 
 ; -que. 
 lis, •!, M. 
 
 1. N. (149). 
 |i.l (201); one 
 
 . iilius. 
 
 , -\im. 
 
 , w. ddt. 
 L'OO); nliquis, 
 [l (270) ; qnJs 
 ; iju'iMinain, 
 JO. 0). 
 
 I, M. 
 
 |m., fA<» fffnernl 
 Rpcmon, -Inis, 
 aoii'8, 'f\t *' 
 
 I 1, N. 
 
 arrival, adventus, -Qs, m. 
 
 arrive, advenio, 4; pervenio, 4. 
 
 a^^o^v, sagitta, -ae, f. 
 
 art, ars, artis, f. 
 
 as, ut ; as . . . as, tam . . . quani ; 
 
 same . . . as, idem . . . qui ; (— 
 
 since), cum; (= when), cunj. 
 Asia, Asia, -ae, F. 
 Hshained (be), pudet, 2 (415). 
 ask of, ([uaerd, I?. 
 assemble, convenio, 4. 
 at, in, IV. ace. or all. ; ad, w. ace. ; 
 
 apud, lu. ace; in combination ir. 
 
 verbs (^wonder at, etc.), see the 
 
 verbs; tv. names of towns, locative 
 
 case (.'}:}4). 
 Athenian, Atlienlensis, -e. 
 Athens, Athenae, -arum, f. 
 attentively, diligenter. 
 author, auctor, -oris, m. 
 away (go), abeo (327) ; disci'do, o. 
 away from, a or ab, lo. abl.; e or 
 
 ex, XV. abl. 
 
 back (bring or carry), refero 
 
 (321); reporto, 1. 
 bad, malus, -a, -ufu ; Imiirobus, -a, 
 
 -um. 
 basely, turpiti-r. 
 battle, pugna, -ne, p.; proeHum, 
 
 -!, N. 
 be, sum (73). 
 bear, fero (321); veho, 8; tolero, 
 
 1 ; (off), auferu. 
 beast, bestla, -ae, v. 
 beautiful, puUlier, -clira, .eliruiu. 
 !>eauty, ])iileliritrido, -iuis, f. 
 be<*>iuse, quod; quia. 
 beionie. Ho (327) ; It becomes, 
 
 deeet, 2 (4ir.). 
 beg, peto, 3 ; uro, 1 . 
 begin, imlpio, .*?; ordlor, 4. 
 believe, credo, 3, to. dut. 
 
 benefit, «., benefieium, -I, N. 
 benefit, v., prosuin (203), ?/•. dat. 
 besiege, obsideo, 2 ; ()i)pugno, 1. 
 best, optlnius, -a, -uiu. 
 better, iiieliur, -us, cvmjtar. of bo- 
 nus (208). 
 between, inter, tr. arc. 
 big, mfignus, -a, -uim. 
 bind, vineio, 4. 
 bird, avis, -is, f. (154). 
 black, niger, -gra, -gruni ; uter, 
 
 atra, atrum. 
 blame, vitupero, 1 ; culpo, 1. 
 blind, eaecus, -a, -um. 
 blood, sanguis, -inis, M. ; cruor, 
 
 -oris, M. 
 boar, aper, aprl, M. 
 boat, nfivicula, -ae, p.; eymba, 
 
 -ae, F. 
 body, corpus, -oris, s. 
 bold, audfix, -iTeis. 
 boldly, aiidncter. 
 book, libiT, -bri. m. 
 booty, i)r:U'da, -ae. f. 
 born (be), naseor, 3. 
 ISoston, Hostonia, -ae, K, 
 botli (^carh oftii'i)'), uter«|ue, 1111* 
 
 que, utrunuiue (2'H>); both . . . 
 
 and, et . . . vt. 
 boy, puer, -en, M. 
 bow, areus, -us, M. (247). 
 brave, forlls, -c. 
 bravely, fortlter. 
 bravery, fortltndo. -Inis. k. 
 break, fran^^o, 3; (through) v^r- 
 
 frlniro, 8. 
 breeze, venttiH, -T, m. ; aura, -a«, r. 
 bribe, rornnnpo, 3, 
 bridge, pons poutl'*, m 
 bring, iiorlo, 1 ; lerO (321); (up), 
 
 educo, 1. 
 Ilrltain, Britannia, -ae, r 
 broa<l, latus, -a, -uin. 
 brook, rIvuB, -I, M. 
 
J V 
 
 brotlier 
 
 202 
 
 CUIlUIIlg' 
 
 II' 
 
 S^ !! 
 
 brother, ivritor, -tris, m. 
 
 TJnitus, Jiiutiis, -T, M. 
 
 l)nll(l, aoililico, 1. 
 
 biir<l«'n, <)»'!is.. -(M'is, x. 
 
 but, at; auu.'iu; scd (_;{9;}); (that), 
 
 quill. 
 buy, c'lno, 3. 
 by, il, ah, ir. ahl. ; (chnotiiuj lucaits 
 
 or inslvuinaut), ir. aid. alone. 
 
 <!i»>sar, Caosjir, -arls, m. 
 <'all,iioiniiio, 1; appi-Uo, 1; voco, 1. 
 calm, acquns, -a, -uin ; ])laci(Iiis, -a, 
 <'aini), castra, -oruiu, n. [uiu. 
 ('aiiipania, Campania, -a(^ K. 
 fan, posMiiii (292). 
 rare, cura, -ac, v. 
 carefully, dlli^niiti-r; I'inii (•rira 
 
 (144). 
 Marry, porto, 1; fero (321); 
 
 (back), rt'fcrd; cai-rij on vuir, 
 
 belluiii ^ererc. 
 cart, caniis, -T, ;\i. 
 Carthage, Cartlia^o, -iiiis, F. 
 <!ato, ('al('>, -oiiis, m. 
 <'er(aiii (a), (piulaip, quaedaiu, 
 
 (liii(l((lii()(l;(laiii (27 ♦.4); snrt', 
 
 certiis, -a, -uiii. 
 rhaiice, fors, -lis, i-\ ; casus, -lis, m. 
 <'hau}»e, infitr), 1. 
 cherish, colo, .'!. 
 <»hlef, pi iuceps, -cipis, m. 
 chiblreii, piien, -onnu, M.; IThe- 
 
 rl, -oium, M. (dO). 
 Cilcero, Cicero, -oiiis, m. 
 <!iiiibri, ('iiiihri, -ormii, .m. 
 (*irciiiiiHtaneo, res, rei, v. 
 citadel, arx, urcis, f. 
 citizen, civiM, -is, m. and v. (IM.) 
 city, url)s, -is, v. 
 clerk, scriba, -ae, m. 
 clitr, rupos, -l«, K. 
 clothe^ voHtid, 4. 
 
 cold, adj., frlj^idus, -a, -uin. 
 cold, »., frliius, -oris, x. 
 Collatinus, Collatiuus, -i, M. 
 come, vciiiC), 4; (down), descen- 
 ds, 3; (out), e<;redior, ;>; (to- 
 
 *;ether), conveiiio, 4 ; (oft*), 
 
 al)i!o (:!27). 
 efiiniii<>^, n., advontus, -us, .m. 
 coiniuund, iinpero, 1, ic. dat ; ju- 
 
 l)(.'o, 2, 117. ace. ; praesum, ip. dat. 
 coiMtiiaiider, iiiiperator, -oris, M. ; 
 
 tlux, (iucis. M. 
 <'oiuiriou\veailh, res pQljlica, rei 
 
 pul)licac, I'. 
 comrade, comes, -itis, M. and v. 
 companion, (•(»mos, -itis, M. and v. 
 compel, co:::;'), ;?. 
 condemn, damno, 1. 
 coniiuer, siiperd, 1; viuco,3 (18(!). 
 consul, consul, -is, m. 
 consulship, consulaUis, -us, M. 
 contemplate, coiitemplor, 1. 
 contented, couteutus, -a, -um, w. 
 
 ahl. 
 converse, ('oll(K|Uor, 3. 
 (/orinth, Coriiitlius, -T, v. 
 Cornelia, Cornelia, -ae, K. 
 correct, corri^jo, 3. 
 counsel, cdnsiliuui, -I, x. 
 country (J'atherland), patria, -ae, 
 
 I'.; {not ciln), rfis. ruris, x. 
 courage, virtus, -uJis, i". ,^- ' 
 covered with leaves, tVondosus, 
 
 -a, -um. 
 cowardice, Tixnavia, -ae, v. 
 cowardly, Ii;iirivus, -a, -um. 
 create, cred, 1. 
 cn'ator, (•refitor, -r»ris, m. 
 cross tr., Ufuiscendo, 3; tr. uiiU 
 
 intr., transeo r327). 
 <'ruelly, crudeliter. 
 cultivate, cold, 3. 
 Cuinae, Cuinae, -arinn, f. 
 cnuuing, n., calliditas, -atls, F. 
 
cup 263 
 
 Ennius 
 
 um. 
 
 -1, M. 
 
 i), descen- 
 Di-, ;i; (to- 
 
 4 -, (ort'), 
 
 -us, M. 
 
 v:. dal ; ju- 
 siiin, v\ dat. 
 )r, -oris,M.-, 
 
 puljlica, ri'i 
 
 1, M. and I-'. 
 W<!,,'s\-andv. 
 
 im-o, 3(180). 
 
 us, -us, M. 
 plor, 1. 
 .;i, -um, to- 
 
 V. 
 
 le, V. 
 
 N. 
 
 , patritt, -ae, 
 ruris, N. 
 
 , troiulosus, 
 
 |ae, K. 
 ]i, -nni. 
 
 M. 
 
 1.3; tr. a"«i 
 
 ;, -ails, V. 
 
 cup, poculuin, -1, X. 
 Cyrus, Cyrus, -I, m. 
 
 Daedalus, Daetlaius, -I, m. 
 
 ilaily, cotuUO, 
 
 danger, i)erT('uluin, -T. x. 
 
 dauj^htt'r, lilia, -ao, r. 
 
 day, tlies, -C'l. m. and v. (254). 
 
 daybreak (at), prlina luce. 
 
 <lear, carus, -a, -um. 
 
 death, m.)rs, -tis, v. 
 
 tieep, all,us, -a, -uni ; profundus, 
 
 -a, -um. 
 defeat, n,, clades, -is, k. 
 defeat, r., viueo, 3; supcro, 1 
 
 (IHC). 
 <Iefend, (.lefondo, 3. 
 defender, ilet'CMisor, -oris, M. 
 tlelay, mora, -ae, v. 
 delight, delect o, 1. 
 deliver, dcfero (.321). 
 dcniund restitution, res rcpcto, 3. 
 Demosthenes, Deiuosthcnes, -is. 
 depart, discedo, 3; cxco (327). 
 tleprive, prTvo, 1 ; to. ahl. 
 descend, descMmdo, 3. 
 desert, desero, 3. 
 fleserve, nierco, uiereor, 2. 
 design, consilium, -T, n. 
 desire, volo (31()) ; desTdero, 1 
 
 (310) ; cupio, 3. 
 despair, despero, 1. 
 despise, contemno, 3. 
 <lestroy, tlC'lco, 2. ,..^ 
 dimeult, dinicilis. -e. (207.) 
 difllculty (with), vix. 
 diligently, dili^cnter. 
 discharge, funjior, 3, w. ahl. 
 disclose, cnuntio, 1. 
 disgraceful, turpis, -e. 
 disgusted (be), piget, 2 (410). 
 divi<Ie, divide, 3; (jihare), par- 
 
 tior, 4. 
 
 \ 
 
 do, facio, 3; ago, 3. ( 
 
 dog, canis, -is, m. and v. 
 doubt, n., dubium, -T, n. 
 doubt, r., duhito, 1. 
 doubtful, dubius, -a, -um. 
 dove, columl)a, -ae, r. 
 down (tear), rescindo, 3 ; (come) 
 
 descendo, 3. 
 draw, trahO, 3; (»ip), subducO, 3. 
 drinii, bibo, 3. 
 
 drive, aijo, 3 ; (off) , submoveo, 2. 
 duty, olllcinm, -I, x. 
 dwell, habito, 1 ; vivo, 3 (l'.)4), 
 
 each (one), (luisquo (luaeque. 
 
 (piid(quod)quc (27!). 4) ; (of 
 
 two), utcrtiue utraciue, utrum- 
 
 que (200). 
 eagle, a(iuila, -ae, v. 
 earth, terra, -ae, f. 
 easily, facile, 
 easy, facilis, -e. (207.) 
 cat, edo, 3, 
 egg, ovum, -T, n. 
 eight, octo. 
 
 ciglith, octfivus, a, -ura. 
 eitlu'r . . . or, aul . . . aut. 
 elegant, ele^ians, -ant is. 
 elephant, clcplianlus, -T, m. 
 else, alius, -a, -ud (201). 
 embaric, conscendo. 3. 
 employ, admoveo, 2 ; iltor, 3, to. 
 
 ahl 
 encircle, "ingo, 3. 
 end, )i., finis, -is, m. (154.) 
 end, )'., flnid, 4. 
 endure, pallor, 3; fero (321), 
 
 tolero, 1. 
 endnrance, forlitfido, -itds, v. 
 enemy,, hostis, -is, M. and F ; lui- 
 
 ujIcus. -I. .M. (172). 
 enjoy, f ruor, 3, io. ahl. 
 KuniuR, I<)unius, -I, m. 
 
 ill 
 
1 »i 
 
 enoii^j^h 
 
 264 
 
 frighten 
 
 S ! 
 
 ' M 
 
 enough, satis. 
 
 enter, iiigredior, 3; ineo (327). 
 
 entertain the hope, veiiio in 
 
 speiii. 
 entreaty, precos, -um, f. 
 Kplrus, Epiriis, -T, f. 
 equally, puriter. 
 equanimity, ao(Hius animus, m. 
 Kurope, Eunipa, -ae, f. 
 even, etiaiii ; ipso (270. 6). 
 evident (it isj, cdii;,tat, I. 
 excellently, optimO. 
 explain, txplifr), 1. 
 expulsion, P. o/oxpelio. 
 eye, oculus, -i, m. 
 
 Fabricius, Fa'./i'iciiis, -I, m. 
 fact, rf's, rel, F. 
 fail, (lOficiO, 3; (ler-iini (297). 
 fair, pn idler, -ciira, -clirmn. 
 faithful, tulus, -a, -iini; lidGlls, -e. 
 faithfully, fldc'liter. 
 Faliscans, FaliscI, -oruiii, m. 
 famous, clfinis, -a, -iiin. 
 far and wide, longe lattHiuo. 
 farmer, agricola, -ao, m. 
 father, r»atei*, -tris, m. 
 father-in-law, socor, -ciT, M. 
 fault, vitiinn, -T, n. ; culpa, -ac, 
 
 F. ; find fault icith, vitiipero, 1 ; 
 
 ciilpo, 1. 
 favor, faveo, 2, w. dat. 
 fear, ii., inetus, -us, m. 
 fear, v., tinieo, 2 ; mctuo, 3. 
 few, panel, -ae, -a. 
 fidelity, tides, -el, f. 
 field, a<j;ei*, agn, m. 
 fierce, atrox, -ocis ; fcrox, -ocis. 
 fiftieth, qinn(iuageslnius, -a, -um. 
 fifty, (iuTn(iiiri,iJ:intri. 
 fight, pujjno, 1; diinieo, 1. 
 fill, imploo, 2, -evi, -etum; com- 
 
 plo5, 2. 
 finally, denlque. . 
 
 find, roperio, 4; inveuio, 4. 
 
 finger, digitus, -T, m. 
 
 finish, finio, 4; conticio, 3. 
 
 lire. Ignis, -is, M. 
 
 first, primus, -a, -um. 
 
 fit, aptO, 1. 
 
 five, <inln<iue. 
 
 five hundred, (pilngcntl, -ae, -a. 
 
 flee, fugio, 3. 
 
 fleet, elassis, -is, k. (154 ) 
 
 flight, fuga, -ae, f. 
 
 flock, ui't'X, ;5'i't'gis, V. 
 
 flow, till 6, 3. 
 
 flower, tlos, tloris, m. 
 
 fodder, pabulum, -I, n. _ 
 
 foIloAV, secjiior, 3. 
 
 folly, stultitia, -ae, F. 
 
 food, cibus, -I, M. 
 
 foot, pes, pedis, m. 
 
 foot-soldier, pedes, -itis, m. 
 
 for, «'(*??j., nam ; euim {not the first 
 
 word). 
 for, si(jn of dative ; jirep., de, pro, 
 
 ic. abl. ; of time, space, purpose, 
 
 in, w. ace. 
 fon-es, copiao, -arum, f. 
 forget, obllviscor, 3. 
 forgetful, oblltus, -a, -um. 
 former (the), ille (275. 0). 
 forth (go), exed (327) ; egre- 
 
 dior, 3. 
 fortlf^', mrinld, 4. 
 fortune, fortilna, -ac, F. 
 forty, (iiiadraginta. 
 forum, forum, -I, n. 
 forward (go), prdcedo, 3;"'pro- 
 
 gredior, 3. 
 foully, turpiter. 
 fourteen, quattuordecim. 
 fourth, (juartus, -a, -um. 
 free, liber, -era, -erum. (71.) 
 free from, llbcro, 1 ; to. abl. 
 frlen<l, amicus, -i, m. 
 frighten, terreo, 2. 
 
frog 
 
 265 huge 
 
 3, 4. 
 ), 3. 
 
 ti, -ae, -a. 
 4) 
 
 tis, M. 
 notthejirst 
 
 'p., (le, pro, 
 :v, purpose, 
 
 uni. 
 
 7) ; egre- 
 
 |F> 
 
 llo, 3; 'pro 
 
 lini. 
 In- 
 
 (71.) 
 r. abl 
 
 frog, ran a, -ac, f. 
 
 from, (le, u\ uhl.; fumn from, a or 
 
 ab, 10. ahl. ; out of, e or ox, to. 
 
 ahl.; (afar), lon^e. 
 fruit, fructus, -us, m. 
 full, pU'nus, -a, -uin. 
 furnish, praebeo, 2. 
 
 Galba, Galba, -ao, >r. 
 
 game, luilus, -i, M. 
 
 garden, liortus, -!. 
 
 Gaul, Gallia, -ac, F. 
 
 Gauls, GallT, -oruni, ^r. 
 
 general, dux, ducis, M. and V.\ 
 
 iniperator, -oris, m. 
 Germans, Gcrmfim, -drum, "\i. 
 get, adipiscor, 3; (possession), 
 
 potior, 4, 10. ahl.; (by lot), 
 
 sortior, 4. 
 gift, doiuiin, -T, N. 
 girl, puL'lla, -ac, v. 
 give, do, 1. 
 glory, jjjloria, -ae, r. 
 go, eo (327) ; (forth orout), cxco; 
 
 (off or away), abeo; disced5,3; 
 
 (down), descendo, 3. 
 God, Dcus, -T, M. (202). 
 goddess, dca, -ac, r. 
 gold, auruni, -T, n. 
 golden, aureus, -a, -nm. 
 good, bonus, -a, -uni (71, 2U8). 
 good thing, bonuin, -i, n. 
 grain, frunientuni, -1, N. 
 great, nia<j;uus, -a, -uni. 
 greatly, niaximc. 
 Greece, Graecia, -ac, v. ^ 
 
 Greek, Graecus, -a, -uiu. 
 guard, n., custos, -odis, M. and v. 
 guard, !'., custodio, 4. 
 
 hand, nianus, -us, v. 
 handsome, pnlcher, -chra,-chruni. 
 Hannibal, liauuibal, -alls, M. 
 
 happy, l)oatus, -a, -urn ; fclTx, 
 
 -Tcis. 
 hard, durus, -a, -uiu; (^difficult), 
 
 dinicilis, -c. 
 hasten, conti^ndo, 3. 
 haughtily, superbc. 
 have, liulx'd, 2. 
 he, is, hlc (270); illc (L'7:.). 
 head, caput, -itls, x.; he at the 
 
 head (f, pracsuni (297). 
 headlong, |)racccps, -cipitis. 
 hear, audio (22;'.). 
 heart, cor, cordis, n. 
 heat, calor, -Oris, M. 
 heaven, caelum, -T, N. 
 heavy, jj;ravis, -c. 
 Hector, Hector, -oris, >r. 
 hero, vlr, virT, m. (2(;l'). 
 hesitate, dul)itr), 1 ; cunctor, 1. 
 high, altus, -a, -uni. 
 hill, collis, -is, M. Clf>4.) 
 himself, see self. 
 his, ejus (270); illTus (275); 
 
 (own), suus, -a, -uiu. 
 history, liistori:i, -ae, r. 
 hold, luibeo, 2 ; teneo, 2. 
 home, domiciliuni, -", n. ; domus, 
 
 -lis, F. (2r,2). 
 Homer, Ilomcriis, -T, M. 
 honor, 7i., honestas, -atis, v. 
 honor, ;•., liouoro, 1. 
 hope, spcs, -ei, F. 
 Horatius, Ilorfitlus, -T, M. 
 horn, cornfi, -us, N. 
 horse, equus, -T, M. 
 horsebac (ride), in equo vchT; 
 
 cfpiito, 1. 
 horseman, horse-soldier, eques, 
 
 -itis, M. 
 hour, liora, -ae, F. 
 house, domus, -us, f. (202). 
 how, quajn ; (many), quot. 
 huge, magnus, -a, -um; iinm&- 
 
 nls, -c ; ingcns, -entls. 
 
IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 // 
 
 '7 
 
 
 
 y 
 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 1.25 
 
 t 1^ 
 
 1.4 
 
 1.8 
 
 1.6 
 
 V] 
 
 <^ 
 
 c*3 
 
 W 
 
 /w 
 
 "^/ o- 
 
 /y 
 
 y 
 
 
 ^>^ 
 
 /^ 
 
 PhotogTciphic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corpordtion 
 
 33 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, NY 14580 
 
 (716) a7a-4S03 
 
 m 
 
 ^v 
 
 4'. 
 
 
 \ 
 
 \ 
 
 
 
 '^ 
 
 
>jL.k£pa 
 
 ; •!! 
 
 humau 266 
 
 m 
 
 line of battle 
 
 rt 
 
 
 5i. ) 
 
 J 
 
 1 h 
 
 human, hurafmus, -a, -urn. 
 hundre<l, ceiiiiirn. 
 hunger, fames, -is, f. 
 hunter, vonfitor, -Oris, m. 
 hurl, coniciO, 3. 
 hurtful (be), nocco, 2, v. ditt. 
 hustle, exturbo, 1. 
 
 I, e-o (201). 
 
 Icarus, learns, -!, m. 
 
 If, SI ; if not, nisi. 
 
 Ignorant (be), nesclo, 4; T^Mioro. 
 
 illustrious, clarus, -a, -uin. 
 
 imitate, iiiiitor, 1. 
 
 immediately, hlatim. 
 
 in, in, w. all. 
 
 increase, an,ij;or), 2. 
 
 inhabitant, incola, -ac, M. mid v. 
 
 inhabit, liabito, 1; iiicolo, ;'.. 
 
 injure, nocco, 2; obsiun;?^. dat. 
 
 instru<'t, eriulio, 4; doceo, 2. 
 
 Intend, in animO est; n'. dat. 
 
 info, in, v. ace. 
 
 invitCf '!'.'. Tio, 1. 
 
 iron (of), fcrrciis, -a, -inn. 
 
 island, Insula, -ae, F. 
 
 It, is, ea, 1(1 (270). 
 
 Italian, ItMltis, -T, M. 
 
 Italy, Italia, -ae, v. 
 
 itself, nee self. 
 
 Janus, Janus, -T, ^r. 
 
 Javelin, pTliun, •!, N. 
 
 jewel, oniruncutinn, -T, n. 
 
 Joy, fiaudiinu, -I, \. 
 
 Judge, jiidcx, -Ids, M. (1()*>). 
 
 Judgment, jfidicimii, -I, n. 
 
 tlullus, .IfllitlN, -T, M. 
 
 Jupiter, Jfippltcr, Jovls, m. (2r.2). 
 
 Justly, juste. 
 
 keen, fleer, ilcrls, fiert!. 
 keep oir, arceo, 2. 
 
 kill, ncco, 1 ; Intcrflclo, 3; occi 
 
 do, 3. 
 kind, bcmgnus, -a, -uiu. 
 king, rCx, rcj^ns, :\i. 
 kingdom, rcgnum, -i, x. ; impe- 
 
 riuni, -1, X. 
 knife, cultcr, -trT, :\r. 
 know, know how, scio, 4. 
 known, notus, -a, -um. 
 
 labor, labor, -oris, m. 
 
 lacli, desuin (2!)7) 
 
 Laivinus, Lacvinns, -T, M. 
 
 lake, lacus, -us, m. (217). 
 
 land, ag:er, agrT, M. ; terra, -ae, F. 
 
 language, lingua, -ae, v. 
 
 large, niauiuis, -a, -uiii. 
 
 last, supirnius, -a, -uiu. 
 
 Latin, LalTiuis, -a, -uni. 
 
 latter (the), liTc, liaec, hoc (275. 
 
 5). 
 laugh, rulco, 2; (at), irrjdeo, 2; 
 
 (aloudj, caclilnno, 1. 
 lav., lex, Icgis, F. 
 bizy, pigcr, -gra, -gruni. 
 lea<I, (irico, i); (out), educo, 3. 
 Iciidf'r, dux, duels, M. and f. 
 leaf, fuliuu), -T, X. 
 leap ov«'r, t rausillo, 4. 
 b'arn, disco, 3. 
 leg, crRs, crfirls, n. 
 legion, Itirlo, -onis, f. _^ 
 lesson, i)rnsuiu, -T, x. 
 let, Ki't/ii of mdij. or hnprrdtive. 
 letter, cpistula, -ac, f. ; ITtterac, 
 
 •arum, f. 
 levy, delectus, -fis, M. 
 life, Vila, -ae, r. 
 light, adj., Icvis, -o (loO). 
 light, v., Idx, lucls, F.; lumen, 
 
 dnis, X. 
 like, anio, 1. 
 liUeneHM, ImuI^o, -Inis, F. 
 line of battle, U( ies, -el, F. 
 
5, H; OCCi 
 
 i. 
 X.; uupe- 
 
 O, i. 
 
 lion 
 
 267 
 
 ocean 
 
 IT. a, -ao, F. 
 I'. 
 
 , hoe (275. 
 
 1 irrJd«H), 2 ; 
 
 iliico, 3. 
 [ind F. 
 
 rafii'C 
 ; llttcrac, 
 
 0. 
 
 ■.; inmon, 
 
 11, F. 
 
 lion, Ico, -oiiis, M. (I'M). 
 listoii, Jiudio, -i f22;5)- 
 literatuiH', lltlerae, -drum, f. 
 little, parvus, -a, -uiii. 
 li\'e, vivo, u; liabito, 1 (VJi). 
 long', loiii^us, -a, -uin; a lontj 
 
 tihir, diU. 
 
 loiij»<'r (»<>). jam, w. m'(j. 
 loolt at, spc'cto, 1. 
 lose, aiiiilto, :>; pordo, M. 
 lot (<)l)laiii by), sortior, 4. 
 loud (lausli out), cacliiuno, 1. 
 love, amo, 1 (3r.>). 
 low, humilis, -e. 
 lucliy, fOlTx, -Tcis. 
 
 maiden, piicUa, -ac, r. 
 
 nialco, racio, ;'>; (trial of), expc- 
 
 rior, 4. 
 man, vir, virT, v.. (2(12); homo, 
 
 -inis, M. (i:'.S). 
 !Manlius, Manlius. -7, M. 
 maiiiuM', mos, mdrls, m, 
 many, mnUT, -ac, -a. 
 Maroellus, Maici-llus, -T, M. 
 marslial, Tiisli'uo, ;'.. 
 master, ilomimis, -T, m.; mai^is- 
 
 tcr, -trl, M. 
 may, lioel ; v. ditt. 
 lueaiiK {J)>j mctviH of), use aU. 
 meet, obed (;;i»7) ; j/o to vhtf, 
 
 obvlani eo, */'. dtt, 
 memory, inemorla, •ac, V. 
 messenger, iifmtlus, -T, M. 
 migrate, miirrd, 1. 
 mind, animus, -T, M.; nuns, nuu- 
 
 tls, F. (27:0. 
 mindful, mcmor, -oris (l.*)!*). 
 mine, mcus, -a, -uin (2(;i;). 
 M-'nerva, Minerva, -ae, F. 
 mlHeral>le, miser, -era, -eruiu. 
 mlHH, ilesTdero, 1. 
 >llthri<lutes, Mttlirldat^s, -Is, M. 
 tnodoHty, Uiodestla, -ae, V. 
 
 montli, inrMisis, -is, m. 
 monument, monumentum, -T, N, 
 moon, Ifina, ae, F. 
 more, i)iris (208), magis. 
 most, plurimus, -a, -um (208). 
 motfier, mater, -Iris, i'. 
 mountain, mons, montis, M. 
 move, moveo, 2. 
 mueli, multus, -a, -um (208). 
 multitude, mnititudo, -iiiis, F. 
 must, oportel, 2; (jirundiva. 
 my, meus, -a, -um (2Gt]). 
 
 name, nduien, -inls, n. 
 nation, iivus, j,'i'iitis, v. 
 native land, patria, -ac, F. 
 near, propc, "'. '"''. 
 nei^hliorin^, I'Tuitimus, -a, um. 
 Neptune, Neplfnius, -T, m. 
 never, miu({uam. 
 neu', nt)vus, -a, -uuj. 
 ni;;Iit, nox, iioctis, F. 
 nislitinf-ale, luscinla, -ae, F. 
 niiu'ty, nouatjlnta. 
 ninth, ndnus, -a, -um. 
 no, nnilus, -a, -um (200). 
 nobody, no one, iiriuo, -Iiiis, m. 
 
 und V. (28<)) ; that no one (jicg- 
 
 pinfosr), ne (juls. 
 no longer, jam, ir. ncj. 
 not, ndu. 
 
 notliin^, nildl, indrcl. 
 nourish, alo, \\\ nutrlo, 4. 
 now,nutie; jam. 
 Numa, XuMia, -ae, M. 
 number, Humerus, -T, M. 
 nurture, iiutrio, 4. 
 
 oak, fpu-'ou."*, -ns, V. 
 
 obey, |)aruo, 2, %n. dat, 
 
 obtain, adiplseor, 8; potior, 4, w. 
 
 all. ; (by lot), 8ortior, 4. 
 oceau, ocettuuti, •!, m. 
 
 
of 
 
 268 
 
 prevent 
 
 Jl ; 
 
 of, sign of genitive f de, W. abh* 
 
 (out of), e or ex, to, ahl. 
 offer, propono, 8; offero (321); 
 
 praebeo, 2. 
 often, saepe. 
 old, antuiuus, -a, -nm ; vetns, -eris 
 
 (Ul) ; (man), sonex, -is (202) ; 
 
 (age), senectus, -utis, v. 
 on, in, w. ahl.\ (jf time), ahl. 
 one, uiius, -a, -uiii (200) ; one . . . 
 
 another, alius . . . alius; the one 
 
 . . . the other, alter . . . alter. 
 open, adj., patens, -entis. 
 open, /•., aperio, 4. 
 opinion, jridiciuin, -T, N. 
 oppose, oljsisto, 3; w. dat. 
 orator, orator, -oris, m. 
 order, v., inipero, 1, m. dat. ; jiibeo, 
 
 2, w. ace. 
 order (in order to), ut, ir. suhj. 
 other, alius, -:i, -ucl (201); some 
 
 . . . othertt, alii . . . alii; (o/ 
 
 two), alter, -era, -eruni. 
 ought, (lebeo, 2; oportet,2; gerun- 
 
 diiie. 
 our, uostcr, -tra, -truni. 
 ourselves, see self. 
 out, in combination iv. verbs, see 
 
 the verbs. 
 out of, e or ex, lo. abl. 
 over, in combination io. vei^Iis, sec. 
 
 the verbs. 
 overeonie, vinco, 3; supero, 1 
 
 (ISO). 
 o^ve, (lebeo, 2. 
 own, proprius, -a, -uni; (his, her, 
 
 their), suus, -a, -uiu • (my), nie- 
 
 us, -a, -uni; (our), noster, -tra, 
 
 -trum; (your), vester, -tra, 
 
 ♦truni ; (thy), tuus; -a, -um. 
 
 pain, ilolor, -oris, M. 
 
 parent, parens, -entis, m. and v. 
 
 part, pars, partis, v. 
 
 pass (narrow), angnstiae, -arum, 
 
 F. 
 pass by, praetereo (327). 
 patienee (with), patienter; cum 
 
 patientia (144). 
 patiently, patienter. 
 peaee, pax, pacis, v. 
 people, i)opulus, -T, M. ; (com- 
 mon), plebs, -is, F. 
 peril, pciieuluin, -T, N. 
 perish, pcreo (327). 
 Persians, I'ersae, -arum, M. 
 physieian, niedicus, -T, m. 
 plaee, n., locus, -T, M., in plur, 
 
 M. and X. 
 plaee v., pono, 3. 
 plain, plunities, -cT, F. 
 plan, consilium, -T, n. 
 pleasant, j^ratus, -a, -um. 
 pleasing, grfitus, -a, -um. 
 pleasure, voluptas, -atis, f.; 
 
 (with), liljontor. 
 pledge, tides, -eT, F. 
 plough, n., aratrum, -T, N. 
 plough, v., aro, 1. 
 poem, poema, -atis, N. 
 poet, poeta, -ae, m. 
 point (be on the), see 422. 
 Polyphemus, I'olypbemus, -T, M. 
 Pompey, I'ompejns, PompeT, m. 
 poor, miser, -era, -erum; pauper. 
 
 -eris (107. 3). 
 possess, habeo, 2 ; potior, 4, w. abl, 
 possession (get possession of). 
 
 potior, 4, w. abl.'y adlpiscor, 3. 
 postpone, tliU'ero (321). 
 power, inip(!rium, -T, N. 
 praise, n., laus, laudls, f. 
 praise, v., laudo, 1. 
 preeept, praeceptum, -T, N. 
 prefer, nifdo (310). 
 present (be), adsnm, w. dat. 
 pretty, pulcher, -chra, -chruin. 
 prevent, prohlbeo, 2. 
 
prisoner 
 
 269 
 
 Samiiite 
 
 iae, -arum, 
 
 0- 
 
 liter ; cum 
 
 A. • (com- 
 
 in, M. 
 
 , M. 
 
 I., in plur, 
 
 iim. 
 uni. 
 -fitis, F.; 
 
 1,N. 
 
 122. 
 
 'mus, -T, M. 
 fompC'i, M. 
 Im; pauper. 
 
 lor, 4, to. aW, 
 "ssion of). 
 Ilipiscor, 3. 
 
 I ^'' 
 
 ll, N. 
 
 In. dat. 
 »hrum. 
 
 prisoner, captivus, -T, m.; captlva, 
 
 -ae, F. 
 proceed, procedo, 3. 
 proeluination (make), edico, 3. 
 promise, poUiccor, 2; promit- 
 
 to, 3. 
 property, bona, -orum, x. 
 proud, supcrbus, -a, -uiu. 
 province, proviiicia, -ae, F. 
 prow, rostrum, -T, n. 
 prudence, prudentia, -ae, F. 
 punish, punio, 4. 
 punislimont, poena, -ae, F. 
 pupil, discipulus, -T, m. 
 purpose (for the purpose of), lit 
 
 or qui, w. suhj.; ad, lo. (jcrund 
 
 or gerundive ; supine. 
 put (to flight), fuj^o, 1; (oflf), 
 
 diflero (321); (by), dopono, 3; 
 
 (an end to), finio, 4. 
 Pyrrhus, Pyrrhus, -T, m. 
 
 queen, rejjjlua, -ae, F. 
 quicltly, celerlter. 
 
 raise, toUo, 3; levo, 1. 
 ratlier (wisli), nifdo ('MC). 
 read, lego, 3 ; (aloud), reel Id, 1. 
 receive, recipio, 3; accipio, 3j 
 
 exclpio, 3. 
 recite, reel to, I. 
 recognize, agnoseo, 3. 
 red, ruber, -bra, -brum. 
 refresli, re(;reo, i. 
 Regulus, Kegulus, •!, m. 
 reign, regno, 1. 
 relate, trado, 3; nfirrd, 1. 
 relieve, llberd, 1 ; ii\ ahl. 
 remain, maiu!o, 2; rcsto, 1. 
 remember, memorlfi tenoo. 
 remove (= eviigrate"), demlgro, 1, 
 Remus, Keinu8, -T, M. 
 render aid, auxllium fer5. 
 r^nowui f umu, •aU| f. 
 
 renowned, ampins, -a, -uni; cla 
 
 rus, -a, -um. 
 report, nuntio, 1. 
 republic, res publica, rcl publi- 
 
 cae, F. 
 respect, vcreor, 2. 
 respects (in all), omnibus rebus. 
 rest (the), eoterl, -ae, -a. 
 restitution (demand), res rope 
 
 to, 3. 
 restrain, coerced, 2. 
 results (it), lit (327). 
 retain, retined, 2. 
 retreat, se recipid, 3. 
 return, retled, (327). 
 rewar<I, praemuini, -T, N. 
 iiliine, Khenus, -T, M. ,«.— - 
 Rhone, Hhodamis, -T, m. 
 rich, dives, -itis (U)7. 3). 
 ride, pass, of veho, 3; equito, 1. 
 rlglitly, recte. 
 rise, orior, 4. 
 river, amnis, -Is, m.; lluvius, •!, 
 
 M.; flumen, -inis, x. (172). 
 road, via, -ae, F. 
 rob, spolid, 1 ; privd, 1 ; w. ahl. 
 robber, latrd, -diiis, M. 
 Roman, lidinrimis, •a, -um. 
 Rome, Kdma, -ae, F. 
 Romulus, IvdiiiiililS, •!, M. 
 rose, rosa, -ae, F. 
 rough, asper, -era, -orutJi. 
 ru<i<iy, ruber, -bra, -l)rum. 
 rule, regd, 3 (180); regno, 1. 
 
 sad, trTstls, -o. 
 safe, intus, -a, -lim. 
 sagacious, i)rndr'ns, -cutis. 
 sail, jxiss. of velid, 3 ; navlgft, 1, 
 Bailor, nauta, -a j, M. 
 sake {for the .sake), causil, w. gen. 
 Hailust, Sallustlus, -T, m. 
 same, Idem, eadem, idem (270). 
 Sauiuito, Sumulu, -Itis. 
 
Til. 
 
 w 
 
 Saturn 
 
 270 
 
 study 
 
 P \ 
 
 U I' 
 
 ■■ i 
 
 Saturn, Suturnus, -i, :m. 
 
 save, servo, 1, 
 
 say, d!c6, 3; (keep saying), dic- 
 
 tito, 1. 
 scare, terreo, 2. 
 school, scliola, -ac, f. 
 Scipio, Scipio, -onis, m. 
 sea, mare, -is, n. 
 see, video, 2; (through), per- 
 
 spicio, 3. 
 second, secundus, -a, -um. 
 seek, pcto, 3; (luacro, 3. 
 seem, vidcor, 2, 
 seize, rapio, 3. 
 
 self, ipse, -a, -um (270) ; s'u (204). 
 send, mitto, 3; (back) reniitto, 3. 
 senate, senatus, -us, :\[. 
 September, September, -bris, m. 
 servant, minister, -tri, m.; ser- 
 
 vus, -T, :m. (00), 
 set out, proliciscor, 3. 
 seven, septem. 
 seventh, septimus, -a, -um. 
 share, partior, 4. 
 sharply, acritcr. 
 she, ea, ejus, F. 
 sheep, ovis, -is, f. 
 shepherd, pastor, -oris, m. 
 shield, scutum, -T, x. 
 ship, navis, -is, v. (1.54). 
 shore, litus, -oris, n. 
 short, I)revis, -e. 
 shout, clamor, -oris, >r. 
 Sicily, Sicilia, -ac, i\ 
 8l?k, acg:er, -,ur:i, -grum. (71.) 
 side, latus, -cris, N. 
 &!gnal, sTirimm, -h \. 
 silent (be), taccd, 2. 
 since, cum, nu suhj. 
 sing, cano, 3; canto, 1. 
 sister, soror, -oris, f. 
 Bit, setlco, 2. 
 sixth, sextus, -a, -um. 
 skilful, pcrltus, -a, -um. 
 
 slave, servus, -i, M. (60). 
 
 slavery, servitus, -utis, f. 
 
 slay, neco, 1 ; interlicio, 3 ; oc- 
 
 cldo, 3. 
 sleep, n., somnus, -i, m. 
 sleep, v., dol'mio, 4. 
 small, parvus, -a, -um. 
 smith, faber, -bri, m. 
 Socrates, .^ocratos, -is, m. 
 sol<licr, uiTIcs, -itis, m. 
 Solon, Solon, -onis, m. 
 some one, all(iuis, -qua, (quid) 
 
 -quod (270.2); quulam, quao- 
 
 dam, quod(quid)dam (279. 5); 
 
 some. . . . others, alii . . . alii ; 
 
 (of two parties), alter! . . . alter! ; 
 
 often not expressed. 
 something?, aliquid. 
 son, I'll ins, -i, m. 
 song, cantus, -us, ^r.; carmen, 
 
 -inis, N. (278). 
 son-in-law, gcnor, -erl, M. 
 soon, mox. 
 soothe, mollio, 4. 
 source, Ions, fonlis, y\. 
 Spain, irispania, -ae, f. 
 spare, parco, 3 ; v\ (hit. 
 speak, lofiuor, 3; dlco, 3; speak 
 
 to, alhxjuor, 3. 
 spear, liasta, -ae, v. 
 spiritedly, acritcr. 
 spring-, fOns, fontis, ai. 
 spy, e.^plorfitor, -oris, m. 
 stal), Iransfliio, 3. 
 stain, maculd, 1. 
 star, Stella, -ae, f. (l)!)!). 
 slart (= set out), proficisoor, 3. 
 state, cTvltas, -fitis, r. 
 statue, statua, -ae, i*. 
 step, ,i;radus, -us, :m. (245). 
 story, fril)ula, -ae, F. 
 street, via, -ae, f. 
 strong, valldns, -a, -um ; fortis,-e. 
 study, a., htudium, -I, n. 
 
t 
 
 ), 3; oc- 
 
 I. 
 
 I, (quid) 
 m, quao- 
 (279. 5) : 
 . . . alii ; 
 , . . alter! ; 
 
 carmen, 
 M. 
 
 3; speak 
 
 r* 
 
 If(»rti8,-c. 
 
 study 
 
 271 
 
 tower 
 
 study, r., studco, 2, v-. dat. 
 sturdy, validiis, -a, -um. 
 successfully, optlme ; frilcittT. 
 suddenly, imprSvIso. 
 suffer, patior, 3; tolero, 1; sul- 
 
 fero (321). 
 suitable, opportuims, -a, -um. 
 suntnier, acstas, -atis, v. 
 suniuion, invito, 1. 
 sun, sol, solis, >r. 
 surpass, supero, 1; viuco, 3 
 
 (ISO). 
 surrender, dfMlo, 3. 
 surround, chigo, 3; circumvc- 
 
 nio, 4. 
 survive, supersiini (207). 
 swear, jfiro, 1. 
 8^veet, dulfis, -e; siifivis, -c. 
 wift, velox, -ocis ; celer, -eris, -ere 
 
 (17D). 
 sword, gladius, -T, :\i. 
 
 tflible, mensa, -ac, v. 
 
 tail, cauda, -ac, r. 
 
 take, capio, 3; sumo, 3; take n 
 
 walk, ambiilo, 1. 
 tall, altiis, -a, -um. 
 Tarenline, TarentTnus, -!, m, 
 Tarquin, Tarciuiuius, -!, m. 
 task, pc'usum, -T, n. 
 teach, doceo, 2. 
 teacher, masiistcr, -trT, m.; jtrac- 
 
 ccptor, -oris, m. 
 tear down, resclndo, 3. 
 tedious, longus, -a, -um. 
 tell, narr5, 1 ; dTco, 3. 
 temple, tcmphim, -i, n. 
 tender, tcticr, -era, -crum. 
 tenth, dfclinns, -a, -um. 
 terrify, torrco, 2. 
 terror, terror, -oris, M. 
 than, quam; abl. (212). 
 that, ronj. (in purpose or result 
 
 puto, 1 (429). 
 F. Qicc. -im, 
 
 clmiscs)t ut; (after verbs of fear- 
 ing)^ no; (not), no; (^uj'ter ex- 
 pressions of doubt), quiu; after 
 verbs of sfvjinn and the like, not 
 translated. 
 
 that, 2)r<>u. (^detenu.'), Is, ea, id 
 (270); (demon.), illo, -a, -ud 
 (275) ; iste, -a, -ud (27")) ; (rel.), 
 qui, quae, quod (279). 
 
 their, ije)i. plar. of is; (own), 
 suus, -a, -um. 
 
 themselves, see self. 
 
 then, tuiii; dciiide. 
 
 there, ii)i; as an expletive, not 
 tr(f)i slated. 
 
 thin*;, res, -eT, F. 
 
 think, arbitror, 1 
 
 thirst, sitis, -is, 
 afd. -T). 
 
 thirty, trTirintfi. 
 
 this, {dcterni.), is, ca, id (270); 
 (demon.), liTc, liaec, hoc (275). 
 
 thou, tn. 
 
 thou^hj cum, ?'•. subj. 
 
 thousand, luTUe (311. G). 
 
 three. Ires, tria ('Ml. 4). 
 
 tlirce hundred, trecenti, -ae, -a. 
 
 thrust forth, exturbo, 1. 
 
 thron!>'h, per, lo. ace. 
 
 throw, jacio, 3; couicio, 3. 
 
 time, tempus, -oris, x. 
 
 tired, defessus, -a, -um. 
 
 to, sir/n of dfitice; ad, in, tiu ace; 
 (expressing purpose), ut, la 
 subj.; ad, v\ gerund or gerund' 
 ire; supine. 
 
 to day, hodie. 
 
 together with, cum, lo. abl 
 
 toil, laboro, 1. 
 
 to-morroAv, eras. 
 
 too, (|U()(|ue; (much), ninilum. 
 
 touch, taujrd, 3. 
 
 towards, ad, in, to. are. 
 
 tower, turrls, -Is, p. (149). 
 
 '1 
 
 A 
 
 \ 
 
Ti .TJ}^^ 
 
 
 town 
 
 272 
 
 wonder 
 
 town, oppidum, -T, x. 
 
 towusinau, oppidanus, -i, m. 
 
 train, exorceo, 2. 
 
 tree, arbor, -oris, f. 
 
 trial (make), experior, 4. 
 
 true, veriis, -a, ii. 
 
 trumpet, tuba, -ae, f. 
 
 trutii, verum, -i, n. 
 
 try, experior, 4; conor, 1. 
 
 turn, converto, 3 ; (from), aver- 
 to, 3 ; (out), eveuio, 4, 
 
 twenty, vTgintT. 
 
 two, duo, -ae, -o (311.4); (which 
 of), uter, -tra, -trum ; (each of), 
 uterque, utraque, utrumqiie. 
 
 tyrant, tyranuus, -T, m. 
 
 uncertain, incertus, -a, -urn. 
 undertake, suscipio, 3; conor, 1. 
 unwilling (be), nolo (31G). 
 up, in (Combination iv. verbs, see 
 
 the verbs. 
 upon, in, w. ace. or abl, 
 use, fitor, 3; w. abl. 
 useful, utilis, -e. 
 
 vain (in), frustra. 
 
 valley, vallis (or valles), -is, f. 
 
 valor, virtus, -utis, F. 
 
 very, superl. decree; admodum, 
 
 victorious, victor, -oris, m. 
 
 victory, vTclona, -ae, f. 
 
 virtue, virtus, -utis, v. 
 
 voice, vox, vC'Cis, f. 
 
 wage (war), gero, S. 
 
 wagon, carrus, T, m. 
 
 walk (— take a walk), ambulo, 1. 
 
 wall, murus, -I, ^. 
 
 wander, vagor, 1. 
 
 want ( loish), volo (31G); de- 
 
 sTdero, 1, 
 wuut (- lack), care<"», 2. 
 
 war, bullura, -i, n. 
 
 warn, moueo, 2. 
 
 watch, vigilo, 1. 
 
 watchful, vigil, -is (151. 4). 
 
 water, aqua, -ae, F. 
 
 way, via, -ae, f. ; (— respect^, 
 
 res, rei, F. 
 weapon, telum, -i, n. 
 weary, defessus, -a, -um. 
 weep, lieo, 2. 
 welcome, evclj^io, 3. 
 w^ell, bene. 
 well (be), valeo, 2. 
 What, interrog., quis, quae, quid 
 
 (quod) (279); Q= that which) , 
 
 id quod. 
 when, cum. 
 whether, num ; utrum. 
 which, (juI, quae, quod (279) ; (o/ 
 
 two), uter, utra, utrum (200). 
 w^hile, dun). 
 whitt., albus, -a, -um ; caudidus, 
 
 -a, -um. 
 who, reh, qui, quae; interrog,, 
 
 quis, quae (279). 
 whole, totus, -a, -um (200). 
 why, cur. 
 
 wide, latus, -a, -um. 
 wife, uxor, -oris, f. 
 wild, ferus, -a, -um. 
 wild beast, fera, -ae, e. 
 wind, ventus, -i, m. 
 wine, vTnum, -T, n. 
 wing, ala, -ae, f. 
 winter, hiems, -is, f. 
 wise, sapiens, -entls. 
 wisely, sapienter. 
 wish, volo (310). 
 with, cum, n\ abl. ; sometimes abl, 
 
 alone. 
 without, sine, w. abl. 
 witness, specto, 1. 
 wonder, nilror, 1 ; (at), admi- 
 
 ror, L 
 
wooden 
 
 273 
 
 zeal 
 
 wooden, llgneiis, -a, -iiin. 
 
 woods, silvu, -ue, i". 
 
 word, verburn, -i, n. 
 
 work, ti., labor, -Oris, m.; 
 -eris, N. 
 
 work, v., laboro, 1. 
 world, muiKlus, -I, m. 
 worthy, dTi^nns, -n. -nm. 
 would rather, mfilo (a 10). 
 would that, uiiiiain. 
 wound, n., vuliuis, -eris, n. 
 wound, v., vulnero, 1. 
 wretched, miser, -era, -crura. 
 write, scriUo, 3. 
 
 writi ufT, .scrip til 111, -I, n. 
 wroug, injuria, -ae, f. 
 
 opus, I year, aiimis, -I, m. 
 yesterday, lierl. 
 
 yonder (that), ille, -a, -ud (175. 3). 
 you, sing, t/i, piur. vOs. 
 young man, adulescens, -ent.s. 
 
 M.; juveiiis, -is, m. 
 your, sing, tuus, -a, -uin-, plur. 
 
 vester, -tra, -trum. 
 
 Zama, Zania -:u', v. 
 zeal, .siudiuiu, -i, n. 
 
GLOSSAKI ILM C^RAMMATICUM. 
 
 i '' 
 
 M^ 
 
 ablative 
 
 ablative, ablfilTviis, -T, m. ; (of 
 instrument) lustrumentl; (o/ 
 agent) agentis ; {of manner) 
 modi; {< if specification) rcspec- 
 tfis; (of separaiio)i) st-paratio- 
 iiis; {(f description) qualitutis. 
 
 absolute, absolutus, -a, -uin. 
 
 at'coiit, acccntus, -us, isi. 
 
 aoi'iisutivc, accusiitlvus, -I, m. 
 
 active, acilvus, -a, urn. 
 
 adjt't'tivc, udjtjctlvuui, -!, x. 
 
 adverb, advti'bium, -T, n. 
 
 agent, ugcns, -cutis, m. 
 
 agree, cougruG, 3; v. ahl.; con- 
 cordd, 1. 
 
 agreement, concordatir), -onis, F. 
 
 alphabet, ali)l;al)C'iuni, -I, x. 
 
 ansAvcr, n., responsutn, -I, x. 
 
 answer, v., responder), 2. 
 
 anteeedent, anfocedr-ns, -cntls, x. 
 
 apposition, apposiliO, -ouis, r. ; 
 (be iu) api)uno, 3. 
 
 cardinal, cardiiialis, -e. 
 case, casus, -\\<, M. 
 clause, clausula, -ac, r. 
 coinnion or appellative, appcUa- 
 
 tivus. -a, -uui. 
 comparative, compavatTvus, -a, 
 
 -i;ui. 
 comparison, couiparatio,-rinis, r. 
 compound, couipositus, -a, -uui. 
 concessive, conc'ssTvus, -a, -uiu. 
 condition, hypothesis, -is, j". : 
 
 cuuditiO, -uuis, f. 
 
 distributive 
 
 conditional, h\ potheticus, -a, 
 
 -um; coiiditionalis, -c. 
 conjugation, conjugatio, -ouis, f. 
 conjunction, conjuuctio, -onis, f. 
 consonant, llttera cOnsonaus, 
 
 -amis, or cousonans, -autis, f. 
 construct Ion, cri!i.structio,-ouis,F. 
 conversation, colloquium, -T, x. 
 correct, adj., rectus, -a, -uni. 
 correct, v., corrigo, o ; GmcndO, 1. 
 correctly, rCcte. 
 
 dative, dativus, -i, m. 
 
 declension, dcclluatio, -onis, F. 
 
 decline, drclTnO, 1. 
 
 declinable, dcciinabilis, -e. 
 
 defective, dCfectlvus, -a, -um. 
 
 degree, gradus, -us, m. 
 
 demonstrative, denioustraLivus, 
 •a, -uni. 
 
 deponent, dcponcns, -cutis. 
 
 derive, trahd, ;{. 
 
 description (abl. or, qufditas. 
 -atis, V. 
 
 determinative, dcflnTtus, -a, -um. 
 
 dillerencc, discrlinen, -inis, n. 
 
 diminutive, ticuiinutivuni. -I, x. 
 
 diphthong, dii)hthoiigus, -I, .m. 
 
 direct, dircctus. -a. -um; rectus, 
 -a, -tnn. 
 
 discourse, oratio, -ouis, f. 
 
 discuss, traclo, 1. 
 , dissyllable, dissyllabus, -I, fti. 
 I distributive, distributivus, -a, 
 ' -um. 
 
ticus, -a, 
 
 d, -onis, F. 
 .5, -oiiis, F. 
 •onsonaus, 
 -antis, F. 
 tiOj-uuiSjF. 
 urn, -T, N. 
 L, -uui. 
 emendo, 1. 
 
 -onis, Y. 
 
 Is, -0. 
 a. -urn. 
 
 (istrutivus, 
 
 [litis. 
 
 iHifilitaS; 
 
 |i>, -a,-um. 
 jinis, N. 
 }\u\. -T, N. 
 
 <, -T, M. 
 
 ; rectus, 
 
 , -1, M. 
 
 ITvus, -u, 
 
 end 
 
 275 
 
 pluperfect 
 
 end, v., desino, 3. 
 English, Aiiirliciis, -a, -um. 
 English (in), Aiiiilicr', 
 etymology, etyinolo^iia, -ae, f. 
 example, oxenipliiiii, -i, n. ; (for) 
 
 ut ; exempli causa, 
 exception, cxceptio, -ouis, f. 
 
 feminine, ff'ininlnus, -a, -um. 
 finite, flmtus, -a, -inn. 
 formation, formatid, -onis, f. 
 future, fiitiiniin, -I, x. 
 future perfect, f uturuin exactum. 
 
 gender, ffftins, -eris, n. 
 genitive, <ienetivus, -T, m. 
 gerund, uoniiuliiiui, -T, n. 
 gerundive, y:erun(lTvuiu, -i, x. 
 govern, rego; puss, o/ jungo or 
 
 conjuniio, foil, by cum v\ all. 
 grammar, {^rammatica, -ac, v. 
 
 imperative, moflus imperatlvus 
 
 or iir4»erritlviis, -T, m. 
 imperfect, impcrtectiUTi, -T, x. 
 impersonal, iiupcrsoualis, -o. 
 iuer«,'ase, crescO, 3. 
 indicative, modus indicatlvus, 
 
 -I, M., or indicatlvus, -I, :\r. 
 Indeclinable, indr'clliia1)ilis, -e. 
 indirect, inilirectus, a, -uni; ob- 
 
 llquus, -a, -um. 
 infinitive, modus Influilivuii or 
 
 InfThltlvus, -T, M. 
 instrument, Instrumcntum, I, x. 
 interjection, interjoctio, -onis, F. 
 interrogative, interrogatlvus, -a, 
 
 -um. 
 intransitive, iutransitlvus, -a, 
 
 -um. 
 irregular, irregularis, -e; auo- 
 
 malus, -a, -um. 
 
 Latin, Latmus, -,i, -um. 
 Latin (In), J.,atrnC'. 
 lesson, pensum, -T, x. 
 letter, littera, -ae, f. 
 limit, r., liniito, 1. 
 liquid, liquidus, -a, -um. 
 locative, locatlvus, -T. M, 
 long, longus, -a, -um; productua, 
 -a, -um. 
 
 manner, modus, -T, m. 
 masculine, inasculinus, -a, -um 
 mean, slgndlco, 1. 
 meaning, sigiulicatio, -onis, F. 
 mistake, n., error, -oris, m. 
 mistuke, v., crro, 1. 
 monosyllable, monosyllabum, -i. 
 
 X. 
 
 mood, modus, -T, m. 
 mute, mutus, -a, -mn. 
 
 negative, nei^attvus, -a, -um. 
 neuter, neuter, -tra, -trurn. 
 nominative, nominatlviis, -T, m. 
 noun, noinen, -inis, x.; substan 
 
 tivum, -T, X. 
 numeral, numeralis, -e. 
 
 object, ol)jectnm, -T, n. 
 ordinal, ordinfdis, -c. 
 
 paradigm, paradij^ma, -ati.s, n. 
 participle, participium, -I, x. 
 particle, particula, -ac, f. 
 partitive, partTtTvus, -a, tun. 
 pa?sive, passlvus, -a, -ura. 
 perfect, porfectura, -T, N. 
 person, persona, -ae, F. 
 personal, personalis, -e. 
 phrase, plirasls, -is, f. 
 pluperfect, plusquamper tectum, 
 -i, N. 
 

 f. «F| 
 15 • 'IS' 
 
 ]>Iural 
 
 276 
 
 yes 
 
 plural, pluralis, -e. 
 positive, positlvus, -a, -urn. 
 preposition, praepositio, -thiis, r. 
 present, praesens, -entis, .\. 
 principal, principtliis, -e. 
 pronoun, pronoirK-'U, -iiiis, n. 
 proper, proprius, -a, -inn. 
 
 quantity, (piaiititas, -fitis, v. 
 question, iutenogatio, -ouis, f. 
 
 rellexlvp, rcciprocus, -a, -um; ro- 
 
 flcxlviis, -a, -um. 
 ros"J'ir, regulfiris, -e. 
 relative, rclfitlvus, -a, -um. 
 remenil^er, mcMnorifi tcneo. 
 review, rccounosco, ;5; (lesson) 
 
 pensum rt'cognO.sceuduin. 
 root, rfulix, -icis, f. 
 rule, rt'gula, -ae, f. 
 
 school, schola, -ao, f. 
 sentence, sciitentia, -ae, f. 
 separation, sOparrilio, -oiiis, v. 
 sequence, cousecutio, -onis, f. 
 short, brcvis, -e; correptus, -a, 
 
 -tun. 
 Bit>ilant, sTl)ihis, -a, -um. 
 singular, siuguluris, -e. 
 sound, soiuis, -T, M. 
 specification, rosp'.'ctus, -us, m. 
 speech (part of), oratio, -nnis. i\ 
 stem, basis, -is, i\ 
 study, n., stadium, -i, n. 
 
 j study, v.. stnilco, 2. 
 
 I subject, si!l)jectuni, -I, x. 
 
 I subjunctive, modus subjuuctl- 
 
 ! vus, -!, M., or subjunctlvus, -I, m. 
 
 substantive, substautlvuni, -I, n. 
 
 substatitivcly, substantive. 
 
 superlative, superlativus, -a, -um. 
 
 supine, .'^upluum, T, n. 
 
 synaT)le, syllaba, -ae, f. 
 
 syntax, syntaxis, -is, f. 
 
 teacher, praeceptor, -oris, m.; 
 
 maglster, -trl, m. ; magistra, 
 
 -ac, F. 
 tense, tompus, -oris, n. 
 termination, teruiinalJir), -onis, F. 
 transiiive, tiTinsitivus, -a, -um. 
 treat (- discuss), traetd, 1. 
 
 verb, vorbum, -T, N. 
 vocabulary, vocabulariuin, -i, n. 
 vocative, vocativus, -I, m. 
 voice, vox, vocis, f. ; gonus, 
 
 -oris, N. 
 vowel, ITttcra vocfdis, -is, f., or 
 
 vocfdis, -is, F. 
 
 wish, optatio, -onis, f. 
 word, vcrbum, -T, n. ; vocabulum, 
 -I, N. ; vox, v5cls, F. 
 
 yes, ccrte, certissime; vei'o; ita 
 est, ista suut; verb of question 
 repeated. 
 
INDEX. 
 
 The peneral vocabularies are to be used as an index to words (with Borao execp- 
 
 tione*) for whicli rorcriiice is needed. [''ull-face tit;ures refer to sections, no' 
 pageH. A superior litiiire (e.g. 10-) indicates a foot-note. Most abbreviatioiiii 
 will readily be understood : it, = and following; irav. = imperative. 
 
 A. 
 
 a or ab, 61, 62. 
 
 a-verb.s, 86. 
 
 AiJiutKviATioNs beginning letters, 
 437', 438. 
 
 Ablative, translation of, 14-', 59^; 
 of lujcnt, 61, 62; of nienns or in- 
 strument, 90, 91 ; of material, 92, 
 II, 81; of sejHiration, 128-130; 
 of time, 135, 136 ; of manner, 
 144, 145; w. comparatives, 211, 
 212; of specijieation, 259, 260; 
 w. Qtor, etc., 303, 304 ; \\. preps., 
 333; of /)/«re,335, .>; descriptive, 
 341, p. 222^'-^ ; absolute, 412; abl. 
 sing, of vowel stems in 3cl decl., 
 151, 2. 
 
 AnSTUACT NOUNS, 168^. 
 
 -abus, in dat. and abl. phi., 19^ 
 
 Accent, 7 ; before enclitics, 7, (1). 
 
 Accusative, direct ohj., 25, 26; 
 predicate, 92, I, o-, 93, II, 7', 171, 
 IT, 3s 250, II, 4-5; two aces., 131, 
 I, 82, 197, II, lO"^ ; w. verbs of 
 remembering and forgetting, 305, 
 306; of extent, 312, 313; w. 
 preps., 333, 4 ; of limit, 334, 335, 
 2 ; w. inf., 400, 401 ; w. some 
 impers. verbs, 415, 8, 4, 416. 
 
 Ad, w. gerunds and gerundives, 
 432, 3. 
 
 Adjectives, of 1st and 2d decls.. 
 44, 71; of ;?d decl., 105, 134, 
 141, 150, 164; irregular, 200: 
 comparison of, 205 IT.; ])oss. adj. 
 prons., 266; intcrrog.. 279, 3; 
 numeral, 311; agreement with 
 nouns, 45, II, 1', 53, 54; used as 
 nouns, 117 ; of one, two, or three 
 terminations, 155; agreement 
 with understood subject, 197, 
 I, 8"; order w. prep, and noun, 
 64, 1, 7' ; order w. gen. and noun, 
 124,1,6"; method of declining, 
 44^. 
 
 Adveubs, formation of, 216 ff. ; 
 comparison of, 219; numeral. 
 311,8. 
 
 Agent, abl. of, 61, 62; dat. of. 
 425 (5), 426, 444*, cf. 428, II, 9«. 
 
 Aliquod as adj., 279, 2. 
 
 AuniAnET, 1. 
 
 And, omitted, 57, II, 0^, 227, II, l^, 
 cf. p. 220"; inserted, 35, II, S^-^ 
 50, II, 8% 57, I, H\ 
 
 Antecedent of rel. pron., 280 ff. ; 
 omitted. 287, I, 10^ p. 221io. 
 
 Antepenult, 5, 5. 
 
 Ani/t/iiiu/ at all, quidquam not 
 aliquid, 279, 6, 4401'. 
 
 Apposition, 118, I, 2\ 157, 158, 
 197. IT. 87. 
 
 Augustus et lulus (Coll.), 9. 
 
h 
 
 •278 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 ^:l 
 
 ■ ^'1 
 . ill 
 
 B. 
 
 Battle op Cannae (for trans.). 
 
 339, 378. 
 Battle of Marathon (for trans.), 
 
 291. 
 
 C. 
 
 Caesar's Two Invasions of Bui- 
 tain (for trans.), 448. 
 
 Caudinal numekal;*, 311. 
 
 Cases, names of, 10; alike in form, 
 16. I 
 
 ("apse, expressed by cum clause, ; 
 375; uy pari., 409, 7, 412. 8. \ 
 
 Charon et Mercuriua (C(.ll.), 187. 
 
 Cognomen, 195, 204. 
 
 Collective noi ns, 168-. 
 
 CoLLOQiiA, Augustus et lulus, 9, 
 58, 80; Pater et Filiolu;:!. 95, 
 222, .302 ; Frater et Sororcula. 
 Ill, 162, 209, 274; Praeceptov 
 et Discipulus, 126, 133, 195. 
 204, 234, 261 ; Magister et Dis- 
 cipulus, 139; Duo Pueri, 148; 
 Father and Son, 173; Charon 
 et Mercuriu!?, 187 ; Jacobus et 
 Augustus, 242 ; Socrates et 
 Rhadamanthus, 290 : Tityrua 
 et Meliboeus, 332; Johannes e 
 Jacobus, 388. 
 
 Commands ani» aim-eals, ;)91. 
 
 CoMi'AitATiVE i>E(.i;i;i:, foniiMtion 
 «)f, 206, (1),219; with aii.l witli- 
 out quam, 211, 212; trans, by 
 too, p. 220'"'. 
 
 CoMPAinsoN of adjs.. 205 IT. ; of 
 adva., 219. 
 
 C<»MrOi;Nl) TENHEf'., 97. 
 
 CoNCEf^sioN, expressed Ity oum 
 clause, 372. 375, p. iJii>H; l.y 
 part., 409, 1.412, 3. 
 
 CoNiMTiDN!*. 383 IT.; expressed Ity 
 part., 409, 5. 412, 3. p. 214-'. 
 
 Conjugations : 1st, 86 ff., 351 ff.; 
 2d, 112 If., 351 if.; review of Ist 
 and 2d, 127 IT. ; od, 180 IT., 357 ff. ; 
 review of 1st. 2d, and iJd, 196, 
 197 ; 4tli. 223 IT.. 357 11. : :3d in -w, 
 235 IT.. 357 IT. ; review of the four 
 eonjs., 240, 241; periphrastic, 
 422 IT. 
 
 Consonants, 3; sounds of. 4. 
 
 Consonant -^tems, 104, 134, 140 
 
 Cum, eonj., ti'MJiioral, causal, and 
 concessive, .372 IT. 
 
 Cum, prep., with me,te, etc., 265, 3; 
 w. abl. of manner, 144, 145. 
 
 CrsroiMs and IIaiuts of the 
 BiUTON.s (tor trans.), 449. 
 
 1). 
 
 Dative of /lossf^sor, 32 ; itidirrrt 
 <./;/., 31, I. 7, S, 9. 11,2, 0, 10,33, 
 34; w. comps. of sum, 295 ; of 
 ,sT/r/V., 291'. 296, II, 7', 344; w. 
 certain verbs, 342, 343; double 
 ilatirc, 344 ; w. iiitransitives, 417, 
 418; of a<ii,ii, 425. 426; not to 
 l)c taken for abl., 184, (J. 
 
 Death or thi: I'm Spakkow (for 
 trans.), 421. 
 
 1)i.(I.i;nsi()n, iiaradijjtns of: Ist, 
 14; 2d in -».n' ;ind -»/«, 38; in -'t, 
 59,65; adjs. of 1st and 2d, 71; 
 3d, mute stems, 105 ; liquid stems, 
 134; sil.ilMut stems, 140, 141; 
 / stems. 149, 150; mi.xed sletns, 
 163-165; c(»mparativcs, 209; 
 Ith. 215; 5th. 254; .SH-cial, 262; 
 prons,, 264, 270, 275. 279; duo 
 and tres, 311, 4. 
 
 Defini iioNS, soimlimes not j^iven 
 in vocabs,, 57, I, 1'. 
 
 1)emonst!iative imjonouns, 275. 
 
 Dei'onent VEIJUJ, 1st and 2d conjs., 
 298 IT. ; 3<l and 1th conjs., 303 ff. 
 
 Dluivation, 346, 
 
iMu:x. 
 
 27? 
 
 Descriptive abl. and gen., 341 ; 
 
 abl., p. 22-2^.4. 
 Detehminativi: pronouns, 270; 
 
 u 1 like adjs., 270, 1. 
 Die, iniv. of dico, p. 150^ 
 Dii'iirnoNciS, 4; (jnnntity of, 6, 2. 
 
 DisrUIBlTIVE M'MKKAUS, 311, 8. 
 
 -do, nouns in, 168. 
 
 DoritLE CONSONANTS, 3. 
 
 Double dative, 344. 
 Due, imv. of duco, p. 150^ 
 DcM with pres. ind., 263''', 442^'. 
 Duo Pueri (Coll.), 148. 
 
 E. 
 e- verbs, 112. 
 e- verbs, 180, 235. 
 FiNtiLisH METHOD of jirontiniiiation, 
 
 8. 
 Enclitics, 7, (1). 
 -er, nouns and adjs. of 2d decl. in, 
 
 67; conipar. of adjs, in, 206, 
 
 -evi. perfe(!ts in, 119'~*. 
 
 Extent, accusative of, 312, 313. 
 
 F. 
 
 Faules (for Irnns). 441-447. 
 Fac, iii;v. of facio, p. 100'. 
 FATriEU AND Son (Coll.), IT.'J. 
 Fe.minine <,eni>i:1!, II, 2, 4; in 1st 
 
 decl., l.'{; ill ".d decl., 168, 2; in 
 
 4th decl., 244, 1 ; in oih decl., 
 
 263 
 Fer, imv. of fero, p. I'O^ 
 Fero, eoinj)oiiiids of, 322. 
 FiiTii DECL., 252 IT. 
 First con.i., 86 IT.. 351 IT.; first 
 
 perijiliriistic conj., 422. 
 First decl., 12 a'., 52 (T. 
 FcMUTii CON.I, 223 ff.. 3.57 IT. 
 FocRTH i)E''L., 243 tT. 
 Frater et Sororcula (Coll.), Ill, 
 
 162, 269. 274. 
 
 Future transl.ated by Eng-. pres., 
 116, 1. 1', 385, ;ji; fut.imv..391, 
 (o; ; equivahnt to imv., 438^'*. 
 
 G. 
 
 Gender, fjeneral rules of, 11 ; in 
 1st decl., 13; in 2d deel., 37; 
 in :](! decl., 168; in It'.i decl., 
 244; in otli diud.. 253. Amx-e- 
 nieiit ill, 45, II, 11.53,54, 281. 
 
 (iENiiivi:, like Eng. iiosscssive, 30, 
 I, 6' ; of nouns in -ins and -imii, 
 79; with verbs of ri'ineiubrriiig 
 and formtting, 305, 306 ; /itirli- 
 fii'e, 340, 438'", 439', 440''; rh- 
 scriptin , 341 , with certain im- 
 l)ers. vi rl»s, 415, ."., 4, 416 ; order 
 w. adj. and iioiui, 124, 1, (»'. 
 
 CrERi Nil, 430-432; noin. of sup- 
 pHed by inf., 431, 1. 
 
 CJeiundive, p. ;U-; 423. 432 : ditT. 
 lutwien trerund and gerundive 
 coiistruetion, 432. 
 
 -go, nouns in, 168. 
 
 TI. 
 
 Hie, demon, of 1st pers., 275, 1 ; 
 
 in contrast with ille, 275, i). 
 IIisToiucALTEN.si;s,347; pros.444\ 
 
 llORTATOKV SUIWLNCTI 1. oBO, 391 
 
 1. 
 
 i-stems. 149 IT. 
 
 i-verb.s, 223. 
 
 ir 3, demon, of :]d per.o.. 275, 3 ; in 
 
 contrast with liie, 275, 5. 
 
 I.Mi'i Ki I cr, diiiotiiii; eoiilinuance, 
 
 115, 1,5-; of customary action, 
 4451 J. 
 
 Imi'Erative, 380 it. ; not coniinon 
 in pi-ohibiti'tns 391. (2)'. 
 
 I.MI'EUSONAL VEKIIS l|||d Verbs llSC'd 
 
 impersonally. 415 IT., 425. (1). 
 In not always to bu translated by 
 
# 
 
 I: 
 
 280 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 ir 
 
 in, 146, I, 2\ 185, II, 7, 296, 
 
 II, 105. 
 In omitteJ, 291'. 
 Increase in the gen., 152, 1^ 
 Indefinite pronolns, 279. 
 Indicative in coud. sentences, 385. 
 Indirect discourse, 399 ff. 
 Indirect or.tkct 31, I, 7, 8, 0, II, 
 
 2, 0, 10, 33, 34. 
 Indirect questions, 379 iT. 
 Infinitive as in Eng., 395 ff. ; w. 
 
 sub. ace, 399 IT. ; tenses of, 402- 
 
 403; fut. pass., 402', 405, 1, 'Ji. 
 Instrument, abl. of, 90, 91. 
 Interrogative pronoun, 279 ; adj., 
 
 279,3, advs., 380, 1. 
 Intransitive VERBS used imperson- 
 ally in the p .ssive, 417, 418. 
 -io, nouns in, 168; verbs in, of 3d 
 
 conj., 235. 
 IpsE.distinguisliyd from se, 270,4, 
 
 6; how translated, 270, (». 
 Irregular adjs., 200 AT. ; verbs, 
 
 72 ff., 292 ff., 316 iT. 
 Is as pers. pron., 270, 2 ; this or 
 
 that, 275, 0. 
 Islands, names of, 334-. 
 It, expletive, 35, I, l',56, 1,7^. 
 -ium in gen. plu., 151, 3. 
 -lus in gen. sing, of adjs., 200. 
 -iua and -ium, gen. of notjiis in, 
 
 79; voe. of nouns in -ius, 79. 
 -ivi. perfs. in, often drop r, 231, I, 
 
 91.^327,2. 
 
 J. 
 
 Jacobus et Augustus (Coll.), 242. 
 Johannes et Jacobus (Coll.), 388. 
 
 L. 
 Letters (for trans.), 437-440. 
 Limit, ace. of, 335, 2''. 
 Liquids, 3. 
 LigiiD HTEMs, 134 tf. 
 liv, 8uperhitive ul' adjs. in, 207. 
 
 Locative, 10, 3, 334, 335, 1 ; in 1st 
 deel., 14, 2; in 2d dec!., 40; in 
 3d deel., 175. 
 
 M. 
 
 Magister et Discipulus (Coll.), 
 
 139. 
 Ma.n'ner, how expressed, 144, 145. 
 Marcus Porcius Cato, Puer (for 
 
 trans.), 394. 
 Masculine gender, 11, 1, 3 ; in 2d 
 
 deel., 37 ; in 3d deel., 168, 1 ; in 
 
 4th deel., 244; in Ath deel., 253. 
 Material, how exjjressed, 92, II, 8' . 
 Means, abl. of, 90, 91. 
 Mixed stems, 163 IT. 
 Motion, verbs of, foil, hy acc. with 
 
 and without i)rei)., 333-335. 
 Mi tes, 3. 
 Mute stems, 105 IT. 
 
 N. 
 
 Narrative sentencrs, 372, (3). 
 Nasica and Ennius (for trans.), 
 
 407. 
 Ne, enelitie, 7, (1), 28. 1", 51, .'P, 
 
 58'. 
 Ne, 358, 369, 391. (1); omitted 
 
 after cave, p. \1^K 
 Neuter gender, 11, T) ; in 2d deel, 
 
 37; in 3d deel.. 168,3. 
 Noli in prohibitions, '.V.U (])». 
 Nomen, 195, 204. 
 Nominative, subj., 24; pred., 46, 
 
 47,92. I. (V, 93, II, (R 
 Nonne, 51, .'V\ 
 -na, nouns in, 167, 1. 
 Numeral adjs., 311 ; advs., 311, 8. 
 
 O. 
 
 0, w. voc., 56, II, 1^. 
 On.TKCT, tiireet. 25, 26; indirect, 
 31, 1, 7, b, U, 11, 2, (i. 10, 33, 34. 
 
I 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 281 
 
 1 ; in 1st 
 ., 40; in 
 
 (Coll.), 
 
 144, 
 
 145. 
 
 *uer 
 
 (for 
 
 ,3; 
 
 in 2(1 
 
 68, 
 
 1 ; in 
 
 ocl.. 
 
 253. 
 
 ,92,11,81. 
 
 ace 
 
 with 
 
 336 
 
 
 '2. (3). 
 trans.), 
 
 |r-, 51. a\ 
 
 omitted 
 lid dec!., 
 1)>. 
 red,, 46, 
 
 L 311, 8. 
 
 fiulirt'ot, 
 133,34. 
 
 Or = because of, 330, II, 2^. 
 Omission of mij, t/u/, his, etc., 100; 
 
 of ut, 438^,' 44611 , of in, 291"; 
 
 of ne, p. 178* ; of fore in trans., 
 
 428, 1, 4^. 
 Ori>eu of words in sentence, 23 ; 
 
 35,1 ; 56, i, 10' ; 64, I, 7i ; 69, 
 
 I, 101; 77, I, .•)•; 93. I, O-^ ; 124, 
 
 I, 0=1; 202, I, G^ 215'i; quis- 
 
 que, 287, I, (5- ; fere, 329, I, (P ; 
 
 386, I, ;i'; 404; 410, 11, O' ; 
 
 4381''; 4401'; 446'; p. 2 UP; p. 
 
 217'i; p. 21913. 
 Ordinal nitaikrals, 311. 
 Ought, of past time, 419, 1, H '. 
 
 P. 
 
 Participlks, 408 IT. ; in principal 
 part.s, 86' ; decl. of ])res. act., 
 165, 408, 1, of perf. and fut., 
 408, 2 ; perf. in com p. tenses 
 as adj., 192, I, 7i, 404, I, 4' ; 
 part, and verb trans, by two co- 
 ordinate verbs, 409, 2, 410, I, 5*, 
 412, 4; abl. absolute, 412, 413: 
 En^f. perf. act. jiart., liow ren- 
 dered, 412, <5, 7 ; used as ni)uns, 
 291'. 
 
 Passive to be distinf^uislied from 
 prf)},n-essive form in i;n^f.,69, II, 
 S^ 123, II, .",'. 
 
 Pater et Filiolua (Coll.), 95, 222, 
 302. 
 
 Pari rnvK (jkn., 340. 4381", 4396 
 440'-. 
 
 I'KMi/r, 5, T). 
 
 1'krfkct, sometimes distiniruisbed 
 from pres. by lonj; penult. 119''', 
 191, 1, 21, 232, I. V ; <A7/»//r and 
 imlijin{t< ,3'i7 ; perf. sul»J. in i)ro- 
 hibitions, 391, (2) ; jierf. part, 
 trnns. by pres., 4421-, p. 217**: w. 
 nbi, ut, etc.. 444': perf. •<ubj. 
 really tut. pi rt'.. 391, (^2;*'. 
 
 Periphrastic conj[(,ations : act., 
 422 ; ])ass., 423 ; i)!ira(iigms, 424. 
 
 Personal vnoNorNs, 264, 265; 
 when nom. of is expressed, 265, 2. 
 
 Place, expressions of. 334 ff. 
 
 PossKssivi; Ai>.r. I'Rons., 266; when 
 omitted, 100. 
 
 Po<sr.ssoK. <lat. of, 32 , i-f. 441'». 
 
 Praeceptor et Discipulus ((\)11.), 
 126. 133. 195, 204, 234, 261. 
 
 Praenoraen, 195, 204. 
 
 Pi!i:i>ic.\rL NOM., 46, 47, 92, 1,(5', 
 93, II, 6^; ace, 92, I, T)-', 93, II, 
 7', 171, II. m. 
 
 PiiKrosn IONS, 333: order w. adj. 
 and noun, 64, 1, 7'. 
 
 Prksknt, translation ot", 43'; de- 
 noting continuance, 115, I, TV-; 
 Eng. pres. for Lat. fut., 116, 1, 
 1'. 385, I]!; for 1-at. fut. perf., 
 413, II, 10-; sonu'times distin* 
 guislii'd from perf. by sl\ort i)e- 
 nult, 119"", 191, I, 21 , w. dum, 
 263' ',442"; bistori.'al, 444'; pres. 
 subj. trans, as fut,, 369, I, 4. 
 
 Pin.MARV TEN i.s, 347. 
 
 PlUNCIPAL PARTS of Vllbs, 861. 
 
 Principal tenses, 347. 
 Prohiiutions, 391, (I), (2), 
 l'i!0(;i{i>-iVE 1()i:m in Kni;. to be 
 
 distinguislicd from passive, 69, 
 
 II,HM23, 11,31. 
 Pronlnciation, Koman method, 
 
 4 ; r.ngiisli method. 8. 
 Proserpina (for trans.), 199, 215, 
 
 263. 
 Publiua Cornelius Scipio (for 
 
 trans.), 188. 
 Pruposi., e.xpres.scd by ut w. Hnl>j., 
 
 352, 353: qui w.' .subj,, 364; 
 
 fut. jiart., 410. I. S»' ; ad w. 
 
 gerundive, 432, 3; supine, 433, 
 
 434: (rausa w. nvn. of jiforund or 
 
 gerundive, 435, I, :;, p. 221^. 
 
282 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Q. 
 
 11 
 
 
 
 ■M 
 
 ] 
 
 .'.1 
 
 ;i 
 
 ■!,■; 
 
 lu . . « 
 
 Quantity of vowels and diph- 
 thongs, 6, 1, 2 ; of syllables, 6, 
 3, 4, 5. 
 
 Quin, w. suhj., 349, 350. 
 
 Quis, indef. pron. w. si, etc., 362, 
 I, ('.', 438'". 
 
 r, as .«i,<Tn of passive, 87'; for s. 
 73> ! S 142. 
 
 Reflkxive riiONOUN, 264, 265. 
 
 Relative i'ronoun, 279; agree- 
 ment, 280 IT. ; in purpose clause, 
 364. 
 
 Rest, verbs of, foil, by abl., 333- 
 335. 
 
 Result, w. ut, 368 ff. ; to be dis- 
 tinguish 1 from purpose, 352. 
 368,447'-. 
 
 lloMAN .Mi;i iu>i» (>f ])ronun,, 4. 
 
 -ra, nouns in, 167, 1. 
 
 S. 
 
 -s, monosyllables in, 167, 2. 
 
 Sec()m>m{v ti:n><i;s, 347. 
 
 Secono coN.r., 112 tl., 351 IT. Sec- 
 ond periphrastic conj., 423. 
 
 Second decl., in -us and -lun, 36 IT., 
 52 ff., in -cr, 50 fi'. 
 
 Si;Mi-i)Er(>NKNTs, p. 177'-. 
 
 SEi'ARATioN, how cxprcsscd, 12811'. 
 
 Seqience of tenses, 347 If. 
 
 Service, dat. of, 291', 296, II, 7^ 
 344. 
 
 Si HI LA NT, 3. 
 
 SiniLANT STEMS, 140 ff, 
 
 Socrates et Rhadaiuanthus (Coll.), 
 
 290. 
 Sounds of letters, 4. 
 SiM-.riric vTioN. abl. of, 259, 260, p. 
 
 218". 
 SiUM. 12' ; in 2U dccl., 36, 42 ; in 
 
 verbs. 86' ; in 3d decl., 103, 
 104, 107, 151, I, 152, 166, 167 ; 
 in 4th decl., 243 ; in 5th decl., 
 252. Terf. stem w. long vowel, 
 1195. 
 
 Sin.TECT NOM., 24 ; ace. 401 ; 
 omitted, 50, I, 9'. 
 
 SinriixcTivE of piirfiosc, 352, 353, 
 364 ; of nsii/t, 368 ; w. cum, 372 ; 
 in i»(l. «]iirsiiu)is, 379 tY. ; in icislus 
 and conditions, 383 if. ; hortatonj, 
 390 ; perf. really f ut. perf., 391, 
 (2)-; fut. tense of, 425 (1). 
 Meanings not given in paradigms, 
 p. 20'. 
 
 Superlative degree, formation of, 
 206, (2), (.">) ; strengthened by 
 quam, 437 '• 
 
 Sl PINE, 433, 434. 
 
 8. V. B. E. v., 437'. 
 
 SvLLAiJLEs, 5; quantity of, 6, 3, 
 4,5. 
 
 Synonvmoi's "Words, pueri, liberi, 
 60; magister, dominus, 66; min- 
 ister, servus, 66 ; homo, vir, 138 ; 
 amnis, flumen, fluvius, 172; hos- 
 tis, inimious, 172 ; celer, velox, 
 179; supero, viue5, 186 ; habito, 
 vivo, 194; animus, mSus, 273; 
 cantu.st, cai'men, 278 ; sidus, stel- 
 la, 301 ; amo, diligo, volo, de- 
 sidero, 319 ; interrogo, rog5, 
 quaerd, 382 ; at, sed, autem, 393 ; 
 judico, cen.seo, existimo, arbi- 
 tror, puto, opinor, 429. 
 
 T. 
 
 Terminations, 16. 
 
 'liiERE, expletive, 35, I, 2'-; 56, 1, 
 
 7- ; 220, 1, R 
 Third eoN.i., 180 ff., 3.57 ff. ; verbs 
 
 in ./d, 235 IT , 357 IT. 
 TniiM» DKci... mute stems, 106 IT.; 
 
 liquid steuiH, 134 11'. ; sibilaut 
 
 
eel., 103, 
 166, 167; 
 
 C)ih decl., 
 ong vowel, 
 
 ICC. 401 ; 
 
 , 352, 353. 
 cum, 372 ; 
 . ; in icislus 
 ; /ioitutori/, 
 perf., 391, 
 425 (1). 
 paradigms, 
 
 rmation of, 
 ;thened by 
 
 y of, 6, 3, 
 
 leri, liheri, 
 
 ,66; inin- 
 
 , vir, 138 ; 
 
 172; ho3- 
 
 er, velox, 
 
 6 ; habito, 
 
 5ns, 273; 
 
 sidus, stel- 
 
 volo, de- 
 
 fro, rogo, 
 
 litem, 393; 
 
 ino, arbi- 
 
 2-; 56,1, 
 
 IT. ; verbs 
 
 18, 106 ff. ; 
 i sibilaut 
 
 I 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 283 
 
 stems, 140 ff. ; i-stems, 149 ff. ; 
 mixed stems, 163 ff. 
 
 Time when or within which, 135, 
 136; liow long, 312, 313; ex- 
 pressed by cum clause, 372, 373, 
 by part., 409, 1, 2, 8, 412 ; rela- 
 tive tune in tenses of inf., 402, 
 403, 405, 11, 8\ of part.. 409. 
 
 Tityrus et Meliboeus (Coll.), 332. 
 
 Towns, names of, 334, 335. 
 
 Translation', passages for, Publius 
 Cornelius Sclpio, 188 ; Proser- 
 pina, 199, 215, 263; Battle of 
 Marathon, 291 ; Maxims, 320 ; 
 Battle of Cannae, 339, 378 ; Mar- 
 cus Porcius Cats, Puer. 394 ; Na- 
 sica and Ennius, 407 ; Death of 
 the Pet Sparrow, 421 ; Letters, 
 437-440 ; Fables, 441-447 ; Cae- 
 sar's Two Invasions of Britain, 
 448 ; Customs and Habits of 
 the Britons, 449. 
 
 U. 
 
 -ubus in dat. and abl. of 4th decl., 
 247. 
 
 Ultima, 5, 5. 
 
 Ut, of purpose, 352 ff. ; of re.sult. 
 
 367 If.; w. ind., 437*, 439^; 
 
 omitted, 438^ 446-^. 
 
 V, sometimes dropped, 231, I, O^-^, 
 
 327, 2, 421'\ 
 Vocative, 10, L' ; in 2d decl., 39 ; 
 
 of filius, etc., 79. 
 Voc;Aia;LARiE8 following exercises, 
 
 75,2. 
 Vowels, how marked, 2; sounds 
 
 of, 4 ; quantity of, 6, 1, 2. 
 
 W. 
 
 Wishes, 383 ff. 
 
 With not always to be translated 
 by cum, 185, II, S^. 
 
 X. 
 
 -X, monosyllables in, 167, 2. 
 
 Y. 
 You, sing, or pin., 73''. 
 
"O^IV^" 
 
LATIN TEXT-BOOKS 
 
 Allen and Greenough's Latin Grammar 
 
 Allen and Greenough's Shorter Latin Grammar 
 
 Allen and Greenough's New Caesar, \vith vocabulary. 
 Allen and Greenough's New Cicero, with vocabulary. 
 
 Allen and Gret^nough's Ovid, with vocabulary 
 
 Allen and Greenough's Sallust's Catiline 
 
 Allen and Greenough's Cicero de Senectute 
 
 Allen's (F. D.) Remnants of Early Latin 
 
 Allen's (\V. F.) Germania and Agricola of Tacitus .. 
 Allen's (\V. F.) Introduction to Latin Composition . 
 
 Collar's Gate to Caesar 
 
 Collar's New Gradatim 
 
 Collar's Practical Latin Composition 
 
 Collar's Via Latina 
 
 Collar and Daniell's First Latin Book 
 
 boar 
 
 ii> 
 
 College Series of Latin Authors: See circulars fur details. 
 
 Crowell's Selections from the Latin Poets 
 
 Crowell and Richardson's Bender's Roman Literature 
 
 D'Ooge's Kasy Latin for Sight Readuig 
 
 Ferguson's Questions on Caesar and Xenophon 
 
 Gepp and Ilaigh's Latin-Knglish dictionary 
 
 Ginn & Company's Classical Atlas cloth, 2.00; 
 
 Gleason's Gate to Vergil 
 
 Greenough and Kittredge's New Virgil: Aeneid. I. -VI., with 
 
 vocabulary 
 
 Greenough and Kittredge's Bucolics and Aeneid, L-VL, with 
 
 vocabulary 
 
 Gudeman's Dialogus de Oratoribus 
 
 Keep's Essential Uses of the Moods 
 
 Latin and Greek School Classics: See circulars for details. 
 
 Lord's Roman Pronunciation of Latin 
 
 Lord's Rivi Tibprtini. Metres of Horace set to Music 
 
 Moulton's Preparatory Latin Cotiiposition 
 
 Post's Latin at Sight 
 
 Stickney's Cicero de Natura Deorum 
 
 Terence's Adelphoe, Phormio, Heauton Timorumenos. i vol 
 
 Thacher's Madvig's Latin Grainmar 
 
 White's Latin-English Lexicon 
 
 White's Englisli-Latin Lexicon 
 
 White's Latin-ICnglish and English-Latin Lexicon 
 
 $1.20 
 
 •95 
 1.25 
 
 1.40 
 
 1.50 
 
 .60 
 
 •50 
 
 •75 
 1. 00 
 
 .90 
 
 .40 
 
 •50 
 1. 00 
 
 •75 
 1. 00 
 
 ..40 
 
 1. 00 
 
 .40 
 
 1.30 
 1.25 
 
 1.50 
 
 r.6o 
 
 2-75 
 
 •25 
 
 •35 
 
 •50 
 .80 
 
 .80 
 
 1.40 
 
 1. 00 
 
 2.25 
 
 1. 00 
 
 1.50 
 
 2.25 
 
 GINN & COMPANY, Publishers, 
 
 Boston. 
 
 N«w York. 
 
 Chicat^o. 
 
 Atlanta. 
 
 Dullas. 
 
■i 
 
 ALLEN AND GREENOUGH'S 
 
 SHORTER LATIN GRAMMAR 
 
 FOR SCHOOLS AXfD ACADEMIES. 
 
 Condensed and Revised by Professor JAMES B. GREENOUQH, 
 Assisted by ALBERT A. HOWARD. 
 
 12ino. Cloth. 371 pages. Tov introduction, 95 cents. 
 
 
 Space do'3s not allow here a full description of this book, 
 but attention is called to the following points : 
 
 First. Allen and Greenough's Shorter Latin Grammar does nut 
 attempt the impossil)le. It does not aim to be at once a brief grammar 
 and a full one, to cover both preparatory and college Latin courses in a 
 space sufficient for only the former. 
 
 Second. The reduction of size is secured not by retaining arbi- 
 trarily what one or two scholars deem essential, but by ascertaining 
 minutely what points are involved in the study of preparatory Latin. 
 It must be admitted that any one who attacks the problem in this way 
 will find that a great deal more information is required for thorough 
 reading of the preparatory texts than any a priori maker of a short 
 Latin grammar would suppose. » 
 
 Third. It has been found entirely "easible to follow the section 
 numbering of the large Allen and Greenough Grammar, so that the 
 full and the short grammars can be used in the same cla.«ses and the 
 same set of references apply. If a class includes boys who are going 
 to college and also boys who are not, the former may purchase the 
 full grammar and the latter the short one. 
 
 Fourth. The Latin grammar that shall be thoroughly - Msfac- 
 tory under all the conditions it is to meet in thousands of sch ols of 
 every sort, must be a growth, and it 's believed (hat the experience of 
 making a full and complete grammar and of watching the use of it 
 in schools for years, is almost a prerequisite to the preparation of a 
 thoroughly satisfactory small o..^. 
 
 GINN & COMPANY, Publishers, 
 
 Boston. New York. Chicago Atlanta. Dallav 
 
ALLEN AM) GRLENOUGHS NEW CAESAR 
 
 KniTIMI HV 
 
 I AMES B. Gkeenoit.h, Prufcssor of Latin in liai vnid University. B. L. D'Oocje, 
 Professor of Latin and Cireek in Micliigan >tate Normal College. Vpsilanti, 
 and M. Grant D.' .ikll. recently I'rincipal of Chauncy-Hall School, for- 
 merly Master in tiie Roxbury Latin -■^chool, Boston. 
 
 OUGH. 
 
 Seven books, izmo. Half morccco. Fully illustrated Ix 452 pages. 
 
 With a special vocabulary of 162 pages. 
 
 For introduction, $1.25. 
 
 his book. 
 
 ar does not 
 ef grammar 
 :ourses in a 
 
 aining arbi- 
 
 iscertaining 
 
 tory Latin. 
 
 in this way 
 
 r thorough 
 
 of a short 
 
 Ithe section 
 io that the 
 les and the 
 are going 
 Irchase the 
 
 lly ^ isfac- 
 Iscli ols of 
 
 |)erience of 
 use of it 
 
 lation of a 
 
 This new edition of Caesar'.s "(".allic War" keeps prominently 
 in view the needs of tiie beginner, on the ground that a large 
 majority of those who read Caesar take it up immediately after 
 finishing their tirst lessons. It is believed that all this class of 
 students' needs have been fully met in the present edition. 
 
 Professor (ireenough has specially f|ualitied himself for editing 
 this edition by traveling and ni iking recent investigations in 
 France. Xot only the notes, Init the illustrations have profited 
 greatly. A <:onsiderabje number of the pictures in this edition are 
 from photographs made especially for it. In other cases, pictures 
 not previously seen in this country have been obtained. The 
 museums have been visited and many new illustrations drawn 
 from them. At the same time, all the stp.ndard and essential 
 illustrations are used. It is believed that this jjart of the editing 
 will be found of signal excellence and practical value. 
 
 Several reading courses arc suggested, each one of which, 
 while embracing an amount of text ecpial Iti the first four books, 
 contains choice selections of narrative and adventure from the 
 various books. It is believed that this feature will be especially 
 acceptable to teachers who have foimd ip monotony of Caesar 
 irksome, but have seen no way to varx lu ourse. 
 
 The text has been revised, many chan_ ... having been made, and 
 the whole presents the commentaries in an ideal form for rapid and 
 enjoyable reading. Ouantities of long vowels are marked. 
 
 ers, 
 
 GINN & COMPANY. Publishers. 
 
 Boston. New York. Chicago Atlanta. Uallai. 
 
text-Books for higher schools 
 
 ^ViLLiAM C. Collar, Head-Master of Roxbury Latin School, 
 Boston, and M. Gran r Daniell, recently Principal 
 of Chauncy-Hall School, Boston. 
 
 I 
 
 M 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 Collar and Daniell's First Latin Book. i2mo. Cloth. Illustrated. 
 
 286 pagLS. I'or introduction, ;?i.oo. 
 
 Collar and Daniell's Beginner's Latin Book. Complete with Grammar 
 
 Exercises. Selections for 'rranslating, and Vocabulary. i2nu). Cloth. 283 pages. 
 For introduction, Jii.oo. 
 
 Latine Reddenda. The J!n,c;lisli-I,atin exercises from "The Beginner's Latin Rook." 
 Willi (ilossariuin ("irainin<uicuin. i2nif). 41 pages. I'aper. P'or introduction, 
 20 cents. 
 
 Witii (jlossarium (iranimaticum and JCnglisii- Latin Vocabulary, i2mo, 5S pages. 
 Cloth. For introduction, 30 cents. 
 
 Collar and Daniell's Beginner's Greek Composition. Based mainly 
 
 upon Xenoplion's Aiiab.isis, Book 1. .^q. idnio. Cloth. 201 pages. Illustrated. 
 For introduction, 90 cents. 
 
 Bv WILLIAM C. COLLAR. 
 Collar's Via Latina. A new Latin Reader. i2mo. Cloth. 203 pages. 
 
 For introduction, 75 cents. 
 
 Collar's New Gradatim. Revised. i6mo. Cloth. 189 pages. For 
 introduction, 50 cents. 
 
 Collar's Practical Latin Composition. i2mo. Cloth. 26S pages. For 
 
 introduction, $1.00. » 
 
 Collar's Gate to Caesar. Sq. i6mo. Cloth. 141 pages. For intro- 
 duction, 40 cents. 
 
 Caesar, Gallic War. Book H. Edited, with Notes and a Vocabulary. 
 
 i6ino. Cloth. q6 pages. lor introduction, 35 cents. Latin and Greek School 
 Classics. 
 
 Vergil's Aeneid. Book VIL I.ssued both with and without translation. 
 
 i6n-io Cloth. Illustrated. For introduction, 45 cents, Latin and Greek School 
 Classics. 
 
 Collar's Shorter Eysenbach. Eysenbach's Practical German Grammar. 
 
 Revised and largely rewritten, with Notes to the exercises and Vocabularies. 
 Revised by Claka S. Clrtis. i2mo. CMoth. 242 pages. For introduction, 
 $1.00. 
 
 Collar's German Lessons. Eysenbach's Practical German Grammar. 
 
 Revised and largely rewritten, with Notes. Selections for Reading, and Vocab- 
 ularies. i2mo. Cloth. 360 pages. For introduction, ;f 1.20. 
 
 Collar's English into German. The English Exercises from Collar's 
 Eysenbach's (ierman Lessons. i2mo Paper. 51 pages. F'or introduction, 
 25 cents. 
 
 GINN & COMPANY, Publishers, . 
 
 Boston. New York. Chicago. Atlanta. Dallas. 
 
Schools 
 
 Latin School, 
 incipal 
 
 loth. Illustrated. 
 
 ite with Grammar 
 mo. Cloth. 283 pages. 
 
 ?ginner's Latin Rook." 
 ;r. For introduction, 
 
 ilary, i2mo. 5S pages. 
 
 1. Based mainly 
 
 01 pages. Illustrated. 
 
 loth. 203 pages. 
 
 189 pages. For 
 
 268 pages. For 
 
 lages. For intro- 
 
 ind a Vocabulary. 
 //;/ and Greek School 
 
 thout translation. 
 
 tin and Greek School 
 
 lerman Grammar. 
 ses and Vocabularies, 
 s. For introduction, 
 
 erman Grammar. 
 Reading, and Vocab- 
 .20. 
 
 ses from Collar's 
 5. For introduction, 
 
 lers, 
 
 Dallas.